Technical Proposal - Downtown Views II R.3 - SECURED

Page 1 of 736
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SCHEDULE A1: Preliminary Programme
1. Programme of Works……………………………………………………………………..….006
2. Manpower Histogram……………………………………………………………………..….088
3. Cash Flow…………………………………………………………………………………......090
SCHEDULE A2: Organization Charts…………………………………………….……..092
SCHEDULE A3: Key Personnel……………………………………………………..……095
SCHEDULE A4: Relevant Experience…………………………………………..……….124
SCHEDULE A5: QA/QC Manuals………………………………………………..………..137
SCHEDULE A6: Insurance…………………………………………………………..…….217
SCHEDULE A7: Method Statement………………………………………………..…….246

Section 1 – Project Information
1.1 Project Location…………………………………………………………………..….…247
1.2 Basic Information………………………………………………………………....…….249
1.3 Major Quantities……………………………………………………………….…….....263
1.4 Scope of Work……………………………………………………………….……..…..264
Section 2 – Project Understanding & Analysis

2.1 Project Main Challenges & Solution…………………………………….…….….…..267
2.2 CSCEC ME Approach for Successful Completion…………………………..….…..270
Section 3 – Method of Construction

3.1 RC Structure Works Zoning & Pouring Sequence……………………………..…...272
3.2 Concrete Pouring Logistic…………………………………………………….....…....282
3.3 Proposed Formwork System………………………………………………...…..……285
3.4 Site Logistic Plan……………………………………………………………...…..……297
3.5 Construction Phasing Plan………………………………………………..……..……301
China State Construction Engineering Corporation (Middle East) (L.L.C.)

P.O.Box: 63932 Dubai, U.A.E. Tel: 04-4537268 Fax: 04-4537368
P.O.Box: 130933 Abu Dhabi, U.A.E. Tel: 02-6501566 Fax: 02-6501360
Page 2 of 736
Section 4 – Detailed Method Statement
3.1 Survey Works……………………………………………………………….………..….317
3.2 Earth Works…………………………………………………………………….…..…...322
3.3 RC Works……………………………………………………………………….…...…..325
3.4 Post Tensioning Works………………………………………………………….…...…335
3.5 Fit Out & Finishes…………………………………………………………………........342
3.6 Façade Works…………………………………………………………………….….....350
3.7 MEP……………………………………………………………………………….….….369
3.8 External Works………………………………………………………………….……....403
Section 5 – Project Management & Operation Strategy

5.1 Project Management………………………………………………………….………..410
5.2 Planning Management………………………………………………………….…......417
5.3 Technical Management………………………………………………………....…..…419
5.4 Subcontractor Management………………………………………………….…..…...420
5.5 Material Management…………………………………………………………...……..424
5.6 Labor Management…………………………………………………………….……....429
5.7 Site Logistic Management………………………………………………….……..…..432
5.8 Risk Management……………………………………………………………...………436
5.9 Testing & Commissioning Strategy…………………………………………...……...447
5.10 Hand Over Strategy…………………………………………………………..……...471
SCHEDULE A8: Proposed Subcontractors………………………………………......474
SCHEDULE A9: Health & Safety…………………………………………………....…..477
SCHEDULE A10: Trade License…………………………………………………….......539
SCHEDULE A11: Confirmation of Site Visit………………………………….…....….544
SCHEDULE A12: Tenderer’s Cover Letter……………………………………….....…546
SCHEDULE A13: Tenderer’s Exclusions, Deviations & Qualifications……....….548
SCHEDULE A14: Joint Venture (Not Applicable)
SCHEDULE A15: Alternative Tender (Not Applicable)

Page 3 of 736
SCHEDULE A16: Contractor’s Company Particulars
1. Sponsor, Registration & Licensing…………………………………………………..….…551
2. Company Information………………………………………………………………............576
3. Company Size & Structure…………………………………………………………..……..580
4. Financial Bank Details…………………………………………………………………..…..590
5. Client References…………………………………………………………………….....…..695
6. Computer & Office Equipment……………………………………………………........….699
SCHEDULE A17: Constructional Plant & Equipment……………………….……...701
SCHEDULE A18: Schedule of Equipment……………………………………..…......712
SCHEDULE A19: HSE Pre-qualification Questionnaire………………….…….…..714

Page 4 of 736
SCHEDULE A1
Preliminary Programme
Page 5 of 736
DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Plot 3370587 Zabeel 2nd Dubai, UAE
MAIN CONSTRUCTION WORKS
1. PROGRAMME
This section will give an overview of the proposed construction programme for the main
works of “Downtown Views II” project.
We are pleased to submit our Outline Programme for your consideration. We have
developed this Programme having reviewed all the project information received to date, site
visit(s) and discussions with trade sub‐contractors.
We would like the opportunity to present and discuss our proposals with the Client and
his Representative and agree on a mutually acceptable programme for all parties during the
Adjudication Stage.
We include herewith a summary and a detailed version of our Outline Programme.
Technical Proposal – Schedule A1
Page 6 of 736
DOWNTOWN VIEWS II Layout: Downtown Views II Tender Summary
Tender Programme 07-Mar-18
Activity ID Activity Name Original Start Finish 2018 2019 2020

Duration May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
960 09-May-18 23-Dec-20 2
Downtown VViews II
960 09-May-18 23-Dec-20 2
Milestones / Key Dates
Contract Milestones
Mile 960 09-May-18 23-Dec-20 2
DVCM000100 Project Duration 960 09-May-18 23-Dec-20 P

DVCM000110 Project Commencement (Issue of Building Permit, Taking over 0 09-May-18 Project Commencement (Issue of Building Permit, Taking over from Enabling Works Contractor)
DVCM000120 KMS3: Completion of Sub structure Works 0 06-Mar-19* KMS3: Completion of Sub structure Works
DVCM000130 KMS7: Completion of Mock Up Apartment 0 04-May-19* KMS7: Completion of Mock Up Apartment
DVCM000140 KMS1: Substation Handing Over 0 28-Nov-19* KMS1: Substation Handing Over
DVCM000150 KMS9: ETS room Handing over 0 29-Nov-19* KMS9: ETS room Handing over
DVCM000190 KMS6: Completion of Tower 3 Structural Works 0 22-Jan-20* KMS6: Completion of Tower 3 Structural Works
DVCM000180 KMS5: Completion of Tower 2 Structural Works 0 18-Feb-20* KMS5: Completion of Tower 2 Structural Works
DVCM000170 KMS4: Completion of Tower 1 Structural Works 0 05-Mar-20* KMS4: Completion of Tower 1 Structural Works
DVCM000200 KMS8: Wild Air Start 0 27-Apr-20* KMS8: Wild Air Start
DVCM000220 KMS13: DEWA Power On 0 29-Jun-20* KMS13: DEWA Power On
DVCM000210 KMS2: Completion of Podium (Excluding Tower Foot Print) 0 23-Jul-20* KMS2: Completion of Podium (Excluding
DVCM000230 KMS12: T3 - T& C and Completion 0 17-Nov-20* KMS12: T
DVCM000160 KMS11: T2 - T&C and Completion 0 14-Dec-20* KM
DVCM000240 KMS10: T1 - T& C and Completion 0 23-Dec-20* K
DVCM000250 KMS:14 Project Completion - Final Handing Over 0 23-Dec-20* K
Key Dates 49 23-May-18 11-Jul-18 11-Jul-18, Key Dates
DVKM000160 Staffing schedule 0 23-May-18* Staffing schedule

DVKM000170 Bonds and insurances 0 23-May-18* Bonds and insurances
DVKM000190 Breakdown of any lump sum items in the BOQ 0 28-May-18* Breakdown of any lump sum items in the BOQ
DVKM000140 Safety management plan for approval of the Supervision Cons 0 04-Jun-18* Safety management plan for approval of the Supervision Consultant
DVKM000150 QA/QC plan for approval of the Supervision Consultant 0 04-Jun-18* QA/QC plan for approval of the Supervision Consultant
DVKM000100 Programme for the carrying out and completion of the Works f 0 11-Jun-18* Programme for the carrying out and completion of the Works for approval by the Supervision Consultant
DVKM000110 Detailed method statement for the carrying out and completion 0 11-Jun-18* Detailed method statement for the carrying out and completion of the Works
DVKM000120 Detailed schedule of material submittals for approval by the Su 0 11-Jun-18* Detailed schedule of material submittals for approval by the Supervision Consultant
DVKM000130 Detailed schedule of the Drawings to be provided by the Contra 0 11-Jun-18* Detailed schedule of the Drawings to be provided by the Contractor for approval by the Supervision Consultant
DVKM000180 Turnover and cas hflow projections 0 11-Jul-18* Turnover and cas hflow projections
330 09-May-18 03-Apr-19 03-Apr-19, Authority Approvals
Authority A
Approvals
353 13-May-18 30-Apr-19 30-Apr-19, Engineering / Design
Engineering / Design
Engineerin
536 06-Jun-18 14-Mar-20 14-Mar-20, Procurement
Procurement
Procureme
49 14-May-18 11-Jul-18 11-Jul-18, Mobilization
Mobilization
Staff & Labour
Labou 45 15-May-18 08-Jul-18 08-Jul-18, Staff & Labour
Site Facilities & Preliminary Works 44 14-May-18 05-Jul-18 05-Jul-18, Site Facilities & Preliminary Works
Initial Deliverables
Deliver 48 15-May-18 11-Jul-18 11-Jul-18, Initial Deliverables
918 20-Jun-18 23-Dec-20 2

Construction
Constructio
Tower 1 918 20-Jun-18 23-Dec-20 2
Structural W
Works 519 20-Jun-18 05-Mar-20 05-Mar-20, Structural Works
Substructures 48 20-Jun-18 14-Aug-18 14-Aug-18, Substructures

Superstructures
Superstructure 471 15-Aug-18 05-Mar-20 05-Mar-20, Superstructures
Ground Floor 24 15-Aug-18 16-Sep-18 16-Sep-18, Ground Floor
Podium Floor 1 12 17-Sep-18 30-Sep-18 30-Sep-18, Podium Floor 1
Podium Floor 2 12 01-Oct-18 14-Oct-18 14-Oct-18, Podium Floor 2
Floor 4 11 29-Oct-18 10-Nov-18 10-Nov-18, Floor 4
Floor 5 10 11-Nov-18 22-Nov-18 22-Nov-18, Floor 5
Floor 6 9 24-Nov-18 04-Dec-18 04-Dec-18, Floor 6
Floor 7 8 05-Dec-18 13-Dec-18 13-Dec-18, Floor 7
Floor 10 6 30-Dec-18 06-Jan-19 06-Jan-19, Floor 10
Floor 11 6 07-Jan-19 13-Jan-19 13-Jan-19, Floor 11
Floor 14 6 28-Jan-19 03-Feb-19 03-Feb-19, Floor 14
Floor 15 6 04-Feb-19 10-Feb-19 10-Feb-19, Floor 15
Floor 18 6 25-Feb-19 03-Mar-19 03-Mar-19, Floor 18
Floor 19 18 04-Mar-19 24-Mar-19 24-Mar-19, Floor 19
Floor 20 12 25-Mar-19 08-Apr-19 08-Apr-19, Floor 20
Floor 21 6 09-Apr-19 15-Apr-19 15-Apr-19, Floor 21
Remaining Level of Effort Milestone Date Revision Checked Approved

Page 1 of 8
Actual Work Summary Mar 18 Tender Programme
Remaining Work
Critical Remaining Work
Page 7 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
Floor 24 5 28-Apr-19 02-May-19 02-May-19, Floor 24
Floor 25 5 04-May-19 08-May-19 08-May-19, Floor 25
Floor 29 5 27-May-19 01-Jun-19 01-Jun-19, Floor 29
Floor 30 5 02-Jun-19 10-Jun-19 10-Jun-19, Floor 30
Floor 34 5 29-Jun-19 03-Jul-19 03-Jul-19, Floor 34
Floor 35 5 04-Jul-19 09-Jul-19 09-Jul-19, Floor 35
Floor 39 15 28-Jul-19 15-Aug-19 15-Aug-19, Floor 39
Floor 40 10 17-Aug-19 27-Aug-19 27-Aug-19, Floor 40
Floor 41 5 28-Aug-19 03-Sep-19 03-Sep-19, Floor 41
Floor 42 5 04-Sep-19 09-Sep-19 09-Sep-19, Floor 42
Floor 46 5 28-Sep-19 02-Oct-19 02-Oct-19, Floor 46
Floor 47 5 03-Oct-19 08-Oct-19 08-Oct-19, Floor 47
Roof 5 18-Feb-20 23-Feb-20 23-Feb-20, Roof
Upper Roof 5 24-Feb-20 29-Feb-20 29-Feb-20, Upper Roof
Roof Parapets 5 01-Mar-20 05-Mar-20 05-Mar-20, Roof Parapets
Mock Up Ap
Apartment 60 05-Dec-18 02-Feb-19 02-Feb-19, Mock Up Apartment
Finishing & MEP Installations 603 24-Nov-18 19-Nov-20 19-Nov-20
Ground Floor 357 22-Apr-19 25-Jun-20 25-Jun-20, Ground Floor

Floor 01 339 20-May-19 02-Jul-20 02-Jul-20, Floor 01
Floor 02 494 24-Nov-18 09-Jul-20 09-Jul-20, Floor 02
Floor 03 491 05-Dec-18 16-Jul-20 16-Jul-20, Floor 03
Floor 04 467 15-Dec-18 28-Jun-20 28-Jun-20, Floor 04
Floor 07 454 07-Jan-19 05-Jul-20 05-Jul-20, Floor 07
Floor 11 438 04-Feb-19 14-Jul-20 14-Jul-20, Floor 11
Floor 15 422 04-Mar-19 23-Jul-20 23-Jul-20, Floor 15

Page 2 of 8
Remaining Work
Page 8 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
Floor 17 396 09-Apr-19 01-Aug-20 01-Aug-20, Floor 17
Floor 21 383 04-May-19 10-Aug-20 10-Aug-20, Floor 21
Floor 26 368 02-Jun-19 23-Aug-20 23-Aug-20, Floor 26
Floor 30 356 29-Jun-19 01-Sep-20 01-Sep-20, Floor 30
Floor 31 353 04-Jul-19 03-Sep-20 03-Sep-20, Floor 31
Floor 43 300 03-Oct-19 29-Sep-20 29-Sep-20, Floor 43
Floor 48 285 02-Nov-19 11-Oct-20 11-Oct-20, Floor 48
Floor 52 273 26-Nov-19 20-Oct-20 20-Oct-20, Floor
Floor 53 270 03-Dec-19 22-Oct-20 22-Oct-20, Floor
Floor 54 267 09-Dec-19 25-Oct-20 25-Oct-20, Floo
Floor 56 256 26-Dec-19 31-Oct-20 31-Oct-20, Flo
Floor 57 253 02-Jan-20 02-Nov-20 02-Nov-20, Flo
Floor 59 246 14-Jan-20 05-Nov-20 05-Nov-20, F
Floor 61 240 26-Jan-20 10-Nov-20 10-Nov-20,
Floor 62 237 01-Feb-20 12-Nov-20 12-Nov-20,
Floor 63 229 12-Feb-20 15-Nov-20 15-Nov-20
Floor 64 226 18-Feb-20 17-Nov-20 17-Nov-20
Floor 65 223 24-Feb-20 19-Nov-20 19-Nov-20
Floor 66 216 01-Mar-20 17-Nov-20 17-Nov-20
Vertical Install
Installations 356 17-Aug-19 18-Oct-20 18-Oct-20, Vertica
Facade/Envelope/Roof Works
Facade/Enve 502 20-Feb-19 18-Oct-20 18-Oct-20, Facad
Roof Works 114 03-Jun-20 18-Oct-20 18-Oct-20, Roof W

Facade Works 466 20-Feb-19 06-Sep-20 06-Sep-20, Facade Works
Commissioning, Authority Approvals, Close Out

Commission 472 08-Sep-19 23-Dec-20 2
Authority Approval
Appr s 472 08-Sep-19 23-Dec-20 2
Testing & Commissioning
Com 217 05-Apr-20 23-Dec-20 2
Snagging & De-Snagging
De 60 13-Oct-20 23-Dec-20 2
Tower 2 898 20-Jun-18 03-Dec-20 03-De
Structural W
Works 494 20-Jun-18 05-Feb-20 05-Feb-20, Structural Works

Superstructures
Superstructure 446 15-Aug-18 05-Feb-20 05-Feb-20, Superstructures

Page 3 of 8
Remaining Work
Page 9 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
Floor 61a 5 08-Jan-20 13-Jan-20 13-Jan-20, Floor 61a
Roof 5 20-Jan-20 25-Jan-20 25-Jan-20, Roof
Upper Roof 5 26-Jan-20 30-Jan-20 30-Jan-20, Upper Roof
Roof Parapets 5 01-Feb-20 05-Feb-20 05-Feb-20, Roof Parapets
Finishing & MEP Installations 582 24-Nov-18 25-Oct-20 25-Oct-20, Finis
Ground Floor 332 22-Apr-19 27-May-20 27-May-20, Ground Floor

Page 4 of 8
Remaining Work
Page 10 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
Floor 02 469 24-Nov-18 10-Jun-20 10-Jun-20, Floor 02
Floor 04 442 15-Dec-18 30-May-20 30-May-20, Floor 04
Floor 07 429 07-Jan-19 06-Jun-20 06-Jun-20, Floor 07
Floor 11 413 04-Feb-19 15-Jun-20 15-Jun-20, Floor 11
Floor 15 397 04-Mar-19 24-Jun-20 24-Jun-20, Floor 15
Floor 17 371 09-Apr-19 29-Jun-20 29-Jun-20, Floor 17
Floor 18 367 16-Apr-19 01-Jul-20 01-Jul-20, Floor 18
Floor 38 292 04-Sep-19 22-Aug-20 22-Aug-20, Floor 38
Floor 48 269 02-Nov-19 22-Sep-20 22-Sep-20, Floor 48
Floor 53 254 03-Dec-19 04-Oct-20 04-Oct-20, Floor 53
Floor 57 237 02-Jan-20 13-Oct-20 13-Oct-20, Floor 57
Floor 59 233 14-Jan-20 20-Oct-20 20-Oct-20, Floor
Floor 61 227 26-Jan-20 25-Oct-20 25-Oct-20, Floo
Floor 61a 220 01-Feb-20 22-Oct-20 22-Oct-20, Floor
Vertical Install
Installations 331 17-Aug-19 19-Sep-20 19-Sep-20, Vertical Instal
Facade/Enve 468 03-Mar-19 19-Sep-20 19-Sep-20, Facade/Envel
Roof Works 114 02-May-20 19-Sep-20 19-Sep-20, Roof Works

Facade Works 432 03-Mar-19 06-Aug-20 06-Aug-20, Facade Works

Page 5 of 8
Remaining Work
Page 11 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

Commission 452 08-Sep-19 03-Dec-20 03-De
Authority Approval
Appr s 448 08-Sep-19 29-Nov-20 29-Nov
Com 221 05-Mar-20 28-Nov-20 28-Nov
De 60 23-Sep-20 03-Dec-20 03-De
Tower 3 830 20-Jun-18 26-Sep-20 26-Sep-20, Tower 3
Structural W
Works 444 20-Jun-18 08-Dec-19 08-Dec-19, Structural Works

Superstructures
Superstructure 396 15-Aug-18 08-Dec-19 08-Dec-19, Superstructures
Roof 5 20-Nov-19 25-Nov-19 25-Nov-19, Roof
Upper Roof 5 26-Nov-19 01-Dec-19 01-Dec-19, Upper Roof
Roof Parapets 5 03-Dec-19 08-Dec-19 08-Dec-19, Roof Parapets

Page 6 of 8
Remaining Work
Page 12 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
Finishing & MEP Installations 510 24-Nov-18 01-Aug-20 01-Aug-20, Finishing & MEP Installati
Ground Floor 282 22-Apr-19 26-Mar-20 26-Mar-20, Ground Floor

Floor 01 264 20-May-19 02-Apr-20 02-Apr-20, Floor 01
Floor 02 419 24-Nov-18 09-Apr-20 09-Apr-20, Floor 02
Floor 03 416 05-Dec-18 16-Apr-20 16-Apr-20, Floor 03
Floor 04 392 15-Dec-18 29-Mar-20 29-Mar-20, Floor 04
Floor 07 379 07-Jan-19 05-Apr-20 05-Apr-20, Floor 07
Floor 11 363 04-Feb-19 14-Apr-20 14-Apr-20, Floor 11
Floor 26 293 02-Jun-19 19-May-20 19-May-20, Floor 26
Floor 31 268 16-Jul-19 03-Jun-20 03-Jun-20, Floor 31
Floor 33 257 03-Aug-19 08-Jun-20 08-Jun-20, Floor 33
Floor 38 240 04-Sep-19 17-Jun-20 17-Jun-20, Floor 38
Floor 40 243 16-Sep-19 02-Jul-20 02-Jul-20, Floor 40
Floor 43 234 03-Oct-19 09-Jul-20 09-Jul-20, Floor 43
Floor 51 210 20-Nov-19 01-Aug-20 01-Aug-20, Floor 51
Vertical Install
Installations 296 28-Jul-19 18-Jul-20 18-Jul-20, Vertical Installations
Facade/Enve 414 07-Mar-19 18-Jul-20 18-Jul-20, Facade/Envelope/Roof Works
Roof Works 114 03-Mar-20 18-Jul-20 18-Jul-20, Roof Works

Facade Works 378 07-Mar-19 06-Jun-20 06-Jun-20, Facade Works

Commission 384 08-Sep-19 26-Sep-20 26-Sep-20, Commission
Authority Approval
Appr s 382 08-Sep-19 24-Sep-20 24-Sep-20, Authority Ap
Com 211 07-Jan-20 17-Sep-20 17-Sep-20, Testing & Com
De 60 14-Jul-20 26-Sep-20 26-Sep-20, Snagging &
Podium 861 15-Aug-18 22-Dec-20 2
Structural W
Works 294 15-Aug-18 05-Aug-19 05-Aug-19, Structural Works

Page 7 of 8
Remaining Work
Page 13 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
Substructures 168 15-Aug-18 06-Mar-19 06-Mar-19, Substructures
Superstructures
Superstructure 204 05-Dec-18 05-Aug-19 05-Aug-19, Superstructures
Finishing & MEP Installations 441 13-Apr-19 27-Sep-20 27-Sep-20, Finishing &
Basement Floor 335 13-Apr-19 18-May-20 18-May-20, Basement Floor

Ground Floor 349 25-May-19 19-Jul-20 19-Jul-20, Ground Floor
Podium Floor 1 331 02-Jul-19 05-Aug-20 05-Aug-20, Podium Floor 1
Podium Floor 3 293 06-Aug-19 23-Jul-20 23-Jul-20, Podium Floor 3
Podium Floor 4 (Podium Deck) 168 07-Mar-20 27-Sep-20 27-Sep-20, Podium Flo
Facade/Enve 108 17-May-20 27-Sep-20 27-Sep-20, Facade/Env
Facade Works 108 17-May-20 27-Sep-20 27-Sep-20, Facade Wo

Commission 366 22-Dec-19 22-Dec-20 2
Authority Approval
Appr s 366 22-Dec-19 22-Dec-20 2
Com 153 15-Jun-20 16-Dec-20 16
De 60 08-Oct-20 19-Dec-20 19

Page 8 of 8
Remaining Work
Page 14 of 736
DOWNTOWN VIEWS II Layout: Downtown Views II Tender Critical Path

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
960 09-May-18 23-Dec-20 2
Downtown VViews II
960 09-May-18 23-Dec-20 2
Contract Milestones
Mile 960 09-May-18 23-Dec-20 2

Mobilization
DVMESP0010 Site Survey & Report, Setting Out 6 14-May-18 20-May-18 Site Survey & Report, Setting Out
DVMESP0020 Site Clearance 12 21-May-18 03-Jun-18 Site Clearance
DVMESP0030 Set up Temporary Site Utilities 32 28-May-18 05-Jul-18 Set up Temporary Site Utilities
918 20-Jun-18 23-Dec-20 2
Construction
Constructio
Tower 1 918 20-Jun-18 23-Dec-20 2
Structural W

DVT1SSU100 Substructure Preparation 24 20-Jun-18 17-Jul-18 Substructure Preparation
DVT1SSU110 Substructure Raft Foundations, Pits 36 04-Jul-18 14-Aug-18 Substructure Raft Foundations, Pits
Superstructures
DVT1S00100 Core Structure GR>Podium 3 & SCF System Installation 24 15-Aug-18 16-Sep-18 Core Structure GR>Podium 3 & SCF System Installation
DVTPS01100 Podium Level 01 Structure Works 12 17-Sep-18 30-Sep-18 Podium Level 01 Structure Works
DVTPS02100 Podium Level 02 Structure Works 12 01-Oct-18 14-Oct-18 Podium Level 02 Structure Works
DVTPS04100 Floor 04 Structure Works 11 29-Oct-18 10-Nov-18 Floor 04 Structure Works
DVTPS05100 Floor 05 Structure Works 10 11-Nov-18 22-Nov-18 Floor 05 Structure Works
DVTPS06100 Floor 06 Structure Works 9 24-Nov-18 04-Dec-18 Floor 06 Structure Works
DVTPS07100 Floor 07 Structure Works 8 05-Dec-18 13-Dec-18 Floor 07 Structure Works
DVTPS10100 Floor 10 Structure Works 6 30-Dec-18 06-Jan-19 Floor 10 Structure Works
DVTPS11100 Floor 11 Structure Works 6 07-Jan-19 13-Jan-19 Floor 11 Structure Works
DVT1S12100 Floor 12 Structure Works 6 14-Jan-19 20-Jan-19 Floor 12 Structure Works
DVT1S14100 Floor 14 Structure Works 6 28-Jan-19 03-Feb-19 Floor 14 Structure Works
DVT1S15100 Floor 15 Structure Works 6 04-Feb-19 10-Feb-19 Floor 15 Structure Works
DVT1S18100 Floor 18 Structure Works 6 25-Feb-19 03-Mar-19 Floor 18 Structure Works
DVT1S19100 Floor 19 Structure Works (Mechanical Floor) 6 04-Mar-19 10-Mar-19 Floor 19 Structure Works (Mechanical Floor)
DVT1S19200 Floor 19a Structure Works (Mechanical Floor) 12 11-Mar-19 24-Mar-19 Floor 19a Structure Works (Mechanical Floor)
DVT1S20100 Floor 20 Structure Works 12 25-Mar-19 08-Apr-19 Floor 20 Structure Works
DVT1S21100 Floor 21 Structure Works 6 09-Apr-19 15-Apr-19 Floor 21 Structure Works

Page 1 of 5
Remaining Work
Page 15 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVT1S24100 Floor 24 Structure Works 5 28-Apr-19 02-May-19 Floor 24 Structure Works
DVT1S25100 Floor 25 Structure Works 5 04-May-19 08-May-19 Floor 25 Structure Works
DVT1S29100 Floor 29 Structure Works 5 27-May-19 01-Jun-19 Floor 29 Structure Works
DVT1S30100 Floor 30 Structure Works 5 02-Jun-19 10-Jun-19 Floor 30 Structure Works
DVT1S34100 Floor 34 Structure Works 5 29-Jun-19 03-Jul-19 Floor 34 Structure Works
DVT1S35100 Floor 35 Structure Works 5 04-Jul-19 09-Jul-19 Floor 35 Structure Works
DVT1S39100 Floor 39 Structure Works (Mechanical Floor) 5 28-Jul-19 01-Aug-19 Floor 39 Structure Works (Mechanical Floor)
DVT1S39200 Floor 39a Structure Works (Mechanical Floor) 10 03-Aug-19 15-Aug-19 Floor 39a Structure Works (Mechanical Floor)
DVT1S40100 Floor 40 Structure Works 10 17-Aug-19 27-Aug-19 Floor 40 Structure Works
DVT1S41100 Floor 41 Structure Works 5 28-Aug-19 03-Sep-19 Floor 41 Structure Works
DVT1S42100 Floor 42 Structure Works 5 04-Sep-19 09-Sep-19 Floor 42 Structure Works
DVT1S46100 Floor 46 Structure Works 5 28-Sep-19 02-Oct-19 Floor 46 Structure Works
DVT1S47100 Floor 47 Structure Works 5 03-Oct-19 08-Oct-19 Floor 47 Structure Works
DVT1S52100 Floor 52 Structure Works 5 02-Nov-19 06-Nov-19 Floor 52 Structure Works
DVT1S56100 Floor 56 Structure Works 5 26-Nov-19 01-Dec-19 Floor 56 Structure Works
DVT1S57100 Floor 57 Structure Works 5 03-Dec-19 08-Dec-19 Floor 57 Structure Works

Page 2 of 5
Remaining Work
Page 16 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVT1S58100 Floor 58 Structure Works (Mechanical Floor) 5 09-Dec-19 14-Dec-19 Floor 58 Structure Works (Mechanical Floor)
DVT1S66100 Floor 66 Structure Works (Mechanical Floor) 10 01-Feb-20 11-Feb-20 Floor 66 Structure Works (Mechanical Floor)
DVT1S67100 Floor 67 Structure Works (Terrace) 5 12-Feb-20 17-Feb-20 Floor 67 Structure Works (Terrace)
Finishing & MEP Installations 231 12-Feb-20 17-Nov-20 17-Nov-20

DVT1F40240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 17-Aug-20 21-Sep-20 MEP Final Fix & Sanitary
DVT1F40220 Door Installations 12 01-Sep-20 14-Sep-20 Door Installations
DVT1F40230 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint 12 08-Sep-20 21-Sep-20 Wall & Ceiling Final Pai
DVT1F41240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 19-Aug-20 23-Sep-20 MEP Final Fix & Sanitar
DVT1F42240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 23-Aug-20 26-Sep-20 MEP Final Fix & Sanita
DVT1F42230 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint 12 13-Sep-20 26-Sep-20 Wall & Ceiling Final Pa
DVT1F43230 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint 12 15-Sep-20 28-Sep-20 Wall & Ceiling Final P
DVT1F44240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 27-Aug-20 30-Sep-20 MEP Final Fix & Sanit
Floor 45 30 30-Aug-20 03-Oct-20 03-Oct-20, Floor 45
DVT1F45240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 30-Aug-20 03-Oct-20 MEP Final Fix & Sani
DVT1F45230 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint 12 20-Sep-20 03-Oct-20 Wall & Ceiling Final
DVT1F46240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 01-Sep-20 05-Oct-20 MEP Final Fix & San
DVT1F48240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 06-Sep-20 10-Oct-20 MEP Final Fix & Sa
DVT1F48220 Door Installations 12 20-Sep-20 03-Oct-20 Door Installations
DVT1F48230 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint 12 27-Sep-20 10-Oct-20 Wall & Ceiling Fina
DVT1F50240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 10-Sep-20 14-Oct-20 MEP Final Fix & S
DVT1F50230 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint 12 01-Oct-20 14-Oct-20 Wall & Ceiling Fin
DVT1F52240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 15-Sep-20 19-Oct-20 MEP Final Fix &

Page 3 of 5
Remaining Work
Page 17 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVT1F52230 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint 12 06-Oct-20 19-Oct-20 Wall & Ceiling Fi
Floor 53 30 17-Sep-20 21-Oct-20 21-Oct-20, Floor
DVT1F53220 Door Installations 12 01-Oct-20 14-Oct-20 Door Installations
DVT1F53230 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint 12 08-Oct-20 21-Oct-20 Wall & Ceiling F
Floor 54 30 20-Sep-20 24-Oct-20 24-Oct-20, Floor
Floor 55 30 22-Sep-20 26-Oct-20 26-Oct-20, Floo
DVT1F55230 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint 12 13-Oct-20 26-Oct-20 Wall & Ceiling
Floor 56 30 24-Sep-20 28-Oct-20 28-Oct-20, Floo
DVT1F56240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 24-Sep-20 28-Oct-20 MEP Final Fix
Floor 57 30 27-Sep-20 01-Nov-20 01-Nov-20, Flo
DVT1F57240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 27-Sep-20 01-Nov-20 MEP Final Fix
DVT1F57220 Door Installations 12 11-Oct-20 24-Oct-20 Door Installation
DVT1F57230 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint 12 18-Oct-20 01-Nov-20 Wall & Ceiling
Floor 58 18 11-Oct-20 01-Nov-20 01-Nov-20, Flo
MEP Rooms 18 11-Oct-20 01-Nov-20 01-Nov-20, ME
DVT1F58380 Joinery Installations 12 11-Oct-20 24-Oct-20 Joinery Installati
DVT1F58390 MEP Final Fix 12 18-Oct-20 01-Nov-20 MEP Final Fix
Floor 59 30 29-Sep-20 03-Nov-20 03-Nov-20, Fl
DVT1F59230 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint 12 20-Oct-20 03-Nov-20 Wall & Ceilin
Floor 60 30 01-Oct-20 05-Nov-20 05-Nov-20, F
DVT1F60240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 01-Oct-20 05-Nov-20 MEP Final Fi
DVT1F60220 Door Installations 12 15-Oct-20 28-Oct-20 Door Installatio
Floor 61 30 04-Oct-20 08-Nov-20 08-Nov-20, F
DVT1F61240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 04-Oct-20 08-Nov-20 MEP Final F
DVT1F61220 Door Installations 12 18-Oct-20 01-Nov-20 Door Installati
DVT1F61230 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint 12 25-Oct-20 08-Nov-20 Wall & Ceil
Floor 62 30 06-Oct-20 10-Nov-20 10-Nov-20,
DVT1F62220 Door Installations 12 20-Oct-20 03-Nov-20 Door Installat
Floor 63 227 12-Feb-20 12-Nov-20 12-Nov-20,
DVT1F63100 Masonry Blockwork 30 12-Feb-20 17-Mar-20 Masonry Blockwork
DVT1F63240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 08-Oct-20 12-Nov-20 MEP Final
DVT1F63230 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint 12 31-Oct-20 12-Nov-20 Wall & Cei
Floor 64 224 18-Feb-20 15-Nov-20 15-Nov-20
DVT1F64220 Door Installations 12 25-Oct-20 08-Nov-20 Door Installa
DVT1F64230 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint 12 02-Nov-20 15-Nov-20 Wall & Ce
Floor 65 221 24-Feb-20 17-Nov-20 17-Nov-20
DVT1F65110 MEP 1st Fix Installations 30 09-Mar-20 13-Apr-20 MEP 1st Fix Installations
DVT1F65120 Plastering Works 30 24-Mar-20 27-Apr-20 Plastering Works
DVT1F65130 W. Proofing & Screed Works 24 14-Apr-20 11-May-20 W. Proofing & Screed Works
DVT1F65140 MEP 2nd Fix Installations 90 28-Apr-20 17-Aug-20 MEP 2nd Fix Installations
DVT1F65240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 13-Oct-20 17-Nov-20 MEP Fina
Floor 66 18 27-Oct-20 17-Nov-20 17-Nov-20
MEP Rooms 18 27-Oct-20 17-Nov-20 17-Nov-20
DVT1F66380 Joinery Installations 12 27-Oct-20 10-Nov-20 Joinery Inst
DVT1F66390 MEP Final Fix 12 04-Nov-20 17-Nov-20 MEP Fina
Commission 172 05-Jul-20 23-Dec-20 2
Authority Approval
Appr s 113 01-Sep-20 23-Dec-20 2
DEWA Electrical
Electric 28 01-Sep-20 29-Sep-20 29-Sep-20, DEWA Ele
LV Side 28 01-Sep-20 29-Sep-20 29-Sep-20, LV Side
DVT1AA0260 Substantial LV installations as per DEWA Approved Drawings 0 01-Sep-20 Substantial LV installations as

Page 4 of 5
Remaining Work
Page 18 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVT1AA0270 Invite DEWA for LV Inspection 3 02-Sep-20 06-Sep-20 Invite DEWA for LV Inspectio
DVT1AA0280 First Inspection by DEWA 3 07-Sep-20 09-Sep-20 First Inspection by DEWA
DVT1AA0300 Rectification of DEWA comments 12 10-Sep-20 23-Sep-20 Rectification of DEWA c
DVT1AA0400 Re-inspection / LV Approval by DEWA 3 24-Sep-20 28-Sep-20 Re-inspection / LV App
DVT1AA0430 Energized DEWA Transformer & Release of Temporary Power 1 29-Sep-20 29-Sep-20 Energized DEWA Tran
Life Safety Sy
Systems ( Civil Defense ) 44 27-Sep-20 26-Nov-20 26-Nov-
DVT1AA0290 Third Party Inspection 7 27-Sep-20 05-Oct-20 Third Party Inspectio
DVT1AA0370 Incorporate / Rectify Third Party Comments 15 06-Oct-20 26-Oct-20 Incorporate / Re
DVT1AA0390 Application for Initial Inspection by DCD 5 20-Oct-20 26-Oct-20 Application for I
DVT1AA0420 Initial Inspection by DCD 2 27-Oct-20 28-Oct-20 Initial Inspectio
DVT1AA0440 Incorporate / Rectify DCD Comments 15 01-Nov-20 22-Nov-20 Incorpora
DVT1AA0460 Final Inspection by DCD 2 22-Nov-20 23-Nov-20 Final Ins
DVT1AA0470 DCD Clerance Certificate Obtained 0 26-Nov-20 DCD Cl
DM Approval 25 29-Nov-20 23-Dec-20 2
DVT1AA0480 Application for DM Inspection 3 29-Nov-20 01-Dec-20 Applic
DVT1AA0490 Initial Inspection for BCC by DM 3 03-Dec-20 07-Dec-20 Initia
DVT1AA0500 Incorporate / Rectify DM Comments 10 08-Dec-20 19-Dec-20 In
DVT1AA0510 Final Inspection by DM 3 20-Dec-20 22-Dec-20 F
DVT1AA0520 Building Completion Certificate Obtained 0 23-Dec-20 B
Com 142 05-Jul-20 23-Dec-20 2
Preliminary T
Testing and Commissioning 83 05-Jul-20 13-Oct-20 13-Oct-20, Prelimin
Testing and Commissioning
Com Milestone 0 29-Sep-20 29-Sep-20 29-Sep-20, Testing and
DVT1TC1450 Power Available for Final Testing and Commissioning (With Cli 0 29-Sep-20 Power Available for Fin
Testing & Pre-co
Pre-commissioning Electrical System 42 11-Jul-20 01-Sep-20 01-Sep-20, Testing & Pre-com
DVT1TC1180 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of DB's / SMDB's / MCC's 36 11-Jul-20 25-Aug-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing o
DVT1TC1210 Pre-Comm & Testing MDB's & CB 36 18-Jul-20 01-Sep-20 Pre-Comm & Testing MDB's &
Testing & Pre-co
Pre-commisioning HVAC System 46 05-Jul-20 31-Aug-20 31-Aug-20, Testing & Pre-com
Water Side Stage
Stag 3 46 05-Jul-20 31-Aug-20 31-Aug-20, Water Side Stage
DVT1TC113 Pre-Commissioning of CHW Pumps 6 05-Jul-20 11-Jul-20 Pre-Commissioning of CHW Pumps
DVT1TC116 Chilled Wat er Pipe Flushing - 1st Stage 18 12-Jul-20 04-Aug-20 Chilled Wat er Pipe Flushing - 1st Sta
DVT1TC122 Chilled Wat er Pipe Flushing - 2nd S tage 18 05-Aug-20 26-Aug-20 Chilled Wat er Pipe Flushing - 2
DVT1TC128 Chemical Dosing 12 17-Aug-20 31-Aug-20 Chemical Dosing
Testing & Pre-co
Pre-commissioning of Fire Fighting System 33 18-Aug-20 26-Sep-20 26-Sep-20, Testing & P
DVT1TC1260 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Fire Fighting System 24 18-Aug-20 15-Sep-20 Pre-Commissioning & Tes
DVT1TC1270 Pre-Commissioning & Testing Fire Fighting Pump 18 18-Aug-20 08-Sep-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testin
DVT1TC1320 Pre-Commissioning & Testing FM 200 12 09-Sep-20 22-Sep-20 Pre-Commissioning & Te
DVT1TC1330 Pre-Commissioning & Testing Foam system 12 13-Sep-20 26-Sep-20 Pre-Commissioning & T
Testing & Pre-co
Pre-commissioning of ELV Systems 48 18-Aug-20 13-Oct-20 13-Oct-20, Testing
DVT1TC1230 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Fire Alarm System Including 24 18-Aug-20 15-Sep-20 Pre-Commissioning & Tes
DVT1TC1300 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Telephone & Data Including P 24 02-Sep-20 29-Sep-20 Pre-Commissioning &
DVT1TC1340 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Audio and Intercom System 18 23-Sep-20 13-Oct-20 Pre-Commissioning
Integrated (Final)
(Fin Testing and Commissioning 72 29-Sep-20 23-Dec-20 2
Building Integrate
Integrated Testing and Commissioning 72 29-Sep-20 23-Dec-20 2
DVT1TC1380 Integrated Building Testing and Commissioning - SUMMARY 72 29-Sep-20 23-Dec-20 I
Commissioning of
o Electrical System 60 29-Sep-20 09-Dec-20 09-D
DVT1TC1360 Final Commissiong of Power & Lighting System 60 29-Sep-20 09-Dec-20 Fina
Commissioning of
o HVAC System 66 06-Oct-20 23-Dec-20 2
DVT1TC1430 Final Commissioning of FAHU's / FCU's / FANS 36 06-Oct-20 17-Nov-20 Final Com
DVT1TC1530 Final Air Balancing HVAC System 36 11-Nov-20 23-Dec-20 F
Commissioning of
o FF System 36 06-Oct-20 17-Nov-20 17-Nov-20
DVT1TC1410 Final Commissioning of Fire Fighting System 36 06-Oct-20 17-Nov-20 Final Com
Commissioning of
o ELV System Final 35 14-Oct-20 24-Nov-20 24-Nov-2
DVT1TC1480 Final Commissioning ELV System 35 14-Oct-20 24-Nov-20 Final Co
De 60 13-Oct-20 23-Dec-20 2
DVT1TC1490 Snagging & De-Snagging Tower 60 13-Oct-20 23-Dec-20 S

Page 5 of 5
Remaining Work
Page 19 of 736
DOWNTOWN VIEWS II Layout: Downtown Views II Tender Detail

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
960 09-May-18 23-Dec-20 2
Downtown VViews II
960 09-May-18 23-Dec-20 2
Contract Milestones
Mile 960 09-May-18 23-Dec-20 2

DVCM000120 KMS3: Completion of Sub structure Works 0 06-Mar-19* KMS3: Completion of Sub structure Works
DVCM000130 KMS7: Completion of Mock Up Apartment 0 04-May-19* KMS7: Completion of Mock Up Apartment
DVCM000140 KMS1: Substation Handing Over 0 28-Nov-19* KMS1: Substation Handing Over
DVCM000150 KMS9: ETS room Handing over 0 29-Nov-19* KMS9: ETS room Handing over
DVCM000190 KMS6: Completion of Tower 3 Structural Works 0 22-Jan-20* KMS6: Completion of Tower 3 Structural Works
DVCM000180 KMS5: Completion of Tower 2 Structural Works 0 18-Feb-20* KMS5: Completion of Tower 2 Structural Works
DVCM000170 KMS4: Completion of Tower 1 Structural Works 0 05-Mar-20* KMS4: Completion of Tower 1 Structural Works
DVCM000200 KMS8: Wild Air Start 0 27-Apr-20* KMS8: Wild Air Start
DVCM000220 KMS13: DEWA Power On 0 29-Jun-20* KMS13: DEWA Power On
DVCM000210 KMS2: Completion of Podium (Excluding Tower Foot Print) 0 23-Jul-20* KMS2: Completion of Podium (Excluding
DVCM000230 KMS12: T3 - T& C and Completion 0 17-Nov-20* KMS12: T
DVCM000160 KMS11: T2 - T&C and Completion 0 14-Dec-20* KM
Key Dates 49 23-May-18 11-Jul-18 11-Jul-18, Key Dates
DVKM000160 Staffing schedule 0 23-May-18* Staffing schedule

DVKM000170 Bonds and insurances 0 23-May-18* Bonds and insurances
DVKM000190 Breakdown of any lump sum items in the BOQ 0 28-May-18* Breakdown of any lump sum items in the BOQ
DVKM000140 Safety management plan for approval of the Supervision Cons 0 04-Jun-18* Safety management plan for approval of the Supervision Consultant
DVKM000150 QA/QC plan for approval of the Supervision Consultant 0 04-Jun-18* QA/QC plan for approval of the Supervision Consultant
DVKM000100 Programme for the carrying out and completion of the Works f 0 11-Jun-18* Programme for the carrying out and completion of the Works for approval by the Supervision Consultant
DVKM000110 Detailed method statement for the carrying out and completion 0 11-Jun-18* Detailed method statement for the carrying out and completion of the Works
DVKM000120 Detailed schedule of material submittals for approval by the Su 0 11-Jun-18* Detailed schedule of material submittals for approval by the Supervision Consultant
DVKM000130 Detailed schedule of the Drawings to be provided by the Contra 0 11-Jun-18* Detailed schedule of the Drawings to be provided by the Contractor for approval by the Supervision Consultant
DVKM000180 Turnover and cas hflow projections 0 11-Jul-18* Turnover and cas hflow projections
330 09-May-18 03-Apr-19 03-Apr-19, Authority Approvals
Authority A
Approvals
Initial NOC's 16 09-May-18 24-May-18 24-May-18, Initial NOC's
DVAA000100 Obtaining Mobilization NOC 12 09-May-18 24-May-18 Obtaining Mobilization NOC

DVAA000110 Issue of Demarcation Certificate 0 09-May-18 Issue of Demarcation Certificate
PT Drawings Approval by DM/Authority 20 22-Jul-18 16-Aug-18 16-Aug-18, PT Drawings Approval by DM/Authority
DVAA000120 PT Drawings Approval by DM/Authority 20 22-Jul-18 16-Aug-18 PT Drawings Approval by DM/Authority

MEP Systems
System Construction NOC's 156 19-Aug-18 03-Apr-19 03-Apr-19, MEP Systems Construction NOC's
DVAA000130 Construction NOC for Plumbing System 48 19-Aug-18 29-Oct-18 Construction NOC for Plumbing System
DVAA000140 Construction NOC for Drainage Systems 48 19-Aug-18 29-Oct-18 Construction NOC for Drainage Systems
DVAA000150 Construction NOC for LV Shop Drawings 48 30-Aug-18 06-Nov-18 Construction NOC for LV Shop Drawings
DVAA000160 Construction NOC for LDN 48 20-Sep-18 27-Nov-18 Construction NOC for LDN
DVAA000170 Construction NOC for Central Battery 48 20-Sep-18 27-Nov-18 Construction NOC for Central Battery
DVAA000180 Construction NOC for Structured Cabling 48 24-Oct-18 02-Jan-19 Construction NOC for Structured Cabling
DVAA000190 Material NOC for Structured Cabling 48 24-Oct-18 02-Jan-19 Material NOC for Structured Cabling
DVAA000200 Transf ormer Material Approval 48 24-Oct-18 02-Jan-19 Transf ormer Material Approval
DVAA000210 MV/HV Switchgear Material Approval 48 24-Oct-18 02-Jan-19 MV/HV Switchgear Material Approval
DVAA000220 Construction NOC for Fire Protection 48 14-Nov-18 23-Jan-19 Construction NOC for Fire Protection
DVAA000230 Construction NOC for Fire Alarm 48 09-Dec-18 13-Feb-19 Construction NOC for Fire Alarm
DVAA000240 Construction NOC for Smoke Management 48 09-Dec-18 13-Feb-19 Construction NOC for Smoke Management
DVAA000250 Construction NOC for GSM 48 09-Dec-18 13-Feb-19 Construction NOC for GSM
DVAA000260 Construction NOC for Natural Gas 48 27-Jan-19 03-Apr-19 Construction NOC for Natural Gas
353 13-May-18 30-Apr-19 30-Apr-19, Engineering / Design
Engineering / Design
Engineerin
Engineering & Shop Drawings Phase 353 13-May-18 30-Apr-19 30-Apr-19, Engineering & Shop Drawings Phase
Civils Drawings
Drawin 75 13-May-18 26-Jul-18 26-Jul-18, Civils Drawings
DVEDSCIF10 Issue of IFC Drawings (by Consultant) 0 13-May-18 Issue of IFC Drawings (by Consultant)
Submittals 48 16-May-18 12-Jul-18 12-Jul-18, Submittals
DVEDSCS010 Prep, Submit, Review & Re-submit of Shop D., Materials, Met 24 16-May-18 12-Jun-18 Prep, Submit, Review & Re-submit of Shop D., Materials, Method S. for Rafts, Foundations
DVEDSCS060 Prep, Submit, Review & Re-submit of Shop D., Materials, Met 24 30-May-18 28-Jun-18 Prep, Submit, Review & Re-submit of Shop D., Materials, Method S. for RC Super St. Walls & Columns
DVEDSCS050 Prep, Submit, Review & Re-submit of Shop D., Materials, Met 30 06-Jun-18 12-Jul-18 Prep, Submit, Review & Re-submit of Shop D., Materials, Method S. for PT Beams & Slabs
DVEDSCS070 Prep, Submit, Review & Re-submit of Shop D., Materials, Met 24 13-Jun-18 12-Jul-18 Prep, Submit, Review & Re-submit of Shop D., Materials, Method S. for RC Super St. Beams & Slabs
Approvals 40 31-May-18 26-Jul-18 26-Jul-18, Approvals
DVEDSCA010 Approvals of Shop Dwgs., Materials, Method Sts. for Rafts, Fo 20 31-May-18 28-Jun-18 Approvals of Shop Dwgs., Materials, Method Sts. for Rafts, Foundations
DVEDSCA060 Approvals of Shop Dwgs., Materials, Method Sts. for RC Supe 20 14-Jun-18 12-Jul-18 Approvals of Shop Dwgs., Materials, Method Sts. for RC Super St. Walls & Columns
DVEDSCA050 Approvals of Shop Dwgs., Materials, Method Sts. for PT Beam 25 14-Jun-18 19-Jul-18 Approvals of Shop Dwgs., Materials, Method Sts. for PT Beams & Slabs
DVEDSCA070 Approvals of Shop Dwgs., Materials, Method Sts. for RC Supe 20 01-Jul-18 26-Jul-18 Approvals of Shop Dwgs., Materials, Method Sts. for RC Super St. Beams & Slabs
MEP Drawings
Drawin 257 14-May-18 27-Jan-19 27-Jan-19, MEP Drawings
DVEDSMIF10 Issue of IFC Drawings (by Consultant) 0 14-May-18 Issue of IFC Drawings (by Consultant)
Submittals 180 06-Jun-18 12-Jan-19 12-Jan-19, Submittals
DVEDSMS020 Prep., Submit., Review & Re-submittals of S.D., Materials, Me 60 06-Jun-18 16-Aug-18 Prep., Submit., Review & Re-submittals of S.D., Materials, Method S. for Drainage System

Page 1 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 20 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVEDSMS030 Prep., Submit., Review & Re-submittals of S.D., Materials, Me 60 06-Jun-18 16-Aug-18 Prep., Submit., Review & Re-submittals of S.D., Materials, Method S. for Wat er Supply System
DVEDSMS050 Prep., Submit., Review & Re-submittals of S.D., Materials, Me 90 23-Jun-18 09-Oct-18 Prep., Submit., Review & Re-submittals of S.D., Materials, Method S. for Electrical/Power Systems
DVEDSMS040 Prep., Submit., Review & Re-submittals of S.D., Materials, Me 90 18-Aug-18 06-Dec-18 Prep., Submit., Review & Re-submittals of S.D., Materials, Method S. for HVAC System
DVEDSMS060 Prep., Submit., Review & Re-submittals of S.D., Materials, Me 60 18-Aug-18 30-Oct-18 Prep., Submit., Review & Re-submittals of S.D., Materials, Method S. for Fire Fighting System
DVEDSMS080 Prep., Submit., Review & Re-submittals of S.D., Materials, Me 60 11-Sep-18 20-Nov-18 Prep., Submit., Review & Re-submittals of S.D., Materials, Method S. for ELV Systems
DVEDSMS070 Prep., Submit., Review & Re-submittals of S.D., Materials, Me 60 11-Sep-18 20-Nov-18 Prep., Submit., Review & Re-submittals of S.D., Materials, Method S. for Fire Alarm System
DVEDSMS090 Prep., Submit., Review & Re-submittals of S.D., Materials, Me 60 31-Oct-18 12-Jan-19 Prep., Submit., Review & Re-submittals of S.D., Materials, Method S. for SNG Systems
Approvals 149 21-Jun-18 27-Jan-19 27-Jan-19, Approvals
DVEDSMA030 Approvals of Shop Dwgs., Materials, Method Sts. for Water S 50 21-Jun-18 03-Sep-18 Approvals of Shop Dwgs., Materials, Method Sts. for Water Supply System
DVEDSMA020 Approvals of Shop Dwgs., Materials, Method Sts. for Drainage 50 21-Jun-18 03-Sep-18 Approvals of Shop Dwgs., Materials, Method Sts. for Drainage System
DVEDSMA050 Approvals of Shop Dwgs., Materials, Method Sts. for Electrica 75 05-Jul-18 23-Oct-18 Approvals of Shop Dwgs., Materials, Method Sts. for Electrical/Power Systems
DVEDSMA040 Approvals of Shop Dwgs., Materials, Method Sts. for HVAC S 75 04-Sep-18 20-Dec-18 Approvals of Shop Dwgs., Materials, Method Sts. for HVAC System
DVEDSMA060 Approvals of Shop Dwgs., Materials, Method Sts. for Fire Figh 50 04-Sep-18 13-Nov-18 Approvals of Shop Dwgs., Materials, Method Sts. for Fire Fighting System
DVEDSMA070 Approvals of Shop Dwgs., Materials, Method Sts. for Fire Alar 50 26-Sep-18 06-Dec-18 Approvals of Shop Dwgs., Materials, Method Sts. for Fire Alarm System
DVEDSMA080 Approvals of Shop Dwgs., Materials, Method Sts. for ELV Sys 50 26-Sep-18 06-Dec-18 Approvals of Shop Dwgs., Materials, Method Sts. for ELV Systems
DVEDSMA090 Approvals of Shop Dwgs., Materials, Method Sts. for SNG Sys 50 13-Nov-18 27-Jan-19 Approvals of Shop Dwgs., Materials, Method Sts. for SNG Systems
Architectural Base Work Plans & Layout Drawings
Architectura 290 14-May-18 28-Feb-19 28-Feb-19, Architectural Base Work Plans & Layout Drawings
DVEDSAIF10 Issue of IFC Drawings (by Consultant) 0 14-May-18 Issue of IFC Drawings (by Consultant)
Submittals 135 06-Sep-18 14-Feb-19 14-Feb-19, Submittals
DVEDSAS010 Prep., Submit., Review & Re-submittals of S.D., Materials, Me 60 06-Sep-18 15-Nov-18 Prep., Submit., Review & Re-submittals of S.D., Materials, Method S. for Gen. Arrangement Plans
DVEDSAS070 Prep., Submit., Review & Re-submittals of S.D., Materials, Me 60 13-Oct-18 23-Dec-18 Prep., Submit., Review & Re-submittals of S.D., Materials, Method S. for Wat erproof ing
DVEDSAS030 Prep., Submit., Review & Re-submittals of S.D., Materials, Me 60 13-Oct-18 23-Dec-18 Prep., Submit., Review & Re-submittals of S.D., Materials, Method S. for Tiling Layouts
DVEDSAS040 Prep., Submit., Review & Re-submittals of S.D., Materials, Me 60 30-Oct-18 10-Jan-19 Prep., Submit., Review & Re-submittals of S.D., Materials, Method S. for Reflected Ceiling Plans
DVEDSAS080 Prep., Submit., Review & Re-submittals of S.D., Materials, Me 60 17-Nov-18 28-Jan-19 Prep., Submit., Review & Re-submittals of S.D., Materials, Method S. for Internal Doors
DVEDSAS060 Prep., Submit., Review & Re-submittals of S.D., Materials, Me 60 06-Dec-18 14-Feb-19 Prep., Submit., Review & Re-submittals of S.D., Materials, Method S. for Staircases
Approvals 103 04-Oct-18 28-Feb-19 28-Feb-19, Approvals
DVEDSAA010 Approvals of Shop Dwgs., Materials, Method Sts. for General A 40 04-Oct-18 03-Dec-18 Approvals of Shop Dwgs., Materials, Method Sts. for General Arrangement Plans
DVEDSAA030 Approvals of Shop Dwgs., Materials, Method Sts. for Tiling La 40 08-Nov-18 07-Jan-19 Approvals of Shop Dwgs., Materials, Method Sts. for Tiling Layouts
DVEDSAA070 Approvals of Shop Dwgs., Materials, Method Sts. for Waterpro 40 08-Nov-18 07-Jan-19 Approvals of Shop Dwgs., Materials, Method Sts. for Waterproofing
DVEDSAA050 Approvals of Shop Dwgs., Materials, Method Sts. for Reflecte 40 28-Nov-18 24-Jan-19 Approvals of Shop Dwgs., Materials, Method Sts. for Reflected Ceiling Plans
DVEDSAA080 Approvals of Shop Dwgs., Materials, Method Sts. for Internal 40 17-Dec-18 11-Feb-19 Approvals of Shop Dwgs., Materials, Method Sts. for Internal Doors
DVEDSAA060 Approvals of Shop Dwgs., Materials, Method Sts. for Staircases 40 06-Jan-19 28-Feb-19 Approvals of Shop Dwgs., Materials, Method Sts. for Staircases
Architectural Final Finishing Works & Sp. Systems
Architectura 351 14-May-18 30-Apr-19 30-Apr-19, Architectural Final Finishing Works & Sp. Systems
DVEDSFIF10 Issue of IFC Drawings (by Consultant) 0 14-May-18 Issue of IFC Drawings (by Consultant)
Submittals 221 24-Jul-18 16-Apr-19 16-Apr-19, Submittals
DVEDSFS020 Prep., Submit., Review & Re-submittals of S.D., Materials, Me 90 24-Jul-18 10-Nov-18 Prep., Submit., Review & Re-submittals of S.D., Materials, Method S. for Curtain Wall/Glaz ing
DVEDSFS010 Prep., Submit., Review & Re-submittals of S.D., Materials, Me 90 18-Aug-18 06-Dec-18 Prep., Submit., Review & Re-submittals of S.D., Materials, Method S. for Lifts
DVEDSFS130 Prep., Submit., Review & Re-submittals of S.D., Materials, Me 90 07-Oct-18 22-Jan-19 Prep., Submit., Review & Re-submittals of S.D., Materials, Method S. for Garbage Chutes
DVEDSFS140 Prep., Submit., Review & Re-submittals of S.D., Materials, Me 90 19-Dec-18 04-Apr-19 Prep., Submit., Review & Re-submittals of S.D., Materials, Method S. for Internal Signage
DVEDSFS150 Prep., Submit., Review & Re-submittals of S.D., Materials, Me 90 19-Dec-18 04-Apr-19 Prep., Submit., Review & Re-submittals of S.D., Materials, Method S. for Parking Management
DVEDSFS170 Prep., Submit., Review & Re-submittals of S.D., Materials, Me 90 31-Dec-18 16-Apr-19 Prep., Submit., Review & Re-submittals of S.D., Materials, Method S. for Building Cleaning System
Approvals 170 29-Aug-18 30-Apr-19 30-Apr-19, Approvals
DVEDSFA020 Approvals of Shop Dwgs., Materials, Method Sts. for Curtain W 60 29-Aug-18 25-Nov-18 Approvals of Shop Dwgs., Materials, Method Sts. for Curtain Wall/ Glazing
DVEDSFA010 Approvals of Shop Dwgs., Materials, Method Sts. for Lifts & E 60 26-Sep-18 20-Dec-18 Approvals of Shop Dwgs., Materials, Method Sts. for Lifts & Escalators
DVEDSFA130 Approvals of Shop Dwgs., Materials, Method Sts. for Garbage 60 11-Nov-18 05-Feb-19 Approvals of Shop Dwgs., Materials, Method Sts. for Garbage Chutes
DVEDSFA150 Approvals of Shop Dwgs., Materials, Method Sts. for Parking 60 24-Jan-19 18-Apr-19 Approvals of Shop Dwgs., Materials, Method Sts. for Parking Management
DVEDSFA140 Approvals of Shop Dwgs., Materials, Method Sts. for Internal S 60 24-Jan-19 18-Apr-19 Approvals of Shop Dwgs., Materials, Method Sts. for Internal Signage
DVEDSFA170 Approvals of Shop Dwgs., Materials, Method Sts. for Building 60 05-Feb-19 30-Apr-19 Approvals of Shop Dwgs., Materials, Method Sts. for Building Cleaning System
536 06-Jun-18 14-Mar-20 14-Mar-20, Procurement
Procurement
Procureme
Main Subcontractors
Subcon 74 06-Jun-18 06-Sep-18 06-Sep-18, Main Subcontractors
DVPRMS0001 Procurement of PT Design Subcontractor 0 06-Jun-18 Procurement of PT Design Subcontractor

DVPRMS0010 Procurement of the MEP Subcontractor 0 06-Jun-18 Procurement of the MEP Subcontractor
DVPRMS0020 Procurement of the Lift Subcontractor 0 06-Jun-18 Procurement of the Lift Subcontractor
DVPRMS0030 Procurement of the Curtain Walling/ Glazing S ubcontractor 0 26-Jun-18 Procurement of the Curtain Walling/ Glazing S ubcontractor
DVPRMS0040 Procurement of the ID Subcontractor 0 06-Sep-18 Procurement of the ID Subcontractor
MEP Works Materials
M 337 07-Jun-18 21-Jul-19 21-Jul-19, MEP Work s Materials
MEP Consumables
Consu 48 07-Jun-18 05-Aug-18 05-Aug-18, MEP Consumables
DVPMEPI010 Procurement Delivery of MEP Basic Materials / Consumables 48 07-Jun-18 05-Aug-18 Procurement Delivery of MEP Basic Materials / Consumables (Initial)
Electrical 202 07-Nov-18 08-Jul-19 08-Jul-19, Electrical
DVPMEPE040 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Bus Bars 120 07-Nov-18 30-Mar-19 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Bus Bars
DVPMEPE050 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of LV Switch Gear/MDB's/SMDB 120 07-Nov-18 30-Mar-19 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of LV Switch Gear/MDB's/SMDB's/MCC's/DB's
DVPMEPE020 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Central Battery system 120 28-Nov-18 20-Apr-19 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Central Battery system
DVPMEPE010 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Generators 120 28-Nov-18 20-Apr-19 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Generators
DVPMEPE030 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Power Cables 60 13-Dec-18 21-Feb-19 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Power Cables
DVPMEPE160 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Structured Cabling 120 03-Jan-19 23-May-19 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Structured Cabling
DVPMEPE070 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of MV Switchgear 120 03-Jan-19 23-May-19 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of MV Switchgear
DVPMEPE080 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Transformers 120 03-Jan-19 23-May-19 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Transformers
DVPMEPE060 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Wiring Accessories 120 20-Jan-19 12-Jun-19 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Wiring Accessories
DVPMEPE120 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Central Emergency Lighting E 120 20-Jan-19 12-Jun-19 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Central Emergency Lighting Equipment
DVPMEPE150 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Lighting Control System 120 21-Jan-19 13-Jun-19 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Lighting Control System
DVPMEPE090 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Light Fittings 120 21-Jan-19 13-Jun-19 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Light Fittings

Page 2 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 21 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVPMEPE110 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Fire Alarm System 120 14-Feb-19 08-Jul-19 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Fire Alarm System
DVPMEPE130 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of CCTV System 120 14-Feb-19 08-Jul-19 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of CCTV System
DVPMEPE140 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Access Control System 120 14-Feb-19 08-Jul-19 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Access Control System
DVPMEPE100 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of BMS 120 14-Feb-19 08-Jul-19 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of BMS
Air Conditioning
Conditio 220 17-Oct-18 08-Jul-19 08-Jul-19, Air Conditioning
DVPMEPA020 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of FCUs 90 17-Oct-18 02-Feb-19 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of FCUs
DVPMEPA010 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of AHU & FAHUs 120 22-Dec-18 12-May-19 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of AHU & FAHUs
DVPMEPA070 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Valves & Accessories 90 22-Dec-18 07-Apr-19 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Valves & Accessories
DVPMEPA100 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Heat Exchangers 120 04-Feb-19 27-Jun-19 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Heat Exchangers
DVPMEPA040 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Chillers 120 04-Feb-19 27-Jun-19 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Chillers
DVPMEPA060 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of VAV's 120 04-Feb-19 27-Jun-19 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of VAV's
DVPMEPA030 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Smoke Management System 120 14-Feb-19 08-Jul-19 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Smoke Management System
Plumbing 147 26-Jan-19 20-Jul-19 20-Jul-19, Plumbing
DVPMEPP010 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Sewage & Submersible Pumps 90 26-Jan-19 11-May-19 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Sewage & Submersible Pumps
DVPMEPP020 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Transfer & Booster Pumps 90 26-Jan-19 11-May-19 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Transfer & Booster Pumps
DVPMEPP030 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Heat Pumps 90 04-Feb-19 20-May-19 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Heat Pumps
DVPMEPP050 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Sanitaryware & Sanitary Fitting 90 03-Apr-19 20-Jul-19 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Sanitaryware & Sanitary Fittings
Fire Fighting 120 24-Jan-19 17-Jun-19 17-Jun-19, Fire Fighting
DVPMEPF020 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Fire Hose Reel Cabinets 120 24-Jan-19 17-Jun-19 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Fire Hose Reel Cabinets
DVPMEPF030 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Fire Fighting Equipment 120 24-Jan-19 17-Jun-19 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Fire Fighting Equipment
DVPMEPF010 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Fire Fighting Pumps 120 24-Jan-19 17-Jun-19 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Fire Fighting Pumps
Natural Gas (SNG) 90 04-Apr-19 21-Jul-19 21-Jul-19, Natural Gas (SNG)
DVPMEPG010 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of SNG Material (Tanks, pipes et 90 04-Apr-19 21-Jul-19 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of SNG Material (Tanks, pipes etc.)
Architectural & Finishing Works Materials 390 03-Dec-18 14-Mar-20 14-Mar-20, Architectural & Finishing Works Materials
Architectural Base Work and Finishing Materials

Architectura 195 03-Dec-18 23-Jul-19 23-Jul-19, Architectural Base Work and Finishing Materials
DVPABW0040 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Wet Area Waterproofing 45 03-Dec-18 24-Jan-19 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Wet Area Waterproofing
DVPABW0050 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Painting 45 03-Dec-18 24-Jan-19 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Painting
DVPABW0080 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of False Ceiling Materials 120 03-Jan-19 23-May-19 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of False Ceiling Materials
DVPABW0030 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Ceramic, Porcelain, Marble Til 78 19-Jan-19 20-Apr-19 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Ceramic, Porcelain, Marble Tiles
DVPABW0100 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Internal Doors, Joinery, Ironmo 120 12-Feb-19 06-Jul-19 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Internal Doors, Joinery, Ironmongery
DVPABW0110 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Steel Doors 120 12-Feb-19 06-Jul-19 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Steel Doors
DVPABW0120 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Metal Works & Joinery 120 02-Mar-19 23-Jul-19 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Metal Works & Joinery
Architectural Final Finishing Work & Building Systems
Architectura 360 08-Jan-19 14-Mar-20 14-Mar-20, Architectural Final Finishing Work & Building Systems
DVPAPS0030 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Curtain Wall/Glaz ing 120 08-Jan-19 29-May-19 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Curtain Wall/Glaz ing
DVPAPS0010 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Lifts 120 04-Feb-19 27-Jun-19 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Lifts
DVPAPS0130 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Disposal Systems 120 30-Jul-19 22-Dec-19 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Disposal Systems
DVPAPS0140 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Internal Signage 90 12-Oct-19 27-Jan-20 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Internal Signage
DVPAPS0170 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Building Cleaning System 120 23-Oct-19 14-Mar-20 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Building Cleaning System
DVPAPS0150 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Parking Management 90 25-Nov-19 10-Mar-20 Procurement, Mfg & Delivery of Parking Management
Mobilization
Staff & Labour
Labou 45 15-May-18 08-Jul-18 08-Jul-18, Staff & Labour
DVMESL0010 Mobilize Initial Staff 45 15-May-18 08-Jul-18 Mobilize Initial Staff

DVMESP0010 Site Survey & Report, Setting Out 6 14-May-18 20-May-18 Site Survey & Report, Setting Out
DVMESP0020 Site Clearance 12 21-May-18 03-Jun-18 Site Clearance
DVMESP0040 Set up Temporary Site Offices 32 26-May-18 03-Jul-18 Set up Temporary Site Offices
DVMESP0030 Set up Temporary Site Utilities 32 28-May-18 05-Jul-18 Set up Temporary Site Utilities
Initial Deliverables
Deliver 48 15-May-18 11-Jul-18 11-Jul-18, Initial Deliverables
DVMEID0010 Prepare & Submit Health & Safety Plan 18 15-May-18 04-Jun-18 Prepare & Submit Health & Safety Plan
DVMEID0020 Prepare & Submit Quality Assurance Plan & Procedures 18 15-May-18 04-Jun-18 Prepare & Submit Quality Assurance Plan & Procedures
DVMEID0030 Prepare & Submit Environmental Management Plan 18 15-May-18 04-Jun-18 Prepare & Submit Environmental Management Plan
DVMEID0070 Prepare & Submit Baseline Programme 24 15-May-18 11-Jun-18 Prepare & Submit Baseline Programme
DVMEID0080 Prepare & Submit Detailed Method Statement for the Carrying 24 15-May-18 11-Jun-18 Prepare & Submit Detailed Method Statement for the Carrying out and Completion of the Works
DVMEID0090 Prepare & Submit Detailed Schedule of Material Submittals 24 15-May-18 11-Jun-18 Prepare & Submit Detailed Schedule of Material Submittals
DVMEID0100 Prepare & Submit Detailed Schedule of the Drawings 24 15-May-18 11-Jun-18 Prepare & Submit Detailed Schedule of the Drawings
DVMEID0040 Approval of Health & Saftey Plan (by Consultant) 18 22-May-18 11-Jun-18 Approval of Health & Saftey Plan (by Consultant)
DVMEID0050 Approval - Quality Assurance Plan (by Consultant) 18 22-May-18 11-Jun-18 Approval - Quality Assurance Plan (by Consultant)
DVMEID0060 Approval- Environmental Management Plan (by Consultant) 18 22-May-18 11-Jun-18 Approval- Environmental Management Plan (by Consultant)
DVMEID0110 Approval- Baseline Programme (by Consultant) 18 29-May-18 20-Jun-18 Approval- Baseline Programme (by Consultant)
DVMEID0120 Prepare & Submit Resource & Cashflow Projections 18 21-Jun-18 11-Jul-18 Prepare & Submit Resource & Cashflow Projections
918 20-Jun-18 23-Dec-20 2
Construction
Constructio
Tower 1 918 20-Jun-18 23-Dec-20 2
Structural W
Works 519 20-Jun-18 05-Mar-20 05-Mar-20, Structural Works

Superstructures
Superstructure 471 15-Aug-18 05-Mar-20 05-Mar-20, Superstructures

Page 3 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 22 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVTPS01100 Podium Level 01 Structure Works 12 17-Sep-18 30-Sep-18 Podium Level 01 Structure Works
DVTPS04100 Floor 04 Structure Works 11 29-Oct-18 10-Nov-18 Floor 04 Structure Works
DVTPS05100 Floor 05 Structure Works 10 11-Nov-18 22-Nov-18 Floor 05 Structure Works
DVTPS06100 Floor 06 Structure Works 9 24-Nov-18 04-Dec-18 Floor 06 Structure Works
DVTPS10100 Floor 10 Structure Works 6 30-Dec-18 06-Jan-19 Floor 10 Structure Works
DVTPS11100 Floor 11 Structure Works 6 07-Jan-19 13-Jan-19 Floor 11 Structure Works

Page 4 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 23 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVT1S58100 Floor 58 Structure Works (Mechanical Floor) 5 09-Dec-19 14-Dec-19 Floor 58 Structure Works (Mechanical Floor)
DVT1S66100 Floor 66 Structure Works (Mechanical Floor) 10 01-Feb-20 11-Feb-20 Floor 66 Structure Works (Mechanical Floor)
DVT1S67100 Floor 67 Structure Works (Terrace) 5 12-Feb-20 17-Feb-20 Floor 67 Structure Works (Terrace)
Roof 5 18-Feb-20 23-Feb-20 23-Feb-20, Roof
DVT1SRF100 Roof Structure Works 5 18-Feb-20 23-Feb-20 Roof Structure Works
Upper Roof 5 24-Feb-20 29-Feb-20 29-Feb-20, Upper Roof

Page 5 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 24 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVT1SUR100 Upper Roof Structure Works 5 24-Feb-20 29-Feb-20 Upper Roof Structure Works
Roof Parapets 5 01-Mar-20 05-Mar-20 05-Mar-20, Roof Parapets
DVT1SRP100 Roof Parapets 5 01-Mar-20 05-Mar-20 Roof Parapets
Mock Up Ap
Apartment 60 05-Dec-18 02-Feb-19 02-Feb-19, Mock Up Apartment
DVT1MUP100 Mock up Apartment Finishes 60 05-Dec-18 02-Feb-19 Mock up Apartment Finishes

Finishing & MEP Installations 603 24-Nov-18 19-Nov-20 19-Nov-20
Ground Floor 357 22-Apr-19 25-Jun-20 25-Jun-20, Ground Floor

MEP / Equipment
Equipm Rooms 355 22-Apr-19 23-Jun-20 23-Jun-20, MEP / Equipment Rooms
DVT1F00300 Masonry Blockwork 24 22-Apr-19 19-May-19 Masonry Blockwork
DVT1F00310 MEP 1st Fix Installations 36 06-May-19 19-Jun-19 MEP 1st Fix Installations
DVT1F00320 Plastering Works 30 27-May-19 03-Jul-19 Plastering Works
DVT1F00330 W. Proofing & Screed Works 24 04-Jul-19 31-Jul-19 W. Proofing & Screed Works
DVT1F00340 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco) 24 01-Aug-19 31-Aug-19 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco)
DVT1F00350 Louvre and Temp. Door Installations 12 25-Aug-19 08-Sep-19 Louvre and Temp. Door Installations
DVT1F00360 MEP Equipment Installations 72 09-Sep-19 03-Dec-19 MEP Equipment Installations
DVT1F00370 Floor Finishes 18 04-Dec-19 24-Dec-19 Floor Finishes
DVT1F00380 Painting 1st Coat 18 04-Dec-19 24-Dec-19 Painting 1st Coat
DVT1F00390 Door Installations 12 03-Jun-20 16-Jun-20 Door Installations
DVT1F00400 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint 12 10-Jun-20 23-Jun-20 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint
Lobbies / Corridors
Cor 60 14-Apr-20 25-Jun-20 25-Jun-20, Lobbies / Corridors
DVT1F00500 MEP 1st Fix Installations 6 14-Apr-20 20-Apr-20 MEP 1st Fix Installations
DVT1F00510 Plastering Works 6 21-Apr-20 27-Apr-20 Plastering Works
DVT1F00520 MEP 2nd Fix Installations 6 28-Apr-20 04-May-20 MEP 2nd Fix Installations
DVT1F00530 Dry Area Floor Tiling 6 05-May-20 11-May-20 Dry Area Floor Tiling
DVT1F00540 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco) 6 12-May-20 18-May-20 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco)
DVT1F00550 Suspended Ceiling Installations 6 19-May-20 28-May-20 Suspended Ceiling Installations
DVT1F00560 Painting 1st Coat 6 30-May-20 04-Jun-20 Painting 1st Coat
DVT1F00570 Door Frame Installations 6 06-Jun-20 11-Jun-20 Door Frame Installations
DVT1F00600 MEP Final Fix Installations 6 20-Jun-20 25-Jun-20 MEP Final Fix Installations
Retail 60 14-Apr-20 25-Jun-20 25-Jun-20, Retail
MEP / Equipment
Equipm Rooms 331 20-May-19 23-Jun-20 23-Jun-20, MEP / Equipment Rooms
DVT1F01310 Masonry Blockwork 24 20-May-19 19-Jun-19 Masonry Blockwork
DVT1F01320 MEP 1st Fix Installations 36 03-Jun-19 17-Jul-19 MEP 1st Fix Installations
DVT1F01330 Plastering Works 30 27-Jun-19 31-Jul-19 Plastering Works
DVT1F01340 W. Proofing & Screed Works 24 01-Aug-19 31-Aug-19 W. Proofing & Screed Works
DVT1F01350 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco) 24 02-Sep-19 29-Sep-19 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco)
DVT1F01370 Floor Finishes 18 02-Jan-20 22-Jan-20 Floor Finishes
DVT1F01380 Painting 1st Coat 18 02-Jan-20 22-Jan-20 Painting 1st Coat
Lobbies / Corridors
Cor 60 21-Apr-20 02-Jul-20 02-Jul-20, Lobbies / Corridors
DVT1F01510 Plastering Works 6 28-Apr-20 04-May-20 Plastering Works
DVT1F01520 MEP 2nd Fix Installations 6 05-May-20 11-May-20 MEP 2nd Fix Installations
DVT1F01550 Suspended Ceiling Installations 6 30-May-20 04-Jun-20 Suspended Ceiling Installations
DVT1F01560 Painting 1st Coat 6 06-Jun-20 11-Jun-20 Painting 1st Coat
DVT1F01590 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint 6 27-Jun-20 02-Jul-20 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint
DVT1F01600 MEP Final Fix Installations 6 27-Jun-20 02-Jul-20 MEP Final Fix Installations
DVT1F02100 Masonry Blockwork 24 24-Nov-18 22-Dec-18 Masonry Blockwork
DVT1F02110 MEP 1st Fix Installations 30 09-Dec-18 13-Jan-19 MEP 1st Fix Installations
DVT1F02120 Plastering Works 30 23-Dec-18 27-Jan-19 Plastering Works
DVT1F02130 W. Proofing & Screed Works 24 26-Jan-19 21-Feb-19 W. Proofing & Screed Works

Page 6 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 25 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVT1F02140 MEP 2nd Fix Installations 90 09-Feb-19 25-May-19 MEP 2nd Fix Installations
DVT1F02150 Dry Area Floor Tiling 24 21-Apr-19 18-May-19 Dry Area Floor Tiling
DVT1F02180 Wet Area Wall & Floor Tiling 24 21-Apr-19 18-May-19 Wet Area Wall & Floor Tiling
DVT1F02160 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco) 24 05-May-19 01-Jun-19 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco)
DVT1F02170 Suspended Ceiling Installations 48 25-May-19 22-Jul-19 Suspended Ceiling Installations
DVT1F02190 Painting 1st Coat 24 02-Jul-19 29-Jul-19 Painting 1st Coat
DVT1F02200 Door Frame Installations 12 30-Jul-19 14-Aug-19 Door Frame Installations
DVT1F02210 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes 12 15-Aug-19 28-Aug-19 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes
DVT1F02240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 17-May-20 23-Jun-20 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations
DVT1F02250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 27-May-20 23-Jun-20 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters
MEP / Equipment
Equipm Rooms 307 20-Jun-19 23-Jun-20 23-Jun-20, MEP / Equipment Rooms
DVT1F02310 Masonry Blockwork 24 20-Jun-19 17-Jul-19 Masonry Blockwork
DVT1F02320 MEP 1st Fix Installations 36 04-Jul-19 17-Aug-19 MEP 1st Fix Installations
DVT1F02330 Plastering Works 30 25-Jul-19 31-Aug-19 Plastering Works
DVT1F02340 W. Proofing & Screed Works 24 02-Sep-19 29-Sep-19 W. Proofing & Screed Works
DVT1F02350 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco) 24 30-Sep-19 27-Oct-19 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco)
DVT1F02360 MEP Equipment Installations 78 28-Oct-19 29-Jan-20 MEP Equipment Installations
DVT1F02370 Floor Finishes 18 30-Jan-20 19-Feb-20 Floor Finishes
DVT1F02380 Painting 1st Coat 18 30-Jan-20 19-Feb-20 Painting 1st Coat
Lobbies / Corridors
Cor 60 28-Apr-20 09-Jul-20 09-Jul-20, Lobbies / Corridors
DVT1F02500 MEP 1st Fix Installations 6 28-Apr-20 04-May-20 MEP 1st Fix Installations
DVT1F02510 Plastering Works 6 05-May-20 11-May-20 Plastering Works
DVT1F02550 Suspended Ceiling Installations 6 06-Jun-20 11-Jun-20 Suspended Ceiling Installations
DVT1F02580 Door Installations 6 27-Jun-20 02-Jul-20 Door Installations
DVT1F02590 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint 6 04-Jul-20 09-Jul-20 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint
DVT1F02600 MEP Final Fix Installations 6 04-Jul-20 09-Jul-20 MEP Final Fix Installations
DVT1F03100 Masonry Blockwork 24 05-Dec-18 02-Jan-19 Masonry Blockwork
DVT1F03120 Plastering Works 30 03-Jan-19 06-Feb-19 Plastering Works
MEP / Equipment
Equipm Rooms 283 18-Jul-19 23-Jun-20 23-Jun-20, MEP / Equipment Rooms
DVT1F03310 Masonry Blockwork 24 18-Jul-19 17-Aug-19 Masonry Blockwork
DVT1F03320 MEP 1st Fix Installations 36 01-Aug-19 15-Sep-19 MEP 1st Fix Installations
DVT1F03330 Plastering Works 30 25-Aug-19 29-Sep-19 Plastering Works
DVT1F03340 W. Proofing & Screed Works 24 30-Sep-19 27-Oct-19 W. Proofing & Screed Works
DVT1F03350 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco) 24 28-Oct-19 25-Nov-19 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco)
DVT1F03360 MEP Equipment Installations 78 26-Nov-19 26-Feb-20 MEP Equipment Installations
DVT1F03370 Floor Finishes 18 27-Feb-20 18-Mar-20 Floor Finishes
DVT1F03380 Painting 1st Coat 18 27-Feb-20 18-Mar-20 Painting 1st Coat
Lobbies / Corridors
Cor 60 05-May-20 16-Jul-20 16-Jul-20, Lobbies / Corridors
DVT1F03500 MEP 1st Fix Installations 6 05-May-20 11-May-20 MEP 1st Fix Installations
DVT1F03530 Dry Area Floor Tiling 6 30-May-20 04-Jun-20 Dry Area Floor Tiling
DVT1F03540 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco) 6 06-Jun-20 11-Jun-20 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco)
DVT1F03550 Suspended Ceiling Installations 6 13-Jun-20 18-Jun-20 Suspended Ceiling Installations
DVT1F03570 Door Frame Installations 6 27-Jun-20 02-Jul-20 Door Frame Installations
DVT1F03580 Door Installations 6 04-Jul-20 09-Jul-20 Door Installations

Page 7 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 26 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVT1F03600 MEP Final Fix Installations 6 11-Jul-20 16-Jul-20 MEP Final Fix Installations
DVT1F04110 MEP 1st Fix Installations 30 29-Dec-18 02-Feb-19 MEP 1st Fix Installations
DVT1F04130 W. Proofing & Screed Works 24 03-Feb-19 02-Mar-19 W. Proofing & Screed Works
DVT1F04140 MEP 2nd Fix Installations 90 17-Feb-19 02-Jun-19 MEP 2nd Fix Installations
DVT1F04250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 01-Jun-20 28-Jun-20 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counter
DVT1F05110 MEP 1st Fix Installations 30 07-Jan-19 10-Feb-19 MEP 1st Fix Installations
DVT1F05180 Wet Area Wall & Floor Tiling 24 07-May-19 03-Jun-19 Wet Area Wall & Floor Tiling
DVT1F05250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 03-Jun-20 30-Jun-20 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counte
DVT1F06100 Masonry Blockwork 30 30-Dec-18 03-Feb-19 Masonry Blockwork
DVT1F06120 Plastering Works 30 28-Jan-19 03-Mar-19 Plastering Works
DVT1F06140 MEP 2nd Fix Installations 90 04-Mar-19 20-Jun-19 MEP 2nd Fix Installations
DVT1F06240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 30-May-20 02-Jul-20 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations
DVT1F06250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 06-Jun-20 02-Jul-20 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counte
DVT1F07100 Masonry Blockwork 30 07-Jan-19 10-Feb-19 Masonry Blockwork
DVT1F07120 Plastering Works 30 04-Feb-19 10-Mar-19 Plastering Works
DVT1F07240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 01-Jun-20 05-Jul-20 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations
DVT1F07250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 08-Jun-20 05-Jul-20 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Count
DVT1F08110 MEP 1st Fix Installations 30 28-Jan-19 03-Mar-19 MEP 1st Fix Installations

Page 8 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 27 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVT1F08130 W. Proofing & Screed Works 24 04-Mar-19 31-Mar-19 W. Proofing & Screed Works
DVT1F08140 MEP 2nd Fix Installations 90 18-Mar-19 04-Jul-19 MEP 2nd Fix Installations
DVT1F08250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 10-Jun-20 07-Jul-20 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Coun
DVT1F09110 MEP 1st Fix Installations 30 04-Feb-19 10-Mar-19 MEP 1st Fix Installations
DVT1F09130 W. Proofing & Screed Works 24 11-Mar-19 08-Apr-19 W. Proofing & Screed Works
DVT1F09180 Wet Area Wall & Floor Tiling 24 08-Jun-19 04-Jul-19 Wet Area Wall & Floor Tiling
DVT1F09190 Painting 1st Coat 24 06-Jul-19 01-Aug-19 Painting 1st Coat
DVT1F09200 Door Frame Installations 12 03-Aug-19 18-Aug-19 Door Frame Installations
DVT1F09210 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes 12 19-Aug-19 02-Sep-19 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes
DVT1F10100 Masonry Blockwork 30 28-Jan-19 03-Mar-19 Masonry Blockwork
DVT1F10140 MEP 2nd Fix Installations 90 01-Apr-19 18-Jul-19 MEP 2nd Fix Installations
DVT1F10170 Suspended Ceiling Installations 48 08-Jun-19 01-Aug-19 Suspended Ceiling Installations
DVT1F10250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 15-Jun-20 12-Jul-20 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Cou
DVT1F11200 Door Frame Installations 12 19-Aug-19 02-Sep-19 Door Frame Installations
DVT1F11210 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes 12 03-Sep-19 16-Sep-19 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes
DVT1F12130 W. Proofing & Screed Works 24 01-Apr-19 29-Apr-19 W. Proofing & Screed Works

Page 9 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 28 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVT1F12250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 20-Jun-20 16-Jul-20 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Co
DVT1F13160 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco) 24 08-Jun-19 04-Jul-19 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco)
DVT1F13180 Wet Area Wall & Floor Tiling 24 06-Jul-19 01-Aug-19 Wet Area Wall & Floor Tiling
DVT1F13190 Painting 1st Coat 24 03-Aug-19 02-Sep-19 Painting 1st Coat
DVT1F13200 Door Frame Installations 12 03-Sep-19 16-Sep-19 Door Frame Installations
DVT1F13240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 15-Jun-20 19-Jul-20 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installation
DVT1F14170 Suspended Ceiling Installations 48 06-Jul-19 02-Sep-19 Suspended Ceiling Installations
DVT1F14210 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes 12 24-Sep-19 07-Oct-19 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes
DVT1F14240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 17-Jun-20 21-Jul-20 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installatio
DVT1F14250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 24-Jun-20 21-Jul-20 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity C
DVT1F15100 Masonry Blockwork 30 04-Mar-19 08-Apr-19 Masonry Blockwork
DVT1F15140 MEP 2nd Fix Installations 90 07-May-19 25-Aug-19 MEP 2nd Fix Installations
DVT1F15150 Dry Area Floor Tiling 24 08-Jun-19 04-Jul-19 Dry Area Floor Tiling
DVT1F15210 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes 12 01-Oct-19 14-Oct-19 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes
DVT1F16130 W. Proofing & Screed Works 24 14-May-19 13-Jun-19 W. Proofing & Screed Works
DVT1F16140 MEP 2nd Fix Installations 90 28-May-19 16-Sep-19 MEP 2nd Fix Installations
DVT1F16160 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco) 24 13-Jul-19 08-Aug-19 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco)
DVT1F16170 Suspended Ceiling Installations 48 03-Aug-19 30-Sep-19 Suspended Ceiling Installations
DVT1F16180 Wet Area Wall & Floor Tiling 24 12-Aug-19 09-Sep-19 Wet Area Wall & Floor Tiling
DVT1F16190 Painting 1st Coat 24 10-Sep-19 07-Oct-19 Painting 1st Coat
DVT1F16200 Door Frame Installations 12 08-Oct-19 21-Oct-19 Door Frame Installations
DVT1F16210 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes 12 22-Oct-19 04-Nov-19 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes

Page 10 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 29 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVT1F16240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 22-Jun-20 26-Jul-20 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installati
DVT1F16250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 29-Jun-20 26-Jul-20 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity
DVT1F17120 Plastering Works 30 07-May-19 13-Jun-19 Plastering Works
DVT1F17140 MEP 2nd Fix Installations 90 15-Jun-19 30-Sep-19 MEP 2nd Fix Installations
DVT1F17150 Dry Area Floor Tiling 24 13-Jul-19 08-Aug-19 Dry Area Floor Tiling
DVT1F17170 Suspended Ceiling Installations 48 19-Aug-19 14-Oct-19 Suspended Ceiling Installations
DVT1F17200 Door Frame Installations 12 22-Oct-19 04-Nov-19 Door Frame Installations
DVT1F17210 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes 12 05-Nov-19 19-Nov-19 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes
DVT1F17240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 24-Jun-20 01-Aug-20 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installa
DVT1F17250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 01-Jul-20 01-Aug-20 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity
DVT1F17230 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint 12 15-Jul-20 01-Aug-20 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint
DVT1F18110 MEP 1st Fix Installations 30 30-Apr-19 03-Jun-19 MEP 1st Fix Installations
DVT1F18130 W. Proofing & Screed Works 24 08-Jun-19 04-Jul-19 W. Proofing & Screed Works
DVT1F18140 MEP 2nd Fix Installations 90 22-Jun-19 07-Oct-19 MEP 2nd Fix Installations
DVT1F18160 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco) 24 03-Aug-19 02-Sep-19 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco)
DVT1F18180 Wet Area Wall & Floor Tiling 24 03-Sep-19 30-Sep-19 Wet Area Wall & Floor Tiling
DVT1F18190 Painting 1st Coat 24 01-Oct-19 28-Oct-19 Painting 1st Coat
DVT1F18250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 04-Jul-20 03-Aug-20 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanit
MEP Rooms 387 22-Apr-19 03-Aug-20 03-Aug-20, MEP Rooms
DVT1F19340 Wall & Ceiling P ainting (Primer & St ucco) 12 13-Jun-19 26-Jun-19 Wall & Ceiling P ainting (Primer & St ucco)
DVT1F19350 MEP Equipment Installations 72 13-Jun-19 08-Sep-19 MEP Equipment Installations
DVT1F19360 MEP 2nd Fix Installations 24 15-Jul-19 13-Aug-19 MEP 2nd Fix Installations
DVT1F19380 Joinery Installations 12 11-Jul-20 23-Jul-20 Joinery Installations
DVT1F19390 MEP Final Fix 12 18-Jul-20 03-Aug-20 MEP Final Fix
DVT1F20100 Masonry Blockwork 30 28-Apr-19 01-Jun-19 Masonry Blockwork
DVT1F20140 MEP 2nd Fix Installations 90 03-Jul-19 19-Oct-19 MEP 2nd Fix Installations
DVT1F20170 Suspended Ceiling Installations 48 08-Sep-19 02-Nov-19 Suspended Ceiling Installations
DVT1F20180 Wet Area Wall & Floor Tiling 24 15-Sep-19 12-Oct-19 Wet Area Wall & Floor Tiling
DVT1F20190 Painting 1st Coat 24 13-Oct-19 09-Nov-19 Painting 1st Coat
DVT1F20200 Door Frame Installations 12 11-Nov-19 24-Nov-19 Door Frame Installations
DVT1F20210 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes 12 25-Nov-19 09-Dec-19 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes
DVT1F20240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 29-Jun-20 05-Aug-20 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Install
DVT1F20250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 08-Jul-20 08-Aug-20 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Van

Page 11 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 30 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVT1F21150 Dry Area Floor Tiling 24 06-Aug-19 05-Sep-19 Dry Area Floor Tiling
DVT1F21200 Door Frame Installations 12 18-Nov-19 01-Dec-19 Door Frame Installations
DVT1F21210 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes 12 03-Dec-19 16-Dec-19 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes
DVT1F21240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 01-Jul-20 08-Aug-20 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Instal
DVT1F21220 Door Installations 12 15-Jul-20 01-Aug-20 Door Installations
DVT1F22240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 04-Jul-20 10-Aug-20 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Insta
DVT1F22250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 13-Jul-20 12-Aug-20 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Va
DVT1F23110 MEP 1st Fix Installations 30 29-May-19 06-Jul-19 MEP 1st Fix Installations
DVT1F23130 W. Proofing & Screed Works 24 07-Jul-19 03-Aug-19 W. Proofing & Screed Works
DVT1F23140 MEP 2nd Fix Installations 90 21-Jul-19 05-Nov-19 MEP 2nd Fix Installations
DVT1F23180 Wet Area Wall & Floor Tiling 24 02-Oct-19 29-Oct-19 Wet Area Wall & Floor Tiling
DVT1F23190 Painting 1st Coat 24 03-Nov-19 01-Dec-19 Painting 1st Coat
DVT1F23200 Door Frame Installations 12 03-Dec-19 16-Dec-19 Door Frame Installations
DVT1F24170 Suspended Ceiling Installations 48 01-Oct-19 26-Nov-19 Suspended Ceiling Installations
DVT1F24180 Wet Area Wall & Floor Tiling 24 08-Oct-19 04-Nov-19 Wet Area Wall & Floor Tiling
DVT1F24210 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes 12 24-Dec-19 07-Jan-20 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes
DVT1F24240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 08-Jul-20 15-Aug-20 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Inst
DVT1F24250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 18-Jul-20 17-Aug-20 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, V
DVT1F24230 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint 12 02-Aug-20 15-Aug-20 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint
DVT1F25100 Masonry Blockwork 30 27-May-19 03-Jul-19 Masonry Blockwork
DVT1F25140 MEP 2nd Fix Installations 90 01-Aug-19 18-Nov-19 MEP 2nd Fix Installations
DVT1F25150 Dry Area Floor Tiling 24 02-Sep-19 29-Sep-19 Dry Area Floor Tiling
DVT1F25170 Suspended Ceiling Installations 48 07-Oct-19 03-Dec-19 Suspended Ceiling Installations

Page 12 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 31 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVT1F25240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 11-Jul-20 17-Aug-20 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Ins
DVT1F26150 Dry Area Floor Tiling 24 08-Sep-19 05-Oct-19 Dry Area Floor Tiling
DVT1F26200 Door Frame Installations 12 24-Dec-19 07-Jan-20 Door Frame Installations
DVT1F26210 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes 12 08-Jan-20 21-Jan-20 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes
DVT1F26250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 22-Jul-20 23-Aug-20 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets,
DVT1F27240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 15-Jul-20 23-Aug-20 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware In
DVT1F27220 Door Installations 12 02-Aug-20 15-Aug-20 Door Installations
DVT1F28130 W. Proofing & Screed Works 24 05-Aug-19 04-Sep-19 W. Proofing & Screed Works
DVT1F28140 MEP 2nd Fix Installations 90 21-Aug-19 07-Dec-19 MEP 2nd Fix Installations
DVT1F28160 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco) 24 03-Oct-19 30-Oct-19 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco)
DVT1F28190 Painting 1st Coat 24 10-Dec-19 07-Jan-20 Painting 1st Coat
DVT1F28200 Door Frame Installations 12 08-Jan-20 21-Jan-20 Door Frame Installations
DVT1F28210 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes 12 22-Jan-20 04-Feb-20 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes
DVT1F28240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 18-Jul-20 25-Aug-20 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware I
DVT1F28250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 27-Jul-20 27-Aug-20 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets
DVT1F29180 Wet Area Wall & Floor Tiling 24 06-Nov-19 05-Dec-19 Wet Area Wall & Floor Tiling
DVT1F29240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 20-Jul-20 27-Aug-20 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware
DVT1F29250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 02-Aug-20 30-Aug-20 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets

Page 13 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 32 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
Floor 30 356 29-Jun-19 01-Sep-20 01-Sep-20, Floor 30
DVT1F30100 Masonry Blockwork 30 29-Jun-19 01-Aug-19 Masonry Blockwork
DVT1F30120 Plastering Works 30 27-Jul-19 02-Sep-19 Plastering Works
DVT1F30140 MEP 2nd Fix Installations 90 03-Sep-19 18-Dec-19 MEP 2nd Fix Installations
DVT1F30150 Dry Area Floor Tiling 24 01-Oct-19 28-Oct-19 Dry Area Floor Tiling
DVT1F30170 Suspended Ceiling Installations 48 05-Nov-19 02-Jan-20 Suspended Ceiling Installations
DVT1F30240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 22-Jul-20 30-Aug-20 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware
DVT1F30250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 04-Aug-20 01-Sep-20 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinet
DVT1F31150 Dry Area Floor Tiling 24 07-Oct-19 03-Nov-19 Dry Area Floor Tiling
DVT1F31200 Door Frame Installations 12 22-Jan-20 04-Feb-20 Door Frame Installations
DVT1F31210 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes 12 05-Feb-20 18-Feb-20 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes
DVT1F31240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 25-Jul-20 01-Sep-20 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware
DVT1F31250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 06-Aug-20 03-Sep-20 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabine
DVT1F31230 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint 12 18-Aug-20 01-Sep-20 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint
DVT1F33110 MEP 1st Fix Installations 30 30-Jul-19 05-Sep-19 MEP 1st Fix Installations
DVT1F33140 MEP 2nd Fix Installations 90 21-Sep-19 06-Jan-20 MEP 2nd Fix Installations
DVT1F33160 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco) 24 02-Nov-19 30-Nov-19 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco)
DVT1F33180 Wet Area Wall & Floor Tiling 24 01-Dec-19 29-Dec-19 Wet Area Wall & Floor Tiling
DVT1F33200 Door Frame Installations 12 05-Feb-20 18-Feb-20 Door Frame Installations
DVT1F33210 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes 12 19-Feb-20 03-Mar-20 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes
DVT1F33240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 02-Aug-20 06-Sep-20 MEP Final Fix & Sanitarywar
DVT1F33250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 11-Aug-20 08-Sep-20 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabin

Page 14 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 33 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVT1F34160 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco) 24 07-Nov-19 07-Dec-19 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco)
DVT1F34180 Wet Area Wall & Floor Tiling 24 08-Dec-19 05-Jan-20 Wet Area Wall & Floor Tiling
DVT1F34240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 04-Aug-20 08-Sep-20 MEP Final Fix & Sanitarywa
DVT1F34220 Door Installations 12 18-Aug-20 01-Sep-20 Door Installations
DVT1F35100 Masonry Blockwork 30 28-Jul-19 03-Sep-19 Masonry Blockwork
DVT1F35120 Plastering Works 30 27-Aug-19 01-Oct-19 Plastering Works
DVT1F35140 MEP 2nd Fix Installations 90 02-Oct-19 18-Jan-20 MEP 2nd Fix Installations
DVT1F35170 Suspended Ceiling Installations 48 07-Dec-19 01-Feb-20 Suspended Ceiling Installations
DVT1F35200 Door Frame Installations 12 19-Feb-20 03-Mar-20 Door Frame Installations
DVT1F35210 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes 12 04-Mar-20 17-Mar-20 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes
DVT1F35250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 16-Aug-20 13-Sep-20 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabi
DVT1F36100 Masonry Blockwork 30 17-Aug-19 21-Sep-19 Masonry Blockwork
DVT1F36110 MEP 1st Fix Installations 30 31-Aug-19 05-Oct-19 MEP 1st Fix Installations
DVT1F36120 Plastering Works 30 15-Sep-19 19-Oct-19 Plastering Works
DVT1F36130 W. Proofing & Screed Works 24 06-Oct-19 02-Nov-19 W. Proofing & Screed Works
DVT1F36140 MEP 2nd Fix Installations 90 20-Oct-19 04-Feb-20 MEP 2nd Fix Installations
DVT1F36150 Dry Area Floor Tiling 24 18-Nov-19 16-Dec-19 Dry Area Floor Tiling
DVT1F36160 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco) 24 03-Dec-19 30-Dec-19 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco)
DVT1F36240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 09-Aug-20 13-Sep-20 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryw
DVT1F36250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 18-Aug-20 15-Sep-20 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cab
DVT1F37100 Masonry Blockwork 30 28-Aug-19 02-Oct-19 Masonry Blockwork
DVT1F37110 MEP 1st Fix Installations 30 12-Sep-19 16-Oct-19 MEP 1st Fix Installations
DVT1F37160 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco) 24 15-Dec-19 12-Jan-20 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco)
DVT1F37170 Suspended Ceiling Installations 48 06-Jan-20 01-Mar-20 Suspended Ceiling Installations
DVT1F37180 Wet Area Wall & Floor Tiling 24 13-Jan-20 09-Feb-20 Wet Area Wall & Floor Tiling
DVT1F37200 Door Frame Installations 12 09-Mar-20 23-Mar-20 Door Frame Installations
DVT1F37210 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes 12 24-Mar-20 06-Apr-20 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes
DVT1F37230 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint 12 02-Sep-20 15-Sep-20 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint
DVT1F38100 Masonry Blockwork 30 04-Sep-19 08-Oct-19 Masonry Blockwork
DVT1F38120 Plastering Works 30 02-Oct-19 05-Nov-19 Plastering Works
DVT1F38140 MEP 2nd Fix Installations 90 06-Nov-19 22-Feb-20 MEP 2nd Fix Installations
DVT1F38150 Dry Area Floor Tiling 24 07-Dec-19 04-Jan-20 Dry Area Floor Tiling

Page 15 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 34 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVT1F38250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 24-Aug-20 20-Sep-20 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Ca
DVT1F38230 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint 12 05-Sep-20 17-Sep-20 Wall & Ceiling Final Pain
MEP Rooms 310 10-Sep-19 17-Sep-20 17-Sep-20, MEP Rooms
DVT1F39300 Masonry Blockwork 12 10-Sep-19 23-Sep-19 Masonry Blockwork
DVT1F39320 Plastering Works 12 01-Oct-19 14-Oct-19 Plastering Works
DVT1F39330 W. Proofing & Screed Works 12 15-Oct-19 28-Oct-19 W. Proofing & Screed Works
DVT1F39340 Wall & Ceiling P ainting (Primer & St ucco) 12 29-Oct-19 12-Nov-19 Wall & Ceiling P ainting (Primer & St ucco)
DVT1F39360 MEP 2nd Fix Installations 24 29-Oct-19 26-Nov-19 MEP 2nd Fix Installations
DVT1F39380 Joinery Installations 12 29-Aug-20 10-Sep-20 Joinery Installations
DVT1F39390 MEP Final Fix 12 05-Sep-20 17-Sep-20 MEP Final Fix
DVT1F40110 MEP 1st Fix Installations 30 30-Sep-19 03-Nov-19 MEP 1st Fix Installations
DVT1F40130 W. Proofing & Screed Works 24 04-Nov-19 03-Dec-19 W. Proofing & Screed Works
DVT1F40140 MEP 2nd Fix Installations 90 19-Nov-19 04-Mar-20 MEP 2nd Fix Installations
DVT1F40160 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco) 24 02-Jan-20 29-Jan-20 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco)
DVT1F40200 Door Frame Installations 12 28-Mar-20 09-Apr-20 Door Frame Installations
DVT1F40210 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes 12 11-Apr-20 23-Apr-20 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes
DVT1F41110 MEP 1st Fix Installations 30 06-Oct-19 09-Nov-19 MEP 1st Fix Installations
DVT1F41160 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco) 24 08-Jan-20 04-Feb-20 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco)
DVT1F41180 Wet Area Wall & Floor Tiling 24 05-Feb-20 03-Mar-20 Wet Area Wall & Floor Tiling
DVT1F41190 Painting 1st Coat 24 05-Mar-20 02-Apr-20 Painting 1st Coat
DVT1F41200 Door Frame Installations 12 04-Apr-20 16-Apr-20 Door Frame Installations
DVT1F41250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 29-Aug-20 24-Sep-20 Final Fit Out, Kitchen C
DVT1F42140 MEP 2nd Fix Installations 90 01-Dec-19 16-Mar-20 MEP 2nd Fix Installations
DVT1F42170 Suspended Ceiling Installations 48 04-Feb-20 31-Mar-20 Suspended Ceiling Installations
DVT1F42210 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes 12 25-Apr-20 07-May-20 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes

Page 16 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 35 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVT1F43100 Masonry Blockwork 30 03-Oct-19 06-Nov-19 Masonry Blockwork
DVT1F43120 Plastering Works 30 31-Oct-19 07-Dec-19 Plastering Works
DVT1F43150 Dry Area Floor Tiling 24 06-Jan-20 02-Feb-20 Dry Area Floor Tiling
DVT1F43170 Suspended Ceiling Installations 48 10-Feb-20 06-Apr-20 Suspended Ceiling Installations
DVT1F43210 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes 12 02-May-20 14-May-20 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes
DVT1F43250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 02-Sep-20 29-Sep-20 Final Fit Out, Kitchen C
DVT1F44120 Plastering Works 30 06-Nov-19 12-Dec-19 Plastering Works
DVT1F44200 Door Frame Installations 12 25-Apr-20 07-May-20 Door Frame Installations
DVT1F44250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 05-Sep-20 01-Oct-20 Final Fit Out, Kitchen
DVT1F45110 MEP 1st Fix Installations 30 29-Oct-19 04-Dec-19 MEP 1st Fix Installations
DVT1F45130 W. Proofing & Screed Works 24 05-Dec-19 02-Jan-20 W. Proofing & Screed Works
DVT1F45140 MEP 2nd Fix Installations 90 19-Dec-19 04-Apr-20 MEP 2nd Fix Installations
DVT1F45160 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco) 24 01-Feb-20 27-Feb-20 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco)
DVT1F45190 Painting 1st Coat 24 04-Apr-20 30-Apr-20 Painting 1st Coat
DVT1F45200 Door Frame Installations 12 02-May-20 14-May-20 Door Frame Installations
DVT1F45210 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes 12 16-May-20 01-Jun-20 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes
DVT1F45240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 30-Aug-20 03-Oct-20 MEP Final Fix & Sani
DVT1F46110 MEP 1st Fix Installations 30 04-Nov-19 10-Dec-19 MEP 1st Fix Installations
DVT1F46160 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco) 24 06-Feb-20 04-Mar-20 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco)
DVT1F46180 Wet Area Wall & Floor Tiling 24 05-Mar-20 02-Apr-20 Wet Area Wall & Floor Tiling
DVT1F46190 Painting 1st Coat 24 11-Apr-20 07-May-20 Painting 1st Coat
DVT1F47100 Masonry Blockwork 30 27-Oct-19 01-Dec-19 Masonry Blockwork

Page 17 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 36 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVT1F47170 Suspended Ceiling Installations 48 04-Mar-20 29-Apr-20 Suspended Ceiling Installations
DVT1F47200 Door Frame Installations 12 16-May-20 01-Jun-20 Door Frame Installations
DVT1F47210 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes 12 02-Jun-20 15-Jun-20 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes
DVT1F47250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 12-Sep-20 08-Oct-20 Final Fit Out, Kitche
DVT1F48140 MEP 2nd Fix Installations 90 07-Jan-20 21-Apr-20 MEP 2nd Fix Installations
DVT1F48150 Dry Area Floor Tiling 24 04-Feb-20 02-Mar-20 Dry Area Floor Tiling
DVT1F48170 Suspended Ceiling Installations 48 10-Mar-20 05-May-20 Suspended Ceiling Installations
DVT1F49250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 16-Sep-20 13-Oct-20 Final Fit Out, Kitch
DVT1F50110 MEP 1st Fix Installations 30 28-Nov-19 04-Jan-20 MEP 1st Fix Installations
DVT1F50140 MEP 2nd Fix Installations 90 19-Jan-20 03-May-20 MEP 2nd Fix Installations
DVT1F50160 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco) 24 01-Mar-20 29-Mar-20 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco)
DVT1F50210 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes 12 23-Jun-20 06-Jul-20 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes
DVT1F51160 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco) 24 07-Mar-20 04-Apr-20 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco)

Page 18 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 37 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVT1F51250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 21-Sep-20 18-Oct-20 Final Fit Out, Kitc
Floor 52 273 26-Nov-19 20-Oct-20 20-Oct-20, Floor
DVT1F52170 Suspended Ceiling Installations 48 04-Apr-20 01-Jun-20 Suspended Ceiling Installations
DVT1F52210 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes 12 07-Jul-20 20-Jul-20 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobe
Floor 53 270 03-Dec-19 22-Oct-20 22-Oct-20, Floor
DVT1F53120 Plastering Works 30 31-Dec-19 04-Feb-20 Plastering Works
DVT1F53150 Dry Area Floor Tiling 24 04-Mar-20 01-Apr-20 Dry Area Floor Tiling
DVT1F53210 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes 12 14-Jul-20 27-Jul-20 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrob
DVT1F53250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 26-Sep-20 22-Oct-20 Final Fit Out, Kit
DVT1F54190 Painting 1st Coat 24 09-Jun-20 06-Jul-20 Painting 1st Coat
DVT1F54200 Door Frame Installations 12 07-Jul-20 20-Jul-20 Door Frame Installations
DVT1F54210 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes 12 21-Jul-20 06-Aug-20 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Ward
DVT1F54250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 28-Sep-20 25-Oct-20 Final Fit Out, Ki
DVT1F55210 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes 12 01-Aug-20 13-Aug-20 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wa
DVT1F55250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 30-Sep-20 27-Oct-20 Final Fit Out, K

Page 19 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 38 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
Floor 56 256 26-Dec-19 31-Oct-20 31-Oct-20, Flo
DVT1F56160 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco) 24 12-Apr-20 09-May-20 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco)
DVT1F56210 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes 12 08-Aug-20 22-Aug-20 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & W
DVT1F56240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 24-Sep-20 28-Oct-20 MEP Final Fix
DVT1F56250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 03-Oct-20 31-Oct-20 Final Fit Out, K
DVT1F57150 Dry Area Floor Tiling 24 04-Apr-20 30-Apr-20 Dry Area Floor Tiling
DVT1F57210 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes 12 15-Aug-20 29-Aug-20 Carcass Frames for Kitchen &
DVT1F57250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 05-Oct-20 02-Nov-20 Final Fit Out,
MEP Rooms 247 08-Jan-20 01-Nov-20 01-Nov-20, ME
DVT1F58300 Masonry Blockwork 12 08-Jan-20 21-Jan-20 Masonry Blockwork
DVT1F58330 W. Proofing & Screed Works 12 12-Feb-20 25-Feb-20 W. Proofing & Screed Works
DVT1F58340 Wall & Ceiling P ainting (Primer & St ucco) 12 26-Feb-20 10-Mar-20 Wall & Ceiling P ainting (Primer & St ucco)
DVT1F58350 MEP Equipment Installations 72 26-Feb-20 20-May-20 MEP Equipment Installations
DVT1F58360 MEP 2nd Fix Installations 24 26-Feb-20 25-Mar-20 MEP 2nd Fix Installations
DVT1F58370 Painting 1st Coat 12 07-May-20 20-May-20 Painting 1st Coat
DVT1F58380 Joinery Installations 12 11-Oct-20 24-Oct-20 Joinery Installati
DVT1F58390 MEP Final Fix 12 18-Oct-20 01-Nov-20 MEP Final Fix
DVT1F59250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 08-Oct-20 05-Nov-20 Final Fit Out,

Page 20 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 39 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVT1F60210 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes 12 19-Aug-20 02-Sep-20 Carcass Frames for Kitchen &
DVT1F60240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 01-Oct-20 05-Nov-20 MEP Final Fi
DVT1F60250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 11-Oct-20 08-Nov-20 Final Fit Out
DVT1F60220 Door Installations 12 15-Oct-20 28-Oct-20 Door Installatio
Floor 61 240 26-Jan-20 10-Nov-20 10-Nov-20,
DVT1F61210 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes 12 27-Aug-20 09-Sep-20 Carcass Frames for Kitchen
DVT1F61250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 13-Oct-20 10-Nov-20 Final Fit Ou
DVT1F61220 Door Installations 12 18-Oct-20 01-Nov-20 Door Installati
Floor 62 237 01-Feb-20 12-Nov-20 12-Nov-20,
DVT1F62120 Plastering Works 30 29-Feb-20 04-Apr-20 Plastering Works
DVT1F62210 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes 12 03-Sep-20 16-Sep-20 Carcass Frames for Kitch
DVT1F62250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 15-Oct-20 12-Nov-20 Final Fit Ou
Floor 63 229 12-Feb-20 15-Nov-20 15-Nov-20
DVT1F63110 MEP 1st Fix Installations 30 26-Feb-20 01-Apr-20 MEP 1st Fix Installations
DVT1F63160 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco) 24 01-Jun-20 28-Jun-20 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco)
DVT1F63210 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes 12 12-Sep-20 24-Sep-20 Carcass Frames for Kitc
DVT1F63250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 18-Oct-20 15-Nov-20 Final Fit O
DVT1F63230 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint 12 31-Oct-20 12-Nov-20 Wall & Cei
Floor 64 226 18-Feb-20 17-Nov-20 17-Nov-20

Page 21 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 40 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVT1F64210 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes 12 19-Sep-20 01-Oct-20 Carcass Frames for K
Floor 65 223 24-Feb-20 19-Nov-20 19-Nov-20
DVT1F65170 Suspended Ceiling Installations 48 04-Jul-20 01-Sep-20 Suspended Ceiling Installation
DVT1F65210 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes 12 26-Sep-20 08-Oct-20 Carcass Frames for
DVT1F65240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 13-Oct-20 17-Nov-20 MEP Fina
Floor 66 216 01-Mar-20 17-Nov-20 17-Nov-20
MEP Rooms 216 01-Mar-20 17-Nov-20 17-Nov-20
DVT1F66300 Masonry Blockwork 12 01-Mar-20 14-Mar-20 Masonry Blockwork
DVT1F66310 MEP 1st Fix Installations 12 15-Mar-20 29-Mar-20 MEP 1st Fix Installations
DVT1F66340 Wall & Ceiling P ainting (Primer & St ucco) 12 20-Apr-20 03-May-20 Wall & Ceiling P ainting (Primer & St ucco)
DVT1F66350 MEP Equipment Installations 72 20-Apr-20 15-Jul-20 MEP Equipment Installations
DVT1F66380 Joinery Installations 12 27-Oct-20 10-Nov-20 Joinery Inst
DVT1F66390 MEP Final Fix 12 04-Nov-20 17-Nov-20 MEP Fina
Vertical Install
Installations 356 17-Aug-19 18-Oct-20 18-Oct-20, Vertica
DVT1VAL100 Lift Installations 330 17-Aug-19 17-Sep-20 Lift Installations
DVT1VAL110 Staircase Plastering Work 90 24-Mar-20 09-Jul-20 Staircase Plastering Work
DVT1VAL120 Garbage Chute Installations 120 12-Apr-20 06-Sep-20 Garbage Chute Installations
DVT1VAL130 Staircase Ceiling & Wall Painting 90 21-Apr-20 10-Aug-20 Staircase Ceiling & Wall Painting
DVT1VAL140 Staircase Balustrades & Handrail Installations 60 27-Jun-20 08-Sep-20 Staircase Balustrades & Ha
DVT1VAL150 Staircase Wall & Floor Final Finis hes & P ainting 60 11-Jul-20 22-Sep-20 Staircase Wall & Floor F
DVT1VAL160 Lift Car Finishing Work & Door/Frame Installations 36 07-Sep-20 18-Oct-20 Lift Car Finishing
Facade/Enve 502 20-Feb-19 18-Oct-20 18-Oct-20, Facad
Roof Works 114 03-Jun-20 18-Oct-20 18-Oct-20, Roof W

DVT1RAL100 Roof Wall & Floor Finis hes 78 03-Jun-20 06-Sep-20 Roof Wall & Floor Finis hes
DVT1RAL110 Roof BMU Equipment Installations 48 24-Aug-20 18-Oct-20 Roof BMU Equipm
Facade Works 466 20-Feb-19 06-Sep-20 06-Sep-20, Facade Works
DVT1EAL100 Curtain Wall/ Glazing/Cladding Ins tallations 406 20-Feb-19 23-Jun-20 Curtain Wall/ Glazing/Cladding Ins tallations
DVT1EAL110 Roof / Terrace Surface Finishes 200 08-Jan-20 06-Sep-20 Roof / Terrace Surface Finish
DVT1EAL120 Balcony / Facade Metal Balustrade / Handrail / Louvre Installa 120 12-Apr-20 06-Sep-20 Balcony / Facade Metal Balu
DVT1EAL130 Closing of Curtain Wall/ Glazing @ Hoist & Tower Crane Locati 24 24-Jun-20 21-Jul-20 Closing of Curtain Wall/ Glazing @ Hoist
DVT1EAL140 Completion of Facade Cladding/Finishing @ Roof Level 36 22-Jul-20 06-Sep-20 Completion of Facade Cladd
Commission 472 08-Sep-19 23-Dec-20 2
Authority Approval
Appr s 472 08-Sep-19 23-Dec-20 2
DEWA Electrical
Electric 387 08-Sep-19 29-Sep-20 29-Sep-20, DEWA Ele
HV Side 122 08-Sep-19 01-Mar-20 01-Mar-20, HV Side
DVT1AA0100 Completion of Civil/MEP Works for HV S /St n. as per DEWA a 0 08-Sep-19 Completion of Civil/MEP Works for HV S /St n. as per DEWA approved drawings
DVT1AA0110 Invite DEWA for HV inspection 5 10-Sep-19 16-Sep-19 Invite DEWA for HV inspection
DVT1AA0120 HV Inspection Approval 10 17-Sep-19 30-Sep-19 HV Inspection Approval
DVT1AA0130 Receiving DEWA Estimation 1 01-Oct-19 01-Oct-19 Receiving DEWA Estimation
DVT1AA0140 Payment Against DEWA Estimation by Client 5 02-Oct-19 08-Oct-19 Payment Against DEWA Estimation by Client
DVT1AA0250 Delivery and Installation of DEWA Transformer & RMU Unit 0 09-Feb-20 Delivery and Installation of DEWA Transformer & RMU Unit
DVT1AA0310 Complete Laying HV Cables by DEWA 0 01-Mar-20 Complete Laying HV Cables by DEWA
DVT1AA0320 Complete Laying LV Cables from Transformer to ACB panel by 0 01-Mar-20 Complete Laying LV Cables from Transformer to ACB panel by DEWA
DVT1AA0330 S/Stn. Commissioning & RMU units energization by DEWA 0 01-Mar-20 S/Stn. Commissioning & RMU units energization by DEWA
LV Side 28 01-Sep-20 29-Sep-20 29-Sep-20, LV Side
DVT1AA0260 Substantial LV installations as per DEWA Approved Drawings 0 01-Sep-20 Substantial LV installations as
DVT1AA0270 Invite DEWA for LV Inspection 3 02-Sep-20 06-Sep-20 Invite DEWA for LV Inspectio
DVT1AA0280 First Inspection by DEWA 3 07-Sep-20 09-Sep-20 First Inspection by DEWA
DVT1AA0300 Rectification of DEWA comments 12 10-Sep-20 23-Sep-20 Rectification of DEWA c
DVT1AA0400 Re-inspection / LV Approval by DEWA 3 24-Sep-20 28-Sep-20 Re-inspection / LV App

Page 22 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 41 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVT1AA0430 Energized DEWA Transformer & Release of Temporary Power 1 29-Sep-20 29-Sep-20 Energized DEWA Tran
DEWA Water 16 22-Sep-20 14-Oct-20 14-Oct-20, DEWA
DVT1AA0160 Completion of Building Water S upply Installat ions 0 22-Sep-20 Completion of Building W
DVT1AA0180 DEWA Estimation 5 23-Sep-20 29-Sep-20 DEWA Estimation
DVT1AA0200 Payment to DEWA Estimate for Water Connection Fees 5 30-Sep-20 06-Oct-20 Payment to DEWA E
DVT1AA0210 Inspection of the Building Water Sys tem by DEWA 5 07-Oct-20 13-Oct-20 Inspection of the B
DVT1AA0230 Receipt and Installation of Main Meter 1 14-Oct-20 14-Oct-20 Receipt and Install
DVT1AA0240 Water Supply Available 0 14-Oct-20 Water Supply Avail
Telecom System
Syst 23 29-Sep-20 02-Nov-20 02-Nov-20, Te
DVT1AA0340 Completion of GSM Rooms & Containment Ready for DU Insp 0 29-Sep-20 Completion of GSM Ro
DVT1AA0350 Apply for DU Inspection 1 30-Sep-20 30-Sep-20 Apply for DU Inspectio
DVT1AA0360 DU Inspection & Approval 5 01-Oct-20 07-Oct-20 DU Inspection & App
DVT1AA0380 TELECOM Rooms Handover to DU 0 07-Oct-20 TELECOM Rooms H
DVT1AA0410 TELECOM Cabling & Termination by DU 15 12-Oct-20 02-Nov-20 TELECOM Ca
DVT1AA0450 Telecom Connection up to Plot Limit Complete 0 02-Nov-20 Telecom Conn
Sewerage System
Sys 15 22-Sep-20 13-Oct-20 13-Oct-20, Sewera
DVT1AA0150 Completion of Building Drainage Installation 0 22-Sep-20 Completion of Building D
DVT1AA0170 Apply for Sewerage Inspection 5 23-Sep-20 29-Sep-20 Apply for Sewerage Ins
DVT1AA0190 Sewerage Inspection and Approval 10 30-Sep-20 13-Oct-20 Sewerage Inspectio
DVT1AA0220 Sewerage Hook up Complete 0 13-Oct-20 Sewerage Hook up
Life Safety Sy
DVT1AA0290 Third Party Inspection 7 27-Sep-20 05-Oct-20 Third Party Inspectio
DVT1AA0370 Incorporate / Rectify Third Party Comments 15 06-Oct-20 26-Oct-20 Incorporate / Re
DVT1AA0390 Application for Initial Inspection by DCD 5 20-Oct-20 26-Oct-20 Application for I
DVT1AA0420 Initial Inspection by DCD 2 27-Oct-20 28-Oct-20 Initial Inspectio
DVT1AA0440 Incorporate / Rectify DCD Comments 15 01-Nov-20 22-Nov-20 Incorpora
DVT1AA0460 Final Inspection by DCD 2 22-Nov-20 23-Nov-20 Final Ins
DVT1AA0470 DCD Clerance Certificate Obtained 0 26-Nov-20 DCD Cl
DVT1AA0480 Application for DM Inspection 3 29-Nov-20 01-Dec-20 Applic
DVT1AA0490 Initial Inspection for BCC by DM 3 03-Dec-20 07-Dec-20 Initia
DVT1AA0500 Incorporate / Rectify DM Comments 10 08-Dec-20 19-Dec-20 In
DVT1AA0510 Final Inspection by DM 3 20-Dec-20 22-Dec-20 F
DVT1AA0520 Building Completion Certificate Obtained 0 23-Dec-20 B
Com 217 05-Apr-20 23-Dec-20 2
Preliminary T
Testing and Commissioning 158 05-Apr-20 13-Oct-20 13-Oct-20, Prelimin
DVT1TC1450 Power Available for Final Testing and Commissioning (With Cli 0 29-Sep-20 Power Available for Fin
Testing & Pre-co
Pre-commissioning Electrical System 42 11-Jul-20 01-Sep-20 01-Sep-20, Testing & Pre-com
DVT1TC1180 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of DB's / SMDB's / MCC's 36 11-Jul-20 25-Aug-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing o
DVT1TC1200 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Generator Sets including Fue 18 18-Jul-20 10-Aug-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Ge
DVT1TC1210 Pre-Comm & Testing MDB's & CB 36 18-Jul-20 01-Sep-20 Pre-Comm & Testing MDB's &
Testing & Pre-co
Pre-commisioning HVAC System 121 05-Apr-20 31-Aug-20 31-Aug-20, Testing & Pre-com
Water Side Stage
Stag 1 48 05-Apr-20 02-Jun-20 02-Jun-20, Water Side St age 1
DVT1TC101 Pre-Commissioning of CHW Pumps 6 05-Apr-20 11-Apr-20 Pre-Commissioning of CHW Pumps
DVT1TC102 Chilled Wat er Pipe Flushing - 1st Stage 18 12-Apr-20 02-May-20 Chilled Wat er Pipe Flushing - 1st Stage
DVT1TC106 Chilled Wat er Pipe Flushing - 2nd S tage 18 03-May-20 26-May-20 Chilled Wat er Pipe Flushing - 2nd S tage
DVT1TC109 Chemical Dosing 12 17-May-20 02-Jun-20 Chemical Dosing
Water Side Stage
Stag 2 46 03-May-20 28-Jun-20 28-Jun-20, Water Side St age 2
DVT1TC105 Pre-Commissioning of CHW Pumps 6 03-May-20 09-May-20 Pre-Commissioning of CHW Pumps
DVT1TC108 Chilled Wat er Pipe Flushing - 1st Stage 18 10-May-20 02-Jun-20 Chilled Wat er Pipe Flushing - 1st Stage
DVT1TC112 Chilled Wat er Pipe Flushing - 2nd S tage 18 03-Jun-20 23-Jun-20 Chilled Wat er Pipe Flushing - 2nd S tage
DVT1TC115 Chemical Dosing 12 15-Jun-20 28-Jun-20 Chemical Dosing
Water Side Stage
Stag 3 46 05-Jul-20 31-Aug-20 31-Aug-20, Water Side Stage
DVT1TC113 Pre-Commissioning of CHW Pumps 6 05-Jul-20 11-Jul-20 Pre-Commissioning of CHW Pumps
DVT1TC116 Chilled Wat er Pipe Flushing - 1st Stage 18 12-Jul-20 04-Aug-20 Chilled Wat er Pipe Flushing - 1st Sta
DVT1TC122 Chilled Wat er Pipe Flushing - 2nd S tage 18 05-Aug-20 26-Aug-20 Chilled Wat er Pipe Flushing - 2
DVT1TC128 Chemical Dosing 12 17-Aug-20 31-Aug-20 Chemical Dosing
Air Side Stage 1 42 05-Apr-20 26-May-20 26-May-20, Air Side Stage 1
DVT1TC100 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of FCU's 30 05-Apr-20 09-May-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of FCU's
DVT1TC103 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Exhaust Fans / SPF's 24 19-Apr-20 16-May-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Exhaust Fans / SPF's
DVT1TC104 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of FAHU's 24 26-Apr-20 26-May-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of FAHU's
Air Side Stage 2 42 03-May-20 23-Jun-20 23-Jun-20, Air Side Stage 2
DVT1TC107 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of FCU's 30 03-May-20 09-Jun-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of FCU's
DVT1TC110 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Exhaust Fans / SPF's 24 17-May-20 16-Jun-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Exhaust Fans / S
DVT1TC111 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of FAHU's 24 27-May-20 23-Jun-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of FAHU's
Air Side Stage 3 42 05-Jul-20 26-Aug-20 26-Aug-20, Air Side Stage 3
DVT1TC114 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of FCU's 30 05-Jul-20 11-Aug-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of FC
DVT1TC117 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Exhaust Fans / SPF's 24 19-Jul-20 18-Aug-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of E
DVT1TC119 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of FAHU's 24 26-Jul-20 26-Aug-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing o
Testing & Pre-commissioning
Pre-co of Plumbing & Drainage System 30 18-Aug-20 22-Sep-20 22-Sep-20, Testing & Pre
DVT1TC1240 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Hot & Cold Water Supply 24 18-Aug-20 15-Sep-20 Pre-Commissioning & Tes
DVT1TC1250 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Booster Pump 18 18-Aug-20 08-Sep-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testin
DVT1TC1290 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Drainage System 24 26-Aug-20 22-Sep-20 Pre-Commissioning & Te

Page 23 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 42 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
Testing & Pre-co
Pre-commissioning of Fire Fighting System 33 18-Aug-20 26-Sep-20 26-Sep-20, Testing & P
DVT1TC1260 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Fire Fighting System 24 18-Aug-20 15-Sep-20 Pre-Commissioning & Tes
DVT1TC1270 Pre-Commissioning & Testing Fire Fighting Pump 18 18-Aug-20 08-Sep-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testin
DVT1TC1320 Pre-Commissioning & Testing FM 200 12 09-Sep-20 22-Sep-20 Pre-Commissioning & Te
DVT1TC1330 Pre-Commissioning & Testing Foam system 12 13-Sep-20 26-Sep-20 Pre-Commissioning & T
Testing & Pre-co
Pre-commissioning of ELV Systems 48 18-Aug-20 13-Oct-20 13-Oct-20, Testing
DVT1TC1230 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Fire Alarm System Including 24 18-Aug-20 15-Sep-20 Pre-Commissioning & Tes
DVT1TC1300 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Telephone & Data Including P 24 02-Sep-20 29-Sep-20 Pre-Commissioning &
DVT1TC1310 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Closed Circuit Television Sys 18 09-Sep-20 29-Sep-20 Pre-Commissioning &
DVT1TC1340 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Audio and Intercom System 18 23-Sep-20 13-Oct-20 Pre-Commissioning
Integrated (Final)
Building Integrate
DVT1TC1380 Integrated Building Testing and Commissioning - SUMMARY 72 29-Sep-20 23-Dec-20 I
Commissioning of
DVT1TC1360 Final Commissiong of Power & Lighting System 60 29-Sep-20 09-Dec-20 Fina
DVT1TC1370 Final Commissioning of Generator Sets 18 29-Sep-20 19-Oct-20 Final Commission
Commissioning of
o HVAC System 72 29-Sep-20 23-Dec-20 2
DVT1TC1440 Final Commissioning of CHW Pump 12 29-Sep-20 12-Oct-20 Final Commissionin
DVT1TC1430 Final Commissioning of FAHU's / FCU's / FANS 36 06-Oct-20 17-Nov-20 Final Com
DVT1TC1470 Final Water B alancing HVAC System 36 13-Oct-20 24-Nov-20 Final Wa
DVT1TC1530 Final Air Balancing HVAC System 36 11-Nov-20 23-Dec-20 F
Commissioning Plumbing
P & Drainage System 42 15-Oct-20 05-Dec-20 05-De
DVT1TC1500 Final Commissioning of Plumbing System 36 15-Oct-20 26-Nov-20 Final Co
DVT1TC1520 Final Commissioning of Drainage System 36 22-Oct-20 05-Dec-20 Final
Commissioning of
o FF System 42 29-Sep-20 17-Nov-20 17-Nov-20
DVT1TC1390 Final Commissioning of FM 200 12 29-Sep-20 12-Oct-20 Final Commissionin
DVT1TC1400 Final Commissioning of Foam system 12 29-Sep-20 12-Oct-20 Final Commissionin
DVT1TC1420 Final Commissioning of Fire Fighting Pump 12 29-Sep-20 12-Oct-20 Final Commissionin
DVT1TC1410 Final Commissioning of Fire Fighting System 36 06-Oct-20 17-Nov-20 Final Com
Commissioning of
o ELV System Final 35 14-Oct-20 24-Nov-20 24-Nov-2
DVT1TC1480 Final Commissioning ELV System 35 14-Oct-20 24-Nov-20 Final Co
DVT1TC1350 Final Commissioning of Fire Alarm System 24 20-Oct-20 17-Nov-20 Final Com
Commissioning of
o Lifts 12 30-Sep-20 13-Oct-20 13-Oct-20, Commis
DVT1TC1460 Lift Syncronization 12 30-Sep-20 13-Oct-20 Lift Syncronization
De 60 13-Oct-20 23-Dec-20 2
DVT1TC1490 Snagging & De-Snagging Tower 60 13-Oct-20 23-Dec-20 S
Tower 2 898 20-Jun-18 03-Dec-20 03-De
Structural W

Superstructures
DVT2S01100 Podium Level 01 Structure Works 12 17-Sep-18 30-Sep-18 Podium Level 01 Structure Works
DVT2S02100 Podium Level 02 Structure Works 12 01-Oct-18 14-Oct-18 Podium Level 02 Structure Works
DVT2S04100 Floor 04 Structure Works 11 29-Oct-18 10-Nov-18 Floor 04 Structure Works
DVT2S10100 Floor 10 Structure Works 6 30-Dec-18 06-Jan-19 Floor 10 Structure Works

Page 24 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 43 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

Page 25 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 44 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
Floor 61a 5 08-Jan-20 13-Jan-20 13-Jan-20, Floor 61a
DVT2S61200 Floor 61a Structure Works (Mechanical Floor) 5 08-Jan-20 13-Jan-20 Floor 61a Structure Works (Mechanical Floor)
DVT2S62100 Floor 62 Structure Works (Terrace) 5 14-Jan-20 19-Jan-20 Floor 62 Structure Works (Terrace)
Roof 5 20-Jan-20 25-Jan-20 25-Jan-20, Roof
DVT2SRF100 Roof Structure Works 5 20-Jan-20 25-Jan-20 Roof Structure Works
Upper Roof 5 26-Jan-20 30-Jan-20 30-Jan-20, Upper Roof
DVT2SUR100 Upper Roof Structure Works 5 26-Jan-20 30-Jan-20 Upper Roof Structure Works
Roof Parapets 5 01-Feb-20 05-Feb-20 05-Feb-20, Roof Parapets
DVT2SRP100 Roof Parapets 5 01-Feb-20 05-Feb-20 Roof Parapets
Finishing & MEP Installations 582 24-Nov-18 25-Oct-20 25-Oct-20, Finis
Ground Floor 332 22-Apr-19 27-May-20 27-May-20, Ground Floor

MEP / Equipment
Equipm Rooms 330 22-Apr-19 21-May-20 21-May-20, MEP / Equipment Rooms
DVT2F00390 Door Installations 12 02-May-20 14-May-20 Door Installations
DVT2F00400 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint 12 09-May-20 21-May-20 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint
Lobbies / Corridors
Cor 60 15-Mar-20 27-May-20 27-May-20, Lobbies / Corridors
DVT2F00510 Plastering Works 6 23-Mar-20 29-Mar-20 Plastering Works
DVT2F00520 MEP 2nd Fix Installations 6 30-Mar-20 05-Apr-20 MEP 2nd Fix Installations
DVT2F00540 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco) 6 13-Apr-20 19-Apr-20 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco)
DVT2F00550 Suspended Ceiling Installations 6 20-Apr-20 26-Apr-20 Suspended Ceiling Installations
DVT2F00600 MEP Final Fix Installations 6 18-May-20 27-May-20 MEP Final Fix Installations
Retail 60 15-Mar-20 27-May-20 27-May-20, Retail
DVT2F00710 Plastering Works 6 23-Mar-20 29-Mar-20 Plastering Works
DVT2F00750 Suspended Ceiling Installations 6 20-Apr-20 26-Apr-20 Suspended Ceiling Installations

Page 26 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 45 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVT2F00800 MEP Final Fix Installations 6 18-May-20 27-May-20 MEP Final Fix Installations
MEP / Equipment
Equipm Rooms 306 20-May-19 21-May-20 21-May-20, MEP / Equipment Rooms
Lobbies / Corridors
Cor 60 23-Mar-20 03-Jun-20 03-Jun-20, Lobbies / Corridors
DVT2F01520 MEP 2nd Fix Installations 6 06-Apr-20 12-Apr-20 MEP 2nd Fix Installations
DVT2F01550 Suspended Ceiling Installations 6 27-Apr-20 03-May-20 Suspended Ceiling Installations
DVT2F01590 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint 6 28-May-20 03-Jun-20 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint
DVT2F01600 MEP Final Fix Installations 6 28-May-20 03-Jun-20 MEP Final Fix Installations
Floor 02 469 24-Nov-18 10-Jun-20 10-Jun-20, Floor 02
DVT2F02240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 18-Apr-20 21-May-20 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations
DVT2F02250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 25-Apr-20 21-May-20 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters
MEP / Equipment
Equipm Rooms 282 20-Jun-19 21-May-20 21-May-20, MEP / Equipment Rooms
Lobbies / Corridors
Cor 60 30-Mar-20 10-Jun-20 10-Jun-20, Lobbies / Corridors
DVT2F02580 Door Installations 6 28-May-20 03-Jun-20 Door Installations

Page 27 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 46 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
MEP / Equipment
Equipm Rooms 258 18-Jul-19 21-May-20 21-May-20, MEP / Equipment Rooms
Lobbies / Corridors
Cor 60 06-Apr-20 17-Jun-20 17-Jun-20, Lobbies / Corridors
Floor 04 442 15-Dec-18 30-May-20 30-May-20, Floor 04
DVT2F05240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 25-Apr-20 01-Jun-20 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations

Page 28 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 47 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

Page 29 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 48 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

Page 30 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 49 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVT2F16250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 31-May-20 27-Jun-20 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counter
Floor 17 371 09-Apr-19 29-Jun-20 29-Jun-20, Floor 17
DVT2F17250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 02-Jun-20 29-Jun-20 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counte
MEP Rooms 362 22-Apr-19 01-Jul-20 01-Jul-20, MEP Rooms

Page 31 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 50 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVT2F19380 Joinery Installations 12 11-Jun-20 24-Jun-20 Joinery Installations
DVT2F19390 MEP Final Fix 12 18-Jun-20 01-Jul-20 MEP Final Fix

Page 32 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 51 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

Page 33 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 52 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

Page 34 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 53 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVT2F32250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 07-Jul-20 06-Aug-20 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vani
DVT2F33240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 30-Jun-20 06-Aug-20 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Install

Page 35 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 54 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVT2F36240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 07-Jul-20 13-Aug-20 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Inst
MEP Rooms 285 10-Sep-19 18-Aug-20 18-Aug-20, MEP Rooms
DVT2F39300 Masonry Blockwork 12 10-Sep-19 23-Sep-19 Masonry Blockwork
DVT2F39320 Plastering Works 12 01-Oct-19 14-Oct-19 Plastering Works
DVT2F39330 W. Proofing & Screed Works 12 15-Oct-19 28-Oct-19 W. Proofing & Screed Works
DVT2F39340 Wall & Ceiling P ainting (Primer & St ucco) 12 29-Oct-19 12-Nov-19 Wall & Ceiling P ainting (Primer & St ucco)
DVT2F39360 MEP 2nd Fix Installations 24 29-Oct-19 26-Nov-19 MEP 2nd Fix Installations
DVT2F39380 Joinery Installations 12 26-Jul-20 11-Aug-20 Joinery Installations
DVT2F39390 MEP Final Fix 12 05-Aug-20 18-Aug-20 MEP Final Fix

Page 36 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 55 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVT2F41240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 02-Aug-20 06-Sep-20 MEP Final Fix & Sanitarywar
DVT2F44250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 16-Aug-20 13-Sep-20 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabi

Page 37 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 56 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVT2F45230 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint 12 02-Sep-20 15-Sep-20 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint

Page 38 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 57 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVT2F51250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 02-Sep-20 29-Sep-20 Final Fit Out, Kitchen C
DVT2F52210 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes 12 07-Jul-20 20-Jul-20 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobe
DVT2F52240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 29-Aug-20 01-Oct-20 MEP Final Fix & Sanit
DVT2F52230 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint 12 19-Sep-20 01-Oct-20 Wall & Ceiling Final P
DVT2F53120 Plastering Works 30 31-Dec-19 04-Feb-20 Plastering Works
DVT2F53210 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes 12 14-Jul-20 27-Jul-20 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrob
DVT2F53240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 31-Aug-20 04-Oct-20 MEP Final Fix & San

Page 39 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 58 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVT2F54210 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes 12 21-Jul-20 06-Aug-20 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Ward
DVT2F55210 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes 12 01-Aug-20 13-Aug-20 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wa
DVT2F56210 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes 12 08-Aug-20 22-Aug-20 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & W

Page 40 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 59 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVT2F60210 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes 12 19-Aug-20 02-Sep-20 Carcass Frames for Kitchen &
DVT2F60250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 26-Sep-20 22-Oct-20 Final Fit Out, Kit
Floor 61 227 26-Jan-20 25-Oct-20 25-Oct-20, Floo
DVT2F61210 Carcass Frames for Kitchen & Wardrobes 12 25-Aug-20 07-Sep-20 Carcass Frames for Kitchen
DVT2F61250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 28-Sep-20 25-Oct-20 Final Fit Out, Ki
Floor 61a 220 01-Feb-20 22-Oct-20 22-Oct-20, Floor
MEP Rooms 220 01-Feb-20 22-Oct-20 22-Oct-20, MEP
DVT2F61300 Masonry Blockwork 12 01-Feb-20 13-Feb-20 Masonry Blockwork
DVT2F61310 MEP 1st Fix Installations 12 15-Feb-20 27-Feb-20 MEP 1st Fix Installations
DVT2F61340 Wall & Ceiling P ainting (Primer & St ucco) 12 22-Mar-20 04-Apr-20 Wall & Ceiling P ainting (Primer & St ucco)
DVT2F61350 MEP Equipment Installations 72 22-Mar-20 16-Jun-20 MEP Equipment Installations

Page 41 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 60 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVT2F61380 Joinery Installations 12 03-Oct-20 15-Oct-20 Joinery Installation
DVT2F61390 MEP Final Fix 12 10-Oct-20 22-Oct-20 MEP Final Fix
Vertical Install
Installations 331 17-Aug-19 19-Sep-20 19-Sep-20, Vertical Instal
DVT2VAL100 Lift Installations 305 17-Aug-19 18-Aug-20 Lift Installations
DVT2VAL110 Staircase Plastering Work 90 23-Feb-20 10-Jun-20 Staircase Plastering Work
DVT2VAL120 Garbage Chute Installations 120 12-Mar-20 06-Aug-20 Garbage Chute Installations
DVT2VAL130 Staircase Ceiling & Wall Painting 90 23-Mar-20 08-Jul-20 Staircase Ceiling & Wall Painting
DVT2VAL140 Staircase Balustrades & Handrail Installations 60 28-May-20 09-Aug-20 Staircase Balustrades & Handrail In
DVT2VAL150 Staircase Wall & Floor Final Finis hes & P ainting 60 11-Jun-20 24-Aug-20 Staircase Wall & Floor Final Fin
DVT2VAL160 Lift Car Finishing Work & Door/Frame Installations 36 08-Aug-20 19-Sep-20 Lift Car Finishing Work &
Facade/Enve 468 03-Mar-19 19-Sep-20 19-Sep-20, Facade/Envel
Roof Works 114 02-May-20 19-Sep-20 19-Sep-20, Roof Works

DVT2RAL100 Roof Wall & Floor Finis hes 78 02-May-20 06-Aug-20 Roof Wall & Floor Finis hes
DVT2RAL110 Roof BMU Equipment Installations 48 21-Jul-20 19-Sep-20 Roof BMU Equipment Ins
Facade Works 432 03-Mar-19 06-Aug-20 06-Aug-20, Facade Works
DVT2EAL100 Curtain Wall/ Glazing/Cladding Ins tallations 372 03-Mar-19 21-May-20 Curtain Wall/ Glazing/Cladding Ins tallations
DVT2EAL110 Roof / Terrace Surface Finishes 200 09-Dec-19 06-Aug-20 Roof / Terrace Surface Finishes
DVT2EAL120 Balcony / Facade Metal Balustrade / Handrail / Louvre Installa 120 12-Mar-20 06-Aug-20 Balcony / Facade Metal Balustrade /
DVT2EAL130 Closing of Curtain Wall/ Glazing @ Hoist & Tower Crane Locati 24 26-May-20 22-Jun-20 Closing of Curtain Wall/ Glazing @ Hoist & Towe
DVT2EAL140 Completion of Facade Cladding/Finishing @ Roof Level 36 23-Jun-20 06-Aug-20 Completion of Facade Cladding/Finis
Commission 452 08-Sep-19 03-Dec-20 03-De
Authority Approval
Appr s 448 08-Sep-19 29-Nov-20 29-Nov
DEWA Electrical
Electric 358 08-Sep-19 31-Aug-20 31-Aug-20, DEWA Electrical
LV Side 29 02-Aug-20 31-Aug-20 31-Aug-20, LV Side
DVT2AA0260 Substantial LV installations as per DEWA Approved Drawings 0 02-Aug-20 Substantial LV installations as per DE
DVT2AA0270 Invite DEWA for LV Inspection 3 03-Aug-20 05-Aug-20 Invite DEWA for LV Inspection
DVT2AA0280 First Inspection by DEWA 3 06-Aug-20 10-Aug-20 First Inspection by DEWA
DVT2AA0300 Rectification of DEWA comments 12 11-Aug-20 25-Aug-20 Rectification of DEWA commen
DVT2AA0400 Re-inspection / LV Approval by DEWA 3 26-Aug-20 30-Aug-20 Re-inspection / LV Approval by
DVT2AA0430 Energized DEWA Transformer & Release of Temporary Power 1 31-Aug-20 31-Aug-20 Energized DEWA Transformer
DEWA Water 16 24-Aug-20 15-Sep-20 15-Sep-20, DEWA Water
DVT2AA0160 Completion of Building Water S upply Installat ions 0 24-Aug-20 Completion of Building Water S u
DVT2AA0180 DEWA Estimation 5 25-Aug-20 31-Aug-20 DEWA Estimation
DVT2AA0200 Payment to DEWA Estimate for Water Connection Fees 5 01-Sep-20 07-Sep-20 Payment to DEWA Estimate
DVT2AA0210 Inspection of the Building Water Sys tem by DEWA 5 08-Sep-20 14-Sep-20 Inspection of the Building
DVT2AA0230 Receipt and Installation of Main Meter 1 15-Sep-20 15-Sep-20 Receipt and Installation of
DVT2AA0240 Water Supply Available 0 15-Sep-20 Water Supply Available
Telecom System
Syst 23 31-Aug-20 01-Oct-20 01-Oct-20, Telecom S
DVT2AA0340 Completion of GSM Rooms & Containment Ready for DU Insp 0 31-Aug-20 Completion of GSM Rooms &
DVT2AA0350 Apply for DU Inspection 1 01-Sep-20 01-Sep-20 Apply for DU Inspection
DVT2AA0360 DU Inspection & Approval 5 02-Sep-20 08-Sep-20 DU Inspection & Approval
DVT2AA0380 TELECOM Rooms Handover to DU 0 08-Sep-20 TELECOM Rooms Handove
DVT2AA0410 TELECOM Cabling & Termination by DU 15 13-Sep-20 01-Oct-20 TELECOM Cabling &
DVT2AA0450 Telecom Connection up to Plot Limit Complete 0 01-Oct-20 Telecom Connection u
Sewerage System
Sys 15 24-Aug-20 14-Sep-20 14-Sep-20, Sewerage Syst
DVT2AA0150 Completion of Building Drainage Installation 0 24-Aug-20 Completion of Building Drainage
DVT2AA0170 Apply for Sewerage Inspection 5 25-Aug-20 31-Aug-20 Apply for Sewerage Inspection
DVT2AA0190 Sewerage Inspection and Approval 10 01-Sep-20 14-Sep-20 Sewerage Inspection and A
DVT2AA0220 Sewerage Hook up Complete 0 14-Sep-20 Sewerage Hook up Comple
Life Safety Sy
Systems ( Civil Defense ) 46 30-Aug-20 02-Nov-20 02-Nov-20, Lif
DVT2AA0290 Third Party Inspection 5 30-Aug-20 03-Sep-20 Third Party Inspection
DVT2AA0370 Incorporate / Rectify Third Party Comments 15 06-Sep-20 24-Sep-20 Incorporate / Rectify Thi
DVT2AA0390 Application for Initial Inspection by DCD 5 20-Sep-20 24-Sep-20 Application for Initial Ins
DVT2AA0420 Initial Inspection by DCD 2 27-Sep-20 28-Sep-20 Initial Inspection by DC
DVT2AA0440 Incorporate / Rectify DCD Comments 15 06-Oct-20 26-Oct-20 Incorporate / Re
DVT2AA0460 Final Inspection by DCD 2 27-Oct-20 28-Oct-20 Final Inspection
DVT2AA0470 DCD Clerance Certificate Obtained 0 02-Nov-20 DCD Clerance
DM Approval 27 03-Nov-20 29-Nov-20 29-Nov
DVT2AA0480 Application for DM Inspection 3 03-Nov-20 05-Nov-20 Application fo
DVT2AA0490 Initial Inspection for BCC by DM 3 08-Nov-20 10-Nov-20 Initial Inspe
DVT2AA0500 Incorporate / Rectify DM Comments 10 11-Nov-20 22-Nov-20 Incorpora

Page 42 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 61 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVT2AA0510 Final Inspection by DM 3 23-Nov-20 25-Nov-20 Final Ins
DVT2AA0520 Building Completion Certificate Obtained 0 29-Nov-20 Buildin
Com 221 05-Mar-20 28-Nov-20 28-Nov
Preliminary T
Testing and Commissioning 158 05-Mar-20 14-Sep-20 14-Sep-20, Preliminary Tes
Com Milestone 0 31-Aug-20 31-Aug-20 31-Aug-20, Testing and Comm
DVT2TC1450 Power Available for Final Testing and Commissioning (With Cli 0 31-Aug-20 Power Available for Final Testi
Testing & Pre-co
Pre-commissioning Electrical System 42 11-Jun-20 02-Aug-20 02-Aug-20, Testing & Pre-commission
DVT2TC1180 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of DB's / SMDB's / MCC's 36 11-Jun-20 22-Jul-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of DB's / S
DVT2TC1200 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Generator Sets including Fue 18 18-Jun-20 08-Jul-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Generator S
DVT2TC1210 Pre-Comm & Testing MDB's & CB 36 18-Jun-20 02-Aug-20 Pre-Comm & Testing MDB's & CB
Testing & Pre-co
Pre-commisioning HVAC System 137 05-Mar-20 19-Aug-20 19-Aug-20, Testing & Pre-commis
Water Side Stage
Stag 1 48 05-Mar-20 30-Apr-20 30-Apr-20, Water S ide S tage 1
DVT2TC101 Pre-Commissioning of CHW Pumps 6 05-Mar-20 11-Mar-20 Pre-Commissioning of CHW Pumps
DVT2TC102 Chilled Wat er Pipe Flushing - 1st Stage 18 12-Mar-20 02-Apr-20 Chilled Wat er Pipe Flushing - 1st Stage
DVT2TC106 Chilled Wat er Pipe Flushing - 2nd S tage 18 04-Apr-20 23-Apr-20 Chilled Wat er Pipe Flushing - 2nd S tage
DVT2TC109 Chemical Dosing 12 18-Apr-20 30-Apr-20 Chemical Dosing
Water Side Stage
Stag 2 46 04-Apr-20 30-May-20 30-May-20, Wat er Side Stage 2
DVT2TC108 Chilled Wat er Pipe Flushing - 1st Stage 18 11-Apr-20 30-Apr-20 Chilled Wat er Pipe Flushing - 1st Stage
DVT2TC112 Chilled Wat er Pipe Flushing - 2nd S tage 18 02-May-20 21-May-20 Chilled Wat er Pipe Flushing - 2nd S tage
DVT2TC115 Chemical Dosing 12 13-May-20 30-May-20 Chemical Dosing
Water Side Stage
Stag 3 46 17-Jun-20 12-Aug-20 12-Aug-20, Water Side Stage 3
DVT2TC113 Pre-Commissioning of CHW Pumps 6 17-Jun-20 23-Jun-20 Pre-Commissioning of CHW Pumps
DVT2TC116 Chilled Wat er Pipe Flushing - 1st Stage 18 24-Jun-20 14-Jul-20 Chilled Wat er Pipe Flushing - 1st Stage
DVT2TC122 Chilled Wat er Pipe Flushing - 2nd S tage 18 15-Jul-20 08-Aug-20 Chilled Wat er Pipe Flushing - 2nd S
DVT2TC128 Chemical Dosing 12 27-Jul-20 12-Aug-20 Chemical Dosing
Air Side Stage 1 42 05-Mar-20 23-Apr-20 23-Apr-20, Air Side Stage 1
DVT2TC100 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of FCU's 30 05-Mar-20 09-Apr-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of FCU's
DVT2TC103 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Exhaust Fans / SPF's 24 19-Mar-20 16-Apr-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Exhaust Fans / SPF's
DVT2TC104 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of FAHU's 24 28-Mar-20 23-Apr-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of FAHU's
Air Side Stage 2 42 04-Apr-20 21-May-20 21-May-20, Air Side Stage 2
DVT2TC110 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Exhaust Fans / SPF's 24 18-Apr-20 14-May-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Exhaust Fans / SPF's
DVT2TC111 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of FAHU's 24 25-Apr-20 21-May-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of FAHU's
Air Side Stage 3 42 29-Jun-20 19-Aug-20 19-Aug-20, Air Side Stage 3
DVT2TC114 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of FCU's 30 29-Jun-20 05-Aug-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of FCU
DVT2TC117 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Exhaust Fans / SPF's 24 13-Jul-20 12-Aug-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Ex
DVT2TC119 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of FAHU's 24 20-Jul-20 19-Aug-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of
Pre-co of Plumbing & Drainage System 30 16-Jul-20 24-Aug-20 24-Aug-20, Testing & Pre-comm
DVT2TC1240 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Hot & Cold Water Supply 24 16-Jul-20 16-Aug-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of H
DVT2TC1250 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Booster Pump 18 16-Jul-20 09-Aug-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Bo
DVT2TC1290 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Drainage System 24 23-Jul-20 24-Aug-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of
Testing & Pre-co
Pre-commissioning of Fire Fighting System 33 16-Jul-20 27-Aug-20 27-Aug-20, Testing & Pre-comm
DVT2TC1260 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Fire Fighting System 24 16-Jul-20 16-Aug-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of F
DVT2TC1270 Pre-Commissioning & Testing Fire Fighting Pump 18 16-Jul-20 09-Aug-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing Fire F
DVT2TC1320 Pre-Commissioning & Testing FM 200 12 10-Aug-20 24-Aug-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing F
DVT2TC1330 Pre-Commissioning & Testing Foam system 12 13-Aug-20 27-Aug-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing F
Testing & Pre-co
Pre-commissioning of ELV Systems 48 16-Jul-20 14-Sep-20 14-Sep-20, Testing & Pre-c
DVT2TC1230 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Fire Alarm System Including 24 16-Jul-20 16-Aug-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of F
DVT2TC1300 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Telephone & Data Including P 24 03-Aug-20 31-Aug-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing
DVT2TC1310 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Closed Circuit Television Sys 18 10-Aug-20 31-Aug-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing
DVT2TC1340 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Audio and Intercom System 18 25-Aug-20 14-Sep-20 Pre-Commissioning & Test
Integrated (Final)
(Fin Testing and Commissioning 76 31-Aug-20 28-Nov-20 28-Nov
Building Integrate
Integrated Testing and Commissioning 76 31-Aug-20 28-Nov-20 28-Nov
DVT2TC1380 Integrated Building Testing and Commissioning - SUMMARY 76 31-Aug-20 28-Nov-20 Integra
Commissioning of
o Electrical System 60 31-Aug-20 09-Nov-20 09-Nov-20, C
DVT2TC1360 Final Commissiong of Power & Lighting System 60 31-Aug-20 09-Nov-20 Final Comm
DVT2TC1370 Final Commissioning of Generator Sets 18 31-Aug-20 20-Sep-20 Final Commissioning of G
Commissioning of
o HVAC System 76 31-Aug-20 28-Nov-20 28-Nov
DVT2TC1440 Final Commissioning of CHW Pump 12 31-Aug-20 13-Sep-20 Final Commissioning of CH
DVT2TC1430 Final Commissioning of FAHU's / FCU's / FANS 36 12-Sep-20 22-Oct-20 Final Commissio
DVT2TC1470 Final Water B alancing HVAC System 36 14-Sep-20 25-Oct-20 Final Water B al
DVT2TC1530 Final Air Balancing HVAC System 36 17-Oct-20 28-Nov-20 Final A
P & Drainage System 42 16-Sep-20 04-Nov-20 04-Nov-20, C
DVT2TC1500 Final Commissioning of Plumbing System 36 16-Sep-20 27-Oct-20 Final Commiss
DVT2TC1520 Final Commissioning of Drainage System 36 23-Sep-20 04-Nov-20 Final Commis
Commissioning of
o FF System 46 31-Aug-20 22-Oct-20 22-Oct-20, Comm
DVT2TC1390 Final Commissioning of FM 200 12 31-Aug-20 13-Sep-20 Final Commissioning of FM
DVT2TC1400 Final Commissioning of Foam system 12 31-Aug-20 13-Sep-20 Final Commissioning of Fo
DVT2TC1420 Final Commissioning of Fire Fighting Pump 12 31-Aug-20 13-Sep-20 Final Commissioning of Fir
DVT2TC1410 Final Commissioning of Fire Fighting System 36 12-Sep-20 22-Oct-20 Final Commissio
Commissioning of
o ELV System Final 36 15-Sep-20 26-Oct-20 26-Oct-20, Com
DVT2TC1480 Final Commissioning ELV System 36 15-Sep-20 26-Oct-20 Final Commissi
DVT2TC1350 Final Commissioning of Fire Alarm System 24 26-Sep-20 22-Oct-20 Final Commissio
Commissioning of
o Lifts 12 01-Sep-20 14-Sep-20 14-Sep-20, Commissioning
DVT2TC1460 Lift Syncronization 12 01-Sep-20 14-Sep-20 Lift Syncronization

Page 43 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 62 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
De 60 23-Sep-20 03-Dec-20 03-De
DVT2TC1490 Snagging & De-Snagging Tower 60 23-Sep-20 03-Dec-20 Snagg
Tower 3 830 20-Jun-18 26-Sep-20 26-Sep-20, Tower 3
Structural W
Works 444 20-Jun-18 08-Dec-19 08-Dec-19, Structural Works

Superstructures
Superstructure 396 15-Aug-18 08-Dec-19 08-Dec-19, Superstructures
DVT3S01100 Podium Level 01 Structure Works 12 17-Sep-18 30-Sep-18 Podium Level 01 Structure Works
DVT3S04100 Floor 04 Structure Works 11 29-Oct-18 10-Nov-18 Floor 04 Structure Works
DVT3S10100 Floor 10 Structure Works 6 30-Dec-18 06-Jan-19 Floor 10 Structure Works

Page 44 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 63 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVT3S34100 Floor 34 Structure Works (Mechanical Floor) 5 29-Jun-19 03-Jul-19 Floor 34 Structure Works (Mechanical Floor)
DVT3S54200 Floor 34a Structure Works (Mechanical Floor) 10 04-Jul-19 15-Jul-19 Floor 34a Structure Works (Mechanical Floor)
DVT3S36100 Floor 36 Structure Works 5 28-Jul-19 01-Aug-19 Floor 36 Structure Works
DVT3S53200 Floor 53 Structure Works (Mechanical Floor) 5 07-Nov-19 13-Nov-19 Floor 53 Structure Works (Mechanical Floor)
DVT3S54100 Floor 54 Structure Works (Terrace) 5 14-Nov-19 19-Nov-19 Floor 54 Structure Works (Terrace)
Roof 5 20-Nov-19 25-Nov-19 25-Nov-19, Roof
DVT3SRF100 Roof Structure Works 5 20-Nov-19 25-Nov-19 Roof Structure Works
Upper Roof 5 26-Nov-19 01-Dec-19 01-Dec-19, Upper Roof
DVT3SUR100 Upper Roof Structure Works 5 26-Nov-19 01-Dec-19 Upper Roof Structure Works
Roof Parapets 5 03-Dec-19 08-Dec-19 08-Dec-19, Roof Parapets
DVT3SRP100 Roof Parapets 5 03-Dec-19 08-Dec-19 Roof Parapets
Finishing & MEP Installations 510 24-Nov-18 01-Aug-20 01-Aug-20, Finishing & MEP Installati
Ground Floor 282 22-Apr-19 26-Mar-20 26-Mar-20, Ground Floor

MEP / Equipment
Equipm Rooms 280 22-Apr-19 24-Mar-20 24-Mar-20, MEP / Equipment Rooms
DVT3F00390 Door Installations 12 03-Mar-20 16-Mar-20 Door Installations

Page 45 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 64 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVT3F00400 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint 12 10-Mar-20 24-Mar-20 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint
Lobbies / Corridors
Cor 60 16-Jan-20 26-Mar-20 26-Mar-20, Lobbies / Corridors
DVT3F00500 MEP 1st Fix Installations 6 16-Jan-20 22-Jan-20 MEP 1st Fix Installations
DVT3F00510 Plastering Works 6 23-Jan-20 29-Jan-20 Plastering Works
DVT3F00520 MEP 2nd Fix Installations 6 30-Jan-20 05-Feb-20 MEP 2nd Fix Installations
DVT3F00530 Dry Area Floor Tiling 6 06-Feb-20 12-Feb-20 Dry Area Floor Tiling
DVT3F00550 Suspended Ceiling Installations 6 20-Feb-20 26-Feb-20 Suspended Ceiling Installations
DVT3F00600 MEP Final Fix Installations 6 19-Mar-20 26-Mar-20 MEP Final Fix Installations
Retail 60 16-Jan-20 26-Mar-20 26-Mar-20, Retail
DVT3F00710 Plastering Works 6 23-Jan-20 29-Jan-20 Plastering Works
DVT3F00750 Suspended Ceiling Installations 6 20-Feb-20 26-Feb-20 Suspended Ceiling Installations
DVT3F00800 MEP Final Fix Installations 6 19-Mar-20 26-Mar-20 MEP Final Fix Installations
Floor 01 264 20-May-19 02-Apr-20 02-Apr-20, Floor 01
MEP / Equipment
Equipm Rooms 256 20-May-19 24-Mar-20 24-Mar-20, MEP / Equipment Rooms
Lobbies / Corridors
Cor 60 23-Jan-20 02-Apr-20 02-Apr-20, Lobbies / Corridors
DVT3F01520 MEP 2nd Fix Installations 6 06-Feb-20 12-Feb-20 MEP 2nd Fix Installations
DVT3F01560 Painting 1st Coat 6 05-Mar-20 11-Mar-20 Painting 1st Coat
DVT3F01590 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint 6 28-Mar-20 02-Apr-20 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint
DVT3F01600 MEP Final Fix Installations 6 28-Mar-20 02-Apr-20 MEP Final Fix Installations
Floor 02 419 24-Nov-18 09-Apr-20 09-Apr-20, Floor 02
DVT3F02240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 18-Feb-20 24-Mar-20 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations
DVT3F02250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 25-Feb-20 24-Mar-20 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters
MEP / Equipment
Equipm Rooms 232 20-Jun-19 24-Mar-20 24-Mar-20, MEP / Equipment Rooms

Page 46 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 65 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
Lobbies / Corridors
Cor 60 30-Jan-20 09-Apr-20 09-Apr-20, Lobbies / Corridors
DVT3F02510 Plastering Works 6 06-Feb-20 12-Feb-20 Plastering Works
DVT3F02550 Suspended Ceiling Installations 6 05-Mar-20 11-Mar-20 Suspended Ceiling Installations
DVT3F02580 Door Installations 6 28-Mar-20 02-Apr-20 Door Installations
DVT3F02590 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint 6 04-Apr-20 09-Apr-20 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint
DVT3F02600 MEP Final Fix Installations 6 04-Apr-20 09-Apr-20 MEP Final Fix Installations
DVT3F03250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 27-Feb-20 26-Mar-20 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters
MEP / Equipment
Equipm Rooms 216 18-Jul-19 02-Apr-20 02-Apr-20, MEP / Equipment Rooms
Lobbies / Corridors
Cor 60 06-Feb-20 16-Apr-20 16-Apr-20, Lobbies / Corridors
DVT3F03500 MEP 1st Fix Installations 6 06-Feb-20 12-Feb-20 MEP 1st Fix Installations
DVT3F03510 Plastering Works 6 13-Feb-20 19-Feb-20 Plastering Works
DVT3F03550 Suspended Ceiling Installations 6 12-Mar-20 18-Mar-20 Suspended Ceiling Installations
DVT3F03580 Door Installations 6 04-Apr-20 09-Apr-20 Door Installations
DVT3F03600 MEP Final Fix Installations 6 11-Apr-20 16-Apr-20 MEP Final Fix Installations
DVT3F04250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 01-Mar-20 29-Mar-20 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters

Page 47 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 66 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVT3F05250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 03-Mar-20 31-Mar-20 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters
DVT3F06240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 27-Feb-20 02-Apr-20 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations
DVT3F06250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 05-Mar-20 02-Apr-20 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters
DVT3F07240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 01-Mar-20 05-Apr-20 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations

Page 48 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 67 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

Page 49 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 68 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVT3F17250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 01-Apr-20 28-Apr-20 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters

Page 50 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 69 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVT3F18250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 04-Apr-20 30-Apr-20 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters
MEP Rooms 312 22-Apr-19 30-Apr-20 30-Apr-20, MEP Rooms
DVT3F19380 Joinery Installations 12 11-Apr-20 23-Apr-20 Joinery Installations
DVT3F19390 MEP Final Fix 12 18-Apr-20 30-Apr-20 MEP Final Fix
DVT3F20240 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations 30 30-Mar-20 03-May-20 MEP Final Fix & Sanitaryware Installations
DVT3F20230 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint 12 20-Apr-20 03-May-20 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint

Page 51 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 70 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVT3F23220 Door Installations 12 20-Apr-20 03-May-20 Door Installations

Page 52 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 71 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

Page 53 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 72 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
MEP Rooms 250 08-Aug-19 06-Jun-20 06-Jun-20, MEP Rooms
DVT3F34300 Masonry Blockwork 12 08-Aug-19 24-Aug-19 Masonry Blockwork
DVT3F34320 Plastering Works 12 02-Sep-19 15-Sep-19 Plastering Works
DVT3F34340 Wall & Ceiling P ainting (Primer & St ucco) 12 30-Sep-19 13-Oct-19 Wall & Ceiling P ainting (Primer & St ucco)
DVT3F34360 MEP 2nd Fix Installations 24 30-Sep-19 27-Oct-19 MEP 2nd Fix Installations
DVT3F34380 Joinery Installations 12 13-May-20 30-May-20 Joinery Installations
DVT3F34390 MEP Final Fix 12 20-May-20 06-Jun-20 MEP Final Fix

Page 54 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 73 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

Page 55 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 74 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVT3F41250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 08-Jun-20 05-Jul-20 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Count

Page 56 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 75 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

Page 57 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 76 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
Floor 51 210 20-Nov-19 01-Aug-20 01-Aug-20, Floor 51
DVT3F51250 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity Counters 24 01-Jul-20 01-Aug-20 Final Fit Out, Kitchen Cabinets, Vanity

Page 58 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 77 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
MEP Rooms 187 03-Dec-19 13-Jul-20 13-Jul-20, MEP Rooms
DVT3F53300 Masonry Blockwork 12 03-Dec-19 16-Dec-19 Masonry Blockwork
DVT3F53310 MEP 1st Fix Installations 12 17-Dec-19 30-Dec-19 MEP 1st Fix Installations
DVT3F53330 W. Proofing & Screed Works 12 08-Jan-20 21-Jan-20 W. Proofing & Screed Works
DVT3F53340 Wall & Ceiling P ainting (Primer & St ucco) 12 22-Jan-20 04-Feb-20 Wall & Ceiling P ainting (Primer & St ucco)
DVT3F53350 MEP Equipment Installations 72 22-Jan-20 15-Apr-20 MEP Equipment Installations
DVT3F53380 Joinery Installations 12 23-Jun-20 06-Jul-20 Joinery Installations
DVT3F53390 MEP Final Fix 12 30-Jun-20 13-Jul-20 MEP Final Fix
Vertical Install
Installations 296 28-Jul-19 18-Jul-20 18-Jul-20, Vertical Installations
DVT3VAL100 Lift Installations 260 28-Jul-19 06-Jun-20 Lift Installations
DVT3VAL110 Staircase Plastering Work 90 25-Dec-19 09-Apr-20 Staircase Plastering Work
DVT3VAL120 Garbage Chute Installations 120 14-Jan-20 06-Jun-20 Garbage Chute Installations
DVT3VAL130 Staircase Ceiling & Wall Painting 90 23-Jan-20 07-May-20 Staircase Ceiling & Wall Painting
DVT3VAL140 Staircase Balustrades & Handrail Installations 60 28-Mar-20 08-Jun-20 Staircase Balustrades & Handrail Installations
DVT3VAL150 Staircase Wall & Floor Final Finis hes & P ainting 60 11-Apr-20 22-Jun-20 Staircase Wall & Floor Final Finis hes & P ainting
DVT3VAL160 Lift Car Finishing Work & Door/Frame Installations 36 07-Jun-20 18-Jul-20 Lift Car Finishing Work & Door/Frame Ins
Facade/Enve 414 07-Mar-19 18-Jul-20 18-Jul-20, Facade/Envelope/Roof Works
Roof Works 114 03-Mar-20 18-Jul-20 18-Jul-20, Roof Works

DVT3RAL100 Roof Wall & Floor Finis hes 78 03-Mar-20 06-Jun-20 Roof Wall & Floor Finis hes
DVT3RAL110 Roof BMU Equipment Installations 48 20-May-20 18-Jul-20 Roof BMU Equipment Installations
Facade Works 378 07-Mar-19 06-Jun-20 06-Jun-20, Facade Works
DVT3EAL100 Curtain Wall/ Glazing/Cladding Ins tallations 318 07-Mar-19 24-Mar-20 Curtain Wall/ Glazing/Cladding Ins tallations
DVT3EAL110 Roof / Terrace Surface Finishes 200 09-Oct-19 06-Jun-20 Roof / Terrace Surface Finishes
DVT3EAL120 Balcony / Facade Metal Balustrade / Handrail / Louvre Installa 120 14-Jan-20 06-Jun-20 Balcony / Facade Metal Balustrade / Handrail / Louv
DVT3EAL130 Closing of Curtain Wall/ Glazing @ Hoist & Tower Crane Locati 24 25-Mar-20 21-Apr-20 Closing of Curtain Wall/ Glazing @ Hoist & Tower Crane Location
DVT3EAL140 Completion of Facade Cladding/Finishing @ Roof Level 36 22-Apr-20 06-Jun-20 Completion of Facade Cladding/Finishing @ Roof Le
Commission 384 08-Sep-19 26-Sep-20 26-Sep-20, Commission
Authority Approval
Appr s 382 08-Sep-19 24-Sep-20 24-Sep-20, Authority Ap
DEWA Electrical
Electric 295 08-Sep-19 29-Jun-20 29-Jun-20, DEWA Electrical
LV Side 28 01-Jun-20 29-Jun-20 29-Jun-20, LV Side
DVT3AA0260 Substantial LV installations as per DEWA Approved Drawings 0 01-Jun-20 Substantial LV installations as per DEWA Approved D
DVT3AA0270 Invite DEWA for LV Inspection 3 02-Jun-20 04-Jun-20 Invite DEWA for LV Inspection
DVT3AA0280 First Inspection by DEWA 3 07-Jun-20 09-Jun-20 First Inspection by DEWA
DVT3AA0300 Rectification of DEWA comments 12 10-Jun-20 23-Jun-20 Rectification of DEWA comments
DVT3AA0400 Re-inspection / LV Approval by DEWA 3 24-Jun-20 28-Jun-20 Re-inspection / LV Approval by DEWA
DVT3AA0430 Energized DEWA Transformer & Release of Temporary Power 1 29-Jun-20 29-Jun-20 Energized DEWA Transformer & Release of Te
DEWA Water 16 22-Jun-20 14-Jul-20 14-Jul-20, DEWA Water
DVT3AA0160 Completion of Building Water S upply Installat ions 0 22-Jun-20 Completion of Building Water S upply Installat ion
DVT3AA0180 DEWA Estimation 5 23-Jun-20 29-Jun-20 DEWA Estimation
DVT3AA0200 Payment to DEWA Estimate for Water Connection Fees 5 30-Jun-20 06-Jul-20 Payment to DEWA Estimate for Water Conn
DVT3AA0210 Inspection of the Building Water Sys tem by DEWA 5 07-Jul-20 13-Jul-20 Inspection of the Building Water Sys tem by
DVT3AA0230 Receipt and Installation of Main Meter 1 14-Jul-20 14-Jul-20 Receipt and Installation of Main Meter
DVT3AA0240 Water Supply Available 0 14-Jul-20 Water Supply Available
Telecom System
Syst 23 29-Jun-20 04-Aug-20 04-Aug-20, Telecom System
DVT3AA0340 Completion of GSM Rooms & Containment Ready for DU Insp 0 29-Jun-20 Completion of GSM Rooms & Containment Re
DVT3AA0350 Apply for DU Inspection 1 30-Jun-20 30-Jun-20 Apply for DU Inspection
DVT3AA0360 DU Inspection & Approval 5 01-Jul-20 07-Jul-20 DU Inspection & Approval
DVT3AA0380 TELECOM Rooms Handover to DU 0 07-Jul-20 TELECOM Rooms Handover to DU
DVT3AA0410 TELECOM Cabling & Termination by DU 15 12-Jul-20 04-Aug-20 TELECOM Cabling & Termination by
DVT3AA0450 Telecom Connection up to Plot Limit Complete 0 04-Aug-20 Telecom Connection up to Plot Limit
Sewerage System
Sys 15 22-Jun-20 13-Jul-20 13-Jul-20, Sewerage System
DVT3AA0150 Completion of Building Drainage Installation 0 22-Jun-20 Completion of Building Drainage Installation

Page 59 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 78 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVT3AA0170 Apply for Sewerage Inspection 5 23-Jun-20 29-Jun-20 Apply for Sewerage Inspection
DVT3AA0190 Sewerage Inspection and Approval 10 30-Jun-20 13-Jul-20 Sewerage Inspection and Approval
DVT3AA0220 Sewerage Hook up Complete 0 13-Jul-20 Sewerage Hook up Complete
Life Safety Sy
Systems ( Civil Defense ) 41 28-Jun-20 27-Aug-20 27-Aug-20, Life Safety Systems
DVT3AA0290 Third Party Inspection 5 28-Jun-20 02-Jul-20 Third Party Inspection
DVT3AA0370 Incorporate / Rectify Third Party Comments 15 05-Jul-20 23-Jul-20 Incorporate / Rectify Third Party Comme
DVT3AA0390 Application for Initial Inspection by DCD 5 19-Jul-20 23-Jul-20 Application for Initial Inspection by DCD
DVT3AA0420 Initial Inspection by DCD 2 26-Jul-20 27-Jul-20 Initial Inspection by DCD
DVT3AA0440 Incorporate / Rectify DCD Comments 15 02-Aug-20 23-Aug-20 Incorporate / Rectify DCD Comm
DVT3AA0460 Final Inspection by DCD 2 24-Aug-20 25-Aug-20 Final Inspection by DCD
DVT3AA0470 DCD Clerance Certificate Obtained 0 27-Aug-20 DCD Clerance Certificate Obtai
DM Approval 26 30-Aug-20 24-Sep-20 24-Sep-20, DM Approva
DVT3AA0480 Application for DM Inspection 3 30-Aug-20 01-Sep-20 Application for DM Inspection
DVT3AA0490 Initial Inspection for BCC by DM 3 02-Sep-20 06-Sep-20 Initial Inspection for BCC by
DVT3AA0500 Incorporate / Rectify DM Comments 10 07-Sep-20 17-Sep-20 Incorporate / Rectify DM C
DVT3AA0510 Final Inspection by DM 3 20-Sep-20 22-Sep-20 Final Inspection by DM
DVT3AA0520 Building Completion Certificate Obtained 0 24-Sep-20 Building Completion Cer
Com 211 07-Jan-20 17-Sep-20 17-Sep-20, Testing & Com
Preliminary T
Testing and Commissioning 158 07-Jan-20 13-Jul-20 13-Jul-20, Preliminary Testing and Commis
Com Milestone 0 29-Jun-20 29-Jun-20 29-Jun-20, Testing and Commissioning Milesto
DVT3TC1450 Power Available for Final Testing and Commissioning (With Cli 0 29-Jun-20 Power Available for Final Testing and Commiss
Testing & Pre-co
Pre-commissioning Electrical System 42 11-Apr-20 01-Jun-20 01-Jun-20, Testing & Pre-commissioning Electrical S
DVT3TC1180 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of DB's / SMDB's / MCC's 36 11-Apr-20 21-May-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of DB's / SMDB's / MCC's
DVT3TC1200 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Generator Sets including Fue 18 18-Apr-20 07-May-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Generator Sets including F
DVT3TC1210 Pre-Comm & Testing MDB's & CB 36 18-Apr-20 01-Jun-20 Pre-Comm & Testing MDB's & CB
Testing & Pre-co
Pre-commisioning HVAC System 131 07-Jan-20 11-Jun-20 11-Jun-20, Testing & Pre-commisioning HVAC Sys
Water Side Stage
Stag 1 48 07-Jan-20 02-Mar-20 02-Mar-20, Wat er Side Stage 1
DVT3TC101 Pre-Commissioning of CHW Pumps 6 07-Jan-20 13-Jan-20 Pre-Commissioning of CHW Pumps
DVT3TC102 Chilled Wat er Pipe Flushing - 1st Stage 18 14-Jan-20 03-Feb-20 Chilled Wat er Pipe Flushing - 1st Stage
DVT3TC106 Chilled Wat er Pipe Flushing - 2nd S tage 18 04-Feb-20 24-Feb-20 Chilled Wat er Pipe Flushing - 2nd S tage
DVT3TC109 Chemical Dosing 12 18-Feb-20 02-Mar-20 Chemical Dosing
Water Side Stage
Stag 2 46 04-Feb-20 29-Mar-20 29-Mar-20, Wat er Side Stage 2
DVT3TC105 Pre-Commissioning of CHW Pumps 6 04-Feb-20 10-Feb-20 Pre-Commissioning of CHW Pumps
DVT3TC108 Chilled Wat er Pipe Flushing - 1st Stage 18 11-Feb-20 02-Mar-20 Chilled Wat er Pipe Flushing - 1st Stage
DVT3TC112 Chilled Wat er Pipe Flushing - 2nd S tage 18 03-Mar-20 24-Mar-20 Chilled Wat er Pipe Flushing - 2nd S tage
DVT3TC115 Chemical Dosing 12 15-Mar-20 29-Mar-20 Chemical Dosing
Water Side Stage
Stag 3 46 16-Apr-20 11-Jun-20 11-Jun-20, Water Side Stage 3
DVT3TC116 Chilled Wat er Pipe Flushing - 1st Stage 18 23-Apr-20 13-May-20 Chilled Wat er Pipe Flushing - 1st Stage
DVT3TC122 Chilled Wat er Pipe Flushing - 2nd S tage 18 14-May-20 07-Jun-20 Chilled Wat er Pipe Flushing - 2nd S tage
DVT3TC128 Chemical Dosing 12 30-May-20 11-Jun-20 Chemical Dosing
Air Side Stage 1 42 27-Feb-20 16-Apr-20 16-Apr-20, Air Side Stage 1
DVT3TC100 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of FCU's 30 27-Feb-20 02-Apr-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of FCU's
Air Side Stage 2 42 29-Feb-20 18-Apr-20 18-Apr-20, Air Side Stage 2
DVT3TC107 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of FCU's 30 29-Feb-20 04-Apr-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of FCU's
Air Side Stage 3 42 16-Apr-20 07-Jun-20 07-Jun-20, Air Side Stage 3
DVT3TC117 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Exhaust Fans / SPF's 24 30-Apr-20 31-May-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Exhaust Fans / SPF'
DVT3TC119 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of FAHU's 24 07-May-20 07-Jun-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of FAHU's
Pre-co of Plumbing & Drainage System 30 16-May-20 22-Jun-20 22-Jun-20, Testing & Pre-commissioning of Plum
DVT3TC1240 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Hot & Cold Water Supply 24 16-May-20 15-Jun-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Hot & Cold Wate
DVT3TC1250 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Booster Pump 18 16-May-20 08-Jun-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Booster Pump
DVT3TC1290 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Drainage System 24 26-May-20 22-Jun-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Drainage Syste
Testing & Pre-co
Pre-commissioning of Fire Fighting System 33 16-May-20 25-Jun-20 25-Jun-20, Testing & Pre-commissioning of Fire
DVT3TC1260 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Fire Fighting System 24 16-May-20 15-Jun-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Fire Fighting Sys
DVT3TC1270 Pre-Commissioning & Testing Fire Fighting Pump 18 16-May-20 08-Jun-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing Fire Fighting Pump
DVT3TC1320 Pre-Commissioning & Testing FM 200 12 09-Jun-20 22-Jun-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing FM 200
DVT3TC1330 Pre-Commissioning & Testing Foam system 12 13-Jun-20 25-Jun-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing Foam system
Testing & Pre-co
Pre-commissioning of ELV Systems 48 16-May-20 13-Jul-20 13-Jul-20, Testing & Pre-commissioning of
DVT3TC1230 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Fire Alarm System Including 24 16-May-20 15-Jun-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Fire Alarm Syste
DVT3TC1300 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Telephone & Data Including P 24 02-Jun-20 29-Jun-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Telephone &
DVT3TC1310 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Closed Circuit Television Sys 18 09-Jun-20 29-Jun-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Closed Circui
DVT3TC1340 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Audio and Intercom System 18 23-Jun-20 13-Jul-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Audio and
Integrated (Final)
(Fin Testing and Commissioning 66 29-Jun-20 17-Sep-20 17-Sep-20, Integrated (Fin
Building Integrate
Integrated Testing and Commissioning 66 29-Jun-20 17-Sep-20 17-Sep-20, Building Integr
DVT3TC1380 Integrated Building Testing and Commissioning - SUMMARY 66 29-Jun-20 17-Sep-20 Integrated Building Testing
Commissioning of
o Electrical System 60 29-Jun-20 10-Sep-20 10-Sep-20, Commissioning
DVT3TC1360 Final Commissiong of Power & Lighting System 60 29-Jun-20 10-Sep-20 Final Commissiong of Powe
DVT3TC1370 Final Commissioning of Generator Sets 18 29-Jun-20 19-Jul-20 Final Commissioning of Generator Sets
Commissioning of
o HVAC System 66 29-Jun-20 17-Sep-20 17-Sep-20, Commissionin
DVT3TC1430 Final Commissioning of FAHU's / FCU's / FANS 36 29-Jun-20 12-Aug-20 Final Commissioning of FAHU's / F

Page 60 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 79 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVT3TC1440 Final Commissioning of CHW Pump 12 29-Jun-20 12-Jul-20 Final Commissioning of CHW Pump
DVT3TC1470 Final Water B alancing HVAC System 36 13-Jul-20 27-Aug-20 Final Water B alancing HVAC S
DVT3TC1530 Final Air Balancing HVAC System 36 06-Aug-20 17-Sep-20 Final Air Balancing HVAC
P & Drainage System 42 15-Jul-20 06-Sep-20 06-Sep-20, Commissioning P
DVT3TC1500 Final Commissioning of Plumbing System 36 15-Jul-20 30-Aug-20 Final Commissioning of Plumb
DVT3TC1520 Final Commissioning of Drainage System 36 22-Jul-20 06-Sep-20 Final Commissioning of Drai
Commissioning of
o FF System 36 29-Jun-20 12-Aug-20 12-Aug-20, Commissioning of FF S
DVT3TC1390 Final Commissioning of FM 200 12 29-Jun-20 12-Jul-20 Final Commissioning of FM 200
DVT3TC1400 Final Commissioning of Foam system 12 29-Jun-20 12-Jul-20 Final Commissioning of Foam system
DVT3TC1410 Final Commissioning of Fire Fighting System 36 29-Jun-20 12-Aug-20 Final Commissioning of Fire Fightin
DVT3TC1420 Final Commissioning of Fire Fighting Pump 12 29-Jun-20 12-Jul-20 Final Commissioning of Fire Fighting Pump
Commissioning of
o ELV System Final 49 29-Jun-20 29-Aug-20 29-Aug-20, Commissioning of
DVT3TC1350 Final Commissioning of Fire Alarm System 24 29-Jun-20 26-Jul-20 Final Commissioning of Fire Alarm Syst
DVT3TC1480 Final Commissioning ELV System 36 14-Jul-20 29-Aug-20 Final Commissioning ELV Sys
Commissioning of
o Lifts 12 30-Jun-20 13-Jul-20 13-Jul-20, Commissioning of Lifts
DVT3TC1460 Lift Syncronization 12 30-Jun-20 13-Jul-20 Lift Syncronization
De 60 14-Jul-20 26-Sep-20 26-Sep-20, Snagging &
DVT3TC1490 Snagging & De-Snagging Tower 60 14-Jul-20 26-Sep-20 Snagging & De-Snaggin
Podium 861 15-Aug-18 22-Dec-20 2
Structural W
Works 294 15-Aug-18 05-Aug-19 05-Aug-19, Structural Works
Substructures 168 15-Aug-18 06-Mar-19 06-Mar-19, Substructures

Zone 4 72 15-Oct-18 09-Jan-19 09-Jan-19, Zone 4
Zone 4-1 60 15-Oct-18 25-Dec-18 25-Dec-18, Zone 4-1
DVP4SSU100 Substructure Preparation 24 15-Oct-18 11-Nov-18 Substructure Preparation
DVP4SSU110 Substructure Raft Foundations, Pits 36 12-Nov-18 25-Dec-18 Substructure Raft Foundations, Pits
Zone 4-2 48 12-Nov-18 09-Jan-19 09-Jan-19, Zone 4-2
DVP4SSU130 Substructure Preparation 24 12-Nov-18 11-Dec-18 Substructure Preparation
DVP4SSU140 Substructure Raft Foundations, Pits 36 27-Nov-18 09-Jan-19 Substructure Raft Foundations, Pits
Zone 5 108 15-Aug-18 25-Dec-18 25-Dec-18, Zone 5
Zone 5-1 (Basement
(Basem 1) 84 15-Aug-18 26-Nov-18 26-Nov-18, Zone 5-1 (Basement 1)
DVP5SSU100 Substructure Preparation 24 15-Aug-18 16-Sep-18 Substructure Preparation
DVP5SSU110 Substructure Raft Foundations, Pits 36 02-Sep-18 14-Oct-18 Substructure Raft Foundations, Pits
DVP5SSU120 Retaining Walls, Walls, Columns to Ground Fl. 24 15-Oct-18 11-Nov-18 Retaining Walls, Walls, Columns to Ground Fl.
DVP7SSU120 Ground Floor Structure 12 12-Nov-18 26-Nov-18 Ground Floor Structure
Zone 5-2 60 15-Oct-18 25-Dec-18 25-Dec-18, Zone 5-2
DVP5SSU130 Substructure Preparation 24 15-Oct-18 11-Nov-18 Substructure Preparation
DVP5SSU140 Substructure Raft Foundations, Pits 36 12-Nov-18 25-Dec-18 Substructure Raft Foundations, Pits
Zone 6 72 12-Nov-18 06-Feb-19 06-Feb-19, Zone 6
Zone 6-1 48 12-Nov-18 09-Jan-19 09-Jan-19, Zone 6-1
DVP6SSU100 Substructure Preparation 24 12-Nov-18 11-Dec-18 Substructure Preparation
DVP6SSU110 Substructure Raft Foundations, Pits 36 27-Nov-18 09-Jan-19 Substructure Raft Foundations, Pits
Zone 6-2 48 12-Dec-18 06-Feb-19 06-Feb-19, Zone 6-2
DVP6SSU130 Substructure Preparation 24 12-Dec-18 09-Jan-19 Substructure Preparation
DVP6SSU140 Substructure Raft Foundations, Pits 36 26-Dec-18 06-Feb-19 Substructure Raft Foundations, Pits
Zone 7 72 12-Dec-18 06-Mar-19 06-Mar-19, Zone 7
Zone 7-1 48 12-Dec-18 06-Feb-19 06-Feb-19, Zone 7-1
DVP7SSU100 Substructure Preparation 24 12-Dec-18 09-Jan-19 Substructure Preparation
DVP7SSU110 Substructure Raft Foundations, Pits 36 26-Dec-18 06-Feb-19 Substructure Raft Foundations, Pits
Zone 7-2 48 10-Jan-19 06-Mar-19 06-Mar-19, Zone 7-2
DVP7SSU130 Substructure Preparation 24 10-Jan-19 06-Feb-19 Substructure Preparation
DVP7SSU140 Substructure Raft Foundations, Pits 36 24-Jan-19 06-Mar-19 Substructure Raft Foundations, Pits
Superstructures
Superstructure 204 05-Dec-18 05-Aug-19 05-Aug-19, Superstructures
Podium Floor 1 96 05-Dec-18 27-Mar-19 27-Mar-19, Podium Floor 1
Zone 4 36 26-Dec-18 06-Feb-19 06-Feb-19, Zone 4
DVP4S01100 Podium 1 Floor Structural Works 36 26-Dec-18 06-Feb-19 Podium 1 Floor Structural Works
Zone 5 36 05-Dec-18 16-Jan-19 16-Jan-19, Zone 5
DVP5S01100 Podium 1 Floor Structural Works 36 05-Dec-18 16-Jan-19 Podium 1 Floor Structural Works
Zone 6 36 17-Jan-19 27-Feb-19 27-Feb-19, Zone 6
DVP6S01100 Podium 1 Floor Structural Works 36 17-Jan-19 27-Feb-19 Podium 1 Floor Structural Works
Zone 7 36 14-Feb-19 27-Mar-19 27-Mar-19, Zone 7
DVP7S01100 Podium 1 Floor Structural Works 36 14-Feb-19 27-Mar-19 Podium 1 Floor Structural Works
Podium Floor 2 96 17-Jan-19 09-May-19 09-May-19, Podium Floor 2
Zone 4 36 07-Feb-19 20-Mar-19 20-Mar-19, Zone 4
DVP4S02100 Podium 2 Floor Structural Works 36 07-Feb-19 20-Mar-19 Podium 2 Floor Structural Works
Zone 5 36 17-Jan-19 27-Feb-19 27-Feb-19, Zone 5
DVP5S02100 Podium 2 Floor Structural Works 36 17-Jan-19 27-Feb-19 Podium 2 Floor Structural Works
Zone 6 36 28-Feb-19 11-Apr-19 11-Apr-19, Zone 6
DVP6S02100 Podium 2 Floor Structural Works 36 28-Feb-19 11-Apr-19 Podium 2 Floor Structural Works
Zone 7 36 28-Mar-19 09-May-19 09-May-19, Zone 7
DVP7S02100 Podium 2 Floor Structural Works 36 28-Mar-19 09-May-19 Podium 2 Floor Structural Works
Podium Floor 3 96 28-Feb-19 24-Jun-19 24-Jun-19, Podium Floor 3
Zone 4 36 21-Mar-19 02-May-19 02-May-19, Zone 4
DVP4S03100 Podium 3 Floor Structural Works 36 21-Mar-19 02-May-19 Podium 3 Floor Structural Works
Zone 5 36 28-Feb-19 11-Apr-19 11-Apr-19, Zone 5

Page 61 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 80 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVP5S03100 Podium 3 Floor Structural Works 36 28-Feb-19 11-Apr-19 Podium 3 Floor Structural Works
Zone 6 36 13-Apr-19 23-May-19 23-May-19, Zone 6
DVP6S03100 Podium 3 Floor Structural Works 36 13-Apr-19 23-May-19 Podium 3 Floor Structural Works
Zone 7 36 11-May-19 24-Jun-19 24-Jun-19, Zone 7
DVP7S03100 Podium 3 Floor Structural Works 36 11-May-19 24-Jun-19 Podium 3 Floor Structural Works
Podium Floor 4 (Podium Deck) 96 13-Apr-19 05-Aug-19 05-Aug-19, Podium Floor 4 (Podium Deck)
DVP4S04100 Podium 4 (Deck) Floor Structural Works 36 04-May-19 17-Jun-19 Podium 4 (Deck) Floor Structural Works
DVP5S04100 Podium 4 (Deck) Floor Structural Works 36 13-Apr-19 23-May-19 Podium 4 (Deck) Floor Structural Works
Zone 6 36 25-May-19 08-Jul-19 08-Jul-19, Zone 6
DVP6S04100 Podium 4 (Deck) Floor Structural Works 36 25-May-19 08-Jul-19 Podium 4 (Deck) Floor Structural Works
Zone 7 36 25-Jun-19 05-Aug-19 05-Aug-19, Zone 7
DVP7S04100 Podium 4 (Deck) Floor Structural Works 36 25-Jun-19 05-Aug-19 Podium 4 (Deck) Floor Structural Works
Gym & Lower Landscape Deck 42 25-May-19 15-Jul-19 15-Jul-19, Gym & Lower Landscape Deck
Zone 4 6 18-Jun-19 24-Jun-19 24-Jun-19, Zone 4
DVP4SGL100 Gym & Landscape Deck Floor Structural Works 6 18-Jun-19 24-Jun-19 Gym & Landscape Deck Floor Structural Works
Zone 5 6 25-May-19 30-May-19 30-May-19, Zone 5
DVP5SGL100 Gym & Landscape Deck Floor Structural Works 6 25-May-19 30-May-19 Gym & Landscape Deck Floor Structural Works
Zone 6 6 09-Jul-19 15-Jul-19 15-Jul-19, Zone 6
DVP6SGL100 Gym & Landscape Deck Floor Structural Works 6 09-Jul-19 15-Jul-19 Gym & Landscape Deck Floor Structural Works
Finishing & MEP Installations 441 13-Apr-19 27-Sep-20 27-Sep-20, Finishing &
Basement Floor 335 13-Apr-19 18-May-20 18-May-20, Basement Floor

MEP / Equipment
Equipmen Rooms 335 13-Apr-19 18-May-20 18-May-20, MEP / Equipment Rooms
DVTP5B1100 Water Tank Lining 48 13-Apr-19 10-Jun-19 Water Tank Lining
DVTP5B1110 Masonry Blockwork 24 11-Jun-19 08-Jul-19 Masonry Blockwork
DVTP5B1120 MEP 1st Fix Installations 36 25-Jun-19 05-Aug-19 MEP 1st Fix Installations
DVTP5B1130 Plastering Works 30 16-Jul-19 21-Aug-19 Plastering Works
DVTP5B1140 W. Proofing & Screed Works 24 22-Aug-19 19-Sep-19 W. Proofing & Screed Works
DVTP5B1150 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco) 24 21-Sep-19 17-Oct-19 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco)
DVTP5B1160 MEP Equipment Installations 72 19-Oct-19 13-Jan-20 MEP Equipment Installations
DVTP5B1170 Floor Finishes 18 14-Jan-20 03-Feb-20 Floor Finishes
DVTP5B1180 Painting 1st Coat 18 14-Jan-20 03-Feb-20 Painting 1st Coat
DVTP5B1190 Door Installations 12 28-Apr-20 11-May-20 Door Installations
DVTP5B1200 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint 12 05-May-20 18-May-20 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint
Ground Floor 349 25-May-19 19-Jul-20 19-Jul-20, Ground Floor
Zone 4 331 18-Jun-19 19-Jul-20 19-Jul-20, Zone 4
MEP / Equipmen
Equipment Rooms (LV Room) 331 18-Jun-19 19-Jul-20 19-Jul-20, MEP / Equipment Rooms (LV
DVP4FGR100 Masonry Blockwork 24 18-Jun-19 15-Jul-19 Masonry Blockwork
DVP4FGR110 MEP 1st Fix Installations 36 02-Jul-19 14-Aug-19 MEP 1st Fix Installations
DVP4FGR120 Plastering Works 30 23-Jul-19 28-Aug-19 Plastering Works
DVP4FGR130 W. Proofing & Screed Works 24 29-Aug-19 26-Sep-19 W. Proofing & Screed Works
DVP4FGR140 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco) 24 28-Sep-19 24-Oct-19 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco)
DVP4FGR150 Louvre and Temp. Door Installations 12 19-Oct-19 31-Oct-19 Louvre and Temp. Door Installations
DVP4FGR160 MEP Equipment Installations 48 16-Apr-20 14-Jun-20 MEP Equipment Installations
DVP4FGR170 Floor Finishes 18 15-Jun-20 05-Jul-20 Floor Finishes
DVP4FGR180 Painting 1st Coat 18 15-Jun-20 05-Jul-20 Painting 1st Coat
DVP4FGR190 Door Installations 12 29-Jun-20 12-Jul-20 Door Installations
DVP4FGR200 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint 12 06-Jul-20 19-Jul-20 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint
Carpark General
Genera Area 275 16-Jul-19 11-Jun-20 11-Jun-20, Carpark General Area
DVP4FGR210 Ceiling Deck Preparation & Painting 1st Coat 36 16-Jul-19 28-Aug-19 Ceiling Deck Preparation & Painting 1st Coat
DVP4FGR220 MEP 1st Fix Installations 36 29-Aug-19 10-Oct-19 MEP 1st Fix Installations
DVP4FGR230 Plastering Works 24 28-Sep-19 24-Oct-19 Plastering Works
DVP4FGR240 MEP 2nd Fix Installations 72 12-Oct-19 06-Jan-20 MEP 2nd Fix Installations
DVP4FGR250 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco) 24 02-Nov-19 30-Nov-19 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco)
DVP4FGR260 Painting 1st Coat 24 01-Dec-19 29-Dec-19 Painting 1st Coat
DVP4FGR270 MEP Final Fix @ Carpark Levels 36 28-Apr-20 11-Jun-20 MEP Final Fix @ Carpark Levels
DVP4FGR280 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint 12 30-May-20 11-Jun-20 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint
MEP / Equipment
Equipmen Rooms (ETS Room) 299 25-May-19 18-May-20 18-May-20, MEP / Equipment Rooms (ETS Room)
DVP5FGR100 Masonry Blockwork 24 25-May-19 24-Jun-19 Masonry Blockwork
DVP5FGR110 MEP 1st Fix Installations 36 11-Jun-19 22-Jul-19 MEP 1st Fix Installations
DVP5FGR120 Plastering Works 30 02-Jul-19 05-Aug-19 Plastering Works
DVP5FGR130 W. Proofing & Screed Works 24 06-Aug-19 05-Sep-19 W. Proofing & Screed Works
DVP5FGR140 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco) 24 07-Sep-19 03-Oct-19 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco)
DVP5FGR160 MEP Equipment Installations 60 05-Oct-19 15-Dec-19 MEP Equipment Installations
DVP5FGR170 Floor Finishes 18 16-Dec-19 06-Jan-20 Floor Finishes
DVP5FGR180 Painting 1st Coat 18 16-Dec-19 06-Jan-20 Painting 1st Coat
DVP5FGR190 Door Installations 12 28-Apr-20 11-May-20 Door Installations
DVP5FGR200 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint 12 05-May-20 18-May-20 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint
Carpark General
Genera Area 293 25-Jun-19 11-Jun-20 11-Jun-20, Carpark General Area
DVP5FGR210 Ceiling Deck Preparation & Painting 1st Coat 36 25-Jun-19 05-Aug-19 Ceiling Deck Preparation & Painting 1st Coat
DVP5FGR220 MEP 1st Fix Installations 36 06-Aug-19 19-Sep-19 MEP 1st Fix Installations

Page 62 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 81 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVP5FGR240 MEP 2nd Fix Installations 72 21-Sep-19 15-Dec-19 MEP 2nd Fix Installations
DVP5FGR250 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco) 24 12-Oct-19 07-Nov-19 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco)
DVP5FGR260 Painting 1st Coat 24 09-Nov-19 08-Dec-19 Painting 1st Coat
MEP / Equipmen
Equipment Rooms (LV Room) 313 09-Jul-19 19-Jul-20 19-Jul-20, MEP / Equipment Rooms (LV
DVP6FGR100 Masonry Blockwork 24 09-Jul-19 05-Aug-19 Masonry Blockwork
DVP6FGR110 MEP 1st Fix Installations 36 23-Jul-19 05-Sep-19 MEP 1st Fix Installations
DVP6FGR120 Plastering Works 30 15-Aug-19 19-Sep-19 Plastering Works
DVP6FGR130 W. Proofing & Screed Works 24 21-Sep-19 17-Oct-19 W. Proofing & Screed Works
DVP6FGR140 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco) 24 19-Oct-19 16-Nov-19 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco)
DVP6FGR150 Louvre and Temp. Door Installations 12 09-Nov-19 23-Nov-19 Louvre and Temp. Door Installations
Carpark General
Genera Area 257 06-Aug-19 11-Jun-20 11-Jun-20, Carpark General Area
DVP6FGR210 Ceiling Deck Preparation & Painting 1st Coat 36 06-Aug-19 19-Sep-19 Ceiling Deck Preparation & Painting 1st Coat
DVP6FGR220 MEP 1st Fix Installations 36 21-Sep-19 31-Oct-19 MEP 1st Fix Installations
DVP6FGR230 Plastering Works 24 19-Oct-19 16-Nov-19 Plastering Works
DVP6FGR240 MEP 2nd Fix Installations 72 02-Nov-19 27-Jan-20 MEP 2nd Fix Installations
DVP6FGR250 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco) 24 24-Nov-19 22-Dec-19 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco)
DVP6FGR260 Painting 1st Coat 24 23-Dec-19 20-Jan-20 Painting 1st Coat
Zone 7 289 06-Aug-19 19-Jul-20 19-Jul-20, Zone 7
MEP / Equipmen
Equipment Rooms (LV Room) 289 06-Aug-19 19-Jul-20 19-Jul-20, MEP / Equipment Rooms (LV
DVP7FGR100 Masonry Blockwork 24 06-Aug-19 05-Sep-19 Masonry Blockwork
DVP7FGR110 MEP 1st Fix Installations 36 22-Aug-19 03-Oct-19 MEP 1st Fix Installations
DVP7FGR130 W. Proofing & Screed Works 24 19-Oct-19 16-Nov-19 W. Proofing & Screed Works
DVP7FGR140 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco) 24 17-Nov-19 15-Dec-19 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco)
DVP7FGR150 Louvre and Temp. Door Installations 12 09-Dec-19 22-Dec-19 Louvre and Temp. Door Installations
Carpark General
Genera Area 233 07-Sep-19 11-Jun-20 11-Jun-20, Carpark General Area
DVP7FGR210 Ceiling Deck Preparation & Painting 1st Coat 36 07-Sep-19 17-Oct-19 Ceiling Deck Preparation & Painting 1st Coat
DVP7FGR220 MEP 1st Fix Installations 36 19-Oct-19 30-Nov-19 MEP 1st Fix Installations
DVP7FGR230 Plastering Works 24 17-Nov-19 15-Dec-19 Plastering Works
DVP7FGR240 MEP 2nd Fix Installations 72 01-Dec-19 24-Feb-20 MEP 2nd Fix Installations
DVP7FGR250 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco) 24 23-Dec-19 20-Jan-20 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco)
DVP7FGR260 Painting 1st Coat 24 21-Jan-20 17-Feb-20 Painting 1st Coat
Zone 4 331 02-Jul-19 05-Aug-20 05-Aug-20, Zone 4
MEP / Equipment
Equipmen Rooms 331 02-Jul-19 05-Aug-20 05-Aug-20, MEP / Equipment Rooms
DVP4F01100 Masonry Blockwork 24 02-Jul-19 29-Jul-19 Masonry Blockwork
DVP4F01110 MEP 1st Fix Installations 36 16-Jul-19 28-Aug-19 MEP 1st Fix Installations
DVP4F01120 Plastering Works 30 06-Aug-19 12-Sep-19 Plastering Works
DVP4F01130 W. Proofing & Screed Works 24 14-Sep-19 10-Oct-19 W. Proofing & Screed Works
DVP4F01140 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco) 24 12-Oct-19 07-Nov-19 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco)
DVP4F01160 MEP Equipment Installations 72 09-Nov-19 03-Feb-20 MEP Equipment Installations
DVP4F01170 Floor Finishes 18 04-Feb-20 24-Feb-20 Floor Finishes
DVP4F01180 Painting 1st Coat 18 04-Feb-20 24-Feb-20 Painting 1st Coat
DVP4F01190 Door Installations 12 13-Jul-20 26-Jul-20 Door Installations
DVP4F01200 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint 12 20-Jul-20 05-Aug-20 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint
Carpark General
DVP4F01210 Ceiling Deck Preparation & Painting 1st Coat 36 30-Jul-19 12-Sep-19 Ceiling Deck Preparation & Painting 1st Coat
DVP4F01220 MEP 1st Fix Installations 36 14-Sep-19 24-Oct-19 MEP 1st Fix Installations
DVP4F01230 Plastering Works 24 12-Oct-19 07-Nov-19 Plastering Works
DVP4F01240 MEP 2nd Fix Installations 72 26-Oct-19 20-Jan-20 MEP 2nd Fix Installations
DVP4F01250 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco) 24 17-Nov-19 15-Dec-19 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco)
DVP4F01260 Painting 1st Coat 24 16-Dec-19 13-Jan-20 Painting 1st Coat
DVP4F01270 MEP Final Fix @ Carpark Levels 36 12-May-20 25-Jun-20 MEP Final Fix @ Carpark Levels
DVP4F01280 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint 12 13-Jun-20 25-Jun-20 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint
Zone 5 293 09-Jul-19 25-Jun-20 25-Jun-20, Zone 5
Carpark General

Page 63 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 82 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVP5F01210 Ceiling Deck Preparation & Painting 1st Coat 36 09-Jul-19 21-Aug-19 Ceiling Deck Preparation & Painting 1st Coat
DVP5F01220 MEP 1st Fix Installations 36 22-Aug-19 03-Oct-19 MEP 1st Fix Installations
DVP5F01230 Plastering Works 24 21-Sep-19 17-Oct-19 Plastering Works
DVP5F01240 MEP 2nd Fix Installations 72 05-Oct-19 29-Dec-19 MEP 2nd Fix Installations
DVP5F01260 Painting 1st Coat 24 24-Nov-19 22-Dec-19 Painting 1st Coat
MEP / Equipment
Equipmen Rooms 313 23-Jul-19 05-Aug-20 05-Aug-20, MEP / Equipment Rooms
DVP6F01100 Masonry Blockwork 24 23-Jul-19 21-Aug-19 Masonry Blockwork
DVP6F01110 MEP 1st Fix Installations 36 06-Aug-19 19-Sep-19 MEP 1st Fix Installations
DVP6F01120 Plastering Works 30 29-Aug-19 03-Oct-19 Plastering Works
DVP6F01130 W. Proofing & Screed Works 24 05-Oct-19 31-Oct-19 W. Proofing & Screed Works
DVP6F01140 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco) 24 02-Nov-19 30-Nov-19 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco)
DVP6F01160 MEP Equipment Installations 72 01-Dec-19 24-Feb-20 MEP Equipment Installations
DVP6F01170 Floor Finishes 18 25-Feb-20 16-Mar-20 Floor Finishes
DVP6F01180 Painting 1st Coat 18 25-Feb-20 16-Mar-20 Painting 1st Coat
Carpark General
Genera Area 257 22-Aug-19 25-Jun-20 25-Jun-20, Carpark General Area
DVP6F01210 Ceiling Deck Preparation & Painting 1st Coat 36 22-Aug-19 03-Oct-19 Ceiling Deck Preparation & Painting 1st Coat
DVP6F01220 MEP 1st Fix Installations 36 05-Oct-19 16-Nov-19 MEP 1st Fix Installations
DVP6F01230 Plastering Works 24 02-Nov-19 30-Nov-19 Plastering Works
DVP6F01240 MEP 2nd Fix Installations 72 17-Nov-19 10-Feb-20 MEP 2nd Fix Installations
DVP6F01250 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco) 24 09-Dec-19 06-Jan-20 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco)
DVP6F01260 Painting 1st Coat 24 07-Jan-20 03-Feb-20 Painting 1st Coat
Zone 7 289 22-Aug-19 05-Aug-20 05-Aug-20, Zone 7
MEP / Equipment
Equipmen Rooms 289 22-Aug-19 05-Aug-20 05-Aug-20, MEP / Equipment Rooms
DVP7F01100 Masonry Blockwork 24 22-Aug-19 19-Sep-19 Masonry Blockwork
DVP7F01130 W. Proofing & Screed Works 24 02-Nov-19 30-Nov-19 W. Proofing & Screed Works
DVP7F01140 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco) 24 01-Dec-19 29-Dec-19 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco)
DVP7F01160 MEP Equipment Installations 72 30-Dec-19 24-Mar-20 MEP Equipment Installations
DVP7F01170 Floor Finishes 18 25-Mar-20 14-Apr-20 Floor Finishes
DVP7F01180 Painting 1st Coat 18 25-Mar-20 14-Apr-20 Painting 1st Coat
Carpark General
Genera Area 233 21-Sep-19 25-Jun-20 25-Jun-20, Carpark General Area
DVP7F01210 Ceiling Deck Preparation & Painting 1st Coat 36 21-Sep-19 31-Oct-19 Ceiling Deck Preparation & Painting 1st Coat
DVP7F01220 MEP 1st Fix Installations 36 02-Nov-19 15-Dec-19 MEP 1st Fix Installations
DVP7F01230 Plastering Works 24 01-Dec-19 29-Dec-19 Plastering Works
DVP7F01240 MEP 2nd Fix Installations 72 16-Dec-19 09-Mar-20 MEP 2nd Fix Installations
DVP7F01250 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco) 24 07-Jan-20 03-Feb-20 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco)
MEP / Equipment
Equipmen Rooms 331 16-Jul-19 19-Aug-20 19-Aug-20, MEP / Equipment Ro
DVP4F02100 Masonry Blockwork 24 16-Jul-19 14-Aug-19 Masonry Blockwork
DVP4F02110 MEP 1st Fix Installations 36 30-Jul-19 12-Sep-19 MEP 1st Fix Installations
DVP4F02120 Plastering Works 30 22-Aug-19 26-Sep-19 Plastering Works
DVP4F02130 W. Proofing & Screed Works 24 28-Sep-19 24-Oct-19 W. Proofing & Screed Works
DVP4F02160 MEP Equipment Installations 72 24-Nov-19 17-Feb-20 MEP Equipment Installations
DVP4F02170 Floor Finishes 18 18-Feb-20 09-Mar-20 Floor Finishes
DVP4F02190 Door Installations 12 27-Jul-20 12-Aug-20 Door Installations
DVP4F02200 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint 12 06-Aug-20 19-Aug-20 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint
Carpark General
Genera Area 275 15-Aug-19 09-Jul-20 09-Jul-20, Carpark General Area
DVP4F02210 Ceiling Deck Preparation & Painting 1st Coat 36 15-Aug-19 26-Sep-19 Ceiling Deck Preparation & Painting 1st Coat
DVP4F02220 MEP 1st Fix Installations 36 28-Sep-19 07-Nov-19 MEP 1st Fix Installations
DVP4F02250 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco) 24 01-Dec-19 29-Dec-19 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco)
DVP4F02270 MEP Final Fix @ Carpark Levels 36 30-May-20 09-Jul-20 MEP Final Fix @ Carpark Levels
DVP4F02280 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint 12 27-Jun-20 09-Jul-20 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint
Carpark General
Genera Area 293 23-Jul-19 09-Jul-20 09-Jul-20, Carpark General Area

Page 64 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 83 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVP5F02210 Ceiling Deck Preparation & Painting 1st Coat 36 23-Jul-19 05-Sep-19 Ceiling Deck Preparation & Painting 1st Coat
DVP5F02230 Plastering Works 24 05-Oct-19 31-Oct-19 Plastering Works
DVP5F02240 MEP 2nd Fix Installations 72 19-Oct-19 13-Jan-20 MEP 2nd Fix Installations
Zone 6 313 06-Aug-19 19-Aug-20 19-Aug-20, Zone 6
MEP / Equipment
Equipmen Rooms 313 06-Aug-19 19-Aug-20 19-Aug-20, MEP / Equipment Ro
DVP6F02100 Masonry Blockwork 24 06-Aug-19 05-Sep-19 Masonry Blockwork
DVP6F02110 MEP 1st Fix Installations 36 22-Aug-19 03-Oct-19 MEP 1st Fix Installations
DVP6F02130 W. Proofing & Screed Works 24 19-Oct-19 16-Nov-19 W. Proofing & Screed Works
DVP6F02160 MEP Equipment Installations 72 16-Dec-19 09-Mar-20 MEP Equipment Installations
DVP6F02170 Floor Finishes 18 10-Mar-20 31-Mar-20 Floor Finishes
DVP6F02180 Painting 1st Coat 18 10-Mar-20 31-Mar-20 Painting 1st Coat
Carpark General
Genera Area 257 07-Sep-19 09-Jul-20 09-Jul-20, Carpark General Area
DVP6F02230 Plastering Works 24 17-Nov-19 15-Dec-19 Plastering Works
DVP6F02240 MEP 2nd Fix Installations 72 01-Dec-19 24-Feb-20 MEP 2nd Fix Installations
Zone 7 289 07-Sep-19 19-Aug-20 19-Aug-20, Zone 7
MEP / Equipment
Equipmen Rooms 289 07-Sep-19 19-Aug-20 19-Aug-20, MEP / Equipment Ro
DVP7F02100 Masonry Blockwork 24 07-Sep-19 03-Oct-19 Masonry Blockwork
DVP7F02130 W. Proofing & Screed Works 24 17-Nov-19 15-Dec-19 W. Proofing & Screed Works
DVP7F02160 MEP Equipment Installations 72 14-Jan-20 07-Apr-20 MEP Equipment Installations
DVP7F02170 Floor Finishes 18 08-Apr-20 28-Apr-20 Floor Finishes
DVP7F02180 Painting 1st Coat 18 08-Apr-20 28-Apr-20 Painting 1st Coat
Carpark General
Genera Area 233 05-Oct-19 09-Jul-20 09-Jul-20, Carpark General Area
DVP7F02210 Ceiling Deck Preparation & Painting 1st Coat 36 05-Oct-19 16-Nov-19 Ceiling Deck Preparation & Painting 1st Coat
DVP7F02230 Plastering Works 24 16-Dec-19 13-Jan-20 Plastering Works
Podium Floor 3 293 06-Aug-19 23-Jul-20 23-Jul-20, Podium Floor 3
Carpark General
DVP4F03210 Ceiling Deck Preparation & Painting 1st Coat 36 29-Aug-19 10-Oct-19 Ceiling Deck Preparation & Painting 1st Coat
DVP4F03230 Plastering Works 24 09-Nov-19 08-Dec-19 Plastering Works
DVP4F03270 MEP Final Fix @ Carpark Levels 36 13-Jun-20 23-Jul-20 MEP Final Fix @ Carpark Levels
DVP4F03280 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint 12 11-Jul-20 23-Jul-20 Wall & Ceiling Final Paint
Carpark General
DVP5F03210 Ceiling Deck Preparation & Painting 1st Coat 36 06-Aug-19 19-Sep-19 Ceiling Deck Preparation & Painting 1st Coat
DVP5F03240 MEP 2nd Fix Installations 72 02-Nov-19 27-Jan-20 MEP 2nd Fix Installations
Zone 6 257 21-Sep-19 23-Jul-20 23-Jul-20, Zone 6
Carpark General
Genera Area 257 21-Sep-19 23-Jul-20 23-Jul-20, Carpark General Area

Page 65 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 84 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVP6F03230 Plastering Works 24 01-Dec-19 29-Dec-19 Plastering Works
Zone 7 233 19-Oct-19 23-Jul-20 23-Jul-20, Zone 7
Carpark General
Genera Area 233 19-Oct-19 23-Jul-20 23-Jul-20, Carpark General Area
DVP7F03210 Ceiling Deck Preparation & Painting 1st Coat 36 19-Oct-19 30-Nov-19 Ceiling Deck Preparation & Painting 1st Coat
DVP7F03220 MEP 1st Fix Installations 36 01-Dec-19 13-Jan-20 MEP 1st Fix Installations
DVP7F03230 Plastering Works 24 30-Dec-19 27-Jan-20 Plastering Works
DVP7F03240 MEP 2nd Fix Installations 72 14-Jan-20 07-Apr-20 MEP 2nd Fix Installations
DVP7F03250 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco) 24 04-Feb-20 02-Mar-20 Wall Paint ing (Primer & Stucco)
DVP7F03260 Painting 1st Coat 24 03-Mar-20 31-Mar-20 Painting 1st Coat
Podium Floor 4 (Podium Deck) 168 07-Mar-20 27-Sep-20 27-Sep-20, Podium Flo
Zone 4 96 05-Apr-20 01-Aug-20 01-Aug-20, Zone 4
DVP4F04100 Concrete Hardstandings for Landscaping 24 05-Apr-20 02-May-20 Concrete Hardstandings for Landscaping
DVP4F04110 Deck Waterproofing & Service Installations 36 03-May-20 16-Jun-20 Deck Waterproofing & Service Installations
DVP4F04120 Deck Floor Finishings & Landscaping 36 17-Jun-20 01-Aug-20 Deck Floor Finishings & Landscaping
Zone 5 132 07-Mar-20 15-Aug-20 15-Aug-20, Zone 5
DVP5F04100 Concrete Hardstandings for Landscaping & Pool 24 07-Mar-20 04-Apr-20 Concrete Hardstandings for Landscaping & Pool
DVP5F04110 Deck Waterproofing & Service Installations 36 05-Apr-20 16-May-20 Deck Waterproofing & Service Installations
DVP5F04130 Pool Waterproofing, Finishes & Service Inst allations 60 05-Apr-20 16-Jun-20 Pool Waterproofing, Finishes & Service Inst allatio
DVP5F04120 Deck Floor Finishings & Landscaping 36 17-Jun-20 01-Aug-20 Deck Floor Finishings & Landscaping
DVP5F04140 Multipuirpose Hall Finishes 48 17-Jun-20 15-Aug-20 Multipuirpose Hall Finishes
Zone 6 108 03-May-20 13-Sep-20 13-Sep-20, Zone 6
DVP6F04100 Concrete Hardstandings for Landscaping 24 03-May-20 02-Jun-20 Concrete Hardstandings for Landscaping
DVP6F04110 Deck Waterproofing & Service Installations 36 03-Jun-20 14-Jul-20 Deck Waterproofing & Service Installations
DVP6F04120 Deck Floor Finishings & Landscaping 36 15-Jul-20 30-Aug-20 Deck Floor Finishings & Lands
DVP6F04130 Gym Hall Finishes 48 15-Jul-20 13-Sep-20 Gym Hall Finishes
Zone 7 96 03-Jun-20 27-Sep-20 27-Sep-20, Zone 7
DVP7F04100 Concrete Hardstandings for Landscaping 24 03-Jun-20 30-Jun-20 Concrete Hardstandings for Landscaping
DVP7F04110 Deck Waterproofing & Service Installations 36 01-Jul-20 15-Aug-20 Deck Waterproofing & Service Ins
DVP7F04120 Deck Floor Finishings & Landscaping 36 16-Aug-20 27-Sep-20 Deck Floor Finishings &
Facade/Enve 108 17-May-20 27-Sep-20 27-Sep-20, Facade/Env
Facade Works 108 17-May-20 27-Sep-20 27-Sep-20, Facade Wo

Zone 4 36 17-Jun-20 01-Aug-20 01-Aug-20, Zone 4
DVP4E04100 Aluminium Mashrabiya Screens / Louvres 36 17-Jun-20 01-Aug-20 Aluminium Mashrabiya Screens / Louv
DVP4E05100 Aluminium Mashrabiya Screens / Louvres 36 17-May-20 30-Jun-20 Aluminium Mashrabiya Screens / Louvres
DVP4E06100 Aluminium Mashrabiya Screens / Louvres 36 15-Jul-20 30-Aug-20 Aluminium Mashrabiya Screen
Zone 7 36 16-Aug-20 27-Sep-20 27-Sep-20, Zone 7
DVP4E07100 Aluminium Mashrabiya Screens / Louvres 36 16-Aug-20 27-Sep-20 Aluminium Mashrabiya
Commission 366 22-Dec-19 22-Dec-20 2
Authority Approval
Appr s 366 22-Dec-19 22-Dec-20 2
DEWA Electrical
Electric 255 22-Dec-19 02-Sep-20 02-Sep-20, DEWA Electrical
HV Side 137 22-Dec-19 05-Jul-20 05-Jul-20, HV Side
DVP0AA0100 Completion of Civil/MEP Works for HV S /St n. as per DEWA a 0 22-Dec-19 Completion of Civil/MEP Works for HV S /St n. as per DEWA approved drawings
DVP0AA0110 Invite DEWA for HV inspection 5 24-Dec-19 30-Dec-19 Invite DEWA for HV inspection
DVP0AA0120 HV Inspection Approval 10 31-Dec-19 14-Jan-20 HV Inspection Approval
DVP0AA0130 Receiving DEWA Estimation 1 15-Jan-20 15-Jan-20 Receiving DEWA Estimation
DVP0AA0140 Payment Against DEWA Estimation by Client 5 16-Jan-20 22-Jan-20 Payment Against DEWA Estimation by Client
DVP0AA0250 Delivery and Installation of DEWA Transformer & RMU Unit 0 14-Jun-20 Delivery and Installation of DEWA Transformer & R
DVP0AA0310 Complete Laying HV Cables by DEWA 0 05-Jul-20 Complete Laying HV Cables by DEWA
DVP0AA0320 Complete Laying LV Cables from Transformer to ACB panel by 0 05-Jul-20 Complete Laying LV Cables from Transforme
DVP0AA0330 S/Stn. Commissioning & RMU units energization by DEWA 0 05-Jul-20 S/Stn. Commissioning & RMU units energiza
LV Side 28 05-Aug-20 02-Sep-20 02-Sep-20, LV Side
DVP0AA0260 Substantial LV installations as per DEWA Approved Drawings 0 05-Aug-20 Substantial LV installations as per D
DVP0AA0270 Invite DEWA for LV Inspection 3 06-Aug-20 10-Aug-20 Invite DEWA for LV Inspection
DVP0AA0280 First Inspection by DEWA 3 11-Aug-20 13-Aug-20 First Inspection by DEWA
DVP0AA0300 Rectification of DEWA comments 12 15-Aug-20 29-Aug-20 Rectification of DEWA comme
DVP0AA0400 Re-inspection / LV Approval by DEWA 3 30-Aug-20 01-Sep-20 Re-inspection / LV Approval by
DVP0AA0430 Energized DEWA Transformer & Release of Temporary Power 1 02-Sep-20 02-Sep-20 Energized DEWA Transforme
DEWA Water 16 22-Sep-20 14-Oct-20 14-Oct-20, DEWA
DVP0AA0160 Completion of Building Water S upply Installat ions 0 22-Sep-20 Completion of Building W
DVP0AA0180 DEWA Estimation 5 23-Sep-20 29-Sep-20 DEWA Estimation
DVP0AA0200 Payment to DEWA Estimate for Water Connection Fees 5 30-Sep-20 06-Oct-20 Payment to DEWA E
DVP0AA0210 Inspection of the Building Water Sys tem by DEWA 5 07-Oct-20 13-Oct-20 Inspection of the B

Page 66 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 85 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
DVP0AA0230 Receipt and Installation of Main Meter 1 14-Oct-20 14-Oct-20 Receipt and Install
DVP0AA0240 Water Supply Available 0 14-Oct-20 Water Supply Avail
Telecom System
Syst 23 29-Sep-20 02-Nov-20 02-Nov-20, Te
DVP0AA0340 Completion of GSM Rooms & Containment Ready for DU Insp 0 29-Sep-20 Completion of GSM Ro
DVP0AA0350 Apply for DU Inspection 1 30-Sep-20 30-Sep-20 Apply for DU Inspectio
DVP0AA0360 DU Inspection & Approval 5 01-Oct-20 07-Oct-20 DU Inspection & App
DVP0AA0380 TELECOM Rooms Handover to DU 0 07-Oct-20 TELECOM Rooms H
DVP0AA0410 TELECOM Cabling & Termination by DU 15 12-Oct-20 02-Nov-20 TELECOM Ca
DVP0AA0450 Telecom Connection up to Plot Limit Complete 0 02-Nov-20 Telecom Conn
Sewerage System
Sys 15 22-Sep-20 13-Oct-20 13-Oct-20, Sewera
DVP0AA0150 Completion of Building Drainage Installation 0 22-Sep-20 Completion of Building D
DVP0AA0170 Apply for Sewerage Inspection 5 23-Sep-20 29-Sep-20 Apply for Sewerage Ins
DVP0AA0190 Sewerage Inspection and Approval 10 30-Sep-20 13-Oct-20 Sewerage Inspectio
DVP0AA0220 Sewerage Hook up Complete 0 13-Oct-20 Sewerage Hook up
Life Safety Sy
DVP0AA0290 Third Party Inspection 5 29-Sep-20 05-Oct-20 Third Party Inspectio
DVP0AA0370 Incorporate / Rectify Third Party Comments 15 06-Oct-20 26-Oct-20 Incorporate / Re
DVP0AA0390 Application for Initial Inspection by DCD 5 20-Oct-20 26-Oct-20 Application for I
DVP0AA0420 Initial Inspection by DCD 2 27-Oct-20 28-Oct-20 Initial Inspectio
DVP0AA0440 Incorporate / Rectify DCD Comments 15 01-Nov-20 19-Nov-20 Incorpora
DVP0AA0460 Final Inspection by DCD 2 22-Nov-20 23-Nov-20 Final Ins
DVP0AA0470 DCD Clerance Certificate Obtained 0 25-Nov-20 DCD Cle
DVP0AA0480 Application for DM Inspection 3 26-Nov-20 30-Nov-20 Applica
DVP0AA0490 Initial Inspection for BCC by DM 3 01-Dec-20 06-Dec-20 Initia
DVP0AA0500 Incorporate / Rectify DM Comments 10 07-Dec-20 17-Dec-20 In
DVP0AA0510 Final Inspection by DM 3 20-Dec-20 22-Dec-20 F
DVP0AA0520 Building Completion Certificate Obtained 0 22-Dec-20 B
Com 153 15-Jun-20 16-Dec-20 16
Preliminary T
Testing and Commissioning 87 15-Jun-20 29-Sep-20 29-Sep-20, Preliminary
DVP0TC1450 Power Available for Final Testing and Commissioning (With Cli 0 29-Sep-20 Power Available for Fin
Testing & Pre-co
Pre-commissioning Electrical System 42 15-Jun-20 05-Aug-20 05-Aug-20, Testing & Pre-commissio
DVP0TC1180 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of DB's / SMDB's / MCC's 36 15-Jun-20 26-Jul-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of DB's /
DVP0TC1200 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Generator Sets including Fue 18 22-Jun-20 12-Jul-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Generator
DVP0TC1210 Pre-Comm & Testing MDB's & CB 36 22-Jun-20 05-Aug-20 Pre-Comm & Testing MDB's & CB
Testing & Pre-co
Pre-commisioning HVAC System 48 15-Jun-20 12-Aug-20 12-Aug-20, Testing & Pre-commisio
Water Side 48 15-Jun-20 12-Aug-20 12-Aug-20, Water Side
DVP0TC101 Pre-Commissioning of CHW Pumps 6 15-Jun-20 21-Jun-20 Pre-Commissioning of CHW Pumps
DVP0TC102 Chilled Wat er Pipe Flushing - 1st Stage 18 22-Jun-20 12-Jul-20 Chilled Wat er Pipe Flushing - 1st Stage
DVP0TC106 Chilled Wat er Pipe Flushing - 2nd S tage 18 13-Jul-20 05-Aug-20 Chilled Wat er Pipe Flushing - 2nd S t
DVP0TC109 Chemical Dosing 12 27-Jul-20 12-Aug-20 Chemical Dosing
Air Side 42 15-Jun-20 05-Aug-20 05-Aug-20, Air Side
DVP0TC100 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of FCU's 30 15-Jun-20 19-Jul-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of FCU's
DVP0TC103 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Exhaust Fans / SPF's 24 29-Jun-20 26-Jul-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Exhau
DVP0TC104 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of FAHU's 24 06-Jul-20 05-Aug-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of FAH
Pre-co of Plumbing & Drainage System 30 15-Jun-20 19-Jul-20 19-Jul-20, Testing & Pre-commissioning o
DVP0TC1240 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Hot & Cold Water Supply 24 15-Jun-20 12-Jul-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Hot & Cold
DVP0TC1250 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Booster Pump 18 15-Jun-20 05-Jul-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Booster Pum
DVP0TC1290 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Drainage System 24 22-Jun-20 19-Jul-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Drainage
Testing & Pre-co
Pre-commissioning of Fire Fighting System 33 15-Jun-20 22-Jul-20 22-Jul-20, Testing & Pre-commissioning
DVP0TC1260 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Fire Fighting System 24 15-Jun-20 12-Jul-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Fire Fighti
DVP0TC1270 Pre-Commissioning & Testing Fire Fighting Pump 18 15-Jun-20 05-Jul-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing Fire Fighting P
DVP0TC1320 Pre-Commissioning & Testing FM 200 12 06-Jul-20 19-Jul-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing FM 200
DVP0TC1330 Pre-Commissioning & Testing Foam system 12 09-Jul-20 22-Jul-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing Foam sys
Testing & Pre-co
Pre-commissioning of ELV Systems 48 11-Jul-20 08-Sep-20 08-Sep-20, Testing & Pre-co
DVP0TC1230 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Fire Alarm System Including 24 11-Jul-20 10-Aug-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Fir
DVP0TC1300 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Telephone & Data Including P 24 25-Jul-20 25-Aug-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing o
DVP0TC1310 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Closed Circuit Television Sys 18 04-Aug-20 25-Aug-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testing o
DVP0TC1340 Pre-Commissioning & Testing of Audio and Intercom System 18 18-Aug-20 08-Sep-20 Pre-Commissioning & Testin
Integrated (Final)
Building Integrate
DVP0TC1380 Integrated Building Testing and Commissioning - SUMMARY 66 29-Sep-20 16-Dec-20 Int
Commissioning of
DVP0TC1360 Final Commissiong of Power & Lighting System 60 29-Sep-20 09-Dec-20 Fina
DVP0TC1370 Final Commissioning of Generator Sets 18 29-Sep-20 19-Oct-20 Final Commission
Commissioning of
o HVAC System 66 29-Sep-20 16-Dec-20 16
DVP0TC1430 Final Commissioning of FAHU's / FCU's / FANS 36 29-Sep-20 10-Nov-20 Final Comm
DVP0TC1440 Final Commissioning of CHW Pump 12 29-Sep-20 12-Oct-20 Final Commissionin
DVP0TC1470 Final Water B alancing HVAC System 36 13-Oct-20 24-Nov-20 Final Wa
DVP0TC1530 Final Air Balancing HVAC System 36 04-Nov-20 16-Dec-20 Fin
P & Drainage System 42 15-Oct-20 05-Dec-20 05-De
DVP0TC1500 Final Commissioning of Plumbing System 36 15-Oct-20 26-Nov-20 Final Co
DVP0TC1520 Final Commissioning of Drainage System 36 22-Oct-20 05-Dec-20 Final

Page 67 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 86 of 736

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
Commissioning of
o FF System 36 29-Sep-20 10-Nov-20 10-Nov-20, C
DVP0TC1390 Final Commissioning of FM 200 12 29-Sep-20 12-Oct-20 Final Commissionin
DVP0TC1400 Final Commissioning of Foam system 12 29-Sep-20 12-Oct-20 Final Commissionin
DVP0TC1410 Final Commissioning of Fire Fighting System 36 29-Sep-20 10-Nov-20 Final Comm
DVP0TC1420 Final Commissioning of Fire Fighting Pump 12 29-Sep-20 12-Oct-20 Final Commissionin
Commissioning of
o ELV System Final 36 29-Sep-20 10-Nov-20 10-Nov-20, C
DVP0TC1350 Final Commissioning of Fire Alarm System 24 29-Sep-20 26-Oct-20 Final Commissi
DVP0TC1480 Final Commissioning ELV System 36 29-Sep-20 10-Nov-20 Final Comm
Commissioning of
o Lifts 12 30-Sep-20 13-Oct-20 13-Oct-20, Commis
DVP0TC1460 Lift Syncronization 12 30-Sep-20 13-Oct-20 Lift Syncronization
De 60 08-Oct-20 19-Dec-20 19
DVP0TC1490 Snagging & De-Snagging Podium 60 08-Oct-20 19-Dec-20 S

Page 68 of 68
Remaining Work
Page 87 of 736
DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
2. SCHEDULE OF MANPOWER
Man X hours for each trade have been estimated and loaded into the Tender
Programme. The Manpower histogram has been included as an attachment as “Manpower
Histogram” to the Tender Programme. Refinement of final resources will be calculated during
detailed planning at Contract Stage in conjunction with the selected subcontractor.
Page 88 of 736
DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
PROPOSED TENDER PROGRAMME MANPOWER HISTOGRAM
4500
4000
3500
3000
No. of Labour
2500
2000
1500
1000
500
MONTHS
0
M.1 M.2 M.3 M.4 M.5 M.6 M.7 M.8 M.9 M.10 M.11 M.12 M.13 M.14 M.15 M.16 M.17 M.18 M.19 M.20 M.21 M.22 M.23 M.24 M.25 M.26 M.27 M.28 M.29 M.30 M.31 M.32
T&C & HO 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 6 8 32 61 59 77 102 101 63 73 52 15
Mobilisation, Prelims & Enabling 166 216 224 224 216 224 216 224 224 202 224 216 224 216 224 224 216 224 216 224 224 209 224 216 224 216 224 224 216 224 216 166
Envelope/External Works 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 24 243 255 265 235 276 245 255 288 260 294 306 314 340 302 339 382 305 289 117 0 0 0
Specialist Finishes & Fit‐outs 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 144 278 374 454 444 488 469 518 489 552 812 789 879 912 793 625 427 258 52 0
Basic Finishes 0 0 0 0 0 0 13 140 294 412 407 488 822 838 882 789 863 973 843 845 704 710 579 438 243 158 53 8 0 0 0 0
MEP Works 0 0 0 8 16 15 18 81 197 304 507 602 834 846 891 988 993 1035 1102 1100 1084 1072 995 871 729 721 462 373 341 271 129 50
RC Structural works 0 52 256 469 469 753 874 1496 1644 1437 1365 1375 1372 1294 1122 1020 1038 1022 1005 829 696 373 46 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#REF! 1
Total 166 268 480 701 701 992 1121 1941 2359 2379 2746 2936 3661 3707 3769 3720 3810 4031 3895 3810 3509 3238 3028 2677 2473 2466 1939 1620 1164 826 449 231
Page 89 of 736
DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
3. CASH FLOW
This section will give an initial overall overview of cash flow throughout the
construction duration for “Downtown Views II” project. Refinement of final cash flow
projection in compliance and in schedule as stipulated in contract conditions.
Page 90 of 736
DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
PROPOSED TENDER PROGRAMME OVERALL CASH FLOW
12% 120%
10% 100%
8% 80%
Monthly % Value
6% 60%
4% 40%
2% 20%
0% Adv.Pa
0%
M.1 M.2 M.3 M.4 M.5 M.6 M.7 M.8 M.9 M.10 M.11 M.12 M.13 M.14 M.15 M.16 M.17 M.18 M.19 M.20 M.21 M.22 M.23 M.24 M.25 M.26 M.27 M.28 M.29 M.30 M.31 M.32 M.32+
yment
Advance Payment 10%
Monthly 0% 0% 1% 1% 1% 1% 1% 2% 3% 3% 3% 3% 4% 4% 4% 4% 4% 5% 4% 4% 4% 4% 3% 3% 3% 3% 2% 2% 1% 1% 1% 0% 0%
Retention 10%
Cumulative 10% 10% 10% 11% 12% 13% 14% 15% 17% 20% 23% 26% 29% 33% 37% 42% 46% 50% 55% 59% 63% 67% 71% 74% 77% 80% 83% 85% 87% 88% 89% 90% 90% 100%
Page 91 of 736
SCHEDULE A2
Organization Chart
Page 92 of 736
DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
1. ORGANIZATION CHART
We include herewith our proposed “Project Organization Chart” for the project team
that will be in-charge of the execution of “Downtown Views II”.
Page 93 of 736
DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Manager Nos. -- 14 Zabeel 2nd, Dubai, UAE

Technical Staff Nos. -- 52
Non Technical Staff Nos. -- 14 Project Director
............................................................ (TBA)
Total Staff Nos. -- 80
2
Senior Project Manager or
Project Manager
(TBA)
Technical QA/ QC HSE Admin

Project Control Construction Mep
Department Department Department Department
Department Department Department
Construction MEP Technical QA/QC HSE Admin

Manager Manager Manager Manager Manager Manager
Name Name TBA TBA TBA TBA
Senior QA/ QC Senior HSE

Engineer (1) Engineer (2)
TBA TBA
Planning Commercial Elec. Mech.
Mgr. Manager Sr. Engr. (1) Sr. Engr. (1)
TBA TBA Name Name

QA/ QC Safety
Engineer (4) Officer (4)
TBA TBA
Sr. Planning Quantity

Eng.(1) Surveyor Eng.(3) Purchaser (1)
TBA TBA TBA Lab.

Technican (1) Nurse
Name TBA
Scheduler (1) Document
Controller (1) Store Keeper (1)
TBA TBA TBA
Site Manager (3)

Logistics & Equip. 3 7 8
Manager (1)
Name TBA
Senior Sr.Structural Senior Admin

Technical Eng.(1) Engineer(1) Architect(1)
Architect Officer (1)
Senior Site Senior Site Senior Site Senior Site Senior Site Survey
Engineer (2) Engineer (1) Engineer (1) Engineer (1) Engineer (1) Engineer (1) TBA TBA TBA TBA
Name Name Name Name Name Name
Technical
Senior Structural
Senior Architect
Senior (1)
Secretary (1) Security (4) Driver (1) Office Boy (2)
Engineer
Architect(1) Architect(1)
Engineer Architect
Site Site Site Site Site Surveyor (4)
Engineer (2) Engineer (2) Engineer (2) Engineer (2) Engineer (1) TBA TBA TBA Name TBA Name Name
Name Name Name Name Name Name
10 25 Document
Controller (1)
BIM
Coordinator (1) Draftsman (6) 15 10
TBA TBA TBA
Project BUA: 295,988 m²
Page 94 of 736
SCHEDULE A3
Key Personnel
Page 95 of 736
DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
1. NAMES AND QUALIFICATIONS OF KEY PERSONNEL

This section will provide a brief overview to the key personnel that shall be assigned to
“Downtown Views II” project.
The CV’s of the proposed key personnel of the project team that will be assigned for this
project can be referred to the appendix following this section.
Page 96 of 736
NAME OF CANDIDATE: FENG RUI
JOB TITLE: PROJECT DIRECTOR
PROPOSED POSITION IN THE PROJECT: PROJECT DIRECTOR
BASIC INFORMATION
Date of Birth: 13th March 1979
Nationality: Chinese
Civil Status: Married
Years of Professional Experience: 14 years
Professional Qualifications: Master degree in Project Management
Member of Professional Bodies: -
Other Skills: (e.g. Computer Literacy, etc.) Microsoft Office Applications, AutoCAD
EDUCATION
From To Institution Location Major Degree
Candidate of
National University of MBA
2011 Present Singapore, NUS Business Singapore specialized Master
School in Real Estate
(MBA-RE)
University of Manchester,
MSC.in
Institute of Science and
2002 2003 United Kingdom Project Bachelor
Technology (UMI ST),
Management
Manchester, UK
BEng. in Civil
1997 2001 Tian Jin University, China Engineering Bachelor
WORKING EXPERIENCE
From To Company / Organization Location Position Job Description
Leader of the project team
comprising of 80-100 staffs,
responsible for cost control,
budget, QA/QC, project
China State Construction progress, contract, and related
Project
2015 Present Engineering Corporation Dubai, UAE matters. Report to headquarter
Director
Middle East LLC. management. Ensure the
project activities are complying
with respective regulations.
Coordinate with client and
consultant for project works.
China Construction
Chief  Chief Representative of the
2009 Present (S.P) Development Co. Singapore project for the main
Representative
Ltd contractor.
1/5
Page 97 of 736
WORKING EXPERIENCE
 Answerable to Project
Director and Corporate
Management.
 Responsible for the project
progress, site safety and
budget control, etc.
 Leading & managing the
project team, including
technical, site & financial
staff.
 Key personnel to
coordinate between HQ
functional departments
(including tender,
procurement, adm in and
technical departments,
etc).
 To be answerable to
respective authorities and
ensure the project activities
are complying with
respective regulations.
 Answerable to Site
Manager.
Project  In charge of project
China State Construction Planner/Struct master planning
2003 2004 Beijing
Engineering Co. (CSCEC) ural  Responsible for site
Engineer progress of structural
works
MAJOR PROJECT EXPERIENCE

From To Project Location Position Project Description/Duties
Dubai Silicon Park is located at south west of
Dubai Silicon Oasis Authority Headquarter
which covered an area of nearly 100,000 square
meters, comprising 23 numbers of building
including office buildings, boutiques, residential
Dubai Silicon Project buildings, hotel, business center and fitness
2016 Present Dubai, UAE
Oasis Park Director
center. It has a total built-up area of 240,000
square meters. The project complied with the
UAE Green Building Regulations and
Specifications and the international LEED
standard, as it seeks to enhance environmental
2/5
Page 98 of 736
sustainability.
Dubai Silicon Park will also feature intelligent
solutions from charging-docks for smart devices
on the street to smart pop-up furniture and
digital play tables, as well as optimally designed
bus shelters, piazzas shading, and other public
amenities. Visitors to the site will be directed to
the most advanced technology - Augmented
Reality - that converts real spaces to virtually
generated maps. All these facilities aim to
provide convenience and enjoyment to the
community. The total project value is USD 327
Million.
Viceroy Dubai is the ultimate destination for an
urban resort. This is located at the main
entrance of the Palm Jumeirah trunk. Enjoy the
beach, the exciting landscaping and yet, within
10 minutes, you can have a meeting at the world
famous Burj Khalifa. The location enjoys
Viceroy Hotel Project convenient and fast connections to the major
2015 2016 Dubai, UAE
Palm Jumeirah Director highways, providing great access to the whole of
Dubai. The site enjoys spectacular views not
only of the sea but also Dubai’s dynamic skyline.
A luxury hotel, serviced apartment and
residential apartment development on a prime
beach location. The total BUA is 170,000 m2 and
the total project value is USD 239 Million.
 Chief Representative of the project for the
main contractor.
 Answerable to Project Director and
Corporate Management.
 Responsible for the project progress, site
safety and budget control, etc.
 Leading & managing the project team,
Cabana Project including technical, site & financial staff.
Terrace House Manager  Key personnel to coordinate between HQ
2009 Present @ Yio Chu Singapore / Chief functional departments (including tender,
Kang Road Representat procurement, adm in and technical
ive departments, etc).
 To be answerable to respective authorities
and ensure the project activities are
complying with respective regulations.
 Project value 38 Million Dollar, BUA
22,000m2,116 villas, one basement, 3
levels
United World  Answerable to Project Director and

College South Project Manager.
East Asia
Deputy  Prepare master program for the work
Apr 2009 Sep 2009 Singapore Project and progress report , monitor and
Tampines
Manager manage the Project Progress
Campus
 Responsible for the coordination
between site & technical team;
3/5
Page 99 of 736
ensure that the technical information
is conveyed to site team correctly.
 Solely in charge of the work of two
blocks, including technical, site and
contractual issues.
 As one of the key representatives of
project team, liaising with the client
and consultant.
 Project value 1.1 Billion Dollar, BUA
58,000m2,5 buildings and sports yard
and swimming pool, (awarded 2013
Singapore excellent building quality –
school category)

Project Manager.
 Responsible for the coordination
between site & technical team; ensure
that the technical information is
conveyed to site team correctly .
 Team Leader of the site team, in
charge of project site progress,
coordinate all the site works of
different sub-contractors.
Constructio
Duke-NUS  Prepare the master program and
n
Graduate progress report.
Apr 2007 Apr 2009 Singapore Manager /
Medical  Coordinate with architectural and M&E
Deputy
School. trade.
Project
Manager-  Project value 76 Million Dollar, BUA
26,000m2,single building with full
external façade. Asian most advanced
laboratory and medical education
system. (2011 Singapore excellent
building quality – school category, CSCEC
– CSCEC Cup, Ministry of Urban and rural
development of the people’s republic of
China - LUBAN Prize

Project Manager.
 In charge of project wide facade related
Republic issues.
Polytechnic  Responsible for facade technical
New Campus Facade coordination, monitor shop drawing &
Sep 2004 Mar 2007 @ Singapore Engineer/ material approval progress, etc.
Woodlands Engineer-in-  Coordinate with individual site
Ave charge - construction teams, monitor the on and
off site progress facade contractors.
 Project value 3.08 Billion Dollar, BUA
240,000m2, advanced technology and
education zone comprising of 19
building and ancillary buildings. (2009
4/5
Page 100 of 736

Singapore president building design
platinum prize, 2006 Singapore green
building platinum prize
 Answerable to Site Manager.

 In charge of project master planning
Head Quarter
Project  Responsible for site progress of
Building of
Planner/Str structural works.
Oct 2003 Aug 2004 China Beijing
uctural  Project value 48 Million Dollar, BUA
National Off-
Engineer 40,000m2, single high rise building with
shore Oil Co
full façade wall.
5/5
Page 101 of 736

NAME OF CANDIDATE: RAMY LAWANDY
JOB TITLE: PROJECT MANAGER
PROPOSED POSITION IN THE PROJECT: PROJECT MANAGER
BASIC INFORMATION
Date of Birth: 15 September, 1979
Nationality: Egyptian
Years of Professional Experience: 14
Bachelor of Engineering, Civil Department
Professional Qualifications:
Member of Professional Bodies:
 Windows Operating Systems: | Expert |Over 16 years’
experience
 Microsoft Office Suite XP: | Expert |Over 16 years’
Other Skills: (e.g. Computer Literacy, etc.)
experience
 AutoCAD: | Expert |Over 18 years’ experience
EDUCATION
Civil
1998 May 2003 South Valley University Egypt Bachelor
Engineering
WORKING EXPERIENCE
 Support the project team to
ensure execution of the
project
 Determine labor
requirements and dispatch
workers to construction sites
 Plan, organize, supervise and
implement all construction
China State Construction Project
2016 Present Silicon Park activities to be carried out on
Engineering Middle East Manager
the project in compliance
with the specification
 Monitor site QA/QC
 Ensure safety and
environmental procedures are
followed
 Provide full updates to all
stakeholders of the project
1/7
Page 102 of 736

WORKING EXPERIENCE
development.
 coordinate with design team,
direct and supervise junior
staff
 Build and manage project
teams, including
subcontractors and technical
task leader
 Maintain client and
consultant relations.
• All information on drawings is

conveyed to the workforce in a
proper manner
• Co-ordination with site staff
(Project Engineer, Technical
Manager, MEP Coordinator, Safety
Manger &QC/QS).
• Responsible for weekly &monthly
report.
UNION CONTRACTING Abu Dhabi Autism Project • Prepare all running bills& all
2013 2016
COMPANY Center Manager subcontractor invoices.
• Co-ordination between all
subcontracting (civil, MEP, ID)
• Coordinating between structural,
MEP works &finishing work
• responsible for daily, weekly
&monthly progress of work
• Communications liaison with the
project manager, consultant &
subcontractors
• Exercising full control over the
workforce
proper manner.
• Co-ordination with site staff
(Project Engineer, Technical
Manager, MEP Coordinator, Safety
Manger &QC/QS).
8 Commercial &
• Work preparation, planning of
Office Building (G+
UNION CONTRACTING Construction construction for day to day work.
2010 2013 5)
COMPANY Manager • Checking quality and quantity of
4 Phases Every
site work.
Phase 2 Building
• Responsible for weekly &monthly
report.
• Prepare all running bills& all
subcontractor invoices.
• Co-ordination between all
MEP works &finishing work
• Responsible for daily, weekly
2/7
Page 103 of 736

WORKING EXPERIENCE
&monthly progress of work
• Communication liaison from the
manager, consultant&
subcontractors.

workforce
proper manner.
• Co-ordination with site staff (site
engineers ,foramens & safety
officer)
Commercial &
UNION CONTRACTING Office Building Senior Project
2007 2010 Construction for the day to day work
COMPANY (2B+G+MEZZ+1 Engineer
• Responsibly for all paper work (SIR,
Floor)
RFI, SDS, MS …)
•Responsible for weekly &monthly
report
•Co-ordination between all
MEP works &finishing work.

workforce on site
• Ensuring that safety rules and
regulations are communicated to the
Workforce and are fully enforced
• Co-ordinate daily site inspections
proper manner
• Co-ordination with site staff (site
engineer &foramens)
Residential
UNION CONTRACTING Project Construction for the day to day work
2006 2007 Building G+4+H.C.
COMPANY Engineer, • Checking quality and quantity of
+ Swimming pool.
site work
• Maintaining the work as per
specification and drawings
• Planning for the work in advance
and evaluation material Requirement
in advance
• Control achievement of
workforce
• Control and sign Overtime sheets
daily
MEP works &finishing works
Execution of the works on site based
ORASCOM HOTELS & Intercontinental, Senior Site
2005 2006 on valid and approved shop
DEVELOPMENT Co Taba Engineer
drawings.
3/7
Page 104 of 736

WORKING EXPERIENCE
•Monitoring day-to-day progress
and making efforts to increase the
productivity.
• Daily programmer of works to be
executed for the next day.
• Execution of works as per
specifications along with
maintaining the Quality control.
•Completion of works in time
according to schedules.
•Complete responsible for structural
works finishes works.
• Waterproofing for full building.
•Leading of workgroup such as
foreman and supervisors according
To technical and disciplinary
aspects.
•Coordinating between structural,
MEP works &finishing works.
Execution of the works on site based

on valid and approved shop
drawings.
•Monitoring day-to-day progress
and making efforts to increase the
productivity.
• Daily programmer of works to be
executed for the next day.
• Execution of works as per
specifications along with
ORASCOM HOTELS & maintaining the Quality control.
2003 2005 Villas project Site Engineer •Completion of works in time
DEVELOPMENT Co
according to schedules.
•Complete responsible for structural
works finishes works.
• Waterproofing for full building.
•Leading of workgroup such as
foreman and supervisors according
To technical and disciplinary
aspects.
•Coordinating between structural,
MEP works &finishing works.
4/7
Page 105 of 736

From To Project Location Position Project Description
built-up area: 3,200,000 ft²
71,000 square metres office
space
25,000 square metres
commercial space
Project 46,000 square metres
2016 Present Silicon Park Dubai
Manager residential area
115-key business hotel
Value-added facilities
+ 2,500 car parking’s
LEED project
Cost: AED1.3 billion
Built up Area 210,602.00 Ft2 & Area

(10000 m2
600 Piles (Compression &Tension
piles)
Shoring Work secant Piles (900 piles).
Raft Footing thickness 150 cm.
Slabs (RC Slab).
Resin Floor , Carpet, Timber Floor
Project
2013 2016 Abu Dhabi Autism Center Abu Dhabi &Stretch False Ceiling
Manager
Aluminum Cladding, Sky light,
Canopies.
Fire Fighting System (sprinklers system
&FM 200)& A/C VRF System.
Car Parking (78) Required.
Pump Room & Electrical Sub Station.
Swimming pool.
Public Bathroom for Handicaps.
Cost: 90,000,000 DHs
36 Offices.
12 public bathrooms.
Built up Area 302,602.00 Ft2 & Area
(15000 m2).
Slabs (, RC Slab &Post Tension).
Aluminum Cladding, Sky light,
Meydan 8 Commercial &
Canopies.
Office Building (G+ 5) Construction
2010 2013 Dubai Fire Fighting System (sprinklers
4 Phases Every Phase 2 Manager
system &FM 200) & A/C Chiller
Building
System.
Car Parking (578) Required.
Two Ramp as Drive Way (UP Water
tank Area).
Cost: 400,000,000 DHs
piles).
Residential Tower Building Construction Shoring Diaphragm wall (360
2010 2013 Dubai
(3B+G+ +35 Floors Manager LM).
Footing {Raft footing (300) CM
thickness &Pile caps 160 cm
5/7
Page 106 of 736

thickness.}.
140 Flats (three, two and one
bed rooms)
Car parking (272) required.
Lifts Coors (four lifts& two service
lift).
Slabs (RC Slab &post tension
Slab).
Steel Structure (Main
Elevation)
Main Entrance (sky light& three
canopies at three Levels, Aluminum
Cladding)
Area (7200 m2)
&FM 200) & A/C Chillers System

piles).
Shoring Work secant Piles (750
piles).
Footing {Raft footing (150) cm
thickness.} with three level.
48 Offices with toilet &pantry.
3 Show Rooms (Ground &First Floor).
1 Coffee Shop (Ground & First Floor)
Car Parking (136) required& (3)
handicap parking.
Commercial & Office Building Senior Project
2007 2010 Dubai Slabs (Precast Slab, RC Slab &post
(3B+G+ 13+ Gyms) Engineer
tension Slab).
Steel Structure (Main Elevation)
Main Entrance (sky light& three
canopies at three Levels, Aluminum
Cladding)
Area (2069.6 m2)
Fire Fighting System (sprinklers
system &FM 200) & A/C Chillers
System.
Fit out Works (Main Entrance, Lift
Lobby &Corridors, ID for Main
Entrance area)
Cost: 98,000,000 DHs
595 Piles all Tension piles.
Shoring Diaphragm wall (270 LM).
Footing (Raft footing (140) CM
Thickness).
Commercial & Office Building Senior Project
2007 2010 Dubai 25 Office with toilet &pantry.
(2B+G+MEZZ+1 Floor) Engineer
3 show rooms.
All floors Raised Floor System.
Car Parking (238) Required & (6)
6/7
Page 107 of 736

Additional.
Slabs (Precast Hollow Core Slab &Solid
Slab).
Steel Structure (Main Elevation)
Atrium (sky light).
Area (4347.82 m2)
&FM 200) & A/C Chiller System.
Low Current System (building
management system, CCTV, Mstv,
light control system, public address
system, Access
Control System, Alarm System, UPS 60
KVA , Generator 600 KVA, Cradle
system)
Fit out Works (Commercial Bank of
Dubai al Quaz Branch, ID for atrium
area, corridors finishing
Finishing with wooden panel
&Aluminum Cladding
Cost : 105,000,000 DHs
7/7
Page 108 of 736

NAME OF CANDIDATE: ABDULKARIM ZIDAN
JOB TITLE: CONSTRUCTION MANAGER
PROPOSED POSITION IN THE PROJECT: CONSTRUCTION MANAGER
BASIC INFORMATION
Date of Birth: 14/02/1977
Nationality: Syrian
Years of Professional Experience: 16 Years
Professional Qualifications: B.Sc. in Civil Engineering
Member of Professional Bodies:
Other Skills: (e.g. Computer Literacy, etc.) Auto CAD 2000& 2006 SAP2000
EDUCATION
Damascus University Civil
1996 2001 Damascus Engineering Bachelors
WORKING EXPERIENCE
 Planning, organizing,
supervision, and
implementing all
construction activities to be
carried out on project in
Silicon Park Construction compliance with
Oct / 2016 Present CSCECME Manager specifications, method
statement, drawings,
schedules, site QA/QC,
safety and environmental
procedures, and
programmed requirements
(Project Management
Plane) within the approved
budget.
 Planning, organizing,
supervision, and
implementing all
construction activities to be
carried out on project in
compliance with
Construction specifications, method
Bay Views Hotel
April/ 2016 Sep/ 2016 HLG Manager statement, drawings,
schedules, site QA/QC,
1/3
Page 109 of 736

WORKING EXPERIENCE
safety and environmental
procedures, and
programmed requirements
(Project Management
Plane) within the approved
budget.
 Manage and control
subcontractor. Submittals,
activity, work, and progress.
 Manage site works to
Sheihk ensure timely delivery of
Shakhbout the project within safety
April 2011 April 2016 Medical City (Al Package and quality requirement of
HLG Mafraq Manager our company and client.
Hospital)  Identify and recommend
proposals of potential
variations to commercial
department and provide
technical support for the
contractual claims.
 Planning, Supervise and
control structural and
JAFZA finishing activity to ensure
Jun 2008 April 2011 HLG Convention Sr. Project it’s going on as per
Center Engineer specifications and within
time frame
 Planning, Supervise and
control structural and
H.H sheikh finishing activity to ensure
Aug 2007 April 2008 Al Ahamadiah Contracting Project in Hamdan Bin it’s going on as per
& Trading charge Rashid sea specifications and within
palace time frame
 Planning activities, and man
power distribution at site
Jun 2004 Jun 2006 Al Ahamadiah Contracting Project Engineer JBR – 5 (5  Manage and control the
& Trading Towers + construction works at site,
Podium to deliver the work within
the time, safety and quality
requirement of our
company and client
 Monitor project activities
Jun 2003 Jun 2004 Al Ahamadiah Contracting Site Engineer Al Murooj and program target
& Trading Complex schedule. In charge for pre
cast cladding panels for all
the towers.
Structural  Structural design, and
Jan 2002 Jun 2003 designer supervise the activities on
Safeer Consultant construction sites to ensure it’s going on
/finishing, as per specifications and
supervision within time frame.
2/3
Page 110 of 736

WORKING EXPERIENCE
Aug 2001 Dec 2001 Al Mujtahed Site Engineer  Overall in charge in
Arabian Union Company Hospital supervising finishing
extension activities

Mix use (business, residential,
Construction and hotel), value 1.2 billion
Oct 2016 Present Silicon Park Dubai Manager dirhams, total built up area
320,000 m2
Hotel, Value 260 million
Construction Dirhams, Total Built Value
2016 2016 Bay Views Hotel Dubai Manager
35,800 m2 17 floors.
Hospital, built up area 306,803
Sheihk Shakhbout
Medical City (Al Mafraq
Package m2 Value 2.8 Billion Dirhams,
2011 2016 Abu Dhabi Manager 739 bed, 2 royal suits, 36 VIP
Hospital)
suits
Business, Hotel, Conference
Sr. Project
Jun 2008 April 2011 JAFZA Convention Center room, exhibition halls, value 2.2
Dubai Engineer
billion dirhams.
H.H Sheikh Hamdan Bin Palace, total Value 120,000,000
Umm Al Project in million dirhams, total built value
Rashid Sea
2007 2008 Quwain charge
Palace 15,000m2
JBR – 5 (5 Towers + Project 5 residential towers,

2004 2007 Podium Dubai Engineer 720,000,000 million dirhams.
3 residential tower, one hotel,

Site Engineer and one apartment hotel. Value
2003 2004 Al Murooj Complex Dubai
320,000,000million dirhams
3/3
Page 111 of 736

NAME OF CANDIDATE: LIU GOHUI
JOB TITLE: CONSTRUCTION MANAGER
PROPOSED POSITION IN THE PROJECT: CONSTRUCTION MANAGER
BASIC INFORMATION
Date of Birth: 1988 / 02 /14
Nationality: China
Professional Qualifications: College
Member of Professional Bodies: None
Other Skills: (e.g. Computer Literacy, etc.) Microsoft Word, Microsoft Excel, Microsoft Office Power Point
EDUCATION
Shenyang Jianzhu Civil
2008-7 2012-7 China Bachelor
University Engineering
WORKING EXPERIENCE
China State Construction
Construction Silicon park DSOA
2016-12 Now Engineering Corporation Dubai
Manager .Dubai U.A.E
(Middle East) L.L.C.
Viceroy hotel
2014-1 2016-12 Engineering Corporation Dubai Site Engineer
Dubai U.A.E
2013-6 2014-1 Engineering Corporation Abu Dhabi Site Engineer SSH, Abu Dhabi, U.A.E.
2012-8 2013-6 Engineering Corporation Abu Dhabi Site Engineer City of Lights , Abu Dhabi, U.A.E.
1/2
Page 112 of 736

Projects Value: 1.2 Billion AED
The complex spanning an area of
150,000 square meters, "Silicon
Construction Park" is set to become the first
2016-12 Now Silicon Park Dubai
Manager smart city project to take shape
at Dubai Silicon Oasis.
Project Value: US$1 Billion

Construction Period: 3 years
Description: 5 Stars hotel 6
2014-1 2016-12 Viceroy Hotel Dubai Site Engineer
villas +Hotel (2B+G+17+R)
GFA (m2): 174,000
Project Value: US$60 million

Construction Period: 27 months
2013-6 2014-1 Southern and Sun Hotel Abu Dhabi Site Engineer Description: Four-stars Hotel
(4B+G+4P+MEP+18+R)
GFA (m2): 47,900
Projects Value: US$436
Million
Description: 1 Office Tower & 4
2012-8 2013-6 City of Lights Abu Dhabi Site Engineer Residential Towers
(3B+G+5P+38+R)
GFA (m2): 389,735
2/2
Page 113 of 736

NAME OF CANDIDATE: QIAN FENG
JOB TITLE: TECHNICAL MANAGER
PROPOSED POSITION IN THE PROJECT: TECHNICAL MANAGER
BASIC INFORMATION
Date of Birth: 18th September 1981
Nationality: Singapore
Professional Qualifications: Bachelor’s degree
Member of Professional Bodies: Recognized by BCA and PE Board
Other Skills: (e.g. Computer Literacy, etc.) Proficient in MS Project, AUTOCAD, Adobe Photoshop
EDUCATION
Chongqing
09.2000 07.2004 China Civil Engineering Bachelor
University
- 2014 BCA Academy Singapore CONQUAS Certificate

Absolute Kinetics Construction Safety
- 2014 Consultancy PTE Singapore Course for Project Certificate
LTD Managers
- 2014 BCA Academy Singapore BIM Management Certificate

ISO 9001:2015 & ISO
Neville Clarke
14001:2015
- 2016 International Singapore Certificate
Interpretation and
Training
Implementation
Singapore
- 2016 Construction Singapore Risk Management Certificate
Association
WORKING EXPERIENCE
From To Company Location Position Job Description
Lead and manage the technical team for the

overall execution of works in coordination
with all relevant parties and teams of the
Engineering Corporation Dubai, Technical
2016 Present project.
Middle East LLC. (CSCEC UAE Manager
Work with the structural and architectural
ME LLC.)
team for the shop drawings, submittals and
compliance of all works.
Page 114 of 736

WORKING EXPERIENCE
 Responsible for client progress meetings on

and off site, cost control, invoicing, variation
claims, invoice payment resolution and
conditions of contracts. Responsible for
Kienta Engineering Project ensuring the safe delivery of all projects and in
06.2015 12.2015 Singapore
Construction PTE LTD. Manager accordance the company policy and
procedures and adhering to all statutory and
regulatory legislation. Also worked closely
with other departmental managers to
promote overall company effectiveness.
Accountable for managing the delivery of
critical projects and for providing managerial
support for all the projects conducted by the
company. Also responsible for providing
monthly financial and technical updates of any
known issues / risks to the management of the
company.
Lead the planning and implementation of the
STL Construction PTE Project project; facilitate the definition of project
06.2013 06.2015 Singapore
LTD. Manager scope, goals and deliverables. Define the
project tasks and resource requirements,
develop full scale project plans, assemble and
coordinate project staff, manage project
budget, manage project resource allocation,
quality assurance, constantly monitor and
report on progress of the project to all
stakeholders, project evaluations and
assessments of results.
Review, update, coordinate and general all
architectural works including shop drawings for
Senior
the project. Liaise with consultant teams and
Daiya Construction and Architectura
05.2012 06.2013 Singapore organize technical meetings to resolve the
Engineering PTE LTD. l Design
issues encountered during construction.
Coordinator
Supervise, manage and inspect all architectural
works carried out by sub-contractors.
Study customer’s technical specifications,
terms and conditions of contract and advise
management accordingly. Plan and execute
projects based on customer requirements and
time line. Liaise with stakeholders to ensure
Mai smooth running of the projects. Check the shop
China Construction (SP)
09.2009 04.2012 Singapore Technical drawings of Architectural, MEP and structure
DEV CO PTE LTD.
Coordinator for discrepancies, build ability before
submission to consultants. Daft and issue
project proposals, RFIs, CVs, to keep all the
changes tractable in database. Ensure all
documentations complies with regulatory
requirements.
Assist the project manager on all site related
works. Responsible for general on-site technical
Shimizu Corporation
08.2007 08.2009 Singapore Engineer and engineering matters and quality checks.
(Singapore branch)
Resolving any unexpected technical difficulties
and other matters that may arise. Ensure that
Page 115 of 736

WORKING EXPERIENCE
all materials used and work performed are as
per specifications. Prepare reports as required.
Responsible for the execution of all works at the

China Railway site, report directly to the Project Manager.
Beijing, Project
07.2004 07.2007 Construction Group Co. Verify all on-going and completed works as per
China Engineer
LTD. compliance in project requirements. Prepare
progressive reports for the Project Manager.

Project
06.2015 12.2015 Singtel Data Center West Singapore Contract Value: USD 187 Million
Manager
Project
09.2013 03.2015 28 Imperial Residences Singapore Contract Value: USD 7.80 Million
Manager
Senior
Architectural
05.2012 08.2013 Halmark Residences Singapore Contract Value: USD 44 Million
Design
Coordinator
Main
07.2011 04.2012 The Shore Residences Singapore Technical Contract Value: USD 110 Million
Coordinator
Main
United World College
09.2009 06.2011 Singapore Technical Contract Value: USD 151 Million
Southeast Asia Campus
Coordinator
08.2007 08.2009 Changi Prison Cluster B Singapore Engineer -
Chemistry College
Project
10.2006 08.2007 Building Of Peking China -
Engineer
University
Project
09.2005 09.2006 China Telcom Building China Luban Award winner of the year 2007
Engineer
Foreign Students Hostel Project

07.2004 08.2005 China -
of Peking University Engineer
Page 116 of 736

NAME OF CANDIDATE: MA CHAO
JOB TITLE: DEPUTY CONTRACT MANAGER
PROPOSED POSITION IN THE PROJECT: CONTRACT MANAGER
BASIC INFORMATION
Date of Birth: 17 October 1985
Nationality: Chinese
Years of Professional Experience: 9+ years
Professional Qualifications:
Member of Professional Bodies: Candidate Member of RICS
Other Skills: (e.g. Computer Literacy, etc.) Microsoft Office, AutoCAD,
EDUCATION
Construction
2004 2008 Tianjin University China Bachelor
Management
WORKING EXPERIENCE
Valuation of variation,
Deputy submission of claim, Post-
2016.11 2017.09 CSCEC Middle East Silicon Park Contracts
Contracts Management, Pre-
Manager
Contract Procurement
In charge of lawsuits in
Project TGR & SAMA Tower
CSHK Dubai Contracting Commercial Contract
2014.12 2016.10 including preparation of
LLC Dept. Manager
statement of claim and
routine follow up.
1.Final account, Cost Analysis
& Lawsuits for Project XL &
TGR
Deputy
CSHK Dubai Contracting Commercial 2. Final account and
2013.06 2014.11 Contract
LLC Dept. Maintenance works for our
Manager
curtain wall division in Project
Burj Dubai, SAMA Tower,
Darwish Tower.
1/2
Page 117 of 736

1.Valuation of variation,
subcontractor payment,
CSHK Dubai Contracting Maintenance project profit/loss report,
2010.11 2013.05 QS
LLC Team/XL Tower prolongation cost claim
preparation
2. Maintenance works
Procurement of materials,
CSHK Dubai Contracting review payment form from
2009.09 2010.10 Contract Dept. AQS
LLC project, Contract & LPO
documents management.
be in charge of construction
activity including planning with
Subcontractor, inspection with
CSHK Dubai Contracting XL & Business Engineer
2008.08 2009.08 Engineer, Daily report
LLC Tower Trainee
Take-off of work done and
payment certificate preparation
Documents Control in QS dept.
2/2
Page 118 of 736

NAME OF CANDIDATE: Loganathan Paulsamy
JOB TITLE: QA/QC MANAGER
PROPOSED POSITION IN THE PROJECT:
BASIC INFORMATION
Date of Birth: 04-06-1982
Nationality: Indian
Professional Qualifications: Bachelor Degree In Civil Engineering
Member of Professional Bodies: None
Other Skills: (e.g. Computer Literacy, etc.) Knowledge Auto Cad, Knowledge In Oil and Gas
EDUCATION
Civil Bachelor Degree In Civil
2002 2004 Anna University Tamil Nadu
Engineering Engineering
WORKING EXPERIENCE
Creating and implement Project
Quality Plan as per Corporate
guide, Project specification and
Client code of guidance.
Follow up day by day works with
China State Construction Logistic QC engineers.
QA/QC
2013.07 Present Engineering Corporation Complex – Arrange kick of Meeting and
Manager
ME LLC Jebelali -Dubai coordinate with all other trades
and subcontractors. Prepare
weekly monthly reports.
Monitor, respond Quality issues.
Other works assign by Project
Director.
Follow the day by day with site
Engineer and check as per the
quality standards, arrange and
follow up testing’s. Coordinate
Habbsan to
China State Construction Site Manager / with pipe line authorities, patrol
Fujairah crude
2012.10 2013.07 Engineering Corporation QA/QC line military authorities.
Oil pipe line
ME LLC Engineer Coordinate for Permit to work
project
system
Approved Job performing
authority in the ADCO , Dolphin
Oil lines
1/2
Page 119 of 736

WORKING EXPERIENCE
Prepare the work program as
per the baseline follow up with
the site team. Follow up safety
China State Construction Logistic
standards at site. Meeting and
2011.12 2012.10 Engineering Corporation Complex Site Manager
coordinate with all other trades
ME LLC Jebelali -Dubai
and subcontractors to complete
the task. Other works assign by
Project manager
Follow the day by day with site
Engineer and check as per the
quality standards, arrange and
China State Construction Skycourts
QA/QC follow up testing’s. Briefing
2008.01 2011.12 Engineering Corporation Complex ,
Engineer method statements. Conduct
ME LLC Dubai
Quality audit and site walks.
Other duties assign by QA/QC
manager
Follow the day by day site works
with foreman and team as per
the project specifications and
approved drawings.
Sembawang Engineers Discovery Coordinate with all the trades,
2006 2008 Site Engineer
and Constructors Gardens Dubai subcontractors to finish the task
as required within the time line.
Follow up with Consultant,
authority inspection and
approval.

China State Construction Construction of 5 Star hotel,
Viceroy Hotel – QA/QC
2013.07 Till date Engineering Corporation residence, resorts with contract
Palm jumeirah Manager
ME LLC value of 1 Billion AED
Habbsan to Balance Civil and Cathode
China State Construction Site manager /
Fujairah crude protection, DCVG works For
2012.10 2013.07 Engineering Corporation QA/QC
Oil pipe line CPECC. While pile line in live
ME LLC engineer
project condition.
China State Construction Logistic 30000 Sqm Logistic Complex in
2011.12 2012.10 Engineering Corporation Complex – Site manager Jebelali free Zone Contract
ME LLC Jebelali -Dubai Value of 100 Millions
B+G+3 podiums+22 Floor
China State Construction Skycourts
QA/QC Residential Complex with Retail
2008.01 2011.12 Engineering Corporation Complex ,
engineer out lets contact value of 1.3
ME LLC Dubai
billions AED
Content of 36 G+4/5
Sembawang Enginners Discovery
2006 2008 Site Engineer Residential Buildings contract
and Constructors gardens Dubai
value of 436 Millions AED
2/2
Page 120 of 736

NAME OF CANDIDATE: SAJI. TJ
JOB TITLE: HSE MANAGER
PROPOSED POSITION IN THE PROJECT: HSE MANAGER
BASIC INFORMATION
Date of Birth: 20th March 1968
Nationality: Indian
Professional Qualifications: Bachelor of Science in Mechanical & Marine Engineering
 NEBOSH -International Diploma
 NEBOSH -International General Certificate
 Abu Dhabi EHSMS Registration- “QUDORAT”
Member of Professional Bodies:  Safety advisor – SARS holder
 Safety Officer Diploma
 OSHAS 18001 - 2007 – Internal Auditor
 GRADE IOSH
Other Skills: (e.g. Computer Literacy, etc.) MS word, Excel, PowerPoint presentation
EDUCATION
National Examination NEBOSH
2012 2013 Board of Occupational United Kingdom International Diploma
Safety & Health Diploma
National Examination NEBOSH
2007 2008 Board of Occupational United Kingdom International Professional Course
Safety & Health IGC
1987 2002 Indian Navy Lonavala, Pune, Mechanical
India and Marine
Specialized.
Bachelor
Civil
Engineering(p
erusing)
1983 1986 Board of Technical Kanhangad, Engineering
Diploma
Education, Kerala Kasaragod Automobile
2005 2005 National Institute of Bangalore, Safety Officer
Diploma
Security Management, India. Diploma
2002 2002 L.B.S. College of Mumbai, India Marine
Advanced Maritime engineer
Research
studies & Research Officer, Class
IV.
WORKING EXPERIENCE
From To Company Location Position Job Description
1/4
Page 121 of 736

WORKING EXPERIENCE
High Rise Building Construction HSE Manager - Lead
HSE Team, Lead site security & medical team. Ensure
HSE compliance at site is as per approved HSE plan &
Company QHSE Policy. Review & submit Risk
Assessments in time, Ensure compliance of UAE
Regulation, Local & Legal requirements,
Client/Consultant requirements, Ensure COC & NOC’s
from EHS/Nakheel are obtained for all construction
related works in the respective region. Investigate all
site accidents/incidents/Near miss/first aid cases.
Report relevant cases to the respective authority
China State
through CSCEC ME HO. Prepare HSE statistics report
Constructio
in time and submit the same. Ensure Sub Contractors
n
at site are complying with HSE requirements. Conduct
Engineering
HSE inspections/HSE training/HSE Audits/HSE
Corporation HSE
Dubai campaigns. Ensure tool box talk & daily task briefing
2016 Present Middle East Manger
UAE are regularly happening at site & records are kept.
(CSCEC ME
Ensure all required (as per CSCEC ME/DM
LLC) High
Codes/Ministerial Order 32/1982) permit to work
Rise
procedures are complied. Ensure MS&RA briefing is
Building
happening prior to the commencement of the
Projects.
activity. Ensure that the project has an approved
emergency/Fire plan and regular fire drills are
conducted at site. Ensure temporary firefighting
system is adequate and in operational always.
Raising corrective action request as and when
required to main contractor & Sub Contractor.
Conduct HSE Audit, Meetings, and inspections and
prepare report. Co-ordinate with all department for
the safe construction activities. Ensure lifting
activities are as per lifting plan and competent
operators/Riggers/certification is available.
Head of HSE Department – ADNOC HQ Building
construction (742 meters height), Underground
carpark (3 basements), District cooling plant,
Demolition works, Road/Infrastructure/Landscape
works. Controlling various contractors activities
(Besix, Arabtec, AlJaber, Alec,Alfutaim, Janho,
Eversandai, IEMS, Thermo,SEMCO, Effeco, AMC,
Sr. HSE
United Precast, Bauer, Kone, Unibeton, TSSC, Johnson
Engineer
Hill controls, Dubai metal, Ali&Sons etc….). Convey and
Abu Dhabi, (Head of
2011 2016 Internationa convince Contractors/Managers about the HSE
Dubai, UAE HSE
l requirements/best practices, statutory requirements
Departmen
& UAE Regulations.
t)
- Ensure safe procedures are followed at site by
initiating a planned active monitoring system through
the HSE Engineers.
- Ensure ADNOC code of practices, Abu Dhabi
Environment Health Safety Management System
Code of safety practices as well as HSES plan and
procedures are compiled in the Projects.
Arabian HSE HSE Manager for High Rise Building. Dubai Mixed use
Constructio Dubai, Manager, Tower (Hotel & Residential), JLT Almas tower, Sun &
2007 2011
n Company UAE HSE Sky Tower (Shams, Abu Dhabi). Taken initiative and
(ACC) Engineer coordinated to develop safe system of work
2/4
Page 122 of 736

WORKING EXPERIENCE
procedures.
-Conduct Meetings and training for main and all
subcontractor organizations.
-Organized to maintain advanced height work safety
strategy and technically supported the execution
team to introduce latest safety method and safety
gears/ equipment for activities/operation at height.
The DMCC Almas tower project (360 meters high,
regions tallest tower).
-Preparing HSE reports.
-Ensuring compliance of statutory regulations.
-Carrying out Job Hazard Analysis.
Pearl GTL Project, Rasslaffan, Qatar, Design and
construction of Material Off loading facility, 860
Archirodon
HSE meters long Quay wall on a prepared sea bed with
2006 2007 Constructio Qatar
Engineer precast reinforced concrete. Precast factory, batching
n
plant, Gantry cranes, Barges, tug boats were operated
and HSE procedures were implemented.
Project- Design and construction of an oil export jetty
and installation of an SPM (single point mooring) and
underwater pipeline. Beam loader, Dredging barges,
HSE jack up Barges, material barges, concrete barges, Split
2002 2004 Besix Libya barges, Tug boats, cranes etc were operated and HSE
Engineer
procedures were implemented. Monitoring,
recording, correcting, advising, training, issuing
permits etc at project site.
Planned Preventive maintenance, Operation,
inspection, watch keeping of various machineries,
system and equipment. Trials of Main propulsion
engines, Air conditioning plants, Power generators,
machineries. Whole ship Coordinator, Pre-refit &
Post-refit in-charge. Method preparation and assess
various risks evolved from the critical maintenances
and refit works. Lock out and Tag out and shut down
procedures. Offshore/onshore assistance in rescue
and safe exploitation of machineries. Fire prevention,
Master
Firefighting & Damage control. Flight deck safety,
1987 2002 Indian Navy India. Chief
Hello hanger fire safety and systems. Servicing of
Artificer
extinguishers, Major fire system maintenance,
Temperature/pressure/smoke control and monitoring
systems of Magazines (arms and ammunition rooms)
and its emergency procedures preparation/periodic
mock-up drills and record keeping. Precautions and
drills of nuclear fallout area. Shelter station
maintenance and drills. Emergency escape drills in
case of major fire/flood/enemy attack and
operational redness of ELSA (Emergency Life Saving
Appliances).
Industrial Worked in an Industrial Training Institute as lecturer
1986 1987 Training India. Lecturer from 1986 to 1987 - impart theoretical and practical
Centre knowledge
3/4
Page 123 of 736

SCHEDULE A4
Relevant Experience
Page 124 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
1. Current and Previous Experience

This section will provide an overview of CSCEC ME project experience including projects
that are similar to the “Downtown Views II”.
1.1 Details of Current and Previous Experience

 CSCECME details of current and previous experience
As No.1 Construction Company globally, CSCEC ME has very rich experience in the field
of residential building construction, especially hotel project.
During the past 14 years, we have been successfully awarded and completing projects in
the UAE, having achieved remarkable progress and as seen in the very successful completion of
the Palm Jumeirah Garden Homes Project, which was highly praised from His Highness Sheikh
Mohammed bin Rashid Al Maktoum, the Ruler of Dubai.
Following tables will show the details of current and previous experience of CSCEC ME
in the field of similar to the project:
Page 125 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
1 Aykon City – Tower B

Damac Canal One Property
Client
Development LLC.
BUA 166,890 m2
Value -
Award Date 2018
Duration 38 months
Aykon City – Tower B is a mixed used development with 2 Basements, Ground,

10 Podium Levels, 1 Amenity Level, 41 Levels for Serviced Apartments, 12 Levels
for Hotel Floors and Roof. The total development is designed with four towers
Project (Tower A, B, C and D).
Details The Tower B and its associated podium is designed as Hotel and Serviced
Apartments with common and central podium as the Aykon Plaza that links the
development. With total of 1,288 units of hotel and serviced apartments.
2 Mirkaaz Mall
Client Ajman Holding LLC
BUA 55,509 m2
Value AED 291M
Award Date 6th December 2017
Duration 22 months
Construction of the new Mirkaaz Mall (G+1+R) commercial center which
composed of:
 Retail
 Entertainment Facilities
Project
 Hypermarket
Details
 Food Court
 General Retail
 Recreational Space along with External Parking area and Landscaping.
Page 126 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
3 PN1502 Expo Village Development (CP06: Main Works for Parcels 10 & 11)
Dubai World Trade Centre
Client
LLC
BUA 168,746 m²
Value AED 618M
Award Date 12th October 2017
PARCEL 10: 22 months

Duration
PARCEL 11: 24 months
PARCEL 11
PARCEL 10
Towers: 2-Type A & 1-Type C
2 Towers: 1-Type A & 1-Type C
(starting from Level 2)
 Starting from Level 2
 Shared GF, 2 Podium including
 Shared GF, 2 Podium including foundation, services
Project
foundation, services
 Tower A3: (G+2P+14)
Details  Tower A5: (G+2P+16)
 Tower A4: (G+2P+14)
 Tower C4: (G+2P+16)
 Tower C4: (G+2P+16)
 363 nos. apartment units
 532 nos. apartment units
4 PN1502- Expo Village Development (CP07- Main Works for Parcel 7)

Client Dubai World Trade Center
BUA 106,657.61 m2
Value AED 412.6M
Duration 24 months
Construction, completion, testing, commissioning & maintenance of Main

Works for Parcel 7 Residential Buildings consist of:
5 Buildings (G+P+ Ammenity+9) with common Ground & Podium.
Project
Details
Page 127 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
5 Deira Waterfront Development (Plot 1)

Deira Waterfront
Client Development LLC
BUA 107,202.18 m2
Value AED 396M
Award Date 19th November 2017
Duration 24 months
The Deira Waterfront Development at Plot 1 comprise of 3 Basements + Two

G+18 Residential building and one G + 3 office building with retail at ground
level. This project includes mid-rise buildings with different heights starting from
Project 82.075m, 79.40m and 23.70m high. The project is located within the man made
Details
Deira island. The full development is designed with mid-rise buildings either
residential or Hotel buildings. It composed of complete facilities.
6 Deira Waterfront Development (Plot 2)

Deira Waterfront
Client
Development LLC
BUA 33,435 m2
Value AED 164M
Award Date 19th November 2017
Duration 18 months
The Deira Waterfront Development at Plot 2 comprise of one basement +

G+3 Podium +10 floors of Hotel Apartment building with retail at ground
Project level. Plot 2 is located adjacent to Plot 1 of development. The building
Details height stand up to 62m. The plot area is 7,993.60 square meters.
Page 128 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
7 Paramount Tower Hotel & Residences

Namaa Properties
Client Development LLC.
BUA 135,404 m2
Value US 150 million
Duration 38 months
The project is a 3B+G+10P+54+R structure. The total Built-Up Area is 135,403.83

m². Basement 3 dedicated for the underground water tank, Basements 2-1 for
parking and services, GF for retail, lobbies and entrances, Podiums for parking
and services, Levels 11-36 for hotel floors, Levels 37-63 for residences, and Level
Project
64 for penthouse swimming pool. The project is located at Plot 3460124 Business
Details
Bay, Dubai, United Arab Emirates.
8 Akoya Artesia Towers (P021.05-DXB-2012), Dubai

Client Damac Crescent Properties
BUA 136,306 m²
Value USD 130.55 Mil.
Award Date 28th July 2015
Duration 27 months
Akoya Artesia Towers is a 4 star hotel and serviced apartments that comprise
of 4 towers connected together with common Podium.
 Tower (A) : G+3P+24 (Height: 110.18m) -- 4 Star Hotel
 Tower (B) : G+3P+20 (Height: 89.68m) -- Serviced Apartment
 Tower (C) : G+3P+19 (Height: 89.68m) -- Serviced Apartment
Project  Tower (D) : G+3P+14 (Height: 73.50m) -- Serviced Apartment
Details The structural system is composed RC concrete structure with aluminum
and
Glazing curtain walls with Special Roofing Design at a high elevation.
Page 129 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
9 Southern Sun Hotel, Abu Dhabi
Client United Group Holding LLC
BUA 48,000 m²
Project
USD 59.9455 Mil.
Value
Awarded
2010-08-24
Date
Construction
27 months
Period
Southern Sun Hotel is a four-star Hotel (4B+G+4P+MEP+18+R), which
constructed by CSCEC. A total of 353 en-suite rooms and suites comprise
Project the luxurious accommodation, which is a four-star hotel nearing completion in
Details the Tourist Club area of Abu Dhabi, close to the city’s corniche.
10 Viceroy Hotels Resorts & Residences, Dubai

Zaya Real Estate
Client
Development LLC
BUA 89,500 m²
Project
USD 238.2898 Mil.
Value
Awarded
2013-09-30 (on going)
Date
Viceroy Dubai is the ultimate destination for an urban resort. This is located at
the main entrance of the Palm Jumeirah’s trunk. Enjoy the beach, the exciting
landscaping and yet, within 10 minutes, you can have a meeting at the world
Project famous Burj Khalifa. The location enjoys convenient and fast connections to the
Details major highways, providing great access to the whole of Dubai. The site enjoys
spectacular views not only of the sea but also Dubai’s dynamic skyline. A luxury
hotel, serviced apartment and residential apartment development on a prime
beach location.
Page 130 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
11 (B+G+13) Resort Hotel, Dubai
ARENCO Abdullah Ahmed

Client
Almoosa
BUA 302,171m2
Project
USD 351.75 Mil.
Value
Awarded
2014-6-24 (on going)
Date
The (B+G+13) Resort Hotel will be constructed 5 stars hotel, which located on
Plot No. PJTRH02, at the Palm Jumeirah, Dubai, UAE, involves the
Project
construction of (B+G+13) Resort Hotel Building.
Details
The structural system of this project is composed of RC works. This will be
located just adjacent to the Viceroy Hotel project in Palm Jumeirah island.
12 Arenco Crescent Hotel, Dubai

ARENCO Abdullah Ahmed
Client
Almoosa
BUA 75,646.9 m²
Project
USD 16.900 Mil.
Value
Awarded
2014-12
Date
The ARENCO CRESENT RESORT HOTEL project is a five star hotel and
located on Plot No.PJCRC39, at Palm Jumeirah, Dubai, U. A. E. The site
has a total plot area of 47,364 square meters, and total construction area is
Project
75,646.9 square meters.
Details
Page 131 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
13 Suites in the Skai Project, Dubai
Client SKAI HOLDINGS LTD
BUA 139,832 m²
Project
USD 54.500 Mil.
Value
Awarded
2014-7
Date
The Project locates at the heart of Jumeirah Village Circle. The proposed 59-
Project storey high-rise tower is comprised of a 4-star hotel with 234 hotel rooms,
234 hotel apartments and 30 penthouses, retail, specialty restaurant, and
Details
relevant hotel amenities, facilities and support areas.
14 Global Lake View-E1, Dubai
Best Home Emirates Real

Client
Estate
BUA 54,000 m2
Project
USD 44.6501 Mil.
Value
Contract
2005-06-01
Period
Period
26 months
Project
Residential Tower (5B+G+34+Mech+R)
Details
Page 132 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
15 Lake View-B2, Dubai
Client Damac Properties
BUA 125,470m2
Project
USD 42.465 Mil.
Value
Contract
2006-05-01
Period
Construction
19 months
Period
Project
3B+G+35+2 Mech, Residential / Commercial Tower
Details
16 Bayswater Tower, Dubai
Client Omniyat Properties
BUA 65,879 m²
Project
USD 46.2837 Mil.
Value
Contract
2007-02-01
Period
Project
Office Tower (2B+G+4P+24+Roof)
Details
Page 133 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
17 Sky courts Dubai land Residential Complex, Dubai
Client National Bonds
BUA 436,841 ㎡
Project
USD 363.4631 Mil
Value
Contract
2007-01-01
Period
Construction
25 months
Period
Skycourts is located within the Dubailand Residence Complex. Designed in
Project close proximity to leisure, entertainment and theme parks, eco-tourism
Details hotspots glitzy shopping malls and restaurants.
Prize: Luban Prize (China State)

18 Al Hikma Tower , Dubai
Client Pearl Properties
BUA 57,600 m²
Project
USD 102.6738 Mil.
Value
Award Date 2008-12-01
Contract
28 months
Period
Al Hikma Tower is office building (2B+G+61) with height is 282.36m. Structure
system is Steel frame +core wall system with malposition column + beam slab.
Mega steel truss to be located on transfer floor to connect the core wall with
outer tube. There are 32 Fins to be installed in the four corners of the tower, and
two big size of LED photos will be built on roof floor of building as the Roof
Project
Feature.
Details
 First Prize of Scientific and Technological Achievements
(Provincial)(China State Construction)
 Outstanding Young Team(Provincial) ( China State Construction
Page 134 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
19 City of Lights, Reem Island, Abu Dhabi
Client Tamouh Investments LLC
BUA 389,735 m²
Project
USD 411.3803 M
Value
Contract
32 months
Period
City of Lights project is composed of 5 towers and 2 podiums. The 5 towers
divided into two parts. One part is luxury residence composed of C2 Tower
(35F) and C3 Tower (31F) with adjacent podium. The highest tower is 146m.
Project The other part is the residence and office composed of C10 (36F), C10A
Details (44F), and C11 (36F), the highest is 203.35m. The structure system of the
tower is frame-core wall structure. The facade is glass curtain wall, which can
make full use of local sunshine resources and increase the outdoor landscape
of better effect. There are swimming pools o the roof of the podium.
20 New Office Building Bank of Kuwait
Client Central Bank of Kuwait
BUA 160,000m²
Project
USD 405.674 M
Value
Contract
36 months
Period
Project
3B+G+5P+34; 240m high
Details
Page 135 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
21 Doha Tower, Doha Qatar

H.E. Sheikh Saoud Bin
Client Mohammed Bin Ali Al Thani
(Former Minister of Culture)
BUA 132,000 ㎡
Project
USD 117 Mil
Value
Contract
60 months
Period
Doha Tower comprise of 4B+G+2P+44; 230m high. This project won the
following award and prize:
Project  National Winner in Qatar for the MEED Quality Awards
Details  ‘Best Tall Building Worldwide" and "Best Tall Building Middle East &
Africa" in the 2012 CTBUH Awards
22 Huamao 5A-Grade Office Tower, Beijing, China
Beijing Guohua Real Estate Co.,

Client
Ltd.
BUA 300,000m²
Project
USD 72 Mil.
Value
Contract
24 months
Period
Project
Under ground is 4storeys; depth of the foundation is 17.8m.
Details
Page 136 of 736

SCHEDULE A5
QA/QC Manuals
Page 137 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
1.0 QA / QC Management
This section will give a brief overview of the QA/QC procedures of CSCEC ME that will be
implemented for this “Downtown Views II” project.
CSCEC ME is committed to meeting the highest levels of quality in all its business activities.
The organization aims to practice and promote the highest quality standards within all projects.
CSCEC ME will not compromise on our commitment to meet client requirements, deliver
exceptional service, identify, and eliminate all unnecessary quality-related costs. CSCEC ME aim
to meet the following goals:
 Meet or exceed the expectation of our customers;
 Systematically eliminate abortive work in all workplaces; and
 Continually improve our performance through regular reviews.
It is a requirement that good quality management is a primary consideration for all CSCEC
ME projects and that all operations are carried out to the highest standards. Within the CSCEC
ME framework for quality management, each project of CSCEC M is required to:
 Maintain quality management systems meeting the requirements of ISO 9001 and
continually improve our performance.
 Ensure that resources and infrastructure necessary to ensure improvement is
provided.
 Adhere to requirements set by applicable authorities, international codes and
standards.
 Ensure the integrity and appropriateness of quality inspection, auditing and testing
activities to ensure free and honest reporting;
 Set and achieve clearly defined quality objectives;
 Provide all necessary information, training and supervision to all its personnel and
subcontractors.
 Ensure all employees are made aware of their individual responsibilities in relation
to quality;
 Promote our quality management system to sub-contractors, suppliers, customers
and the communities associated with our business.
Other relevant documents related to QA/QC procedures are enclosed such as Corporate
QHSE Manual, QA/QC Policy, QA/QC Plan and ISO certificates.
Page 138 of 736

INTEGRATED MANAGEMENT SYSTEM Doc. # QHSEM – Rev D
CORPORATE QHSE MANUAL Date 01-07-2011
CORPORATE QHSE MANUAL
INTEGRATED QHSE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

COMPRISING
ISO 9001: 2008-QUALITY MANAGEMENT,

OHSAS 18001:2007-OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY MANAGEMENT,
ISO 14001:2004-ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT.
This manual is the property of
CHINA STATE CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING CORPORATION (MIDDLE

EAST)
PO. Box. No. 63932,
Dubai, United Arab Emirates
COPYRIGHT ©
No part of this manual may be reproduced in any form by print, photocopy, microfilm or any other means
wholly or in part or disclosed to any person outside CSCEC without the written permission of the
Management. This document is intended for use by the staff or the interested parties who enter into an
agreement with CSCEC.
The only official, current & controlled version of any documented procedure and its related record(s) is the one available on the network. If
any document is printed it becomes uncontrolled and for reference only.
Page 139 of 736

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Title of Section & Sub-Section
Table of Contents
1 ISO 9001 : 2008, ISO 14001 : 2004 & OHSAS 18001:2007

Requirements & Document Matrix
2 Purpose & Scope, Application and Applicable Standards

& Regulations
3 Definitions & Common Abbreviations
4 Company Information & Profile
5 QHSE Management System (QHSEMS)
5.1 General Requirements - “Process-based” QHSEMS

5.2 Interaction between QHSEMS Processes
5.3 QHSEMS Documentation Requirements
5.4 Control of Documents
5.5 Control of Records
6 Management Responsibility
6.1 Management Commitment

6.2 Customer Focus
6.3 QHSE Policy
6.4 Planning for QHSE Objectives & QHSEMS
6.5 Responsibility, Authority & Communication
6.5.1 Responsibility & Authority
6.5.2 Management Representative
6.5.3 External Communication
6.5.4 Internal Communication
6.5.5 Management Review
7 Resource Management
7.1 Provision of Resources

7.2 Human Resources
7.3 Infrastructure
7.4 Work Environment
8 Product Realization & Compliance W ith HSE Requirements
8.1 Project Quality Objectives and Project Quality Plan

Page 140 of 736

8.2 HSE Risk Assessment and HSE Plan / Management Programme

8.3 Identification of and Access to Legal & Other Requirements
8.4 Project HSE Objectives and HSE Plan / Management Programme
8.5 Tender / Contract Review
8.6 Communication with Customer & Other External Parties
8.7 Design and Development Activities
8.8 Purchase Control and Purchase-Related Activities
8.9 Operational Control
8.10 Control of Monitoring and Measuring Equipment
8.11 Emergency Preparedness and Response
9 Measurement, Analysis and Improvement
9.1 General
9.2 Monitoring & Measurement
9.3 Control of Non Conformance
9.4 Analysis of Data
9.5 Improvement
10 List of QHSEM Procedures
11 Revision History & Approval
Page 141 of 736

SECTION 1 - ISO 9001 : 2008, ISO 14001 : 2004 & OHSAS 18001:2007
REQUIREMENTS & DOCUMENT MATRIX
QHSE MANUAL REFERENCE

ISO 9001 : 2008 REQUIREMENTS
SECTIONS PROCEDURES
1 Scope 2
1.1 General 2.1
1.2 Application 2.2
2 Normative Reference 2.3
3 Terms and Definitions 3
4 Quality Management System 5
4.1 General Requirements 5.1, 5.2
4.2 Documentation Requirements 5.3
4.2.1 General 5.3
4.2.2 Quality Manual 5.3 QHSEM
4.2.3 Control of Documents 5.4 I-P-01
4.2.4 Control of Records 5.5 I-P-03
5 Management Responsibility 6
5.1 Management Commitment 6.1 I-P-02, I-P-05
5.2 Customer Focus 6.2 PM-P-03,HSE-P-01,
T-P-01, I-P-05, I-P-09
5.3 Quality Policy 6.3
5.4 Planning 6.4
5.4.1 Quality Objectives 6.4.1 I-P-10
5.4.2 Quality Management System Planning 6.4.2
5.5 Responsibility, Authority & Communication 6.5
5.5.1 Responsibility and Authority 6.5.1
5.5.2 Management Representative 6.5.2
5.5.3 Internal Communication 6.5.3 I-P-02
5.6 Management Review 6.5.4
5.6.1 General 6.5.4
I-P-05, I-P-08
5.6.2 Review Input 6.5.4
5.6.3 Review Output 6.5.4
6 Resource Management 7
6.1 Provision of Resources 7.1 I-P-14, PD-P-01/02/03
6.2 Human Resources 7.2 HR-P-01, HR-P-03, I-P-
6.2.1 General 7.2 02, HSE-P-01,
6.2.2 Competence, Awareness and Training 7.2 I-P-14
6.3 Infrastructure 7.3 AD-P-01/02/03
6.4 Work Environment 7.4
7 Product Realization 8 PM-P-01 to PM-P- 11
7.1 Planning of Product Realization 8.1 PM-P-03
7.2 Customer-Related Processes 8.5
7.2.1 Determination of requirements related to 8.5
the product T-P-01
7.2.2 Review of requirements related to the 8.5
Product
7.2.3 Customer Communication 8.6 I-P-11, T-P-01, I-P-06,
I-P-07
Page 142 of 736

7.3 Design and Development 8.7 TD-P-01 to TD-P-04

7.3.1 Design and Development Planning 8.7
7.3.2 Design and Development Inputs 8.7
7.3.3 Design and Development Outputs 8.7
7.3.4 Design and Development Review 8.7 TD-P-01 to TD-P-04
7.3.5 Design and Development Verification 8.7
7.3.6 Design and Development Validation 8.7
7.3.7 Control of Design and Development Changes 8.7
7.4 Purchasing 8.8
7.4.1 Purchasing Process 8.8
PD-P-01 to PD-P-03
7.4.2 Purchasing Information 8.8
7.4.3 Verification of Purchased Product 8.8
7.5 Production and Service Provision 8.9
7.5.1 Control of Production and Service Provision 8.9.1
7.5.2 Validation of Processes for Production 8.9.1
and Service Provision
7.5.3 Identification and Traceability 8.9.2
7.5.4 Customer Property 8.9.3
7.5.5 Preservation of Product 8.9.4
7.6 Control of Monitoring and Measuring Devices 8.10 PM-P-09
8 Measurement, Analysis & Improvement 9
8.1 General 9.1
8.2 Monitoring and Measurement 9.2
8.2.1 Customer Satisfaction 9.2.1 I-P-09, I-P-10
8.2.2 Internal Audit 9.2.5 I-P-04
8.2.3 Monitoring and Measurement of Processes 9.2.2 I-P-05, HSE-P-01, I-P-
10, I-P-04, I-P-06, I-P-
07
8.2.4 Monitoring and Measurement of Product 9.2.3 PM-P-08
8.3 Control of Nonconforming Product 9.3 I-P-06, I-P-07
8.4 Analysis of Data 9.4 I-P-04, I-P-09, I-P-10,
PD-P-03, I-P-07
8.5 Improvement 9.5
8.5.1 Continual Improvement 9.5.1 I-P-08
8.5.2 Corrective Action 9.5.2 I-P-07
8.5.3 Preventive Action 9.5.3 I-P-07

ISO 14001 : 2004 REQUIREMENTS
SECTIONS PROCEDURES
1 Scope 2, 2.1
2 Normative Reference 2, 2.3 (but not related)
3 Terms & Definitions 3
4 Environmental Management System
6, 8 & 9
Requirements
4.1 General Requirements 6,8 & 9
4.2 Environmental Policy 6.3 QHSEM
4.3 Planning
4.3.1 Environmental Aspects 8.2 HSE-P-01
4.3.2 Legal and Other Requirements 8.3 HSE-P-02
4.3.3 Objectives, Targets and Programme(s) 6.4.1& 8.4
4.4 Implementation and Operation
Page 143 of 736

4.4.1 Resources, Roles, Responsibility and Authority 5.1, 5.2, 6.5.1, 6.5.2 &
7.1
4.4.2 Competence, Training and Awareness 7.1 & 7.2 HR-P-02
4.4.3 Communication 6.5.3 & 8.6 I-P-02
4.4.4 Documentation 5.3, 10 QHSE M
4.4.5 Control of Documents 5.4 I-P-01
4.4.6 Operational Control 8.9.1
4.4.7 Emergency Preparedness and Response 8.11 HSE-P-04
4.5 Checking
4.5.1 Monitoring and Measurement 8.10, 9.2.4
4.5.2 Evaluation of Compliance 9.2.4
4.5.3 Nonconformity, Corrective and Preventive
9.3, 9.5.1, 9.5.2 & 9.5.3
Action
4.5.4 Control of Records 5.5 I-P-03
4.5.5 Internal Audit 9.2.5 I-P-04
4.6 Management Review 6.5.4 I-P-05
OHSAS 18001:2007 REQUIREMENTS
SECTIONS PROCEDURES
1 Scope 2, 2.1
2 Reference Publications 2, 2.3 (but not related)
3 Terms & Definitions 3
4 OH&S Management System Elements 6, 8 & 9
4.1 General Requirements 6,8 & 9
4.2 OH&S Policy 6.3 QHSEM
4.3 Planning
4.3.1 Hazard Identification, Risk 8.2 HSE-P-01
Assessment and determining controls
4.3.2 Legal and Other Requirements 8.3 HSE-P-02
4.3.3 Objectives & Programme(s) 6.4.1& 8.4
4.4 Implementation and Operation
4.4.1 Resources, roles, responsibility, accountability
5.1, 5.2, 6.5.1 & 6.5.2
and authority
4.4.2 Competence, training and awareness 7.1 & 7.2
4.4.3 Communication, participation and Consultation 6.5.3 & 8.6
4.4.4 Documentation 5.3, 10 QSHEM
4.4.5 Control of documents 5.4 I-P01
4.4.6 Operational Control 8.9.1
4.4.7 Emergency Preparedness and Response 8.11 HSE-P-04
4.5 Checking
4.5.1 Performance Measurement & Monitoring 8.10, 9.2 & 9.4
4.5.2 Evaluation of compliance
4.5.3 Incident investigation, non-conformity, corrective
and preventive Action
9.3, 9.5.1, 9.5.2 & 9.5.3 HSE-P-03
4.5.4 Control of records 5.5 I-P-03
4.5.5 Internal audit 9.2.5 I-P-04
4.6 Management Review 6.5.4 I-P-05
Page 144 of 736

SECTION 2 PURPOSE AND SCOPE, APPLICATION & APPLICABLE

STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS
2.1 Purpose and Scope
The QHSE Manual and its supporting procedures integrate the Quality, Health, Safety
and Environmental requirements of China State Construction Engineering Corporation
and is based on the management system standards of ISO 9001 : 2008, ISO 14001 :
2004 and OHSAS 18001:2007 for Quality, Environment and Occupational Safety &
Health respectively.
This QHSE manual and its supporting procedures are intended to:
 Operate company’s business in line with company’s policy, customer needs and
statutory requirements.
 Demonstrate the ability to consistently provide a product that meets customer and
applicable regulatory requirements.
 Enhance customer satisfaction through effective application of the QHSE
Management System, provision of continual improvement in the QHSE processes
which minimize / prevent defects and assurance of conformity to customer and
applicable regulatory requirements
 Assure conformance with the company’s QHSE Policy, and likewise demonstrate
such conformance to customers and all other interested parties.
 Achieve elimination, or minimisation, of occupational health and safety (O H & S)
hazards to employees and other interested parties who may be exposed to O H& S
hazards associated with our activities and to create safe working environment.
 Achieve avoidance, reduction and control of environmental pollution from activities
being carried out or operated.
 Prevent, minimize and control wastages thus achieving conservation of natural
resources.
The scope of this integrated management system of the company shall be based on:
‘Design, Construction and Completion of Construction Projects & Design Installation and
commissioning of Mechanical Electrical and Plumbing Works; in Middle East Countries”.
2.2 Application
All requirements of ISO 9001: 2008 shall be applicable to the nature and scope of the
company’s business processes.
However, the ISO 9001: 2008 clause, “7.3 Design and Development”, shall be treated as
inapplicable if and only if the particular building construction project completely adopts
the building design of the customer or his representative and bears no responsibility over
the design and development process.
“Design & Build” projects, if undertaken by the company, shall be controlled through
consultants engaged and managed by the company.
Page 145 of 736

All requirements of ISO 14001: 2004 and OHSAS 18001:2007 shall be applicable to the
nature and scope of activities the company is engaged in.
For the purpose of system alignment and in-house standardisation, the most stringent
clause(s) / sub-clause(s) of any one management standard compared with its
corresponding clause(s) / sub-clause(s) of the other management standard(s) shall be
considered for application in the integrated management system of the company.
For example, clause 4.2.3 Control of Documents in ISO 9001 : 2008 and ISO 14001 :
2004 has more stringent requirements as compared with clause 4.4.5 Document and
Data Control in OHSAS 18001:2007 . Therefore, the requirements called in 4.2.3
Control of Documents of ISO 9001: 2008 and ISO 14001 : 2004 shall be adopted for
application in the company’s integrated management system.
On the whole, the HSE portion of this integrated management system has been primarily
developed from the ISO 9001 Quality Management System model. But where there are
unique requirements specific to ISO 14001: 2004 and OHSAS 18001:2007 standards,
for example, 4.4.7 Emergency Preparedness & Response, this QHSE Manual shall bear
additional section / sub-section to address 4.4.7 Emergency Preparedness & Response,
and specific QHSE procedure shall also be documented.
2.3 Applicable Standards and Regulations
1.3.1 ISO 9000 : 2005, Quality Management Systems - Fundamentals & Vocabulary
1.3.2 ISO 9001 : 2008, Quality Management System - Requirements
1.3.3 ISO 14001 : 2004, Environmental Management Systems - Requirements with
guidance for use
1.3.4 OHSAS 18001:2007 , Occupational, Health & Safety Management Systems -
Specification
1.3.5 Customer Specifications (Developers / Consultants)
1.3.6 Specified British Standards
1.3.7 Specified Codes of Practices
SECTION 3 DEFINITIONS & COMMON ABBREVIATIONS
Company or CSCEC - China State Construction Engineering Corporation
Management - General Manager and Deputy General Managers, Management

Representative
MR - Management Representative; person who is appointed by the

General Manager to ensure that processes for the Quality,
Health, Safety and Environment (QHSE) Management System
are established, implemented and maintained.
QHSE - Quality, Health, Safety and Environment

(or Quality, Environmental, Occupational Health & Safety)
Page 146 of 736

Supplier - A person that supplies a product. The supplier can be a producer,

distributor, retailer or vendor of a product, or provider of a service
or information. (In a contractual situation, a supplier is sometimes
called a sub-contractor)
However, in the context of CSCEC, supplier is a person from whom
procurement activity is carried out by issue of a purchase order.
Sub-Contractor - Though not required to explicitly specify one as a sub-contractor

instead of the common terminology, “Supplier”, this word, “Sub-
Contractor”, is often used to associate part of the construction
works that is carried out by person(s) on a sub-contract basis.
In the context of CSCEC, a sub-contractor is a person from whom
procurement activity is carried out by means of a contractual
agreement.
ASL - Approved Supplier / Sub-Contractor List
PQP - Project Quality Plan
Audit - An independent, structured, and documented evaluation of the

adequacy and implementation of an activity to specified requirements
It may examine the whole or part of QHSE management system.
- Independent review or investigation to assess adequacy of,

compliance with and adherence to :
a) QHSE manual & procedures b) effectiveness of QHSE

management system
Implementation
c) standards and specifications
d) Statutory Requirements
Auditor - The individual who carries out the QHSE audit. Appointed by the
auditing organisation or team to perform part or all of an audit.
Lead Auditor - The team leader who supervises an audit team before and during
an audit, and for reports and corrective actions after the audit.
A person who is qualified and authorised to manage and direct an
audit.
- The individual who supervises the auditors during an audit as a

team leader.
Auditee - Organisation / Department / Section / Individual to be audited on

QHSE aspects.
Page 147 of 736

Objective Evidence - Data supporting the existence or verifications
Inspection - Activities to determine conformity, including observing, measuring

, examining, testing or gauging one or more characteristics of a
product, process or service. Then these are compared with pre-
determined specified requirements to determine whether they
are met.
Testing - Determining an item’s capability to meet or exceed specified

requirements by subjecting the item to a set of physical, chemical,
environmental conditions or to functional operation.
Measurement - The result of measuring.

- Objective data to evaluate process or performance.
- The process of determining the value of a measure and in

appropriate units of measurement.
- The act of measuring results to compare them to requirements.
Verification - To audit, check, review, test or otherwise establish and document

whether items, processes, services, or documents conform to
specified requirements.
- To resolve whether a given requirement or condition is

implemented as contracted, or as stated in procedural documents
Confirmation, through the provision of objective evidence, that
specified requirements have been fulfilled.
Review - Activity undertaken to determine the suitability, adequacy and

effectiveness of the subject matter to achieve established
Objectives
Validation - Confirmation, through the provision of objective evidence, that the

requirements for a specific intended use or application have been
Fulfilled.
Process - Set of interrelated or interacting activities which transforms inputs

into outputs.
(Inputs to a process are generally outputs of other processes)
Product - Result of a set of interrelated or interacting activities that transforms

inputs into outputs. It is the result of a process.
(There are four generic product categories - services, software,
hardware and processed materials)
Project - Unique process, consisting of a set of coordinated and controlled

activities with start and finish dates, undertaken to achieve an
objective conforming to specific requirements, including the
Page 148 of 736

constraints of time, cost and resources.
Non-conformance / - Material and product, or work / process that does not meet the
Nonconformity requirements of the relevant specifications, contract or regulation.
- Any deviation from work standards, practices, procedures,
legislation & regulations, management system performance etc. that
could either directly or indirectly lead to product defects, injury or
Illness, property damage, damage to workplace environment, and
environmental pollution or a combination of these.
Defect - Failure to meet a requirement or non-fulfilment of a requirement

Related to an intended or specified use.
- A quality characteristic departing from its intended level or state
and sufficiently severe to cause an associated product or
service to not satisfy intended normal, or reasonably foreseeable
Usage requirements.
Correction - Action to eliminate a problem after it occurs.

- Action to eliminate a detected nonconformity.
( A correction can be, for example, rework, rectification or regrade)
Rework - Action on a nonconforming product to make it conform to

requirements.
Repair - Action on a nonconforming product to make it acceptable for the

intended use.
(Unlike rework, repair can affect or change parts of the
nonconforming product. Repair includes remedial action taken
on a previously conforming product to restore it for use)
Corrective Action - Action to eliminate the cause of a detected nonconformity or other

undesirable potential situation. It is taken to prevent recurrence.
Preventive Action - Action to eliminate the cause of a potential nonconformity or other

undesirable potential situation. It is taken to prevent occurrence.
Continual Improvement - Recurring activity to increase the ability to fulfil requirements.
Customer - Developer, Developer Representatives (Consultant, Resident

Architect, Resident Engineers, Inspectors, etc), Authorities
(DM, TECOM, JAFZA, RTA etc), Buyers, End-Users, Public.
Interested Parties - Person or group having an interest in the QHSE performance and
success of our business processes.
Environmental Aspect - Element of an organisation’s activities, products or services that

can interact with the environment.
Page 149 of 736

Environmental Impact - Any change to the environment, whether adverse or beneficial,

Wholly or partially resulting from an organization’s activities,
Products or services
QHSE Performance - Measurable results of the QHSE management system, related

to an organization’s control of its QHSE aspects & risks, based
on its QHSE policy, objectives and targets, as applicable.
Prevention of Pollution - Use of processes, practices, materials or products that avoid,

reduce or control pollution, which may include recycling,
treatment, process changes, control mechanisms, efficient use
of resources and material substitution.
Incident - Event that gave rise to an accident or had the potential to lead to
an accident.
(“Near-miss”, where no ill health, injury, damage, or other loss
occurs, is also called an incident)
Accident - Undesired event giving rise to death, ill health, injury, damage or
other loss.
Hazard - Source or situation with a potential for harm in terms of injury or ill
health, damage to property, damage to workplace environment,
or a combination of these.
Risk - Combination of the likelihood and consequence(s) of a specified

hazardous event occurring.
QHSEMS - Quality, Environmental, Health and Safety Management System
PDCA Cycle - Plan-Do-Check-Action Cycle
HSE - Health, Safety and Environment
The above-stated definitions shall often be used in our integrated management system of
quality, health, safety and environment and thus envisaged as essential for the
interpretation and common understanding of CSCEC management and staff.
Page 150 of 736

SECTION 4 COMPANY INFORMATION AND PROFILE
China State Construction Engineering Corporation, CSCEC in short form, is a multi-

national company who operates its business in various countries and is a registered
company in the United Arab Emirates. It undertakes residential & commercial buildings,
infrastructure and MEP works that include “design and build” projects.
Incorporated in August 2003 in Middle East, China State Construction Engineering

Corporation Middle East has completed a number of prominent building construction
projects in Middle East Countries. CSCEC have expertise in building public and private
residential apartments and condominiums, government schools, warehouses and
factories, airports, infrastructure projects and institutes of higher learning.
The contact particulars of its main office in Middle East are:
P.O.Box: 63932,
Dubai,
United Arab Emirates
Tel: +971 – 4 - 4537268
Fax: +971 – 4 - 4537368
Email:
The main office can be contacted for details of its worksite offices located at the
respective sites of building construction works.
VISION:
 To be recognised as an esteemed premier organisation in the region.
 Sustain organisational excellence through outstanding technical skills, tenacity,

innovative efforts and an absolute commitment on work.
MISSION:
 Ensure we create safe and hygienic working environments for workmen involved in the
project.
 Achieve client satisfaction fully for delivering the product qualitatively in time.
 We treat employees as the most valued asset of the company and recognise that the
quality, motivation and performance of our employees are the key factors in achieving our
success.
Page 151 of 736

SECTION 5 QHSE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (QHSEMS)
5.1 General Requirements - “Process-Based” QHSEMS
China State Construction Engineering Corporation (CSCEC) has established,

documented, implemented and maintained a QHSEMS. It shall continually improve the
effectiveness of the QHSEMS as per the requirements of ISO 9001: 2008, ISO 14001:
2004 and OHSAS 18001:2007.
CSCEC shall
a. determine the core business processes (inclusive of those associated with

environmental aspects & occupational health and safety hazards) needed for its
QHSEMS, and their application throughout its organisation,
b. determine the sequence and interaction of these processes,
c. determine the criteria and methods needed to ensure that both the operation and
control of these processes are effective,
d. ensure the availability of resources and information necessary to support the
operation and control of these processes are effective,
e. monitor, measure where applicable and analyse these processes, and
f. implement actions necessary to achieve planned results
g. measure and monitor the objective of process and
h. revise the process where necessary for continual improvement
These processes shall be managed by the organisation in accordance with the

requirements of ISO 9001:2008, ISO 14001:2004 and OHSAS 18001:2007, as
appropriate.
The process-based QHSEMS is prescribed through the QHSEMS model reflected in

Figure 1.
Also refer to the Corporate Organisation Chart in Figure 2.
5.2 Interaction between QHSEMS Processes

The following provides an understanding of the interaction between the QHSEMS
processes:
Page 152 of 736

FIGURE 1 : PROCESS-BASED QHSEMS MODEL

Awards, Approvals, Inputs & Feedback CSCEC
Submissions, Response & Customer Communication Control of Records, Internal Communication, Aspects & Impacts,
Customers Hazards & Risks, Conservation of Resources, Corrective &Preventive Actions
Project Planning (PQP, Aspects & and Continual Improvement are applicable to all functions
Impacts and Hazards & Risks), Process /
Operational Control, Emergency
Management
Management Review,
Preparedness & Response, Identification
Internal Audit, Data
& Traceability, Preservation, Maintenance
Analysis, Customer
& Calibration, Monitoring & Measurement,
Focus, Monitoring of
Analysis of Data, Project Handover,
Tender Pre & Post Tender Customer Satisfaction
Nonconformance Control, Corrective &
Budget
Preventive Actions, Continual Review and Tender
improvement and Customer
Projects Submissions Project
Control
Communication Project Reporting &
Procurement Budget &
Control & Materials , Works & Services (worksites Requests Costing
Supplier /
)
Sub- Design & Development Control of
Quality
Contractor
Design Design Control Documents &
& Safety
Assessment
& Coordination Data Analysis
Control of outsourced design
Procurement Control
& Supplier / Sub-Con
Suppliers / Sub- Assessment
Procurement ASL Insurance,
Finance
Contractors Quotations
Bonds & Funds
Maintenance DLP Recruitment & HR &

Labor
Servicing
Training
IT Admin
Computers, Facilities &
Internal Communication within Software & IT Support Supporting

CSCEC Services
(2-way)
External Communication with

Customers, Suppliers & Sub-
CSCEC shall operate the Plan-Do-Check-Action (PDCA) Cycle to achieve
contractors continual improvement in its business processes.
The only official, current & controlled version of any documented procedure and its related record(s) is the one available on the network. If any document is printed it becomes uncontrolled and for reference
only.
Page 153 of 736

FIGURE 2: CORPORATE ORGANIZATION CHART General Manager
Deputy General
Managers
Management
Representative
Corporate IT ADMIN HR Project Directors Financial Procurement Labour Tender and

QHSEM Manager Manager Manager Manager Manager Department Cost Control
Manager Manager Manager
IT Admin HR Chief Senior Deputy Procurement Manpower Officers Commercial Mgr

Officers Officers Executive Accountants Manager (Tender
Representatives
Officers Coordination)
Senior Project Accountants Procurement Quantity Manpower Clerical Deputy Tender and
Note : The Project Surveyors & Officers Cost Control
Managers Assistants
QHSE Team will be (stationed at respective Manager
reporting to the Chief site offices)
Representatives and
Project Managers
Project Managers Accounts Senior Quantity
(stationed at respective Assistants Surveyors &
site offices) Quantity Surveyors
Project Teams
(stationed at respective
site offices)
Note : Refer to the site-specific Project Quality Plan and Project Health & Safety Plan and Environment Management Plan for details of individual
Project / Site Organisation Chart and HSE Organisation Chart.
The only official, current & controlled version of any documented procedure and its related record(s) is the one available on the network. If any document is printed it becomes uncontrolled and for reference
only.
Page 154 of 736

SECTION 5 QHSE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (QHSEMS)
Customer (Developers, Consultants, Resident Engineers & Architects, Clerks-of-

Works, Authorities, End Users & Buyers, Public and Interested Parties)
1. Existing and potential developers (or appointed consultants) call for pre-qualification
and / or tender participation for new projects.
2. Awards contracts, and provides acceptance, approvals, inputs and feedback to
submissions, proposals and queries from CSCEC.
3. Developers and their representatives monitor the works progress and QHSE
operational requirements in the awarded projects, and issue reminders & raise
complaints, as appropriate.
4. Buyers and end users provide request for defects-servicing and ease-of-use
requirements.
5. Authorities monitor the projects on compliance with legislation and other requirements
(eg. DM/TECOM/JAFZA/RTA etc) and issue notices/ orders, and imposes fines /
summons / court orders, as appropriate.
6. Public demands safe, secured, pollution-free and disruption-free neighbourhood.
Management – General Manager, Deputy General Managers, and Management

Representative
1. The General Manager shall be committed to the development and implementation

of the ISO 9001 : 2008 QMS, ISO 14001 : 2004 EMS and OHSAS 18001:2007
SMS, and its continual improvement.
2. He shall be responsible for appointment of the Management Representative to
coordinate the implementation of ISO 9001 : 2008, ISO 14001 : 2004 and
OHASAS 18001:2007 within the company.
3. The General Manager shall establish the company QHSE Policy, and ensure
establishment of QHSE objectives, as appropriate.
4. The General Manager and Deputy General Managers shall ensure the availability
of necessary resources for efficient operation of the implemented QHSE
Management System and construction processes.
5. The General Manager shall ensure that responsibilities and authorities are defined,
documented and communicated within the organization.
6. The General Manager shall also ensure that appropriate communication processes
are established within the organization and that communication takes place
regarding the effectiveness of the QHSEMS.
7. The Management Representative shall ensure that processes needed for the
QHSEMS are established, implemented and maintained as per the requirements of
ISO 9001 : 2008, ISO 14001 : 2004 & OHSAS 18001:2007.
8. The Management Representative shall report to the General Manager / Director on
the performance of the QHSEMS and need for improvement.
9. The Management Representative shall ensure promotion of awareness of
customer requirements throughout the organization.
10. The Management Representative shall be responsible for coordination and
execution of the annual internal audits and his directors shall adopt a customer-
oriented business focus, and ensure customer requirements are met.
Page 155 of 736

11. The General Manager and his management team shall review the organization’s
QHSEMS, at planned intervals, to ensure its continuing suitability, adequacy and
effectiveness. This review shall include assessing opportunities for improvement
and the need for changes to the QHSEMS, including the policy and objectives by
audit of the implemented QHSEMS.
QHSE Department
1. The Quality & Safety Department, headed by the Management Representative, shall
mainly function in a supporting role to the implementation, maintenance and
improvement of the QHSEM management system (QHSEMS) pertaining to ISO
9001: 2008, ISO 14001:2004 and OHSAS 18001:2007.
2. The Quality and Safety Department shall provide the overall coordination and
supervision of the implemented QHSEMS.
3. The Quality and Safety Department shall be responsible for the development and
control of both the initial and revised issues of the QHSE Manual and QHSE
Procedures.
4. The Quality and Safety Department shall generate the initial Project Quality Plan
(PQP) and the Project HSE Management System for mobilizing projects for their
review & customization and revision to suit specific needs, if any.
5. The Quality & Safety Department shall collect statistical data on compiled customer
complaints / feedback, nonconforming materials / works, internal audit results, HSE
non conformance (of inspection failures, authority summons and accident rate), etc
from the projects and / or internal auditors for the overall analysis by the
Management Representative and top management in Operations and / or
Management Review Meetings.
6. The Quality and Safety Department shall also be responsible for periodic inspection
of worksites and coordinating company-wide improvement programs, if any.
7. The Quality and Safety Department advises the top management on emerging
QHSE issues, regulations and specifications. The department takes charge of
disseminating information to projects on HSE legislation updates.
8. The Quality and Safety Department shall be responsible for conduction of in-house
QHSE awareness programs, HSE Aspects/ Hazards Identification and Impacts /
Risks Evaluation Training and QHSE Site Implementation Training.
9. The Quality and Safety department shall be responsible for planning and conducting
Internal Audits, assuring the adherence of the IMS through the company’s’ different
level.
10. The Quality and Safety Department shall particularly monitor performance indicators
of projects in the form of Internal Audit Results, Accident Frequency Rates (AFRs),
related authorities, Demerit Points and Corporate HSE Inspection / Audit Results,
etc, and propose to top management to accord incentives or disincentives to these
projects, as appropriate.
11 The Quality and Safety Department shall ensure QHSE records of the completed
projects in a suitable storage place till the expiry period of those records.
Page 156 of 736

Administration Department
1. The Admin Department shall be responsible for preparing the company level
documents inclusive of annual report, and the like.
2. The Admin Department shall be responsible for contacting government, applying for
approval and authorisation, etc.
3. The Admin Department shall be responsible for public relations, especially contacting
the Embassy and the Consulate.
4. The Admin Department shall be responsible for contacting the Head Office.
5. The Admin Department shall be responsible for reception affairs inclusive of
transportation, hotel and dinner.
6. The Admin Department shall set up office system and keep office in order.
7. The Admin Department shall be responsible for managing of reception desk.
8. The Admin Department shall be responsible for procuring office building, security and
maintenance of office premises and facilities at the Head Office.
9. The Admin Department shall be responsible for controlling and managing company’s
vehicles inclusive of procurement, repairs, maintenance, license renewals, insurance,
top up of cash cards, etc.
10. The Admin Department shall provide transport service for eligible staff through
the use of company vehicles and drivers.
11. The Admin Department shall be responsible for identifying & directing the staff on
conservation of resources.
12. The Admin Department shall be responsible for managing of head office meeting
inclusive of arranging place, suggesting agenda, drafting minutes and supervising the
implement of meeting resolution.
13. The Admin Department shall also be responsible for provision of site office furniture
and equipment (except for computers & accessories which are taken charge by the IT
Department) for mobilising projects.
14. The Admin Department shall approve request forms for purchase of office stationery
and equipment.
15. The Admin Department shall be responsible for general insurance matters inclusive
of claims.
16. The Admin Department shall be responsible for other mission and tasks assigned by
the Top Management.
HR Department
1. The HR Department shall be involved in the design of organisation, identifying of

department function, scheming and description of position.
2. The HR Department shall be responsible for recruitment of staff as per the
requirements of the Head Office and site offices.
3. The HR Department shall be responsible for devising the annual training program of
the company.
4. The HR Department shall be responsible for processing staff payroll and staff leave
5. The HR Department shall be responsible for providing medical and life insurance
plans for employees.
6. The HR Department shall be responsible for annual / quarterly performance
appraisal of staff.
Page 157 of 736

7. The HR Department shall be responsible for development and updating of personnel

file.
8. The HR Department shall be responsible for other mission and tasks assigned by the
Top Management.
Procurement Department
1. The Procurement Department, headed by Deputy General Managers, shall be

responsible for procurement activities involving suppliers, services and sub-contract
works for the construction projects.
2. Procurement Department calls quotations for suppliers and sub-contract works to
provide inputs for arrival at tender price in the tendering process.
3. Procurement Department shall be responsible for evaluating and selecting suppliers /
sub-contractors based on their ability to supply the product (inclusive of sub-contact
works) in accordance with the company’s contractual and QHSE requirements.
4. Provides support to the projects (worksites) by procurement of materials / services /
sub-contract works in accordance with specified requirements, on-time schedule and
best price.
5. Ensures contractual conditions are met, and resolves disputes with suppliers.
IT Department
1. The IT Department, headed by the IT manager, shall be responsible for daily network
administration and system management in the Head Office.
2. The IT Department shall provide technical support for all end users in operating
systems, hardware, communication devices and other peripherals.
3. The IT Department provides end-user training as appropriate.
4. The IT Department establishes policies, rules and regulations, as appropriate,
pertaining to computer and network usage.
5. The IT Department shall be responsible for overall control on use of photocopy
machines, facsimiles, and telephone and internet facilities.
6. The IT Department ensures security of intranet through backup of system in the main
frame, and restriction of access to controlled network files through passwords.
7. The IT Department processes all approved requests for computer, computer
peripherals and software, and provides the necessary supplies to the site offices
through new purchases or site-to-site transfers.
8. The IT Department is responsible for the application of telephone lines as per project
requirements at the worksites.
Finance Department
1. The Finance Department, headed by the Financial Manager, shall be responsible for
cash flow planning and monthly preparation of cash flow position.
2. The Finance Department shall ensure prompt receipt of payment from clients /
debtors.
3. The Finance Department shall control and ensure proper payments to sub-
contractors / suppliers / creditors and payroll.
4. The Finance Department monitors project costs and financial performance through
monthly job costing reports to the General Manager and Deputy General Managers.
Page 158 of 736

5. The Finance Department shall compile annual statutory accounts and liaise with
auditors on finalisation of audited accounts.
6. The Finance Department shall also be responsible for insurance procurement
pertaining to Contractor’s All Risks, Workmen’s Compensation and Performance Bonds.
Projects / Worksites : Project Team (inclusive of the Project Quality Plan Team
and Project HSE Committee)
1. The project team at the respective worksite, headed by the Chief Project
Representative / Project Manager, works together with the client, client
representatives (Consultants, Resident Engineers / Architects, Clerks-of Works, etc),
sub-contractors, staff & workers and neighbours to achieve the common goals of
meeting the project specifications in terms of on-time handover and QHSE
requirements.
2. The project team develops and accordingly updates / revises specific Project QHSE
Objectives (inclusive of HSE Management Programmes), Project Quality Plan,
Project HSE Management System, in-house Works Instructions & Method
Statements, Work Programmes, Inspection & Test Plans, Shop Drawings and
Checklists / Forms to coordinate and control the execution of works in the project.
3. The project shall control its suppliers and sub-contractors, and gear them towards
the Project QHSE Objectives.
4. The project shall focus on customer requirements inclusive of statutory and
regulatory requirements, and respond to customer calls on time.
5. The project shall perform supplier and sub-contractor assessment as required by the
Procurement Department.
6. The project shall measure and monitor data on client complaints / feedback, non-
conforming materials / works, QHSE inspection & test failures, etc, and submit
compiled and analyzed data to the Corporate Quality & Safety Department.
7. The project team shall undertake effective corrective actions for QHSE non-
conformities and effective preventive actions for potential QHSE non-conformities
thus contributing to continual improvement.
8. The HSE Committee of the project that includes the Project Manager and HSE
Manager shall be responsible for identification and evaluation of HSE Aspects /
Hazards and Impacts / Risks from the provided corporate register.
9. This identification and evaluation of HSE Aspects / Hazards and Impacts / Risks
shall be an ongoing process by the Project HSE Committee.
10. The Project Manager / HSE Manager of the project shall maintain an approved and
updated Register of HSE Aspects / Hazards and Impacts / Risks
11. The Project Manager and team shall be responsible for customising and finalising
the HSE Objectives for those aspects and hazards respectively associated with
significant impacts and risks.
NOTE : The detailed responsibility & authority of each site office staff (inclusive of
the Project Manager) shall be made available in the site-specific Project Quality
Plan and HSE Management System of the individual project
Maintenance Department
Page 159 of 736

1. After receiving the Initial Completion Certificate of the project, a Maintenance team to
cover the Defects Liability Period will be formed and will be managed by the Project
Team Manager or another manager will be appointed. The Project Team will be hand
over all the documents required to the Maintenance Team.
2. The Maintenance team shall carry out defects servicing during the maintenance /
defects liability period of the handed-over project.
3. The Maintenance Team shall promptly respond to customer and end user calls, and
carry out the defects rectification in the soonest possible time.
4. The Maintenance Team shall take data on common defects for analysis by top
management to initiate improvement activities.
5. The Maintenance Team Shall maintain the completed project records in a suitable
place till the expiry period of those records.
Suppliers & Sub-Contractors
All suppliers and sub-contractors engaged in the projects shall deliver timely supplies
and sub-contract works for project execution as per the developer / consultant
specifications, contractual requirements, statutory and regulatory requirements and in-
house QHSE requirements.
5.3 QHSEMS Documentation Requirements

The following shall form the QHSEMS documentation of CSCEC :
 LEVEL 1 - QHSE Policy

 LEVEL 2 - QHSE Manual (with stated or referenced QHSEM Policy )
 LEVEL 3 - QHSE Procedures (Refer to Section 10 - List of QHSE Procedures)
LEVEL 4 - Project Quality Plan (with Project Quality Objectives), HSE Management
Programme(s) (with Project HSE Objectives) & Project Environmental, Health &
Safety Management System (Project HSEMS)
 LEVEL 5 - Legal Requirements, Contractual Specifications, Trade Work Instructions
& Method Statements, Construction Drawings, Coordination Drawings & Shop
Drawings
 LEVEL 6 - QHSE Records
The above stated documentation is hierarchical, i.e., from QHSE Policy down to QHSE
Records
5.4 Control of Documents
Documented procedures shall be established to define the above mentioned; refer to
I-P-01 Control of Documents
5.5 Control of Records
A documented procedure shall be established to define the above mentioned; refer to
I-P-03 Control of Records
Page 160 of 736

SECTION 6 MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITY
6.1 Management Commitment
Top management of CSCEC shall provide evidence of its commitment to the

development, implementation and continual improvement of the QHSEMS by:
 Regular communication to the organization on the importance of meeting customer,

legal and other requirements
 Establishment of the QHSE Policy
 Ensuring establishment of QHSE Objectives at relevant departments / projects
 Ensuring conduction of management reviews
 Ensuring availability of the required resources.
Refer to the following documented procedure:
I-P-02 QHSE Communication

I-P-05 Management Review
6.2 Customer Focus
Top management of CSCEC shall ensure that customer requirements are determined
and fulfilled in order to achieve customer satisfaction.
Refer to the following documented procedures:
PM-P-03 Project Quality Plan

HSE-P-01 HSE Risk Assessment and HSE Plan / Management Programme
T-P-01 Tender / Contract Review
I-P-09 Customer Satisfaction
6.3 QHSE Policy
Refer to the following page for the documented Quality, HSE and Environmental Policy
of CSCEC.
Page 161 of 736

Quality Policy
Our Policy is to build a first grade construction process product by assigning the utmost
importance to Quality in order to achieve high levels of Client satisfaction. The policy
further stipulates that no task or service is so urgent that Quality requirements should be
compromised.
CSCEC is committed to comply with our customers’ quality requirements inclusive of

applicable legislation and regulations.
We are committed to provide continuous efforts to identify and eliminate or manage

defects associated with its construction activities through continual improvement of
Integrated Management System.
In order to achieve our policy, we shall
a. Deploy adequate & suitable resources for the job.

b. Improve the construction management.
c. Achieve targeted milestones within the specified time period.
d. Minimize the number of defects/complaints during execution.
e. Continually comply with the requirements of ISO 9001:2008 and improve
the effectiveness of our management system
We shall ensure that the Quality Policy is communicated and understood within the
organization, and made available to all interested parties.
The Quality Policy and respective Key Performance Indicators (KPI) for each functional
department shall be annually reviewed for its continuing suitability and appropriateness,
and accordingly revised if required.
Page 162 of 736

ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY STATEMENT

China State Construction Engineering Corporation LLC is a professional and environmentally
conscious organisation, which acknowledges the impact that our operations in the Middle
East may potentially have on the environment. The clear objective of CSCEC is to minimise
any impact on the environment by:-
 Preventing pollution, reducing waste and ensuring, wherever practicable, that
measures are implemented to protect and preserve the environment.
 Considering the effects that our operations many have on the local community.
 Taking action to eliminate or reduce, as far as practicable, any potentially adverse
environmental impacts.
 Promoting environmental awareness amongst our suppliers, contractors and
partners by implementation of operational procedures
 Seeking to work in partnership with the community by behaving in a considerate and
socially responsible manner.
 Comply in all respects with current legislation and other requirements
 Ensuring effective and expedient incident control, investigation and reporting.
 Publicising this environment policy and other relevant environmental information.
Managerial and supervisory staffs have individual responsibilities for the implementation of
this policy and must ensure that environmental issues are given adequate consideration in
the planning and day-to-day supervision of all work.
CSCEC will fully comply with the duties placed upon it within the requirements of all
applicable UAE legislation whilst at all times complying with, as a matter of best practice, the
requirements and duties set out within Approved Guidance as issued by regulatory
authorities and other organisations. As part of the company’s commitment to maintaining the
highest levels of environmental management, it is the intention that the company will operate
systems and procedures in line with the requirements of ISO 14001:2004.
All employees, sub-contractors and suppliers are expected to co-operate and assist in the
implementation of this policy, whilst ensuring that their own works, so far as is reasonably
practicable, are carried out without risk to themselves, others or the environment. This
includes co-operating with management on any environment related matter.
CSCEC will take all practical steps to ensure that potential hazards and risks to the
environment are identified and that suitable and effective preventive control measures are
implemented. All employees will be provided with the necessary resources, equipment,
information, instruction and training to fulfil the requirements of this policy.
The directors have overall responsibility for all environmental matters. The operation of this
policy and the associated procedures will be monitored and reviewed on a regular basis to
ensure that they remain current and applicable to the company’s activities.
Page 163 of 736

Health & Safety Policy Statement

China State Construction Engineering Corporation (ME) LLC recognises its responsibilities
as an employer to provide all employees with a safe and healthy place of work in accordance
with the regulations of the UAE and other requirements, and to ensure that its activities do
not create hazards for other people who may be affected.
To this end the Company has a continuing programme for the systematic development of
standards and procedures to satisfy the legislative, and moral, requirements of Health and
Safety Management.
In particular, the Company aims to:
 Provide a safe working environment that is without risk to health and welfare of
employees, subcontractors and the general public.
 Provide necessary training for all employees.
 Provide each employee with a copy of the Company Safety Policy.
 Publicise the Company Safety Policy.
 Monitor or Audit the performance of all activities against this Safety Policy.
 Regularly review the safety policy and institute appropriate improvements.
 Continually strive to improve the overall safety, health and performance of the Company.
 Ensure that safety is an integral part of the management of the Company, and
 Comply in all respects with current legislation and other requirements.
 To operate a management system in line with the requirements of OHSAS 18001:2007
All employees, sub-contractors and subcontractors are expected to co-operate and assist in
the implementation of this policy, whilst ensuring that their own works, so far as is reasonably
practicable, are carried out without risk to themselves or others. This includes co-operating
with management on any health and safety related matter.
CSCEC will take all practical steps to ensure that potential hazards and risks to the safety
and wellbeing of all persons involved in their operations are identified and that suitable and
effective preventive control measures are implemented. All employees will be provided with
the necessary resources, equipment, information, instruction and training to fulfil the
requirements of this policy.
The directors have overall responsibility for all health and safety matters. The operation of
this policy and the associated procedures will be monitored and reviewed on a regular basis
to ensure that they remain current and applicable to the company’s activities.
Page 164 of 736

Management’s Commitment on QHSE Policy

The management of CSCEC ensures that this QHSE Policy is communicated and
understood within the organisation through staff orientation training, display of policy
statement in company web page and notice boards, and briefings in departmental and
worksite meetings.
Objectives and targets shall be specific to relevant department and worksites. They shall
be developed through legal and other requirements to which CSCEC subscribes, and
information about significant HSE aspects / hazards.
6.4 Planning for QHSE Objectives & QHSEMS

6.4.1 QHSE Objectives
Refer KPI monitoring procedure I-P-10
NOTE: The Process Matrix Form (Performance Indicators) Form No. PM-F-05
indicates the main Performance Indicators and measures for each
department/process from the Corporate and Project Levels. However the
objectives shall be measured as applicable based on the project circumstances
and additional measure can be added as per the project requirement.
6.4.2 QHSEMS
Accountability for the Health Safety and Environmental Legal compliance and
performance rests ultimately with the Managing Director. The management of this is
subsequently delegated to Mr Zhu Jianchao, Deputy General Manager as part of the role
as Management Representative for the Company.
Top management of CSCEC shall ensure that
 the planning of the QHSE is carried out in order to meet the requirements of the
organisation’s business process model (see Figure 1), as well as the QHSE
Objectives, and
 the integrity of the QHSEMS is maintained when changes to the QHSEMS are
planned and implemented.
6.5 Responsibility, Authority & Communication
6.5.1 Responsibility & Authority

Responsibility and authority of management and staff has been stated in this manual to
explain the operation of the departmental functions in the business process model.
Site-specific Project Quality Plans and HSE Plan / HSE Management Programme shall
cover the detailed responsibility and authority of each worksite management and staff.
6.5.2 Management Representative
Page 165 of 736

The top management hereby appoints Mr Zhu Jianchao as the Management

Representative, and assign him the responsibility and authority for successful
establishment, implementation, maintenance and continual improvement of the QHSE
processes covered in this manual.
Refer to Section 5 QHSE Management System of this manual for the responsibility and
authority of the Management Representative.
6.5.3 External Communications

The company will not publish any significant environmental aspects and impacts
or HSE performance statistics to external parties but will make these available to
any regulatory body as required. Clients and others are able to view these upon
application and approval by the QHSE Manager.
See Section 8.11 for policy on Emergency Preparedness and Response
6.5.4 Internal Communication
I-P-02 Internal Communication
6.5.5 Management Review

I-P-08 Continual Improvement
SECTION 7 RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
7.1 Provision of Resources

CSCEC shall determine and provide the resources needed for:
 implementation and maintenance of the QHSEMS and continual improvement of its

effectiveness, and
 Enhancing customer satisfaction by meeting customer requirements.
Resources include human resources and specialised skills, organisational infrastructure,

technology and financial resources
I-P-14 Training
PD-P-01 Procurement Planning
PD-P-02 Procurement
PD-P-03 Vendor Evaluation
Page 166 of 736

7.2 Human Resources
Personnel (including sub-contractors’ personnel) performing work that can affect product
quality and that can cause significant environmental impacts and / or occupational health
& safety risks shall be competent on the basis of appropriate education, training, skills
and experience. CSCEC shall retain associated records.
CSCEC shall define, document and communicate roles, responsibilities and authority to
facilitate effective QHSE management and ensure that its personnel (including sub-
contractors’ personnel) are aware of :
(i) the relevance and importance of their activities and how they contribute to the
achievement of the QHSE policy, QHSE objectives and QHSE management system
requirements,
(ii) the HSE impacts and risks, actual or potential, of their work activities and the HSE
benefits of improved personal performance,
(iii) their roles and responsibilities in achieving conformity with the requirements of the
HSE management system, and
(iv) the potential consequences of deviation from specified operating procedures.
CSCEC shall identify training needs as required pertaining to HSE hazards / risks and
QHSE management system, determine the competence level for personnel performing
work and provide training or take other actions to meet these needs. CSCEC shall also
evaluate the effectiveness of the actions taken. Appropriate records of education,
training, skills and experience shall be maintained.
Refer to the following documented procedures for full details:
I-P-14 Training
I-P-02 Internal Communication
HR-P-01 Staff Recruitment
HR-P-03 Staff Payroll
7.3 Infrastructure
Management of CSCEC shall determine, provide and maintain buildings, workspace,

equipment, and support services needed to achieve conformity to product and other
QHSE requirements.
Refer to the following documented procedures for full details:

AD-P-01 Issuing Items/Services
AD-P-02 Visa Application Processes
Page 167 of 736

7.4 Work Environment
CSCEC shall determine and manage the work environment needed to achieve
conformity to product and other QHSE requirements.
SECTION 8 PRODUCT REALISATION & COMPLIANCE WITH HSE

REQUIREMENTS
8.1 Project Quality Objectives and Project Quality Plan
CSCEC shall plan and develop the processes needed for product realisation that shall
be consistent with sub-sections 5.1 - 5.3 and 6.3 - 6.4 of this manual.
The respective Project Manager shall formulate Project Quality Objectives (incorporated
in the Project Quality Plan) prior to the start of the project. Though these Project Quality
Objectives shall be built on the basis of common project goals like on-time completion,
control the non-conformities, client satisfaction etc, they shall be regularly reviewed and
updated to drive the project through continual improvement and overcome significant
weaknesses, if any.
The respective Project Manager and team shall also develop the project-specific Project
Quality Plan prior to the start of the project. This quality plan shall take into account of
the following:
 quality objectives and requirements for the project

 need for processes, documents and resources specific to the project
 required verification, validation, monitoring, inspection and test activities specific to
the product and criteria for product acceptance
 records required towards evidence that the realization processes and resulting
product meet requirements
The Project Quality Plan shall also be regularly reviewed and updated as per the
requirements of the construction progress by the Project Manager.
PM-P-03 Project Quality Plan
8.2 HSE Risk Assessment and HSE Plan / Management Programme
CSCEC shall identify the HSE aspects and hazards of its activities, products and
services within the scope of this QHSE management system that can control, and those
that it can influence taking into account planned and new developments, or new or
modified activities, products and services.
Page 168 of 736

CSCEC shall evaluate the significance of these HSE impacts and risks that require
control measures.
CSCEC shall document information pertaining to HSE aspects / hazards and impacts /
risks, and maintain such information up-to-date.
CSCEC shall ensure that significant HSE impacts and risks and the corresponding
effectiveness of the control measures are taken into account in establishing,
implementing and maintaining its environmental management system.
8.3 Identification of and Access to Legal & Other Requirements
CSCEC shall identify and have access to relevant legal and other HSE requirements to
which it subscribes related to its HSE aspects. CSCEC shall determine how these
requirements apply to its HSE aspects and hazards.
CSCEC shall keep this information up-to-date, and shall communicate legal and other
HSE requirements to its employees, suppliers / sub-contractors and other relevant
interested parties.
CSCEC shall ensure that these applicable legal and other requirements to which it
subscribes are taken into account in establishing, implementing and maintaining its
environmental management system.
HSE-P-02 Identification of and Access to Legal & Other Requirements
8.4 Project HSE Objectives and HSE Plans / Management Programmes
CSCEC shall establish HSE objectives and targets at each relevant function and level.
The HSE Manager of each project shall determine the project-specific HSE objectives
based on identification of (i) HSE aspects / hazards and evaluation of HSE impacts /
risks, (ii) compliance with applicable legal and other requirements, and (iii) continual
improvement. He shall then formulate and maintain comprehensive HSE Plan /
Management Programme incorporated with measurable HSE objectives and targets,
where practicable.
The HSE-related objectives for the functional departments of the Head Office are stated
this manual.
Page 169 of 736

The site-specific HSE objectives are documented in the HSE Plans / Management
Programmes of the projects. Each HSE objective shall be traceable to action plans /
measures with corresponding targets, responsibilities and required resources
The HSE Plan / Management Programme shall be reviewed on a biannual basis for any
amendment and updated if required.
8.5 Tender / Contract Review
CSCEC shall determine the requirements related to the product that includes:
 customer requirements (inclusive of those pertaining to handover and post-

handover activities)
 necessary requirements for specified or intended use of product (though not
explicitly stated by customer), where known
 statutory and regulatory requirements in relation to the product
 any additional in-house requirements as appropriate
CSCEC shall review the requirements related to the product prior to its commitment to :
 submit tenders
 accept contracts
 accept changes to contracts
and shall ensure the following :
 product requirements are defined

 contract requirements differing from those previously expressed are resolved
 CSCEC has the ability to meet the defined requirements
Records of the review and actions arising from the review shall be maintained.
Where product requirements are changed, CSCEC shall ensure that relevant documents
are amended and that relevant personnel are made aware of the changed requirements.
8.6 Communication with Customer and Other External Parties
CSCEC shall determine and implement communication channels with customers in

relation to:
Page 170 of 736

 tender process - pre-qualification, open tender & tender invitation by customer

 tender / contract amendments
 other customer enquiries
 project execution
 project handover & servicing
 customer feedback / complaints
Please refer to the broad definition of “Customer”.
CSCEC shall generally not communicate on significant HSE aspects common to the
construction industry and its customers (stakeholders). However, this external
communication on significant HSE aspects, if necessary, shall be effected as per site-
specific documented procedure or flow chart.
I-P-11 Communication with Customer & Other External Parties

I-P-06 Control of Non conformance
I-P-07 Corrective and Preventive Action
8.7 Design & Development Activities
Design & Development shall only be applicable to CSCEC for any undertaken project
that is of the category, “Design & Build”.
CSCEC shall outsource the scope of design and development in any awarded design &
build projects. In other words, it shall control the design and development function
through a Design Department that manages the external design consultants responsible
for the design of the building.
CSCEC shall ensure the responsibility of the design professionals (i.e. the consultants)
in addressing the following essential requirements:
 Design & Development Planning

 Design & Development Inputs
 Design & Development Outputs
 Design & Development Review
 Design & Development Verification
 Design & Development Validation
 Control of Design & Development Changes
TD-P-01 Planning Drawing Submission

TD-P-02 Procedure for Incoming Drawing Control
TD-P-03 Development of Drawing
TD-P-04 Preparing and Monitoring Request for Information
Page 171 of 736

8.8 Purchase Control & Purchase-Related Activities
CSCEC shall ensure that purchased product conforms to specified requirements.

CSCEC shall also ensure the adequacy of specified requirements prior to its
communication with the supplier.
CSCEC shall evaluate and select suppliers based on their ability to supply product in
accordance with the stipulated requirements.
CSCEC shall establish and implement inspection or other activities necessary for
ensuring that the purchased product meets the specified requirements. The purchasing
information of CSCEC shall include the intended verification arrangements and method
of product release if CSCEC or its customers intends to perform verification at the
supplier’s premises.
PD-P-01 Procurement Planning

PD-P-02 Procurement
8.9 Operational Control
8.9.1 Control During Construction
CSCEC shall plan and carry out production and service provision under controlled
conditions. CSCEC shall also identify, plan and carry out those processes (including
maintenance activities) that are associated with the identified significant HSE impacts
and risks requiring control measures. These controlled conditions include the following:
 availability of client’s specifications (inclusive of construction drawings)

 availability of up-to-date statutory and regulatory requirements
 availability of project quality plan and trade work instructions
 availability of approved method statements, shop drawings, material samples, etc
 availability and use of suitable equipment and monitoring & measuring devices
 implementation of monitoring and measurement
 implementation of release, delivery and post-delivery activities
 availability of arrangements or procedures with defined criteria and other qualification
requirements for validation of processes where the resulting output cannot be
verified by subsequent monitoring or measurement
 availability of documented procedures (with operating criteria) to cover situations
where their absence could lead to deviations from the QHSE policy and objectives
 availability of procedures related to the identifiable HSE aspects and risks of goods,
equipment and services purchased and / or used, and communicating relevant
procedures and requirements to suppliers and sub-contractors
 availability of procedures for the design of workplace, process, installations,
machinery, operating procedures & work organisation, including their adaptation to
human capabilities, in order to eliminate or reduce HSE risks at source
Page 172 of 736

Refer to Section 10 - List of QHSEM Procedures
The operational control shall also include the identification, traceability and preservation
of the product, wherever applicable, as outlined below:
8.9.2 Identification and Traceability
Where appropriate, CSCEC shall identify the product by suitable means throughout
product realization. CSCEC shall identify the product status with respect to monitoring
and measurement requirements.
Where traceability is a requirement, CSCEC shall control and record the unique
identification of the product.
8.9.3 Customer Property
CSCEC shall bear responsibility, and provide the necessary care for any customer
property under its control or being used by CSCEC in production and service provision.
CSCEC shall identify, verify, protect and safeguard any such customer property in its
care, and ensure prompt reporting and maintenance of records for lost, damaged and
unfit-for-use customer property to the customer.
8.9.4 Preservation of Product
CSCEC shall identify, handle, package, store and protect the product and its
constituents throughout the phase of product realization. CSCEC shall, in this way,
preserve the conformity of product during internal processing and delivery to the
intended destination.
8.10 Control of Monitoring and Measuring Equipments
CSCEC shall determine the monitoring and measurement to be undertaken and the
monitoring and measuring devices needed:
a) to provide evidence of conformity of product to determined requirements and

b) for monitoring and measurement of HSE performance
PMP-P-09 Calibration Control
8.11 Emergency Preparedness and Response
CSCEC shall establish, implement and maintain plans and procedures to identify the
potential for, and responses to, incidents, accidents and emergency situations, and for
Page 173 of 736

preventing and mitigating the environmental impacts, occupational illness and injury that
may be associated with them.
CSCEC shall periodically respond to actual emergency situations and accidents, and
prevent or mitigate associated adverse HSE impacts / hazards.
CSCEC shall review and revise, where necessary, its emergency preparedness and
response procedures, in particular, after the occurrence of incidents, accidents and
emergency situations.
CSCEC shall also periodically test such procedures where practicable.
HSE-P-04 Emergency Preparedness & Response
SECTION 9 MEASUREMENTS, ANALYSIS & IMPROVEMENT
9.1 General
CSCEC shall plan and implement the monitoring, measurement, analysis and
improvement processes needed:
a) to demonstrate conformity to product requirements

b) to comply with HSE legislative and other requirements and achieve the desired HSE
performance
c) to ensure the conformity of QHSEMS, and
d) to continually improve the effectiveness of the QHSEMS.
9.2 Monitoring & Measurement
9.2.1 Monitoring & Measurement of Customer Satisfaction
CSCEC shall monitor information relating to customer perception as to whether the

organization has met customer requirements.
Relevant summaries of “client complaints / feedback” and “inspection failures arising

from client / client representative’s audit / inspection” shall be maintained by each project
for periodic review and analysis on the overall satisfaction level of the “project / product”
customer
I-P-09 Customer Satisfaction

I-P-10 Monitoring KPI
9.2.2 Monitoring & Measurement of Process
Page 174 of 736

CSCEC shall apply suitable methods for monitoring, and where applicable,
measurement of its processes and activities. These methods shall demonstrate the
ability of the processes / activities to achieve planned results in the form of specific and
measurable quality objectives in the QHSE Manual & site-specific Project Quality Plan,
and HSE objectives and targets in the site-specific Environmental Management Plan(s) /
Programme(s).
CSCEC shall take corrective and preventive action, as appropriate, to ensure

conformance when planned results are not achieved.

I-P-10 Monitoring of KPIs.
I-P-04 Internal Audit
I-P-06 Control of Non-Conforming Product
I-P-07 Corrective & Preventive Action
9.2.3 Monitoring & Measurement of Product
CSCEC shall monitor and measure the characteristics of the product to verify that
product requirements have been met. This shall be carried out at appropriate stages of
the product realization process in accordance with the planned arrangements (refer to
8.1 and site-specific Project Quality Plan).
CSCEC shall maintain records as evidence of conformity with the acceptance criteria.
Such records shall indicate the person(s) authorizing the release of the product.
CSCEC shall not proceed with the product release and service delivery until the planned
arrangements (refer to 8.1 and the site-specific Project Quality Plan) have been
satisfactorily completed, unless otherwise approved by a relevant authority, and where
applicable, by the customer.
PM-P-08 Project Inspection.
9.2.4 Monitoring & Measurement of HSE Performance
CSCEC shall establish, implement and maintain documented procedures, to monitor and
measure, on a regular basis, the key characteristics of its operations and activities that
can have significant environmental impact(s) / occupational health and safety risk(s).
The HSE monitoring and measurement activities shall be proactive based on compliance
checks with HSE management programme, (refer to site specific HSE management plan
/ programme with HSE objectives and targets), operational criteria (refer to HSE
Operational Control Procedures and applicable legislation and regulatory requirements.
Page 175 of 736

The HSE monitoring and measurement activities shall be reactive for HSE accidents, ill
health, incidents and other historical evidence of deficient HSE performance.
Relevant records of monitoring and measurement data and results shall be maintained
to facilitate subsequent corrective and preventive actions.
CSCEC shall also establish, implement and maintain a procedure for periodically
evaluating compliance with applicable legal requirements, and other requirements, if
any, to which it subscribes. Records of the results of the periodic evaluations shall be
maintained.
I-P-09 Customer Statisfaction
9.2.5 Internal Audit
CSCEC shall conduct internal audits of its processes / activities and functions at planned
intervals to determine whether the QHSEMS
 conforms to planned arrangements (refer to 8.1, 8.2, 8.3 & 8.4), to the requirements
of ISO 9001 : 2008, ISO 14001 : 2004 and OHSAS 18001:2007 standards and to in-
house QHSEMS requirements, and
 is effectively implemented and maintained.
A documented procedure shall be maintained to define the responsibilities and

requirements for planning and conducting audits, and for reporting results (to top
management) and maintaining records.
The management responsible for the area being audited shall ensure that actions are
taken without undue delay to eliminate detected nonconformities and their causes.
Follow-up activities shall include the verification of the actions taken and the reporting of
verification results.
Selection of auditors and conduct of audits shall ensure objectivity and impartiality of the
audit process
9.3 Control of Non conformance
CSCEC shall identify and control QHSE non conformance to prevent its unintended
occupancy, use or delivery, as appropriate (e.g. material / works not meeting quality
criteria OR ineffective / absence of HSE measures in work area as required by HSE in-
house operational criteria).
Page 176 of 736

The control shall include taking of action to eliminate the detected nonconformity.
When the nonconforming product or condition is corrected it shall be subjected to re-

verification to demonstrate conformity to the requirements. When the non conformance
is detected after delivery, use or occupancy has started appropriate action to the effects
or potential effects of the nonconformity shall be taken.
Use, release or acceptance under concession of any non-conforming product shall be

applicable only through the relevant customer
CSCEC shall maintain records of the nature of nonconformities and any subsequent
actions taken.
CSCEC shall define the controls and related responsibilities and authorities for dealing
with QHSE non conformance (inclusive of accidents and incidents) in a documented
procedure.
I-P-06 Control of Non conformance

9.4 Analysis of Data
CSCEC shall determine, collect and analyze appropriate data to demonstrate the
suitability and effectiveness of the QHSEMS and to evaluate where continual
improvement of the effectiveness of the QHSEMS can be made. This shall include data
generated as a result of monitoring and measurement and from other relevant sources.
CSCEC shall perform analysis of data leading to the following information:
 customer satisfaction
 supplier / subcontractor performance
 conformity to product requirements
 characteristics & trends of processes and products including opportunities for
preventive action (including internal audit results)
 HSE performance (inspection results by authorities / agencies, accident frequency &
severity rates, internal audit results, etc)
Projects shall perform a periodic analysis of the above-mentioned data (at intervals of
every 6 months) for self-regulated review and improvement (by means of corrective and
preventive actions) in areas of weaknesses, as applicable.
Each project shall submit an overall yearly analysis report to the Management
Representative two weeks prior to the Management Review Meeting for the top
management’s review and follow up action at the company level.
Page 177 of 736


I-P-09 Customer Satisfaction.
I-P-10 Monitoring KPI
9.5 Improvement
9.5.1 Continual Improvement
CSCEC shall continually improve the effectiveness of the QHSEMS through the use of
QHSE policy, QHSE objectives and targets, audit results, analysis of data, corrective
and preventive actions, and management review.
I-P-08 Continual Improvement
9.5.2 Corrective Action
CSCEC shall take action to eliminate the cause of nonconformities in order to prevent
recurrence. Corrective actions shall be appropriate to the effects of the nonconformities
encountered.
CSCEC shall establish a documented procedure to define the detailed steps for the
corrective action.
9.5.3 Preventive Action
CSCEC shall determine action to eliminate the causes of potential nonconformities in

order to prevent their occurrence. Preventive actions shall be appropriate to the effects
of the potential problems.
CSCEC shall establish a documented procedure to define the detailed steps for the
preventive action.
SECTION 10 LIST OF QHSEM PROCEDURES
Refer to form no. I-F-02 Master List of Procedures on the electronic CD.
Page 178 of 736

SECTION 11 REVISION HISTORY AND APPROVAL
Rev. Date of Prepared Reviewed

Description Approved By
No Issue By By
QA/QC / QA/QC / MR
A 13/07/08 Original Copy HSE HSE
Manager Manager
Nature of Revision Approved By
No Revision By By
B 19/11/08 Environmental Policy and HSE Policy QA/QC / QA/QC / MR

have been revised based on Certification HSE HSE
Initial Audit observations. Manager Manager

Nature of Revision Approved By
No Revision By By
C 19/8/10 Revised to accommodate requirements of QA/QC QA/QC / MR

ISO 9001:2008 /HSE HSE
Manager Manager
Page 179 of 736

QUALITY POLICY AND OBJECTIVES
Our Policy is to build a first grade construction process product by assigning the utmost importance to Quality
in order to achieve high levels of Client satisfaction.
The policy further stipulates that no task or service is so urgent that Quality requirements should be
compromised.
CSCEC is committed to comply with our customers’ quality requirements inclusive of applicable legislation
and regulations.
We are committed to provide continuous efforts to identify and eliminate or manage defects associated with
its construction activities through continual improvement of Integrated Management System.
In order to achieve our policy, we shall:
 Deploy adequate & suitable resources for the job.

 Improve the construction management.
 Achieve targeted milestones within the specified time period.
 Minimize the number of defects/complaints during execution.
We shall ensure that the Quality Policy is communicated and understood within the organization, and made
available to all interested parties.
The Quality Policy and respective Key Performance Indicators (KPI) for each functional department shall be
annually reviewed for its continuing suitability and appropriateness, and accordingly revised if required.
Signed Date 20-07-17

Review Date 30-07-18
Mr Yu Tao
CEO
CSCEC (ME LLC)
Page 180 of 736

Page 181 of 736
INTEGRATED
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
Site Project Quality Plan
TEMPLATE ONLY
PROJECT QUALITY PLAN
CLIENT:
CONSULTANT:
OTHER STAKE HOLDERS
PROJECT NAME
PROJECT ID
PROJECT IMAGE TO BE INSERTED HERE IF APPLICABLE OR

OTHERWISE DELETE THE BOX.
DOCUMENT TITLE Site Project Quality Plan Page 1 of 35
PROJECT: Insert Project Name Project No. Insert project No
IMS Form No: Document Ref: Rev. XX Date
Page 182 of 736

INTEGRATED
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
ISSUE RECORD
Document Ref: Date Signature
Created By Insert Project Quality Insert Date
Manager Name
Checked By Tarek Emara – Corporate Insert Date

QHSE Dierctor
Approved By Insert Project Director
Name
REVISION RECORD
Revision No & Date Page No’s Revised Remarks
Page 183 of 736

INTEGRATED
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. INTRODUCTION .......................................................................................................... 4
2. LEADERSHIP, POLICY AND OBJECTIVES ............................................................... 7
3. PROJECT ROLES AND RESPONSBILIRTIES ........................................................... 9
4. PROJECT PLANNING ............................................................................................... 18
5. PROCESS MANAGEMENT ....................................................................................... 19
6. KEY PROCESSES ..................................................................................................... 20
7. PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT ........................................................................... 34
8. CONTINUAL IMPORVEMENT ................................................................................... 34
9. APPENDICES ............................................................................................................ 35
Page 184 of 736

INTEGRATED
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1. PURPOSE
The purpose of this Project Quality Plan (PQP) is to describe the overall strategy for delivering
the Client’s Requirement at the Project Level.
The PQP shall be demonstrating the integration functional deliveries between various
departments at the project level for delivering the output of the Client.
1.2. SCOPE
The scope of this document is to cover the remaining phase of the Insert Project Name. in
defining the controls to be implemented by the various departments at the project level.
1.3. SCOPE OF WORK
Insert the Project Scope of Work as per mentioned in the Contract or the letter of Intent.
1.4. PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
The Project Management System is the continuity of the Corporate Integrated Management
System.
It is the system developed for defining and identifying the project policies, objectives and
procedures necessary to control quality, health, safety and environment on the Insert Project
Name.
1.5. CUSTOMER SATISFACTION
Customer Satisfaction sits on top of the main aspects of our Top Management deliverables. They
shall endorse all the resources and facilities for achieving it. The Project Director/Project
Manager (Titles might change as per the Project Organization Chart) will be leading the project
team to guarantee the success of this major objective.
Customer satisfaction survey shall be done once a year or as required to record and improve any
areas of concern raised by the client. This enhances the continual improvement process to
achieve positive progress for the Company’s performance.
Please refer to the following documented procedure:
I-P-09 Customer Satisfaction.
1.6. CONTROL OF THE PROJECT QUALITY PLAN (PQP).
The PQP is a controlled document and shall not be altered or changed except by the authorized
personnel who will be either the Senior Quality Personnel at the Project Level or at the
Corporate Level.
Page 185 of 736

INTEGRATED
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
The PQP shall be subject to review and change in case there is any change to the Scope of Work
or the Corporate Policies or Objectives from the Corporate or Project level
The latest revision of the PQP shall be maintained on the main server and the IP address shall be
addressed through an Internal Memo.
Any updates or review shall be communicated through an Internal Memo.
1.7. DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS
1.7.1.Definitions
Client
Insert Client Name
Project Insert Project Name
Consultant Insert Consultant name
Contractor Insert Main Contractor’s name
Third Party Inspector Insert TPI name If applicable (or delete)
Insert Sub Contractors name If applicable (or

Sub Contractor
delete).
MAY signifies a feature which is discretionary
signifies a requirement made mandatory by this

SHALL
Method Statement
Page 186 of 736

INTEGRATED
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
1.7.2.Abbreviations
Note: The below abbreviations can be reviewed based on the content of the document.
 CSCEC - China State Construction Engineering Corporation
 PQP – Project Quality Plan.
 PMT – CSCEC’s Top Management Team
 PMS – Project Management System.
 IMS – Integrated Management System
 SSH – Southern Sun Hotel
 SUPPLIER - supplier is a person from whom procurement activity is carried out by
Issue of a purchase order
 QA - QUALITY ASSURANCE is the planning and organizing of a system or program to
maintain a required level of quality or reliability. This includes auditing the
system’s operation and related controls to assure that they are being executed
properly and functioning as expected. Quality shall be assured by Contractor/Client.
 QC – QUALITY CONTROL is a part of Quality Assurance, implements the latter
by examining physical characteristics and comparing them to established and acceptable
Quality Documents as stated in the quality assurance program or plan
 Quality shall be controlled by Sub-Contractor in accordance with the Quality
Documents.
 ITP - INSPECTION & TEST PLAN means the document which contains sequence of
activities in a process, highlights the applicable Quality Documents, and inspection
criticalities.
 PAR - PREVENTIVE ACTION REQUEST means to eliminate the causes of a
potential nonconformity or other potentially undesirable situation
 CAR - CORRECTIVE ACTION means to eliminate the causes of a detected non-
conformity or other undesirable situation.
 QUALITY DOCUMENTS - means drawings specification, procedure, record
formats, codes and standards specified in the documents issued by the
Contractor/Company to the Subcontractor.
 SITE - means the place, designated by Client for further development, where the
construction activities shall be carried out by Sub-contractor.
 PROCEDURE - describes how a process is performed.
 TPI - Third Party Inspection
 Doc. – Document.
 No. – Number
Page 187 of 736

INTEGRATED
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
 Rev. – Revision.
 Ref. – Reference.
 Eot – Extension of Time
 Note: For other General Abbreviations, please refer to the IMS Control CD –
Corporate QHSE Manual Doc. No. QHSEM Rev C.
1.8. REFERENCES.
 Cscec integrated management system, issue date 22 august 2010.

 Iso 9000 : 2005, quality management systems - fundamentals & vocabulary
 Iso 9001 : 2008, quality management system - requirements
 Insert Relevant Project Specifications (E.g. Project Specifications - DOCUMENT III –
VOLUME 1- DIVISION 1.)
2. LEADERSHIP, POLICY AND OBJECTIVES
2.1. LEADERSHIP
Leadership is one of the main skills that the Company’s Top Management ensures that it exists by
the Project Management Team (PMT). They will be the Key players in assuring, monitoring and
controlling the success of the Project Management System.
The PMT are the group of personnel assigned by the Managing Director to overview monitor and
control the performance and deliverables of the project.
The PMT for Insert Project Name are the following personnel:
 Project director.
 Chief representative.
 Senior project manager.
 Project manager.
 Deputy chief representative.
 Note: The above positions might change based on the project Organizations
2.2. PROJECT POLICY
The project policy is the guidelines on which its basis this document have been developed and the
project objectives are being set to achieve the Client’s requirement. In other terms it will be the
guide for delivering the project requirement as per the project specification and local authorities.
In order to satisfy the Project Quality Objectives, the Project Management Team committed to
implementing a fully functional Project Management System (PMS) that:
Page 188 of 736

INTEGRATED
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
 Is developed in accordance to the Corporate Integrated Management System.

 Is developed in accordance with the applicable elements of ISO 9001:2008
 Deliver the Local authorities rules and regulation.
 Delivers a common and consistent approach to Quality Assurance
 Meets the requirements of the Insert the Client Name.
 Ensures the technical integrity of the work through the use of documented
processes.
 Is supported by a functioning audit schedule that effectively measures and verifies
compliance throughout the remaining duration of the Project and continually
improves the effectiveness of the PMS.
 The Project Policy shall be posted along with the Corporate Company’s Policy to
ensure the awareness of all the project team with regard to the line drawn.
2.3. PROJECT QUALITY OBJECTIVES
2.3.1.The Project Quality Objectives shall be as follow:
 Development and submission of Drawings within the agreed time frame.

 Development and Submission of all the Technical submittals within the agreed time
frame.
 Development of the Overall project Programme within the agreed time frame.
 Provision of the adequate resources for achieving the assigned tasks.
 Provide Training and Toolbox talks as required for enhancing Quality and Safety.
 Minimize the rework and non-conformance for any trade during the execution of
work.
 Avoid unnecessary delays during the construction stage.
 Managing successfully the variation orders or change in design.
 Avoid any potential conflicts that can appear during the construction phase.
 Eliminate any potential accidents or hazards that could occur at site.
 Success in Managing the Subcontractors without affecting the duration of any task or
deliverables.
 Manage the logistic and available of material at site.
 Managing the Procurement process and maintain the availability of material at the
right time
 Submission of all reports within the agreed time frame.
Page 189 of 736

INTEGRATED
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
 Ensures that the activities are undertaken through continual improvement process.
The Project Director will work through the period of the project to sustain and review the polices for
achieving the set objectives of the Project.
 Submit payment Certificates in the agreed time frame.
 Managing the Initial and the Final Handing over in a satisfactory manner.
 Note: The above quality objectives shall be cascaded with the Scope of work.
3. PROJECT ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

All Project personnel have been identified on the basis of suitable qualifications and experience.
Please refer to Appendix A presenting Insert Project Name Organization Chart.
Detailed below are the responsibilities for the Insert Project Name Project Team Members:
Note: The below roles and responsibilities are as an example they can be used or reviewed to suit
the project scope of work and organization.
3.1. PROJECT MANAGEMENT TEAM:
 Delivering the project as per the Client’s Requirement, QA/QC policy and Project
Programme.
 Leading the Projects’ Department output.
 Reviewing all the submittals for issuance to the Client.
 Interfacing with the client & Consultant for resolving any concerns.
 Responsible to deliver the project as per the programme and protect the company
interests concerning any EoT might be raised during the construction period.
 Responsible to deliver the Project within the Estimated Budget.
The Project Manager is the main point of contact representing the Project Management Team
for the Southern Sun Hotel Project.
3.2. TECHNICAL MANAGER:
 Reports to the Project Manager.

 Assisting in setting out the output of the Project Requirements with the Project
Management Team.
 To manage the development of the shop drawing submission schedule.
 To manage the identification process of any technical issues through RFIs. and follow
up with the consultant
Page 190 of 736

INTEGRATED
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
 To manage the preparation and submission process of the Material Submittals.

 To manage the preparation and submission of the Technical submittals (i.e Design
Calculations e.t.c.)
 Interfacing with the Project Consultant to resolve and guarantee an efficient
approval process as per the programme.
 Mange the Interface between project packages such as Structural, Architectural,
MEP e.t.c.
 Ensuring the preparation and submission of the Technical Reports as per required.
 Provide support to other departments as required.
 Manage the development of the AS Built Drawings.
 To manage the review process
 Reviewing the deliverables of subcontractors prior to consultant submission.
 Highlight to the project management team if any changes happen in the shop
drawings or RFI by the engineer which related to V.O.
3.3. STRUCTURAL/ARCHITECTURAL ENGINEER:
 Reports to the Technical Manager.

 Review all the design drawings and identify any areas of concerns through raising
RFIs.
 Assist the technical manager in managing the RFI status.
 Responsible to review the drawings from different disciplines and its correlation with
their respective discipline.
 Assist the technical manager in the development of Shop Drawings Schedule.
 Responsible for the development and review of shop drawing.
 Responsible for the development of Technical submittals as required.
 Responsible for the development and review of the As Built drawings.
 Responsible for managing the Draughts Man output.
3.4. DRAUGHTS MAN:
 Reports to the Structural/Architectural Engineer.

 Responsible to ensure the correct output of the drawings.
 Work in efficient and cooperative manner with their superiors.
3.5. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER:
Page 191 of 736

INTEGRATED
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

 Prepare weekly schedule based on the approved main programme for monitoring
the execution of various activities at site.
 Monitor the Site activities and advise the Site Manager for any areas of
improvement.
 Lead the initial stage of any activity and ensure that all the documents, material,
resources and the site team fully understand their role.
 Manage the deliverable of the Subcontractors and ensure they are following the
work programme.
 Ensure the provision of adequate resources and tools at site.
 Ensure that the work being executed as per the approved drawing, specifications
and Method Statement.
 Ensure that all the inspections are being raised at the agreed hold points.
 Ensure that all the records are being filled up in a professional manner.
 Responsible for reviewing the drawings, method statement and ITPs prior to start
any activity.
 Coordinate closely with other department for resolving any issues which can affect
the work progress safety or quality.
 Ensure that all the safety requirements are being taken prior starting any activity.
 Liaise closely with subcontractors.
 Participate in the process of the Method Statement development.
 Responsible for the site logistics arrangement.
 Responsible for Progress Reporting as per required.
 Ensure that the daily reports are submitted on a daily basis to the consultant.
 Liaise with the QA/QC department for the closure of any NCRs.
 Liaise with the consultant for resolving any issue at site.
 Ensure the delivery of the material and storage control procedures as per
programme
3.6. SITE MANAGER:
 Reports to the Construction Manager

 Responsible for reporting the progress on a daily basis.
 Responsible for monitoring the site activities and indentify any delays.
Page 192 of 736

INTEGRATED
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
 Ensure that all the work shall be executed as per the method statement and ITP.
 Manage and guide the Site Engineer.
 Review the daily reports before submission to the consultant.
 Review the shop drawing, method statement and ITP prior to start any activity.
 Ensure that the site team understands their role and outputs.
 Ensure that all the resources and tools are available and in a good condition.
 Ensure that all the safety requirements are being taken prior to start any activity.
 Check the work at site and ensure that there no any non-conformances.
Ensure that all the materials being used are from the approved supplier and being inspected.
Liaise closely with Technical and QA/QC department
SITE ENGINEER:
Reports to the Site Manager.

Check the progress at site and report for any problems.
Prepare and submit Inspection Request within the agreed time frame as per the approved
ITPs.
Review the drawings, method statements and ITPs prior to start any activity at site.
Ensure that all the activities are being executed in a safe manner.
Prepare and submit Daily Reports to the consultant.
Prepare Daily Site Report mentioning the progress, delays, resources e.t.c.
Liaise with the QA/QC department for the closure of any Non-Conformance.
Monitor the all the activities closely to avoid any Non-Conformances.
QA/QC MANAGER:
Reports to the Project Manager

Responsible to manage all the QA/QC project’s Deliverables.
Establish the Project Management System.
Responsible to prepare the Project Quality Plan.
Provide support to the project team as required.
Monitor the QA/QC department performance on a regular basis.
Page 193 of 736

INTEGRATED
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
Conduct Internal Audits on an agreed plan Intervals.

Monitor the status of the NCRs and advise the team
Liaise with different department for any required support.
Identify the documentation/forms within the project, which are to be required as per
specification
SR.QA/QC ENGINEER:
Reports to the QA/QC Manager.

Assist the QA/QC Manager in the setting of the Project Management System.
Review and understand the drawings and specifications prior to start any activity.
 Prepare the Method Statement Submission Plan.
 Preparation and submission of the Method Statement.
 Preparation and submission of the Inspection and Test Plan.
 Ensure that all the Inspections at site are running as per the ITPs.
 Prepare Training Plan for different trades prior of the activity starting at site.
 Ensure that all the testing are being conducted as per the approved method
statement and ITPs.
 Review the Sub-contractors Method Statement and ITPs.
 Monitor the different trades activity at site.
 Monitor the Subcontractors activities at site and advice for any potential non-
conformances.
 Monitor all the tools and equipments at site that needs calibration.
 Ensure that all the QA/QC reports are being developed at the agreed intervals.
 Raise internal NCRs as required for any deviations from the company’s or the project
procedure.
 Raise QV for any conformance to the end product of any activity.
 Liaise with the consultant for resolving any issue at site with regard to the quality of
the work.
 Liaise with the Corporate QHSE department for the preparation of any Internal or
External Audits.
 Lead and ensure that the construction team are aware about the checking and
testing criteria prior to start any activity at site.
 Liaise with the consultant for the closure of the NCRs.
Page 194 of 736

INTEGRATED
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
 Ensure that the documents retained are a true and accurate record.
3.7. QA/QC ENGINEER:
 Report to the Sr. QA/QC Engineer.

 Ensure that all the inspections at site are following the Method Statement and ITPs.
 Liaise with the Third Part Testing laboratory for conducting all the required materials
test.
 Monitor and update the QA/QC Logs as required (i.e Testing Results Logs)
 Liaising with the construction department for any required support.
 Prepare and submit QA/QC reports as requested.
 Assist the SR.QA/QC Engineer in the monitoring and closure of any Non-
Conformance Reports.
 Ensure that the latest drawings are being used at site.
 Conduct, prepare and submit material Inspection for all the permanent materials
received at site.
 Liaise with the Consultant for any issue to be resolved at site with regard to quality
of the work.
3.8. SENIOR PLANNER:
 Reports to the Project manager

 Development of the Work Break Down Structure and Baseline Programme.
 Responsible in updating the actual progress status of the work.
 Responsible to develop indicative reports as required
 Collate and submit the monthly report.
 Initiate in coordination with Project Manager the recovery programmes as required..
 Participate with the Management team in any EoT process
 Submit his planning report to HQ, before the General HQ management meeting.
3.9. CONTRACT MANAGER:

 Study and Understand the Contract agreement.
 Support the Procurement Corporate office in the subcontracting contract awards.
 Manage the preparation of the Monthly Progress Payment.
Page 195 of 736

INTEGRATED
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
 Manage the preparation of the Monthly Progress Payment.

 Managing the preparation and submission of the Variation Orders.
 Liaise with the Technical Department to asses any cost implications with regard to
the RFIs.
 Review and advice with regard to the Incoming or Outgoing correspondence for any
contractual issues.
 Review any subcontractors claim and work in resolving it.
 Responsible for submitting status reports as requested.
 Responsible for submitting the Final Estimated Project Budget.
 Managing the process of the Project Cost Control.
 Responsible for submitting the Monthly Financial Cost Report.
 Leading the EoT Claim Process.
3.10. SENIOR QUANTITY SURVEYOR (SR.QS)
 Reports to the Contract manager.

 Study and Understand the Contract agreement.
 Manage the process for calculating of the quantities for different disciplines.
 Liaise with the planning department for loading the cost for the project.
 Review and certify the subcontractor’s payment thus ensuring the executed work
has been done as per the project requirements.
 Assists the Contracts Manager in resolving any subcontractors claim.
 Assist the Contract Manager in preparation of Subcontractor’s agreement.
 Preparation of the Monthly Payment Certificate.
 Assist the Contract Manager in the preparation of status reports.
 Assist the Contract Manager in the preparation of any variation orders.
 Prepare the Estimated Project Budget.
 Prepare the Monthly Cost Report.
3.11. QUANTITY SURVEYORS:

 Reports to Sr. QS.
 Calculate quantities of work for different disciplines.
Page 196 of 736

INTEGRATED
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
 Review the Subcontractors payment certificate and confirm quantities.

 Prepare of Status reports as requested.
 Assist the SR.QS as per the assigned tasks (i.e Variation Orders, Subcontractor’s
Claim etc.)
3.12. SAFETY MANAGER:

Please refer to the Project HSE Plan.
3.13. SAFETY OFFICIER:

Please refer to the Project HSE Plan
3.14. MEP PROJECT DIRECTOR
 Report to the Project Manager.
 Responsible to manage the development of Technical documents (Shop drawings,
Submittals, Method Statement, e.tc.)
 Responsible to manage the interface between MEP activities and other disciplines
(i.e Structural, Architectural, e.t.c.)
 Responsible to manage the development the MEP Project Procurement Schedule.
 Responsible to interface with the Planning department for the development of the
baseline Programme.
 Responsible to monitor the overall programme of the MEP activities.
 Ensure the project team liaise with local authorities for getting approval from
different parties.
 Responsible to ensure that all the activities are being executed in a safe manner and
as per the required standard.
 Ensure that all the materials at site are provided at the planned duration.
 The provision of adequate resources and tools.
3.15. MEP PROJECT MANAGER

 Report to the MEP Project Director.
 Responsible for Managing the development of the programme of work.
 Responsible for following up the construction schedule and ensure that all the
activities are running as per the agreed schedule.
Page 197 of 736

INTEGRATED
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
 Ensure that all the technical submittals are developed within the agreed submission
plan.
 Ensure that all the construction at site as per the agreed method statement and
Inspection and Test Plans.
 Assure that all the activities are being executed at site in a safe manner.
 Manage the MEP construction team and ensure that there is a proper coordination
between different disciplines.
 Manage the MEP subcontractors and ensure that they are briefed with all the
requirement of the project.
 Ensure that the procurement process is ongoing based on the agreed schedule.
 Responsible for the development of Status Reports as required demonstrating the
project status with respect to progress, submittals, Safety and Quality issues.
 Ensure that the availability of adequate resources are present for each task.
 Development and Submission of Monthly Reports.
3.16. MEP SERVICE ENGINEER

 Reports to the MEP Project Manager with regard to the respective discipline.
 Review all the design drawings and identify any areas of concerns through raising
RFIs.
 Assist the Project Manager in managing the RFI status.
 Responsible to review the drawings from different disciplines and its correlation with
their respective discipline.
 Responsible for the development of Shop Drawings Schedule.
 Responsible for the development and review of shop drawing.
 Responsible for the development of Technical submittals as required.
 Responsible for the development and review of the As Built drawings.
 Responsible for managing the Draughts Man output.
3.17. DOCUMENT CONTROLLER

 Ensure in maintaining the proper filing system of the project records.
 Responsible for receiving and issuing the Incoming/outgoing letters or documents
to/from external parties
 Responsible for registering all the Incoming/outgoing letters or documents to/from
external parties
Page 198 of 736

INTEGRATED
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
 Responsible to ensure that all the outgoing documents have the proper reference
numbers as per the control sheets.
 Assisting the PMT in any administrative work.
4. PROJECT PLANNING
4.1. PLANNING
Plans will be developed as required throughout the Project. The Plans which will be developed are
the Project Quality Plan and Health Safety & Environmental Plan.
4.2. PROJECT QUALITY PLAN (PQP)
This Project Quality Plan (PQP) describes the arrangements for quality to be adopted and
implemented by the Project Team. It also describes the interface and controls to be undertaken by
the Insert Project name team members and identifies those common procedures to be implemented
for managing the project.
4.3. HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENTAL PLAN (HSE)
The HSE Plan describes general project arrangements for HSE and the activities that will deliver the
strategy, execution philosophy and performance expectations The plan also identifies those people
with specific responsibilities and accountability for HSE activities. It is to be used in conjunction with
the developed policy and procedures issued by CSCEC to give instruction on what measures need to
be taken to ensure that HSE risks are reduced to a level As Low As Reasonably Practicable It is
designed to be continually reviewed and updated.
Page 199 of 736

INTEGRATED
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
5. PROCESS MANAGEMENT
All the project deliverables shall be monitored and controlled through identified processes
The following section “6” identifies the key processes required for managing the project and how
they will addressed and controlled.
5.1. PROCESS DOCUMENTATION.
The Following Documents Hierarchy Are The Documents Used For Identifying Various Processes As
Applicable To The Project Deliverables:
CORPORATE DOCUMENTS
QHSE POLICY
QHSE MANUAL
QHSE PROCEDURES
PROJECT DOCUMENTS PROJECT QUALITY, SAFETY AND ENVIROMENTAL

PLANS
SPECIFICATIONS,METHOD STATEMENT, CONTRACT

& SHOP DRAWING, INSPECTION & TEST PLANS
QHSE RECORDS (I.E CORPORATE AND PROJECT

RECORDS)
Page 200 of 736

INTEGRATED
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
6. KEY PROCESSES
Note: The below Key Processes and its contents can be changed based on the Project Scope of Work.
6.1. CONTRACT REVIEW
It is the first process being taken by the Project Team. During this process all the deliverables shall be
identified by the project team based on the project scope. The output from this process shall identify
the other process required for delivering the project.
The main owner of the process shall be the Project Management Team.
 PM-P-02 Data Mobilization.
 PM-P-06 Project Execution.
6.2. DEVELOPMENT OF SHOP DRAWINGS
Based On The Project Documentation (I.E. Drawings And Specifications), All The Required Shop
Drawings Shall Be Identified And A Submission Plan Shall Be Developed.
The Technical Engineers In Respect To Their Disciplines Shall Be Responsible For The Development Of
Any Shop Drawings Required For This Project. Development Of Shop Drawing Shall Be Adhering To
The Following Sections Of The Project Specifications Insert The Project Specifications Clause If
Applicable Or Otherwise Modify The Statement.
All The Drawings Shall Have A Proper Referencing Number Facilitating Its Control And Traceability.
The Reference Number Shall Indicate The following:
 Relative Discipline.
 Running Number.
 Revision.
All The Shop Drawings Shall Be Submitted Under A Transmittal Cover Sheet (Refer To Appendix B –
“Insert The Name Of The Cover Sheet As Agreed With The Consultant”). All the Submitted
Transmittal Shall Have A Proper Reference Number And Registered For Easy Reference.
The Process Owner Shall Be The Technical Manager.
Please refer to the following documented procedures:
 TD-P-01 Planning Drawing Submission.
 TD-P-03 Development of Drawing..
 I-P-11 Correspondence and Technical Submission.
6.3. TECHNICAL QUERIES/REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFI).
Page 201 of 736

INTEGRATED
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
The Technical Engineers During Their Review Process For The Design Drawings Shall Identify Any
Issues Requires Clarifications Or Which Might Have Potential Conflicts At The Construction Stage.
This Shall Be Done Through Sending Request For Information To The Consultant.
Please Refer To Appendix B, Indicates The “Insert The Name Of The Cover Sheet As Agreed With The
Consultant” Form That Shall Be Used During The Project Period.
The Technical Engineers shall be held responsible for this process.
 TD-P-04 Preparing and Monitoring Request For Information.
6.4. DRAWING CONTROL
In Order To Control The Drawing Version, All The Drawing Shall Have A Proper Sequential Numbers
And A Revision Number. In Case The Submitted Drawing To The Engineer, Need To Be Distributed To
The Project Team. The Technical Department Shall Stamp The Drawing “For Information” And
Distribute It Through Technical Explanation.
After The Approval Is Being Granted From The Engineer, The Drawings Shall Be Distributed Through
Another Technical Explanation And Stamped “For Construction”.
A Drawing Register Shall Be Always Updated Indicating The Developed Drawing Status And Shall Be
Distributed On Agreed Time Frame For The Reference Of Other Departments.
When A New Drawing Revision Is Being Issued The Old Revision Shall Be Stamped “Superseded”
The Contract Drawings Shall Be Stamped “Contract Drawings” As It Is Very Important To Identify
Them As They Shall Be The Basis For Future Comparison Or Reference.
The Original Version Of Drawings Shall Be Kept By The Contract Or Technical Department.
The Process Owner Shall Be The Technical Manager.
 TD-P-02 Incoming Drawing Control.
6.5. PROJECT PLANNING
After The Contract Is Reviewed The Project Planner Will Develop The Overall Baseline Programme
(I.E. Construction Schedule) Thus Identifying All The Tasks To Be Executed Based On The Scope Of
Work, The Following Steps To Be Followed:
General meeting(S) with construction team, procurement and technical will be held in order to
finalise the “Project execution plans” including the logistics of the site, the coordination between the
site the site offices and the overall main milestones of the project.
.As result of these meeting the planner will develop a level 01 & 02 detailed programme, to be
presented to the project teams for their approvals/comments.
Advance copy of the level 03-04 programme will be sent to the consultants / project manager for
informal review and comment (should take a week time)
Page 202 of 736

INTEGRATED
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
By incorporating all above comments the programme will ready to be submitted as a construction
Programme to the Consultants for approvals.
The Project Progress Shall Be Monitored Based On The Baseline Programme And The Project
Progress Report Shall Be Developed.
The Progress Reports Will Consists Of 3 General Major Parts:
 A Progress Update Demonstrating The Project Status As To Compare With The Base
Line Programme As Regards To The Timing And The Quantities Of Works Achieved
 Report Of Delays Generated Due To The Contractor Lack Of Performance Together
With A Proposed Recovery Plans To Overcome Such Delays Especially When It Is In
The Critical Path.
 Report Of Delays Generated Due To The Client / Consultants Lack Of Performance,
Highlighting If These Delays Would Generate Any Eots To The Project.
The developed schedule or programme of work and progress reporting shall be adhering to the
following sections of the project specifications Insert the Project Specifications Clause if
applicable or otherwise modify the statement.
The construction schedule shall be sent via a letter to the consultant.
The process owner for submitting the construction schedule shall be the Senior Planner.
 PM-P-04 Project Planning.
6.6. PREPARATION OF METHOD STATEMENT AND INSPECTION AND TEST PLANS (ITPS)
The QA/QC department shall be responsible for identifying the main Method Statement and ITPs
required for the execution of the work.
This shall be done after the contract review process and through the Interfacing with different
department such as the Technical and Construction departments.
A Submission Plan Shall Be Developed For Monitoring The Preparation And Submission Dates. The
Submission Dates Shall Be Anticipated Based On The Approved Construction Schedule Considering
Enough Time For The Review Process To Take Place Prior To Start Any Activity At Site. The Review
Duration Shall Be Within Insert Agreed Durations Days As Per The Project Specs Insert The Project
Specifications Clause If Applicable Or Otherwise Modify The Statement.
Please refer to Appendix C indicates the following:
 A Method Statement Template.
 An Inspection and Test Plan Template.
 Check List Template.
Page 203 of 736

INTEGRATED
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
All The Produced Method Statement Shall Be Adhering To Insert The Project Specifications Clause If
Applicable Or Otherwise Modify The Statement And Shall Be Submitted Through Insert The Name Of
The Cover Sheet As Agreed With The Consultant (Refer To Appendix B)
The process owner for the development of the Method Statement and ITPs shall be the Project
Quality Manager
 PM-P-05 Method Statement.
6.7. SITE INSPECTIONS
For controlling the quality of the work all the executed permanent activities shall be subject for
Inspection as per the approved Drawings, Method Statements and ITPs.
The Inspections can be divided into two stages:
6.7.1.Initial/Preparatory Inspections
These shall take place during the starting of any new activity at site. This shall be carried out by
Construction Manager, Site Manager, Site Engineers, Sr. QA/QC Engineers and QA/QC Engineers.
This is essential to ensure that the work will be carried out as per the approved Drawings, Method
Statement and ITPs. Also they shall ensure that the Inspections shall be submitted as per the ITP’s
hold points.
6.7.2.Ongoing Inspections
All the completed work at site shall be subject to Inspections on a regular basis by the Supervision
Consultant.
The Site Engineers shall be held responsible for checking the completed work at site prior to request
for Inspections. After conforming the work is being completed as per the Drawings, Method
Statement and ITPs, a “Request for Inspection” shall be raised attaching all the supporting
documents such as the approved drawings and checklist as applicable.
All the Inspection Request shall have a controlled reference number which shall indicates:
 Disciplines (i.e. STR, ARC, ELEC, MECH, e.t.c).
 Running Number.
 Revision.
The QA/QC department shall advise the Construction department regarding the proper
reference numbers that shall be used through an Internal Memo.
An Inspection Request Summary shall be maintained and controlled by the Document Controller
registering all the Incoming and Outgoing Inspection.
The Inspection Process shall be adhering to Insert the Project Specifications Clause if applicable or
otherwise modify the statement of the project specifications
Page 204 of 736

INTEGRATED
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
Please Refer To Appendix B, Indicates The “Insert The Name Of The Inspection Sheet As Agreed With
The Consultant” Form That Shall Be Used During The Project Period.
The process owner for the preparation and submission of the Site Inspections shall be the
Construction Manager.
 PM-P-08 Project Inspection.
6.8. SITE TESTING
The testing shall be carried by third party who shall be approved by the Consultant. The QA/QC
Engineer shall be responsible to follow up the entire test that required to be conducted at site. They
shall be coordinating with the Laboratory for collecting the results and clarifying any requirement by
the Consultant.
All the testing requirements shall be followed as per the approved ITPs
All the tests request shall be prepared by the QA/QC Engineer and a reference number (Ref. No.)
shall be maintained in a proper sequence. The Ref. No. shall include:
 Test Category.
 Running No.
 The categories of the planned test to be carried as follow:
 Compaction Test.
 Rebar Test.
 Concrete Test (Compressive and Durability).
 General Structural Test.
 General Architectural Test.
 Test Required for Facde.
 General MEP Test.
 All the equipments used for testing shall be calibrated and verified by the QA/QC
Engineers.
The testing Process shall be adhering to Insert the Project Specifications Clause if applicable or
otherwise modify the statement of the project specifications
The process owner for the Site Testing shall be the QA/QC Engineers.
6.9. MATERIAL PROCUREMENT.
All the material required to be procured for the project execution shall be identified and a
procurement plan shall be developed based on the approved construction schedule.
Page 205 of 736

INTEGRATED
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
The developed plan shall be monitored and controlled to ensure that the sourcing of suppliers is
being done on the agreed schedule and the plan shall be updated as required in case there are any
changes in the construction schedule.
The Procurement Plan shall be submitted to the consultant for approval.
The Procurement Plan submission shall be adhering to Insert the Project Specifications Clause if
applicable or otherwise modify the statement of the project specifications.
After the suppliers are being selected, the follow documents shall be sending for approval:
A Supplier prequalification shall be sent to the consultant for approval through a Technical
Submittal.
A Material Submittal Shall Be Submitted For The Consultant Approval. Please Refer To Appendix C,
Indicates The Material Submittal Form That Shall Be Used During The Project Period.
The process owner for the Material Procurement shall be the Corporate Procurement Department.
 PD-P-01 Project Procurement Plan.
 PD-P-02 Procurement Procedures.
6.10. MATERIAL SUBMITTALS

After The Source Of The Materials Is Approved, All The Technical Data And Requirements As Per The
Project Specifications Shall Be Submitted To The Consultant For Approval.
The Material Submittal Documents Shall Be Adhering To Insert The Project Specifications Clause If
Applicable Or Otherwise Modify The Statement
All The Required Documentation Shall Be Submitted Through A Material Submittal Form, Which Shall
Be Controlled By Using A Proper Reference Number. The Reference No. Shall Indicate The Discipline
And The Running Sequence No.
All The Incoming And Outgoing Submittals Shall Be Controlled Through The Document Controller.
Please Refer To Appendix B, Indicates The “Insert The Name Of The Material Submittal Sheet As
Agreed With The Consultant” And The Material “Insert The Name Of The Sample Tag Sheet As
Agreed With The Consultant” That Shall Be Used During The Project Period.
Due To Certain Circumstances Another Material Might Be Proposed Adhering To The Requirement
Of The Project Specifications Div 01_Sec. 016300. Please Refer To Appendix B Indicates To The Form”
Insert The Name Of The Request Of Substitution Sheet As Agreed With The Consultant” That Shall Be
Used In Case Any Proposed Material Replacing The Specified One.
The process owner for the Submission of Material Submittals shall be the Technical Department.
Page 206 of 736

INTEGRATED
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
6.11. MATERIAL INSPECTIONS.

All the received materials at site shall be subject to inspection and testing as per the requirement of
the project specifications.
The Store department shall be liaising with the QA/QC department informing them of any materials
being received at the site.
A “Insert the Name of the Material Inspection Sheet as agreed with the consultant” shall be raised
by the QA/QC department attaching all the verifying documents (i.e. Delivery Notes, Mill
Certificates, etc.) to the consultant requesting them for Inspections as per the approved ITPs
Testing shall be carried out as per the projects specs, Method Statement and ITPs.
Any materials not complying with the approved materials submittals or the approved documents (i.e
Method Statements, ITPs, Drawings e.t.c.) shall be removed directly from the site with a reasonable
time frame (i.e 2 to 3 days). In case the removal will take long time the material shall be tagged and
removed on a separate location.
Please Refer To Appendix B, Indicates The “Insert The Name Of The Material Inspection Sheet As
Agreed With The Consultant” Form That Shall Be Used During The Project Period.
All the submitted “Insert the Name of the Material Inspection Sheet as agreed with the consultant”
shall have a controlled reference number indicating their relative discipline and the proper sequence
running numbers.
The Document Controller shall be controlling and monitoring the submission and receive of the
“Material Inspection Request”.
The same procedure which shall be followed for the ongoing inspections shall be followed for the
material inspections.
The process owner for the preparation and requesting materials inspections shall be the Relevant
senior QA/QC Engineer.
 PM-P-08 Project Inspection.
6.12. COMMUNICATIONS.
This Process Is Essential To Ensure The Flow Of Information And Coordination Either Internally Or
Externally
The Followings Table Shows The Meetings That Shall Be Held To Ensure The Proper Communication
Process Between The Different Parties Of The Project (I,E Client Representative, Engineer
Representative, Main Contractor And Sub Contractors)
Note: The below meeting shall be as mentioned in the project specifications.
Page 207 of 736

INTEGRATED
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
Meeting Title Duration Owner Attendees
Pre-Constrcution 7 Days From Signing

Er Cr,Er,Mc,Sc
Conference The Contrcat
Before Each Main

Acttivty That Require
Pre-Installation
Coordination With Mc Cr,Er,Mc,Sc
Conference
Other Contractors Or
Direct Contractors
Progress Meetings Twice A Month Er Cr,Er,Mc
Coordination
As Required Mc Mc,Sc
Meetings
As Requested By The
Extra Meetings Cr Cr,Er,Mc
Client
Safety Meetings Once A Month Er Er,Mc,Sc
Internal Meetings As Agreed Pmt Hod
Legend: Cr – Client Representative, Er – Engineer Representative, Mc – Main Contractor, Sc – Sub

Contractor, Pmt – Project Management Team, Hod – Head Of Departments
For The Required Agenda For Each Meetings Please Refer To The Project Specification Insert The
Project Specifications Clause If Applicable Or Otherwise Modify The Statement
Each Responsible Party Shall Be Issuing The Minutes Of Meeting With In The Agreed Time Frame For
All The Other Parties For Reviewing Its Contents Before The Next Meeting.
Page 208 of 736

INTEGRATED
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
The Process Owner Shall Be Each Responsible Party For Holding The Meeting As Per The Above
Table.
 I-P-02 QHSE Communication
6.13. REPORTING
During The Project Period The Following Reports Shall Be Prepared And Submitted To The Engineer
As Per The Agreed Time Frame:
6.13.1.Daily Site Reports
They shall be prepared by the planning department and submitted on a daily basis. The content of
the daily site reports shall be adhering to the project specifications Insert the project specifications
clause If applicable or otherwise modify the statement. The reporting format shall be agreed by the
engineer’s representative. mention how the daily site reports will be send to the Consultant.
6.13.2.Progress Reports
They Shall Be Prepared By The Planning Department Collecting All The Required Information From
The Other Departments. The Progress Report Shall Be Submitted On A Monthly Basis. The Content
Of The Report Shall Be Adhering To The Project Specifications Insert The Project Specifications
Clause If Applicable Or Otherwise Modify The Statement Mention How The Progress Reports Will Be
Send To The Consultant.
The Process Owner Shall Be Sr. Planning Engineer.
6.14. SUBCONTRACTORS
After the contract is being awarded to any subcontractor, the Project Manager shall lead the kick off
meeting with subcontractor please refer to appendix D indicating the Minutes of Meeting Template
for the Sub Contractors Kick of Meetings.
A regular coordination meeting shall be held at regular basis with all subcontractors for discussing
the progress, submittals, quality and safety issues related to their deliverables. The interval of these
meetings shall be decided based on its requirement and the project basis. Please refer to appendix D
indicates the Minutes of Meeting templates for Sub-Contractor Coordination Meeting.
The Process Owner Of This Process Shall Be The Construction Manager.
 PM-P-07 Controlling Subcontractors
6.15. CONSTRUCTION.
The Construction department shall be monitoring the work at site and ensure that all the tasks are
being delivered in a safe manner and as per the approved construction schedule.
Page 209 of 736

INTEGRATED
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
On agreed basis there shall be an internal construction meeting held for discussing the Progress,
Resources, Safety, Quality, Team Performance, Logistics/Materials, Subcontractors and any other
issues that might cause delays to the project.
The construction department shall ensure that they are using the latest drawings and other technical
submittals by referring to the latest register controlled by Technical, QA/QC department and
Document Controller.
The site team shall issue on an agreed basis an internal report recording the progress at site and any
areas of concerns.
The construction team shall be monitoring and controlling all the sequential reference number of
the requested inspection by deploying a proper sequential reference number as mentioned in
sec.5.7. through the control sheets.
The Process Owner Of This Process Shall Be The Construction Manager.
 PM-P-07 Controlling Subcontractors
6.16. TRAINING
A training programme shall be planned to cover various aspects of the project activities. The training
programme shall be covered both under the Corporate Level and the project level.
This document focuses more on the training which shall be held at the project level. Mainly this will
be covering the Trades Training which shall be held prior to start any activity at site.
The Training programme shall be covering different disciplines as per the scope of work and the
training subjects can be identified from the approved construction schedule and the procurement
log.
The training duration shall be planned based on the scope of work and the construction schedule.
The planned training can be in any of the following forms:
 Presentations.
 Site Training.
 Inductions.
All the training attendees shall be registering their attendance and the attendance records shall be
maintained.
The Process Owner Of This Process Shall Be The Sr. Qa/Qc Engineer.
6.17. CONTROLLING AND SUBMISSION OF DOCUMENTS.

In order to control the format of the documents that shall be used by relevant departments during
the project period. All the documents shall have a proper referencing number with an agreed code
and a revision number.
All The Documents Provided By Engineer’s Representative Shall Be Controlled By Them.
Page 210 of 736

INTEGRATED
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
All The Ingoing And Outgoing Submittals Shall Be Send, Receive, Monitor And Control By The
Document Controller.
All The Submitted Documents Shall Be Adhering To The Project Specification Insert The Project
Specifications Clause If Applicable Or Otherwise Modify The Statement
The Process Owner Of This Process Shall Be The Document Controller.
6.18. NON-CONFORMANCE
6.18.1.Internal Control:
In Order To Control And Administer The Quality At Site All The Activities Shall Be Monitored By The
Qa/Qc Department. This Shall Be Through Random Inspections, Site Walk, Internal Surveillance And
Material Inspections.
At The Project Level Two Documents Shall Be Used For Identifying And Notifying The Non-
Conformed Party. This Either By Issuing Quality Violation Or Internal Non-Conformance Report.
The Quality Violation Report Shall Be Used In Case There Is Any Non-Conformance Occurred At The
Site Due To Trades’ Workmanship Or Any Activity Being Executed Deviating From The Project
Specifications, Drawing, Method Statement And Itps.
The Non-Conformance Report Shall Be Used In Case There Is Any Deviation With Regard To The
Implementation Of Company’s Integrated Management System Procedures.
Also It Shall Be Used As An Official Report For Issuing External Non-Conformance To The
Subcontractor Whom Failed To Deliver Their Work As Per Agreed Contract, Thus Failure In Adhering
To The Drawing, Method Statement, Project Specifications And Drawings.
All Violations Shall Be Analysed And A Root Cause Shall Be Identified In Order To Agree And
Implement The Most Appropriate Remedial And Preventive Action.
Before Issuance Any Of The Above Documents The Sr. Qa/Qc Engineer Or The Qa/Qc Engineer Shall
Assign A Reference Number To Each Document For Traceability Purpose.
All The Issued Reports Shall Be Logged And Its Status Updated Accordingly.
 I-P-06 Control of Non-Conforming Products.
6.18.2.External Control:
During The Project Period The Engineer’s Representative May Issue A Non-Conformance Report Due
To Any Violation At Site. As Per This Contract The Non-Conformance Report Will Come In The Form
Of “Non-Compliance Notification”. The Reference Number For Each Notification Shall Be Controlled
By The Engineer On The Basis Of Their Internal System
Page 211 of 736

INTEGRATED
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
The Qa/Qc Engineer Shall Be Receiving These Notifications, Log It And Start Analyzing Its Root Cause,
Remedial Action And What Is The Preventive Action. After Deciding What The Appropriate Action
That Shall Be Taken Is, A Reply Shall Be Send Through A “Closing Non- Notification Report”. Each
Closing Report Shall Have A Reference Number Which Is Being Assigned By The Qa/Qc Engineer Prior
Sending It To The Consultant.
The Internal, External NCRs And Quality Violations Shall Be Logged And Its Status Updated.
The Process Owner Of This Process Shall Be The Sr. QA/QC Engineer.
6.19. EQUIPMENTS CALIBRATION.

All The Equipments To Be Used For Measuring, Testing And Verifying The Executed Work At Site Shall
Be Calibrated.
The Calibration Equipments Shall Be Monitored Through A Calibration Log And The Calibration
Reports Shall Be Kept As A Record.
The Process Owner Of This Process Shall Be The Sr. QA/QC Engineer.
 PM-P-09 Calibrations.
6.20. VARIATIONS MANAGEMENT.

All the variations which are an output of any Client’s Change, Design Requirement, and Regulatory
requirements shall be recorded and monitored thoroughly.
The variations to the contract can either have cost or time implications or both of them.
The procedure of managing variations shall be adhering to the project specifications Insert the
Project Specifications Clause if applicable or otherwise modify the statement
Any variations shall be submitted through a “Insert the Name of the Request of Change Sheet as
agreed with the consultant ” form (Please refer to Appendix B)
The Process Owner Of This Process Shall Be The Contract Manager.
 T-P-04 Project Progress Billing
 PM-P-04 Planning
6.21. MONTHLY PAYMENTS.

The payment certificates shall be prepared on a monthly basis based on the information gathered
from the project’s respective department. The contract department shall be preparing all the
supporting documents as per the contract requirement Insert the Project Specifications Clause if
applicable or otherwise modify the statement verifying the claimed amount of money
Payment Certificates Shall Be Sent Via Mention How The Payment Certificates Will Be Send To The
Consultant.
Page 212 of 736

INTEGRATED
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
The Process Owner Of This Process Shall Be The Contract Manager.

 T-P-04 Project Progress Billing
6.22. PROJECT RECORDS.

The project records are the records that had been determined as per the contract documents as
follow:
Note: The list below shall be adhering to the project requirement.
 Contract Drawings.
 Project Manual (I.E Contract Documents)
 Addenda (I.E Additional In Formations To The Contract Documents)
 Variations and other modifications to the Contract.
 Reviewed and stamped shop drawings, product data (Material Submittals), and
samples.
 Field test records (i.e Testing Reports)
 Inspection certificates and checklists.(Inspection and Material Inspections)
 Manufacturer's certificates.(This item not clear for me)
All the project records shall be stored as per the requirement of the project specifications
requirementInsert the Project Specifications Clause if applicable or otherwise modify the statement
6.23. SAFETY
The Safety Requirements and procedures Shall Be Managed By The Senior Safety Personnel At
Site. Please Refer To The Project Safety Plan.
6.24. COMMISSIONING AND TESTING

This Shall Be The Final Phase Of The Project, Where All The Installations Have Been Completed And
All The Equipments Are Ready For Operation.
The Commissioning Schedule Date Shall Be Coordinated With The Engineer’s Representative Before
2 Days From The Commission Date. All The Required Documents Shall Be Verified Before The
Commissioning Date (I.E Inspections, Test Reports, E.T.C.) And Be Made Available For Any Reference.
The project commissioning and testing shall be adhering to project specification requirement Insert
the Project Specifications Clause if applicable or otherwise modify the statemen
6.25. HANDING OVER

This Project Management Team shall be responsible for managing the Initial and Final handing over
of the project. The Initial handing over shall be done as per the Contract requirement and the
Page 213 of 736

INTEGRATED
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
Project Manager along with other Head of department shall agree the resources required for the
Handing over and finalizing the snagging list.
During the snagging period a programme shall be developed and monitored to ensure a closure of all
pending items
The project closure and handing over shall be adhering to project specification requirement Insert
the Project Specifications Clause if applicable or otherwise modify the statement
6.26. PLEASE REFER TO THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTED PROCEDURE:

 PM-P-11ProjectHanding Over
Page 214 of 736

INTEGRATED
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
7. PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT
7.1. PERFORMNACE INDICATORS
The PMT shall set certain objectives for measuring the performance of the project team during the
execution period of the project.
The planned objectives shall be monitored through agreed interval meetings based on the planned
project duration and the risk associated in failure of delivery for any of the planned items.
 I-P-10 Monitoring KPIs
7.2. AUDITS
The implementation of the Project Management System (PMS) shall be verified by performing audits
on agreed duration.
The Audits shall be carried by the Corporate QA Team, they are responsible for establishing,
maintain and implementing an Audit Schedule for all the company’s project and Southern Sun Hotel
Project shall be within their Audit Schedule
Audit Findings shall be recorded and followed up by the use of action plans where corrective actions
or improvements with a close out timescale are agreed (i.e. preventive actions).
Audits shall:
 Verify compliance to procedures
 Identify areas of non conformity – corrective actions
 Identify potential problems – observations
 Identify potential improvements – improvements
 Confirm the effectiveness of procedures.
 I-P-04 Internal Audit.
8. CONTINUAL IMPROVEMENT
8.1. PROJECT REVIEW MEETINGS
At Agreed Interval A Project Review Meetings Shall Be Conducted Chaired By The Pmt To Discuss The
Overall Strategy Of The Project Management System And If There Any Areas Need To Be Change Or
Improved.
Page 215 of 736

INTEGRATED
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
The Procedure At The Ims Is Being Addressed For The Corporate Management Review Meetings But
It Shall Be Employed At The Project Level As Applicable.
 I-P-05 Management Review Meeting.
 I-P-08 Continual Improvement.
8.2. PROJECT COMPLETION ANALYSIS
The Pmt Shall Prepare A Close Out Report Demonstrating The Various Aspects Of The Project And
Expressing The Problems Experienced During The Project And How It Was Dealt With.
 PM-P-10 Project Completion Analysis.
9. APPENDICES
9.1. APPENDIX A: ORGANIZATION CHART
9.2. APPENDIX B. SITE FORMS
9.3. APPENDIX C: MST,ITP & CHECK LIST TEMPLATE.
9.4. APPENDIX D: MINUTES OF MEETING TEMPLATES
Page 216 of 736

SCHEDULE A6
Insurance
Page 217 of 736

Ref : 13/WC/32261/0
Date : 31st July 2017
TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN
Subject: Workmen’s Compensation Insurance

Insured: M/s. China State Construction Engineering Corporation (Middle
East) (L.L.C)
We confirm that M/s. China State Construction Engineering Corporation (Middle East) (L.L.C),
is insured with us under Workmen’s Compensation Insurance per following details:
Insured : M/s. China State Construction Engineering Corporation

(Middle East) (L.L.C)
Address : P.O.Box - 63932, Dubai, UAE.
Policy No. : 13/WC/32261/0
Period of Insurance : From: 01/08/2017 To: 31/07/2018
Cover : Workmen’s Compensation Insurance as per AXA Insurance

(Gulf) BSC (c)’s Standard policy wordings
Employers Liability : Limit: USD 5,000,000/- any one occurrence and

unlimited in the aggregate
Sum Insured : Estimated Annual Wages – AED 193,128,996/-

No. of Employees – 11,400
Territorial Limits : United Arab Emirates and elsewhere in the world in respect of
non-manual business trips
Jurisdiction : United Arab Emirates
Subject otherwise to the terms, conditions and exceptions of the policy.
for AXA INSURANCE (GULF) BSC
AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY
Page 218 of 736

Page 219 of 736
Page 220 of 736
Page 221 of 736
Page 222 of 736
Page 223 of 736
Page 224 of 736
Page 225 of 736
Page 226 of 736
Page 227 of 736
Page 228 of 736
Page 229 of 736
Page 230 of 736
Page 231 of 736
Page 232 of 736
Page 233 of 736
Page 234 of 736
Page 235 of 736
Page 236 of 736
Page 237 of 736
Page 238 of 736
Page 239 of 736
Page 240 of 736
Page 241 of 736
Page 242 of 736
Page 243 of 736
Page 244 of 736
SCHEDULE A7
Method Statement
Page 245 of 736

Section 1
Project Information
Page 246 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
1.1 PROJECT LOCATION

This section will address the brief description of the project along with the details of project
location for “Downtown Views II” project.
1.1.1 GENERAL LOCATION

The project is located in Zabeel area with breathtaking views of Dubai mall and Downtown
Dubai and the sea once completed. Nearest road, access is the intersection of Financial Center
Road and 312 Road. The address is Plot 3370587 Zabeel Second, Dubai, United Arab Emirates.
Project General Location
Page 247 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
1.1.2 PROJECT SPECIFIC LOCATION

The project site, bounded on its north by an undeveloped road plot that is soon to be a
39m wide road connecting 43rd Street and 312 Road. On the east by two vacant plot. On the
southeast corner by an ongoing construction of a parking structure. On the southwest, an existing
substation and a utility corridor on the immediate south edge of plot. On the west by a running 14-
storeys hotel.
Project Specific Location
Page 248 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
1.2 BASIC INFORMATION

This section will give brief overview of the basic information of “Downtown Views II”
project as preliminary understanding of the overall project profile.
1.2.1 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

Downtown Views II is a residential and commercial building incorporating three landmark towers,
on a combined podium providing parking and retail shops.
The project will broadly consist of the following components:

A. Residential Towers
 Three residential towers with a total GFA of approximately 183,000m²
 The three tower will provide 1,509 apartment units
 Podium will provide 1,951 parking bays
 Including the residential and service floors, the towers comprise:
i. Tower 1 – 65 floors
ii. Tower 2 – 60 floors
iii. Tower 3 – 52 floors
 The podium comprises of the following:
i. Part basement providing MEP plant room areas
ii. Ground floor comprising entrance lobbies, MEP plan room areas and retail
shops.
iii. Level 1 providing parking and MEP plant room areas
iv. Levels 2 and 3 comprising of parking, MEP plant room areas and residential
apartment units
v. Level 4 comprising of leisure deck with swimming pools , gym, multi-
purpose hall, landscape terrace with foot path and other outdoor facilities
B. Infrastructure and Services
 All relevant and appropriate infrastructure and services to site boundary by relevant
authorities. The main contractor, to coordinate with all authorities to obtain final
connections.
Page 249 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
1.2.2 PROJECT INFORMATION
Item Description
Project Name Downtown Views II
Project Category Residential / Commercial
Project Location Plot 3370587 Zabeel Second Dubai, United Arab Emirates
Client EMAAR
ARCHGROUP Architects, Planners, Engineers & Project

Lead Consultant
Managers
ARCHGROUP Architects, Planners, Engineers & Project

Architect of Record
Managers
Structural
WME consultants
Consultant
MEP Consultant WME consultants
ID Consultant Perkins + Will
Façade Consultant Werner Sobek Stuttgart AG
Landscape
NLME
Consultant
General Basic Information
Page 250 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
1.2.3 BUILDING INFORMATION

The details that will be presented here are the basic relevant information of the building
function as an overall summary of the project.
The complete details will be as per the following tabulation including the summary of Built-
Up areas (BUA).
S/N BUA (m2) GFA (m2) No. of Units
1 Tower 1 84,854 68,374 576
2 Tower 2 68,796 57,282 489
3 Tower 3 59,303 49,009 420
4 Podium 83,035 7,801 24
Total 295,988 182,465 1,509
Page 251 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
1.2.4 SITE CONDITIONS

CSCEC ME’s team visited the site last 6 February 2018. The following table will provide a
summary of our observations at the time of our visit.
 Existing road condition at plot

1 frontage.
 Neighbor Rove Downtown

2 Hotel drive way.
Page 252 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
 Existing road condition near

3 current site hoarding main
entrance.
 Existing condition outside site

4 hoarding on the east of plot
Page 253 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
 Existing 43rd street on the

northeast corner of plot
5
 Existing neighbor rove

downtown hotel driveway
6 overlooking the western side
of plot
Page 254 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
 Existing dewatering
7 connection outside plot limit
 Existing dewatering connection

8 outside plot limit
Page 255 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
 Main entrance of existing

site hoarding
9
 Main entrance of existing site

hoarding
10
Page 256 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
 Existing offices with shaded

11 parking established by
enabling contractor
 Ongoing piling works as seen

12 from the temporary offices
Page 257 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
 Existing condition between

13 neighbor hotel fence and plot
on the west side with
dewatering line
 Ongoing piling works

southwest of plot
14
Page 258 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
 Ongoing piling works

15 southwest of plot
 Ongoing piling works mid-

section of plot
16
Page 259 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
 Temporary heavy equipment

access mid-section of plot
17
 Ongoing neighbor plot

construction at south end of
18 plot
Page 260 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
 Existing stockpile and

excavated boulders near the
19 northern fence
 Existing pedestrian access in

between site fence and
20 stockpile
Page 261 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
 Existing pedestrian access in

between site fence and
21 stockpile looking towards the
offices
Page 262 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
1.3 MAJOR QUANTITIES
This section will give a brief overview of the major quantities of the project as a preliminary
understanding of the overall major quantities relate to “Downtown Views II” project. This given
major quantities is indicative only as per rough estimation.
1.3.1 SUMMARY OF MAJOR QUANTITIES
Description Quantity
Concrete 178,583 m³
Reinforcement 36,445,370 kg
Formwork 753,156 m²
Table of Major Quantities
Page 263 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
1.4 SCOPE OF WORKS

This section will provide the brief summary of the scope of works of “Downtown Views II”
project as well as the items that will be under provisional sums.
The general scope of works includes but is not limited to design, construction, completion,
obtaining authority approvals, one year maintenance and remedying of defects during Defects
Liability Period for the proposed residential/ commercial building “Downtown Views II” 3 towers
project.
1.4.1 SUMMARY OF SCOPE OF WORK

The table below will give an overview of items within the contract scope.
ITEM DESCRIPTION
1 Design (wherever applicable)
2 Final Excavation Works (from piling platform level)
3 Pile Head Cutting & Treatment
4 Dewatering
5 Structural Reinforced Concrete Works
6 PT Works (Design by specialist)
7 Structural & Secondary Steel Works
8 Civil & Architectural Works
9 Waterproofing
10 Facade
11 ID Works
12 Landscaping & External Works
Summary of Scope of Work
Page 264 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
S/N DESCRIPTION
1 Visitor Parking Management System
2 Future Active Harmonic Filters
3 Lighting & Power to Transformer, Substation and RMU Room at Ground Floor
4 Co-ordination with final Landscape Design
5 Tetra System to Podium
6 Tetra System to Tower 1
9 Sanitary ware & Accessories to BOH Staff Toilets
10 Anti-Static Raised Floor System
11 Sundry Builders Work
12 Miscellaneous metalwork
13 Primary Structural Support to Façade Fins
14 Bath Screens
15 Interior Design to Ceilings, Lights & Handrails to Lift Cars
16 Furniture, Fittings & Equipment to FM Offices
17 Foundation to Compound Wall
Provisional Sum
Page 265 of 736

Section 2
Project Understanding &
Analysis
Page 266 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
2. PROJECT UNDERSTANDING
This section will address the brief description of the project challenges and solutions that
will be implemented for successful completion of “Downtown Views II” project.
Page 267 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
2.1 Project Challenges and Proposed Approach and Solutions

2.1.1 Tight Project Duration
A. Main Challenge:
 Tight duration of 32 months for three high-rise towers and four levels shared
podium.
 Stringent Key Milestones requirement.
 Numerous high level mechanical floors, requires longer slab cycle and heavy
equipment lifting.
B. Proposed Solution:
In order to implement and arrange for a compliant programme the following strategies are
needed to be employed:
 Allow for the concurrent construction programme for each tower.
 Maintain a five days slab cycle for typical floors.
 Employ a core ahead strategy thru the use of Auto Climbing System formwork.
 Employ the use of aluminum formwork for columns, slab and shear walls to allow
for a faster slab cycle.
 Allow for adequate plant and equipment provisions to facilitate compliance to a
very tight construction schedule.
2.1.2 Logistical Concerns:

A. Main Challenge:
 Neighbors a running 14-storey hotel, a residential community and with close
proximity on Ruler’s palaces.
 Expected huge amount of resources and manpower requirements.
C. Proposed Solution:
 In-depth analysis of plant and equipment.
 Study and plan for reasonable sequence of works to allow for unhindered mobility
of construction equipment at site.
 Make use of available space within the site for temporary road access, workshop
areas, lay down areas, temporary offices and ancillary facilities. This is to
minimize necessity of labour and material transfer.
 Allow temporary road to be located on the intended development permanent road
plot. This is to minimize additional soil compaction requirement for temporary
Page 268 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
works.
 Allow for adequate plant & equipment to facilitate construction activities in normal
working hours.
 Allow for safeguards and budgetary provisions to ensure compliance with
authorities regulation concerning construction noise.
2.1.3 Concrete Works

A. Main Challenge:
 Huge quantity of concrete casting works
 Wide area for concrete casting of substructure works
 Pumping of Concrete Heights
B. Proposed Solution:
 Reasonable sequence of concrete pouring works to allow the use of available site
access.
 Consider partial delay of zones to allow closer access for concreting machineries.
 Use of mobile concrete pump with higher reach capacity.
 Use of high capacity stationary pumps and concrete placing boom for towers.
2.1.4 Cost Effective RC Solution (Formwork System / Equipment)

A. Main Challenges:
 Huge amount of formwork material requirement
 Horizontal & Vertical RC structure formwork system selection
 Unavailability of lay down and storage areas for formwork material
 Equipment model selection and location arrangement
B. Proposed Solutions:
 Consideration for reasonable zoning plan and construction sequence
arrangement.
 Convenience / time schedule and price factor of formwork system will be
compared.
 Cycle analysis of formwork and back propping simulation was undertaken for the
proper study of the form work requirement.
 The equipment which can meet construction requirement with high productivity
will be selected.
Page 269 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
2.2 CSCEC ME Approach for Successful Completion
 CSCEC ME will early involve in the project during the development of design in relation
to constructability, quality, best value, efficient construction methodology, material
availability, supply chain and procurement strategies.
 CSCEC ME has strong ability to deal the relationship with authorities/consultants /

subcontractors to fully and smoothly complete the project on time.
 CSCEC ME has vast and broad experience in coordination and cooperation with
various subcontractors and construction activities in relatively congested lay down areas
and imposed pressure on site logistics and operation of construction plant and
equipment.
 CSCEC ME has rich experience in RC Work & Formwork. Large scale form work,
custom-tailored curved formwork from factory and solid formwork support system will
provide a good casting condition for concrete, which will result a fair face finish with
face care on time.
 CSCEC ME has completed many projects successfully in GCC area with our internal
construction team and strong local formwork specialist partner.
 CSCEC ME has done various projects in GCC market and has set up long- term
cooperation with many local suppliers and subcontractors.
 CSCEC ME has set up its own manufacture factory in Dubai, such as MEP ventilation
duct factory in Jebel Ali and Timber factory in Sharjah. In China, there are many huge
material factory, with good cooperation with CSCEC ME which can support any
infrequent material in local market.
Page 270 of 736

Section 3
Method of Construction
Page 271 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
3.1 RC STRUCTURE WORK, ZONING, POURING SEQUENCE

This section will give an overview of the zoning and construction sequence, adopted for
the “Downtown Views II” project.
Foundation
Concept Description:
The project foundation, divided into 7 major Zones. Zones 1, 2&3 for towers and zones 4, 5,
6&7 for podium. Delay zone 4-1 & 6-1 to facilitate access to mid-section of podium.
Concrete Pouring Sequence:
The Foundation will be casted as per the following:

Team 1: Zone 1
Team 2: Zone 2
Team 3: Zone 3
Team 4: Zone 5-1 → 5-2 → 4-2 → 6-1 → 7-2
Zone 4-1 → 6-1
AREA VOLUME
Zone 1: 1679m² Zone 1: 6146m³
Zone 2: 1643m² Zone 2: 5325m³
Zone 3: 1643m² Zone 3: 4523m³
Zone 4-1: 2924m²; 4-2: 703m² Zone 4-1: 444m³; 4-2: 69m³
Zone 5-1: 3029m²; 5-2:1999m² Zone 5-1: 3283m³; 5-2: 581m³
Zone 6-1: 2201m²; 6-2: 1145m² Zone 6-1: 331m³; 6-2: 136m³
Zone 7: 3657m² Zone 7: 566m³
Total: 20623m² Total: 21404m³
Page 272 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Ground Floor
The project ground floor, divided into 7 major Zones. Zones 1, 2&3 for towers and zones 4, 5,
6&7 for podium. Delay zone 4-3 & 6-3 to facilitate access to mid-section of podium.
The ground floor will be casted as per the following:

Team 1: Zone 1
Team 2: Zone 2
Team 3: Zone 3
Team 4: Zone 5-3 → 5-4 → 5-1 → 5-2 → 7-1 → 7-2 → 7-3
Zone 4-1 → 4-2 → 6-1 → 6-2
AREA VOLUME
Zone 1: Refer to foundation plan Zone 1: Refer to foundation plan

Zone 4-1: 1391m²; 4-2: 1377m²; 4-3: 708m² Zone 4-1: 278m³; 4-2: 275m³; 4-3: 142m³
Zone 5-1: 1377m²; 5-2:1251m²; 5-3: 1183m²; Zone 5-1: 413m³; 5-2: 375m³; 5-3: 295m³
5-4:1082m² 5-4: 270m³
Zone 6-1: 1251m²; 6-2: 778m²; 6-2: 1148m² Zone 6-1: 250m³; 6-2: 156m³; 6-3: 230m³
Zone 7-1: 1061m²; 7-2: 1345m²; 7-3: 1236m² Zone 7-1: 203m³; 7-2: 269m³; 7-3: 247m³
Page 273 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Podium Floor – Level 1
The project podium level 1, divided into 7 major Zones. Zones 1, 2&3 for towers and zones 4,
5, 6&7 for podium. Delay zone 4 & 6 to facilitate access to mid-section of podium.
The podium level 1 will be casted as per the following:

Team 1: Zone 1
Team 2: Zone 2
Team 3: Zone 3
Team 4: Zone 5-3 → 5-4 → 5-1→ 5-2 → 7-1 → 7-2 → 7-3
Zone 4-1 → 4-2 → 6-1 → 6-2
AREA VOLUME
Zone 1-1: 963m²; 1-2: 845m² Zone 1-1: 361m³; 1-2: 317m³
Zone 2-1: 660m²; 2-2: 788m² Zone 2-1: 248m³; 2-2: 296m³
Zone 3-1: 972m²; 3-2: 765m² Zone 3-1: 365m³; 3-2: 287m³
Zone 4-1: 1072m²; 4-2: 1446m² Zone 4-1: 322m³; 4-2: 434m³
Zone 5-1: 1377m²; 5-2:1251m²; 5-3: 1183m²; Zone 5-1: 413m³; 5-2: 375m³; 5-3: 355m³
5-4:1082m² 5-4: 325m³
Zone 6-1: 1378m²; 6-2: 1058m²; Zone 6-1: 413m³; 6-2: 317m³
Zone 7-1: 851m²; 7-2: 1216m²; 7-3: 1171m² Zone 7-1: 255m³; 7-2: 365m³; 7-3: 351m³
Page 274 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II

Team 1: Zone 1
Team 2: Zone 2
Team 3: Zone 3
Team 4: Zone 5-3 → 5-4 → 5-1 → 5-2 → 7-1 → 7-2 → 7-3
Zone 4-1 → 4-2 → 6-1 → 6-2
AREA VOLUME
Zone 1-1: 963m²; 1-2: 845m² Zone 1-1: 361m³; 1-2: 317m³
Zone 2-1: 721m²; 2-2: 787m² Zone 2-1: 270m³; 2-2: 295m³
Zone 3-1: 972m²; 3-2: 795m² Zone 3-1: 365m³; 3-2: 298m³
Zone 4-1: 1309m²; 4-2: 1446m² Zone 4-1: 393m³; 4-2: 434m³
Zone 5-1: 1377m²; 5-2:1251m²; 5-3: 1183m²; Zone 5-1: 413m³; 5-2: 375m³; 5-3: 355m³
5-4: 1082m² 5-4: 325m³
Zone 6-1: 1379m²; 6-2: 1057m²; Zone 6-1: 414m³; 6-2: 317m³
Zone 7-1: 861m²; 7-2: 1216m²; 7-3: 1171m² Zone 7-1: 258m³; 7-2: 365m³; 7-3: 351m³
Page 275 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II

Team 1: Zone 1
Team 2: Zone 2
Team 3: Zone 3
Team 4: Zone 5-3 → 5-4 → 5-1 → 5-2 → 7-1 → 7-2 → 7-3
Zone 4-1 → 4-2 → 6-1 → 6-2
AREA VOLUME
Zone 1-1: 953m²; 1-2: 998m² Zone 1-1: 357m³; 1-2: 374m³
Zone 2-1: 721m²; 2-2: 869m² Zone 2-1: 270m³; 2-2: 326m³
Zone 3-1: 972m²; 3-2: 765m² Zone 3-1: 365m³; 3-2: 287m³
Zone 4-1: 1309m²; 4-2: 1446m² Zone 4-1: 393m³; 4-2: 434m³
Zone 5-1: 1377m²; 5-2:1251m²; 5-3: 1183m²; Zone 5-1: 413m³; 5-2: 375m³; 5-3: 355m³
5-4: 1082m² 5-4: 325m³
Zone 6-1: 1370m²; 6-2: 1160m²; Zone 6-1: 411m³; 6-2: 348m³
Zone 7-1: 847m²; 7-2: 1216m²; 7-3: 1159m² Zone 7-1: 254m³; 7-2: 365m³; 7-3: 348m³
Page 276 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Podium Deck – Level 4

Team 1: Zone 1
Team 2: Zone 2
Team 3: Zone 3
Team 4: Zone 5-3 → 5-4 → 5-1 → 5-2 → 7-1 → 7-2 → 7-3
Zone 4-1 → 4-2 → 6-1 → 6-2
AREA VOLUME
Zone 1-1: 958m²; 1-2: 979m² Zone 1-1: 359m³; 1-2: 367m³
Zone 2-1: 722m²; 2-2: 868m² Zone 2-1: 271m³; 2-2: 326m³
Zone 3-1: 980m²; 3-2: 822m² Zone 3-1: 368m³; 3-2: 308m³
Zone 4-1: 1406m²; 4-2: 1446m² Zone 4-1: 492m³; 4-2: 506m³
Zone 5-1: 1377m²; 5-2:1251m²; 5-3: 1183m²; Zone 5-1: 482m³; 5-2: 438m³; 5-3: 414m³
5-4: 1082m² 5-4: 379m³
Zone 6-1: 1378m²; 6-2: 1194m²; Zone 6-1: 482m³; 6-2: 418m³
Zone 7-1: 876m²; 7-2: 1216m²; 7-3: 1185m² Zone 7-1: 262m³; 7-2: 365m³; 7-3: 356m³
Page 277 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Typical Floor
The superstructure, divided into 3 major Zones or one zone per tower.
The superstructure will be casted as per the following:

Team 1: Zone 1
Team 2: Zone 2
Team 3: Zone 3
AREA VOLUME
Zone 1-1: 1344m²
Zone 2-1: 1183m² Zone 1-1: 321m³
Zone 3-1: 1189m² Zone 2-1: 292m³
Zone 3-1: 299m³
Page 278 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Typical Mechanical Floor

Team 1: Zone 1
Team 2: Zone 2
Team 3: Zone 3
AREA VOLUME
Zone 1-1: 1336m² Zone 1-1: 481m³

Zone 2-1: 1182m² Zone 2-1: 447m³
Zone 3-1: 1189m² Zone 3-1: 446m³
Page 279 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Roof Floor

Team 1: Zone 1
Team 2: Zone 2
Team 3: Zone 3
AREA VOLUME
Zone 1-1: 835m² Zone 1-1: 497m³

Zone 2-1: 789m² Zone 2-1: 323m³
Zone 3-1: 799m² Zone 3-1: 257m³
Page 280 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Upper Roof Floor

Team 1: Zone 1
Team 2: Zone 2
Team 3: Zone 3
AREA VOLUME
Zone 1-1: 229m² Zone 1-1: 57m³

Zone 2-1: 204m² Zone 2-1: 51m³
Zone 3-1: 213m² Zone 3-1: 53m³
Page 281 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
3.2 CONCRETE POURING LOGISTICS

This section will give the general details of the proposed concrete pouring logistics for
the “Downtown Views II” project.
SUBSTRUCTURE CONCRETE WORKS
Foundation
1. Tower footprint, Zones 1-3 to be prioritized.
2. Two numbers of 48m radius Mobile Concrete Pump shall be employed at suggested
locations in casting the towers foundation.
3. Zones 5 & 7 to be casted by two numbers of 54m radius Mobile Concrete Pump at
suggested locations.
4. Zones 4 & 6 to be partially delayed until level 4 completion of Zones 5 & 7.
Page 282 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
SUPERSTRUCTURE CONCRETE WORKS
Superstructure Level
1. Tower footprint, Zone 1-3 to be prioritized.

2. Tower superstructure to be casted by 32m radius Concrete Placing Boom,
each with dedicated stationary pump.
3. Zones 5 & 7 to be casted by 2 nos. of 54R Mobile Concrete Pump at suggested
locations.
4. Zones 4&6 to be delayed until Level 4 completion of Zones 5&7.
5. Zones 4 & 6 to be casted by 54m radius Mobile Concrete Pump.
Page 283 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
SUPERSTRUCTURE CONCRETE WORKS
Superstructure Level
1. Tower superstructure to be casted by 32m radius Concrete Placing Boom,

each with dedicated stationary pump.
Page 284 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
3.3 ALUMINUM FORMWORK – TIE ROD SYSTEM

This section will address the general system description of aluminum formwork system
that will be utilized for the construction of the project “Downtown Views II”.
3.3.1 Introduction
To successfully execute all the concrete works for this project, CSCEC ME’s technical
team had a thorough and in-depth study and analysis to come up with the most effective and cost
efficient formwork system that will be considered as the most feasible formwork and supporting
structure. Several criteria were taken into consideration while selecting the system that would
ensure the accuracy of the shapes, dimensions and positions of concrete structures and members.
Furthermore, the system must have sufficient rigidity and stability and must be capable of
withstanding the weight and lateral pressure of concrete placement and construction load.
General characteristics of the formwork system should be simple structure along with its
components, easy to install and remove, and to ease and facilitate rebar placement, concrete
placement and curing.
The other factor that helps us finalize the most feasible formwork system is the
construction cycle analysis which is another criterion and part of the study proposal of an effective
formwork system.
Formwork System
Aluminum Formwork System
Page 285 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
3.3.2 Tie – Rod System Description

The tie rod system is aluminum formwork which are made from the high yield strength
aluminum alloy, which can be used repeatedly, strong but lightweight material, and it is simple,
flexible for assembly and dismantling.
Aluminum Formwork – Tie Rod System
Column Formwork Tie –Rod
Wall Formwork Staircase Formwork
Page 286 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
3.3.3 General Features of the Aluminum Formwork Tie – Rod System

The tie rod system is comprised of several advantages against the other conventional
formwork system in terms of design, material, concrete finish quality, material handling, installation
and duration of works. Modular system formwork can be dis-assembled for storage and re-
configured and reused for several times for over multiple projects. The below tabulation will
address the overall benefits of using the aluminum formwork system.
Overall Features and Advantages of using Aluminum Formwork
 Light weight but strong (approximate

weight of material is 20 kilograms /
m2).
 It can also withstand pressures up to
80 KN / mm2
 The system is simple which is

composed of simple round pins, tie
rods and wedges only.
 Made of specially designed propping

head
Page 287 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Overall Features and Advantages of using Aluminum Formwork
 Provide clear access through the proper spacing of propping.
 No requirement for equipment for material lifting and transportation

 Formwork is manually handled for it is a light weight material.
 Minimize the overall crane requirement of the project.
 Facilitate easy handling of MEP openings at site
 Monolithic pouring of all concrete members such as slabs, walls, columns, beams,
central core and staircase.
 It can form versatile and irregular shapes of structural members.
 Fast and effective stripping procedure

 Designed to obtain reductions in assembly and dismantling times with high safety
standards guaranteed for the workers.
 Speed up construction thus it will shorten the overall duration of the project.
 Shorter slab cycle for typical floors
Page 288 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
3.3.4 Cycle Analysis and Propping System

The main advantage of using the aluminum formwork is the ability of having a fast
construction of typical floors. Shortening of slab cycles will yield to reduced costs of construction.
For a standard size of a normal cast–in situ slab it will have the fastest casting up to 5 days only
considering that there are no site constraints and all materials are ready and available. The slab
cycle can be adjusted as per the type of the slab and other project structural details.
5days Slab Cycle for Normal CIS Slab (Indicative only)
 Installation of rebar for walls
Day 1  Installation of first fix MEP for walls
 Casting of aluminum wall formwork
Day 2-3  Installation of rebar for slabs
 Continuation of installation of rebar for slabs
Day 4
 Installation of first fix MEP for slabs
Day 5  Concrete casting for slab
For the back propping system of slab, usually we will require 3 sets of back propping
system and 2 sets of aluminum slab formwork system for typical floors.
3D Simulation for Formwork and Back Propping System
Page 289 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
3.3.5 Installation Methodology

The given installation methodology will be applicable in general for the main structural
members of the building.
A. Preparation
In order to facilitate the installation, all the formwork elements need to be numbered and
labeled before arriving at the site.
Before installation of the formwork, ensure that all the formwork surface has been cleaned
and brushed with release agent.
B. Installation of wall, column and core wall formwork

The 50mm x 18mm wooden plate will be fixed on the surface of floor concrete and align
with the inner side of the wall formwork to ensure the accurate position for formwork installation.
Wall/column aluminum formwork will be installed according to the assembly number.
Before enclosing the last piece / element of formwork, ensure that all of the PVC pipes for the
tensile / tie- rods should be fixed.
Installation of Wall Formwork
Page 290 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Installation of Core wall Formwork
C. Installation of beam and slab formwork

Assemble the bottom elements, side elements, the top corner of the beam formwork and
the top corner of the wall formwork in sequence. The first element of slab formwork should be
installed from the side of the wall or beams; the second piece will be connected with the first one
along the side of wall or beams. The rest of the elements of slab formwork will be installed one by
one. The props of the aluminum slab formwork should be kept vertical in order to avoid the danger
of collapse. After the roof installation is completed, the level of the whole formwork surface should
be checked, and the supporting prop can be adjusted if necessary.
Installation of Beam and Slab Formwork
Page 291 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
D. Removal / Stripping of Aluminum Formwork

The following table will address the minimum time required that formwork should remain
in place under ordinary conditions in compliance with the requirements. Necessary adjustments
will be considered in the delay of the removal of forms if the concrete has not set sufficiently so
as not to cause any damage whatsoever.
Elements No. of days
Vertical Formwork
(Columns, Walls and Core 12 hours (2N/mm2 concrete strength)
walls)
Horizontal Formwork
36 hours (10N/mm2 concrete strength)
(Slab and beams)
Minimum Time for Formwork Removal
Propping System
Formwork will be removed in a manner not to damage the concrete, and at times to suit
the requirements for its curing and to prevent restraint that may arise from elastic shortening or
shrinkage. Forms, shores and bracing will not be removed until the concrete has gained sufficient
strength to carry its own weight and construction and design loads, which are liable to be imposed
on it.
Page 292 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
3.3.6 Proposed Formwork System

The proposed formwork system for this project will be tabulated as per the following along
with its description.
Location Aluminum Column Formwork system System Description
This aluminum column formwork

system is a modular aluminum
formwork optimized for the
construction of solid or lightened
columns with excellent concrete
finishes. With an aluminum structure
Tower and a fast and effective stripping
system. This system could be used
for a normal /regular size and shape
of columns such as rectangular and
square in profile. For special
requirement of irregular shapes, it
can be customized from the
production process.
Location Aluminum Wall Formwork system System Description

This proposed wall aluminum
formwork comprises of the following
components such as strong and
durable aluminum panels with
complete supporting system as
Tower reinforcement and accessories.
Shear This system will be supplied by the
Walls most outstanding suppliers to
assure materials quality. In general,
the materials are made up of
aluminum alloy, prop pipe, tubes, tie
rods and other auxiliary
accessories.
Page 293 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Location Aluminum Table Formwork system System Description
The proposed aluminum slab

formwork system is simple and
convenient which is in good stability
and bearing capacity, can be used
repeatedly to save construction time
Tower and cost. This system consists of
Slab panel, reinforcement, support and
accessories. The reinforcement is a
tie-rod system. The support is an
adjustable prop with base plate, deck
prop head and steel prop system.
Location Auto Climbing System System Description
The Auto Climbing System (ACS)

formwork system will be used for
Core Wall. The ACS formwork
(Automatic Climbing System)
structure consists of devices
attached to wall; H profiled steel
guide rail, main heavy frame,
hydraulic elevating system, and
Tower formwork system & safety device.
Core Wall
Page 294 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Location Table Formwork System System Description
This system allows large movable

units and is for all floor heights very
cost-effective. The galvanized
frames, with leg distances area
available in 1.5m and 1.1m heights.
Thus, every height adjustment can
Basement be made. The diagonal braces allow
& Podium customized adaptation in a
Slab longitudinal direction. The load
bearing capacity for this system is
maximum 70KN, depending on
assembly height, application
conditions and spindle extension
length.
Location Pre-assembled Column Formwork System Description

System
This column formwork system is
composed of variable girder wall
formwork consisting of form lining,
lattice girder, steel walers and
connecting parts such as the hook
strap. This is a high load bearing
ability even though it only weighs
5.90 kg/m. This means fewer walers
Basement
and also fewer ties. This with
& Podium standard lengths of 0.90 m to 6.00m
Columns in 30 cm increments. This can be
crane lifted (if required). The
element connections of this
formwork are clamped together by
means of tie yoke and one tied rod
positioned under 45 degrees. This
results in very tightly-closed corners.
This is a pre-assembled column
formwork system.
Page 295 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Location Conventional Wall Formwork System System Description
This timber beam formwork system

will be used for the shear wall.
These formwork systems are
composed of plywood, vertical
timber beam, horizontal double
Basement channel wailing rod, push and pull
& Podium props and platform etc.
Shear For shear walls – pre-assembled
Walls formwork system
Location Retaining Wall Formwork System System Description
The formwork system is composed

of Steel walers, girders, panel
connections, plywood, timber,
boards and planks, formwork release
agent (oil), anchor for push pull prop,
Basement
PVC parts such as the tie sleeves
Retaining and cones. This system will be
Wall applicable for a maximum
permissible fresh concrete pressure
of 30 KN/m2 depending on the base
frame spacing.
 Single Sided Shutter
Page 296 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
3.4 Site Logistic Plan
This section will give the general details of the proposed site logistics plan for the
The general concept of this site logistics is to provide a dynamic logistics that would
allow different stages and adjustments as the project work progresses from commencement up
to completion of the project.
CSCEC ME will utilize the remaining area from within the plot limit excluding the area
occupied by the building footprint. Approximately the remaining area that can be utilize for
logistical requirements is around 15,000 m². Allocation for temporary offices are as follows: for
client and consultant use is at 600 m², for CSCEC ME offices at 1,200 m² and for subcontractor
offices at 600 m². The structure for these offices shall be two storeys cabin. For labor welfare
facilities provision of 1200 m² total floor area with mess halls, rest area and sanitary facilities,
housed in two numbers of single storey cabin, 100m² for clinic. For storage facilities an
allocation of 850 m². Remaining areas will include temporary road access, lay down and
workshop areas.
Page 297 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
South East View – Site Logistic
Page 298 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
North East View – Site Logistic
The complete details of the site logistics can be referred to the attached Site Logistic Plan
following this section.
Page 299 of 736

KEY PLAN
26.72
PLOT PLOT
LIMIT LIMIT
7.5
MAIN STORAGE
14.99
T3
T1
FUTURE UTILITIES CORRIDOR 7.5 (400 m²) 7.5
22.13
N 2788328.181
E 494779.381 PLOT
LIMIT
LABORATORY
WATER TANK
T2
GENERATOR
178.47
(50 m²)
(50 m²)
(70 m²)
PLOT PLOT
LIMIT LIMIT
6.1
PLOT 6.1 7.00 M WIDE DRIVEWAY 7.00 M WIDE DRIVEWAY LEGEND:

LIMIT
PLOT LIMIT
TEMPORARY ROAD
TEMPORARY FENCE
5-1 ADJACENT ROVE HOTEL
3029 m² TEMPORARY OFFICES
BUILDING
7.0
56.2
3283 m³
0M
8
ON PLOT NO. 3370686 LABOR WELFARE
WID
ED
RIV
TB1
TB1
MAIN STORAGE
E
TB1
TB1
WA
PC1
7.0
430
Y
TB1
1
C3
P-
0M
7
C8
PC1
P-
TB1
2
1070 THK RAFT TB1
C3
P-
SSL -0.080
WORKSHOP AREAS
WID
430
PC1
PC22
TB1
ED
4
C3
2170 THK RAFT
P-
TB1
TB1
SSL -0.080
1250 THK RAFT 1500 THK RAFT
PC1
430
SSL +0.100 SSL +0.350
RIV
1
C3
TB1
P-
250 PC1
4-2 6-2
1
1
2
1
2
145
C3
C8
C8
C3
1
1
C8
9A C3
C3
C3
C3
PC1 PC1 PC1 PC1 PC1 PC1C PC1C PC1 TB1
4A
P-
P-
P-
P-
LAY DOWN AREAS &
P-
P-
C1 TB1 TB1
P-
P-
P-
TB1
C1
TB1 PC1 TB1 TB1 TB1 P- TB1 TB1 TB1
EW
P-
35
WM-ST-204
TB1
.19
TB1
OTHER TEMPORARY
TB1
TB1
AY
TB1
TB1
TB1
RW01
2170 THK RAFT
FACILITIES
TB1
TB1
RW01
TB1
250
703 m²
2600 THK RAFT
1145 m²
TB1
TB1
TB1
SSL +0.350
430
SSL -0.550 SSL +0.100 25
250
900
TB1 1
2
C8
1A C3
5
PC1C
P-
PC1 P-
-C
A
TB1 C1
C5
T3
P- TB1
P-
69 m³ 136 m³
0
565
TB
1
3-1
900
NOTE:
565
SSL +0.100 0 PC17
565
3
0
-C
TB1
T1
PC16
900
2600 THK RAFT
SSL -5.300 T3-PA PC14
430 3250 THK RAFT
1
-C
565
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
0 SSL +0.350
T3
PC12 PC11

0
1-1
565
SSL -0.080 SSL +0.350

PC11
1643 m²
5650
PC21 TB1 PC11 1500 THK RAFT
1500 THK RAFT
· FENCE IN LINEAR METER: 820m

PC2 3
C1 SSL +0.350
C1
C2
PC2
C2
PC1 PC1 PC1 P-
C1
C1
PC1 PC1
C1
PC1 PC18
P-
900
470
P-
P-
P-
P-
P-
2
C1
TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1
P-
5-2
TB1
PC15 5650
9
4523 m³
2
565
-C
0 WM-ST-201
250
T1
2600 THK RAFT 5650
2600 THK RAFT SSL -0.550 430
1679 m²
SSL +0.100 SSL -0.080 2
SSL +0.350 5650
2350 THK RAFT
2
-C
2820 THK RAFT
T3
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
5650
5650
1999 m²
3
6146 m³
3 1
-C
T3
C1
C2
PC2
2
P-
C1
1
C1
C1
C2
C2
PC2 PC1 PC1 ZWME-S-003
WM-ST-205
C8
C2
PC1
P-
PC1 PC1 PC1 PC1
P-
P-
P-
P-
P-
7.0
P-
P-
TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1
250
900
518 m³
TB1
0M
200
TB1
THK
250
UPS
TAN
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
D
SSL +0.100 1500 THK RAFT
3250 THK RAFT
SSL -0.550
5
2350 THK RAFT
-C
C7
C7
C7
C7
C7
PC1B PC1B PC1B PC1B PC1B PC1B
T1
SSL +0.350
P-
P-
P-
P-
C7
WID
P-
P-
TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1
TB1
TB1
650
PC21
1
TB3
TB3
TB3
TB3
61.2
-C
ED
T1 SSL +0.100
TB1
TB1
PC9
4
250 3000 THK RAFT

-C
T3
1 SSL -0.080
250
C6
C8
C9
C2 PC1B
C4
PC1 PC2A P- PC1B 3000 THK RAFT
P-
P-
P-
TB1
4
P-
2820 THK RAFT
C8
TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 250
RIV
2
P-SW8 PC2A
P-
C4
430 3000 THK RAFT
9
P-
SSL +0.100
PC1
1
EW
C3
P-
TB1
TB1
TB3
TB3
TB3
TB3
C7
C7
C7
C7
C7
C7
P-
P-
PC1B PC1B PC1B PC1B PC1B PC1
P-
P-
P-
TB1
P-
AY
TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
1
C1
PC3
P-
5
C1
1
3
1
3
3
PC2 PC4
1
C2
C8
C2
C2
C2
C2
C8
C8
PC2 PC2 P-
C2
PC2 PC2 PC2 PC2 PC2
P-
P-
P-
P-
P-
P-
P-
P-
P-
TB1
TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1
6 TB1
C3
P-
ADJACENT PLOTS
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
REBAR
1
1
C6
C6
P-
1
3
2
C5
C5
C5
C5
C5
C5
C5
4
C5
C5
P-
P-
PC1 PC1 PC1 PC1 PC1 PC1
C5
C5
PC1 PC1 PC1
P-
P-
P-
P-
P-
P-
P-
PC1
P-
6
P-
P-
TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 PC1
7-1
PC1 PC1
WORKSHOP WORKSHOP AREA

STRUCTURAL WALL
200 THK NON
MA REA (5
TB1
AREA (1000 m²) E

TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
AG
WA EMEN
A
NA
3657 m² R
TO
1
1
C6
C6
PC1
P-
P-
(800 m²)
TB1
G 0 m²)
1
STE
1
P-
TB1
R S ²)
C5
C5
C5
C5
1
1
2
C5
C5
C5
C5
C5
C5
C5
P- PC1 PC1 PC1
P-
P-
P-
6
P-
P-
P-
P-
P-
P-
PC1
BA (450 m
PC1 PC1
566 m³ R E
T
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
IN
AB ²)
5 1 1 1 1 1 1
PLOT
1
1
C6
PC1 PC1
C5
C5
C5
C5 C5 C5 C5 C5 C5 C5
1
C5
P- PC1 P- P- P- P- P- PC1 P-
P-
PC1
P-
P-
P- PC1
YC
P-
TB1 TB1
RE 600 m LIMIT
TO =
1-S X25m
A
TB1
TB1
RE
m
(12
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
A GH EXIT
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
RE
TB1
TB1
A
ELF
PC1 1 PC1
430
C6
P- TB1
2
C6
1
1
C5
5
1
TB1
C5
PC1 PC1
C5
P-
C5
PC1
P-
P-
P-
P-
TB1 TB1 TB1
RW
K
AN
2900 THK RAFT
T2
-C
T
1
430
TER ²)
BO
2470 THK RAFT
WA 0 m
SSL -0.080
430
LA
SSL +0.350
(5 IN
AB ²)
TB1
R YC
TB1
TO
TB1
TB1
TB1
RE 600 m
430
RA
1500 THK RAFT
K
7.0
2900 THK RAFT
NE ²) TO
SSL +0.350
SSL +0.350
N =
1500 THK RAFT
GE (40 m TA 1-S X25m
SSL +0.350
ER
AT m²)
0M
m
(12
5
1
1
1
W
C5
C5
C5
C5
C5
(50
PC1 PC1 PC1 PC1 PC1
P-
P-
P-
P-
P-
R
5650
TO
2
C6
RA
P-
WID
NE 0 m²)
T2
GE
-C
2-1
TB1
2900 THK RAFT

(4
ED
2900 THK RAFT

5
5650
C5
C5
PC1 SSL +0.350 5650

P-
P-
SSL -5.300
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1 3
-C
T2
2900 THK RAFT
15
RIV
WM-ST-202
5650
2
250 5650
5650
EW
6
C5
C5
C5
PC1 PC1 PC1 PC1
P-
P-
P-
1643 m²
TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1
INIC
AY
2650 THK RAFT

SSL +0.100 250
CL m²)
5
1500 THK RAFT

-C
T2
SSL +0.350
5325 m³
2900 THK RAFT
SSL +0.350
2900 THK RAFT
0
(13
SSL +0.350
R
TO PURPOSE OF ISSUE
4
250
-C
T2
AC
TR
250
250
SSL +0.100
91.4
2650 THK RAFT

2650 THK RAFT
ISSUED FOR TENDER

N
SSL +0.100
O E
BC FFIC BIN
4
SU O EY CA 00 m² PROJECT
R =6 DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
TO
2-S 25m)2
mX PROPOSED RESIDENTIAL & COMMERCIAL
(12
E BUILDING (3 TOWERS) ON PLOT NO. 3370587,
FIC ZABEEL SECOND, DUBAI.
ADJACENT PLOTS R OF CLIENT
TO AD EMAAR PROPERTIES
AC BIN ² RO
NTR EY CA 200 m
1 DE
CO.P.J.S.C
LAY DOWN AREA O R )2= I
IN C
TO
2-S X50m
M .W
(800 m²) MA (12
m
00
39.
LEAD CONSULTANT
T/ T ARCHGROUP
IEN
ARCHITECTS.PLANNERS.ENGINEERS.PROJECT MANAGERS
CL LTAN P.O.BOX: 38390, DUBAI, UNITED ARAB EMIRATES

TEL: +971 - 4 - 3341449, FAX: +971 - 4 - 3357449
U E
NS MAIN CONTRACTOR
CO FFIECY CAB0INm²
OTOR 2=60
2-S X25 m)
GH m
(12 DRAWING
SITE LOGISTIC PLAN

ENTRY
PLOT
LIMIT
10.5
DRAWN BY CHECKED BY DATE NORTH

FEB 2018
SITE SETTING OUT PLAN SCALE (@ A0) PROJECT NUMBER
1 1:300 @A0 AG-159

2
1 : 300 R15 DRAWING NUMBER REV
001 R0
7
Page 300 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
3.5 Construction Phasing Plan

This section will provide a general overview of the construction-phasing plan for the
Page 301 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Page 302 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Page 303 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Page 304 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Page 305 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Page 306 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Page 307 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Page 308 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Page 309 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Page 310 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Page 311 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Page 312 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Page 313 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Page 314 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Page 315 of 736

Section 4
Detailed Method Statement
Page 316 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
SECTION 4: DETAILED CONSTRUCTION METHOD STATEMENT

4. 1 SURVEY WORK
This section will address the general methodology for surveying work and its related
activities and concerns for the construction of “Downtown Views II” project.
A. INTRODUCTION
The general methodology for survey work will be presented as per the below items. All
surveying work will be carried out by a qualified and highly experienced surveyor along with its
subordinates.
 Summary
 Survey Preparation
 Setting up of Plan Control Network
 Altitude Control Network
 Foundation Construction
 Concrete Structure Construction
 Arc Controlling Survey
 GPS Observation
 Quality Control
B. SUMMARY
Considering the design character and structure type, many methods will be adopted to
assure survey requirement of accuracy, such as scientific surveying technique, advanced survey
equipment and strict verifying and rectifying method. Plan control grid will be set by two levels,
first level is site horizontal control network, and second level is building gridline control network.
The site horizontal control network is based on control points provided by the clients, using
total station to set general plan control network. The building gridline control network is
based on the coordinate data of general plan control network, using method of polar coordinates
to set the control points of building gridline.
Altitude control network is based on altitude points provided by the client, using high
Page 317 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
precision level to accomplish the work of translocation of it and control points.
C. SURVEY PREPARATION
The survey preparation work for this project will be presented as per the
below given details.
 It includes reviewing and verifying of construction drawing, handover and repletion of
survey reference point, identification and adjustment of survey equipment, method
statement and data preparation, surveying of construction site.
 Organization of personnel. The complete details of the survey as per the table:
 Major survey equipment and accuracy as per the below table:
Quantity of
Position Responsibilities Competency
Workers
Work arrangement, equipment

Survey management, safety management 5 years in surveying related
1
in charge of surveying team, quality control, work and holding related
progress control certificate
Surveyor 4 Surveying operation 3 years in surveying related work

and holding related certificate
Survey Personnel Table
Item Type Quantity Description Accuracy
±(1mm+2ppm.D) Angle
Total GTS- Plan control network surveying accuracy
3
station 601AF and building floor ±1''; distance surveying
surveying accuracy (1mm+2ppm.D)
Automatic
NA2 5 Leveling ±0.7 mm
level
Steel tape 50m 12 Leveling and distance First class

measurement
List of Surveying Equipment Table
Page 318 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
The major surveying equipment will be presented as per the below photos.
GTS-601AF
Total Station NA2
Automatic Level
Major Surveying Equipment
D. SETTING UP OF PLAN CONTROL NETWORK

D.1 The Principle of Setting the Site Plan Control Network
Plan control network shall consider the whole project first, follow the rule of from main area
to partial area, low precision is controlled by high precision. Plan control network point shall
combine the consideration of design general plan and construction general layout. Control
point peg shall be protected by concrete, fenced by scaffolding. Detailed information please find
following indicative chart.
Control Peg Protection Chart
Page 319 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
D.2 Plan control network setting method and chart

Based on data of general plan control network and gridline, polar method is adopted to
set the gridline control peg, verified as gridline plan control network.
E. ALTITUDE CONTROL NETWORK

E.1 The principle of altitude control network
Altitude control network shall be set to assure building vertical construction precision.
Setting up is based on the altitude points provided by the client in general plan control network,
after compensation computation, if comply with the precision requirement, then can be made.
F. FOUNDATION CONSTRUCTION
F.1 Transfer of Foundation Partial Gridline
Before foundation was located, gridline control peg shall be verified. Then major control
gridlines shall be transferred by total station. Mark the gridline with black ink line, mark the
column, beam, and opening with red triangle mark. Please find the detailed information from
following chart as example.
Detailed Chart
Page 320 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
G. CONCRETE STRUCTURE CONSTRUCTION

G.1 Building Floor Gridline Transfer
Set the total station on gridline control peg, after necessary adjustment, using polar
method to measure distance and angle. Transfer needed gridline to construction floor. The vertical
and horizontal gridline on every floor shall be no less than 2 to assure the verifying of distance
and angle. During the process of gridline transfer, the vertical variance of gridline between floors
shall comply with precession requirement.
When proceeding construction floor setting out, first, the major transferred control gridline
shall be verified, then, detailed setting out can be commenced. For indoor setting out,
attention shall be paid to building outline gridline and lift shaft gridline. To effectively control every
floor’s gridline variance under acceptable area, and to reach the requirement that structural
control line still can be guidance of finishing work, control line and wall outline are required to be
mark by ink.
Self-check shall be conducted after every floor or every construction phase setting out
completion. Floor setting out record shall be filled after self-check and submit to consultant for
inspection.
G.2 Altitude determination

When altitude is determinate to construction floor, altitude control point shall be
translocated first. Without any errors found, altitude can be determinate to required area.
G.3 Altitude control line

After formwork is completed and verified, mark the +0.500m height on the poll outside
altitude benchmarks by level, to be the reference of construction.
Before leveling of construction floor, three level points that are transferred from altitude
benchmarks shall be verified first. The average height of these points can be referred as
reference level when the variance is acceptable. During the leveling procedure, level shall be
in the centre area of measuring points.
H. QUALITY CONTROL
 Survey in charge shall comply with the requirement of construction progress and
surveying method statement to arrange surveying work.
 Survey equipment shall be maintained on time and keep recorded.
 The operation of survey equipment shall strictly comply with relative regulations.
 Survey work has to comply with safety regulations.
Page 321 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
4.2 EARTHWORK
This section will address the general construction methodology of Backfilling works and its
related activities and concerns “Downtown Views II” project.
A. Work Process
Place the backfill materials in layers and compact by vibratory rammer machine: Bottom
cleaning → backfill materials inspection → backfilling by layer → compacting each layer →
maximum dry density test → surface trimming and inspection
B. Materials
Make sure backfill material meet the requirement of BS 1377. And get approval from
Engineer and control the size distribution of backfill soils in accordance with BS 1377-2.
Make sure the structural filling has a maximum plasticity index of 6% for Type 2 granular
material and non-plastic for Type 1 granular material. Carry out optimum moisture-maximum
density test in accordance with BS 1377 method 3.5 to determine the optimum amount of
water for each fill materials to obtain maximum dry density. Sub grade will be placed with the
water content between, optimum moisture content -2% and optimum moisture content +1%.
Capping will be placed with the water content between, optimum moisture content -2% and
optimum moisture content.
C. Construction Key Points

The materials will be spread and leveled in layers. As soon as possible it will be
compacted each layer using plant and methods suitable to the type of material. At least 14 days
prior to starting work the Contractor will submit details of the proposed: type of plant, maximum
depth of each compacted layer, and minimum number of passes per layer.
Bedding material will be placed as shown on the design drawings. It will be placed in
150 mm (maximum) loose layers and compact to 95% of maximum density within the optimum
moisture content, both determined in accordance with BS 1377. Perform compaction with
mechanical equipment suitable for working in confined areas, such as tampers or plate
compactors.
Bedding material will be stockpiled and will be excavated satisfactory soil material without
Page 322 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
intermixing, as required by OSHA or other approved regulatory requirements. Do not store

within 1m of any open excavation. Stockpile materials in a stable manner, such as to prevent
them from falling or sliding into the open excavations.
The foundation will be cleaned before backfilling and level up the material in layer. The
moisture content will be inspected before compacting and will be vibrated each layer completely
in a certain sequence. Loose and air-dry it or add dry material when moisture is high to avoid
"rubber-soil". Potable water will be applied or increase the compacting times when filling is dry.
D. Placement
Backfill and fill materials will be placed in layers. Before compaction, each layer will be
moistened and aerated as necessary to provide the optimum moisture content of the soil
material. Each layer will then be compacted to the required percentage of maximum density.
Around structures: Backfill and fill materials will be placed evenly adjacent to structure
up to the required elevations. Extra care will be taken to prevent wedging action of the
Back fill against structure by placing the material uniformly around the structure up to
approximately the same elevation in each lift.
Trenches: Satisfactory soil will be provided containing no rocks or stone greater than
50mm in size and free of other deleterious material.
E. Compaction
Percentage of density requirement and area classification:
Compaction requirement
Cohesionless soil Cohesive soil BS 1377
Area classification BS 1377 relative density degree of compaction
Under foundations and slabs on
grade of buildings 77% 95%
Trenches and walkways a-top

400mm of sub grade 75% 90%
b-each layer more than

400mm below sub grade 70% 90%
Page 323 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
F. Moisture control
Where the sub-grade or layer of soil material must be moisture-conditioned before

compaction, water will be applied uniformly to the surface of sub-grade or layer of soil
material. Water will be applied in a manner to prevent free water appearing on the surface during
compaction operations.
Soil materials will be removed and or replaced that is too wet to permit compaction to
specified density.
Soil material that has been removed because it is too wet to permit compaction may be
stockpiled or spread in approved locations and permitted to dry. Drying can be assisted by
harrowing or pulverizing, until the moisture content is reduced to a satisfactory value as
determined by moisture-density relation tests.
The moisture in compacted fill or backfill material will be maintained within 2% above or
below the optimum moisture content as determined by BS1377.
G. Anti-termite treatment
A toxic barrier will be created within soil beneath and around the buildings, through which
termites cannot pass. All internal and external backfill will be treated prior to casting ground slabs.
Particular emphasis will be given to site cleanliness during the works and make sure that no
timber cardboard or other cellulose containing materials discharged during the work are left in or
on the ground on completion of the project.
Page 324 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
4.3. REINFORCED CONCRETE WORK

This section will address the general method for rebar work and its related activities and
concerns for “Downtown Views II” project.
A. Reinforcement works
All of the reinforcement bars that will be used for the structure will be a Type 2 High Yield
Deformed Steel bar that complies with ASTM A615 Grade 60 with a characteristic strength of
not less than 460 N/mm2.
o Handling and Site Storage

Although procurement strategy for the reinforcement will consider cut and bend will be
done at the supplier’s facilities however, the workshop for reinforcement works must be on site.
Processing of the rebar will be done according to schedule. Different sizes will be stored
separately from each other and ensure that they are clearly labeled.
Rough handling, shock loading and dropping will be avoided from a height. Sheeting will
be provided to keep clean by overall if necessary. Store reinforcements off the ground on
supports; will be closed together to prevent permanent deformation.
Dirt or grease prevents a proper bond with the concrete; any badly misshapen bars will
not be re-shaped on site without the permission and supervision of the specifying authority.
Each bar will be marked clearly to show the size of the bars, to avoid the need to judge
by eye.
o Reinforcement Connection
All reinforcements will adopt straight thread connection or lapping connection according
to the size of reinforcement's diameter.
The space between two connecting points and the lapping length of tensile and
compression reinforcement will meet the standard and requirement of the drawings.
Reinforcement Straight Thread Connection: Before connecting reinforcement, screw off
the plastic protecting cap on the reinforcement, with screw thread exposed, and clean up the filth
on the thread. When connecting reinforcement, screw the reinforcement that has already got rid
of sleeve barrel to the reinforcement connected and screw the reinforcement joint tight with
torque wrench until the wrench makes a sound at the adjusted moment value, painting a mark to
prevent from missing screwing. Layout of straight thread connecting is as follows:
Page 325 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Straight Thread Connection
o Fixing and placing
Reinforcement will be fixed together by ample use of tying wire. Tying wire will not be
allowed to intrude into the concrete cover.
Reinforcement will be kept secured in the correct positions using approved temporary or
permanent chairs, spacers, etc., maintaining specified cover by means of cover spacers
secured to prevent displacement. Reinforcement will not be placed directly on formwork and
raise it into its correct position as the concrete is being placed. Reinforcement will not be
inserted into concrete already placed in position.
Unless otherwise permitted, top steel reinforcement will be supported firmly in the
position specified before concrete is placed, either by links or steel chairs.
Page 326 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
o Fixing rebar of column
o Fix rebar of beam
Page 327 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
o Fix rebar of wall
B. Concrete works
o Structural Concrete Members
The majority of the structural elements are composed of reinforcing steel bars with
concrete frame. The structural element of the main building concrete structure mainly includes
column, beam and slab. All of the concrete work will confirm to American Standard ACI 318 as
per project specifications.
Page 328 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
o Selecting the concrete construction machine

The mobile pump & Concrete Delivery Truck were selected for the execution of all the
concrete works for this project.
Mobile Concrete Pump
Concrete Delivery Truck
Page 329 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
o Concrete Sequence
The general construction sequence for concrete works will be presented as per the
followings table. Adjustment is anticipated dependent on the project general requirements and
specifications.
No. Activity General Description Photo
Procure the ready-mixed concrete

from the qualified supplier. The
design mix will be prepared at the
mixing plant accordingly as per
project specifications. The supplier
will be pre-qualified and selected
Concrete with the necessary procedures.
1
supply Proper coordination will be carried
out with the concrete supplier to
clearly provide the design mix
requirements and successfully
complete the concrete works of
this project.
Ready mixed concrete will be

transported from mixing plant to
construction site and then
conveyed to the floor by concrete
pump. The time of transportation
Concrete is considered into the initial setting
2
Delivery time. It is not allowed to water the
concrete at or be polluted during
the transportation. The location of
the batching plant will also be
considered to anticipate the
required time of travel of trucks.
According to the requirement on

the quality of concrete for this
project, systematic mixing ratio
design and test are to be carried
out in laboratory to guarantee the
3 Admixtures optimal concrete mixing ratio.
Choosing appropriate admixture is
very important for controlling
slump loss, reducing concrete
segregation, and enhancing the
fluidity and stability of concrete.
Page 330 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Necessary preparation works will

be carried out prior to pouring of
concrete. All of the waste
materials, oil dirt, stifling the small
opening and seam of the
formwork, checking the formwork,
Concrete alignment of brace of the
4
Pouring formwork, reinforcement
embedded parts, pipe
penetrations, etc. It is also
relevant to provide moistening of
the formwork before pouring.
Concrete will be casted as per the
drawings and specifications.
After the casting of concrete,

concrete will be verified by the
strength of the hardened concrete
in comparison with the specified
strength with the cement content.
Sampling and testing of concrete
Sampling & will comply as per the project
5 specifications. All tests will be
Testing
witnessed by the Engineer.
Testing laboratories will be
qualified and approved by the
Engineer. Results will be recorded
accordingly.
Concrete curing will commence in

the form of a complete covering of
polyethylene sheeting. As soon as
the concrete has stiffened
Curing & sufficiently, water will be sprayed
6
Protection beneath the polyethylene sheeting
to keep the surface of concrete
continuously damp and wet. This
curing will continue for a minimum
of three days. Specifications.
In conditions where the ambient

temperature is greater than 25°C,
any formwork made of metal;
concrete or other material of high
Quality Control
thermal capacity will be cooled
7 and Quality
with water before concrete is
Assurance
placed. The site will employ
effective means such as pre-
cooling of aggregate and mixing
water, as necessary.
Page 331 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
C. Proposed Formwork System

This section will address the general method for formwork and its related activities
and concerns for “Downtown Views II” project.
The complete details and system description of the proposed formwork system for
this project can be referred to “Section 3.3” of this submission.
D. Stair Formwork
The general methodology for the staircase work, described as follows:
a. Stair soffit form

18mm plywood and timber 100×100mm is used for the stair landing, stair soffit form,
independent scaffold is used as the shoring system.
b. Stair Step form

Steel form is used for the side form of stair step and flight. Channel stringer with
adjustable pedestal is used which can make the form removal much easier.
Stair Formwork System
F. Scaffolding System
This section will address the general method for scaffold work and its related activities
and concerns for this project.
Based on the characteristics of this project and the time overlapping of structure,
Page 332 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
decoration and MEP works, the external walls of some sub-projects use the double pole bowel-
coupler scaffold, which is laid out along all the external walls.
o Dimension for scaffold
The longitudinal spacing of the vertical bar is 1.5m and its transverse spacing is 1.2m.
The distances between the internal vertical bar and the surface of wall are 300mm. The distance
between the bottom bar and the ground surface is 300mm, three handrails are required for the
working storey and its interval is 500mm.
o Interval of the Points Connecting to the Wall
The vertical and longitudinal spacing and the free height of the upper section of the
scaffold are all no more than 6m.
o Diagonal Bridging
The diagonal bridging will be erected at the same time with scaffolding and its diagonal
bar, which is 6m wide on the horizontal plane of projection, has a 45-degree angle with the
surface level. The diagonal bar must have a joint to the whole scaffold.
o Sequence of Assembling the Components

Footing of the vertical bar → Vertical bar → Transverse bar → Diagonal bar → Locking
the connector → Erecting the scaffold board → Upper vertical bar → Pin connection for the
vertical bar → Transverse bar
o Scaffold Board, Protecting Board and handrails

The scaffold boards will meet the requirement of two storey’s construction and its
thickness is 50mm. At the edge of the scaffold, the height of handrails is no less than 1.1m and
the height of exterior-protected board is 200~250mm. For the handrails, the net free height
is no more than 0.5mm.
o Safety Netting
At the outside of the scaffold, the safety netting will be required. For the entrance of
corridor, the level safety netting is also required.
o Removal of the Scaffold

a) The removal works will be implemented strictly according to the proposed
Page 333 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
procedure.
b) The point connecting to the wall could be removed only after all the top
component parts have been removed thoroughly
c) During the removal works, all the loosen bars will be moved immediately in
case of supporting and depending by mistake
d) For the scaffold used for the old building, it will be removed firstly after
finishing the removal of roof structure and exterior-protected structure. Then
the steel structure will be removed as a whole.
Page 334 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
4.4 POST TENSIONING WORKS

This section will address the general construction methodology for post tensioning works
and its related construction activity for “Downtown Views II” project.
A. INTRODUCTION
This project has post tensioned slabs for the superstructure on most of the floors
except mechanical floors. The scope of work for Post tensioning is design and build of all PT
members.
This general method statement provides the control sequence in construction and
methodology procedure which details the activities of the post-tensioned slab as per approved
shop drawings. The following activities are covered in this general method statement:
 Delivery of materials and mobilization
 Dead End fabrication
 Supply and installation of anchorages
 Supply and installation of ducts
 Cutting and installation of strand
 Stressing tendons, following concreting works
 Cutting of tendons after stressing approval
 Grouting of Tendons and Patching of tendons
Post Tensioning of Slab
Page 335 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
B. HEALTH AND SAFETY

Health, Safety and protection of the Environment will be the main priority during all works
and should not be compromised. All activities will be carried out in accordance with general site
requirements and method statement.
It is necessary that this method statement must be brief to entire work force prior to
start the activity. Post tensioning operators will wear the required PPE at all times when
undertaking works:
C. MAJOR EQUIPMENT
The main equipment for the post tensioning process is the hydraulic jack. Jack will be
fixed on the tool at the end of the anchor.
Hydraulic Jack
Electric Pump
High-pressure electric pump is used to provide hydraulic jack push and pull direction for
Page 336 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
the pre stressing procedure. It is with pressure gauge used to measure the amount of pressure
in the subsurface during the process.
D. GENERAL METHODOLOGY
d.1 PT Slab System Installation
The anchor locations will be marked out on edge boards showing heights of slot and bolt
hole required to be cut and drilled. Discrepancies will be recorded between the shop drawing
and actual deck dimensions, and report to the Project Engineer. Main construction key points
will be given as per below items.
 It will be positioned and tied at correct height, where top stressing pockets are
required.
 Anchors will be bolted and recess forgers to edge board/pans.
 Ducting from anchor will be laid out and joints will be taped firmly.
 The strand will be set up in a bripac and coil identification number will be recorded.
 Length of tendon will be measured, pull out strand and cut to length. (Enough
length for stressing will be allowed.)
 Strands will be pushed into duct, checking shop drawing for number in each
tendon.
d.2 For Single End Stressed Tendons

Union head each strand at the non-anchor end.
 Position dead-end and chair up to correct height.
 Bar chairs of reinforcing bar supports will be chaired under full length of
tendon at locations as per the shop drawing and tie in place, checking for
minimum cover to all surfaces.
 Feet of bar chairs will be stapled to formwork soffit where applicable.
Staple gun as a lever will not be used.
 Grout tube to all anchors and dead ends will be fitted. If tendon length
exceeds 40m internal tube may be required at high points.
 Duct to anchor connection will be sealed, and termination of duct at dead-
ends to prevent concrete and slurry ingress.
 Strands and tendons for alignment will be checked and completed.
 Any adjustments or rectification’s requested by the Consulting Engineer
after inspection will be made accordingly.
Page 337 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
d.3 PT Slab System Stressing – Initial Stressing

 Recess formers will be removed in place.
 “Banana” stressing block or barrels on all strands in each tendon must be placed.
(The strands will be balanced evenly for tendons with less than 5 strands).
Banana block will be made sure to be seated correctly.
 Wedges for foreign matter will be checked. 3-piece wedges will be fitted around
strands in block.
 All strands will be stressed in each tendon to initial percentage of design load.
 “Knock-off” i.e.: drive home wedges before releasing jack pressure (or use
automatic “knock- off” nose with jack) making sure the spring is sitting correctly.
 Prior to initial stress, paints will be marked and sprayed to all strands at
a given point.
 The wedges will be ensured if it has been installed or seated properly after initial
stress.
Stressing of Strands
d.4 PT Slab System Stressing – Final Stressing

 The concrete strength will be confirmed with the Main Contractor and Consultant if
it has reached required strength as per design requirements.
Page 338 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
 Shop drawing will be checked for any specified stressing sequence to followed and
jacking force to be used.
 Every strand in each tendon will be stressed to full design load.
 The wedges will be “Knocked-off” before releasing jack pressure (or use automatic
“knock-off” nose with jack).
 When all strands are stressed, the distance will be measured between wedges and
paint will be marked and value will be recorded on record sheet, within an accuracy of
1mm.
 All actual elongations/extensions will be (+) 10 % of the theoretical
elongations/extensions.
 Stressing Reports will be submitted to the Project Engineer as soon as possible for
checking and formal submission for approval.
Final Stressing
d.5 PT Slab System Grouting– Cutting of Strands and Sealing of Recess

PT Slab System Grouting before cutting of strands, check the following:
 That all strands have been stressed to required load, and the extension records
have been submitted to the Project Engineer.
 That approval to cut all strands has been received in writing. Grinder will be used to
Page 339 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
cut back the exposed strands so as to give minimum of 25mm cover to the external
concrete face.
 A dry pack mixture will be made in the proportions of; 3 parts sand, 1-part cement
and 1-part liquid.
 The amount of water that will be added may vary depending on the condition of the
sand to be mixed, (it may be very dry or wet).
 As a general rule: Very dry sand - mix to proportions above
 Very wet sand - add only re patch (ie.no water)
 Texture of dry mix must be mould able in the hand.
Once the dry pack has been thoroughly mixed, filling the pocket will be started by tightly
packing the mix around the exposed anchor and strand. Packing of dry pack is initially with the
hand around block and wedges and then by using timber to pound the pack tight.
All excess dry pack and strand off-cuts will be cleaned up and deposited at rubbish removal
location. Once all cables have been cut and sealed and the dry pack has cured the slab is ready
to be grouted.
d.6 Grouting Tendons

All of the materials for the grouting of tendons must comply as per specifications.
d.7 Grouting Mixing and Injection

 All necessary materials and equipment will be prepared.
 All anchors will be checked, cut and sealed. Using air, all grout tubes and ducts will
be checked for blockages, and clear blockages.
 Pump/mixer will be checked if it is in working order and that all hoses are clear.
 Freshness of cement will be checked.
 Water will be recycled in the pump/mixer.
 Additive will be added, mixed and recycled for 2 minutes.
 Cement will be added slowly, 1 bag at a time, until consistent mix is obtained.
 Cement will be added up to and until 200kg has been mixed, (recycling mix at all
times). ok
 All cement bags will be disposed off correctly.
 Bucket will be positioned at far end bleed tube. (To catch excess grout).
 Grout hose will be connected to near tube and start pumping.
Page 340 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
 ‘1 No. can’ will be allowed good quality grout to come from end tube before bending
tube over and closing off using tie wire.
 PUMPING will be stopped and closed off near tube.
 All previous Steps will be repeated for all tendons until deck/pour complete will be
repeated.
 When completed, excess grout will be pumped to waste area agreed with builder.
 Down mixer will be washed and cleaned and hoses will be flushed until clean.
 Equipment will be stored in secure, safe location.
 On the day following completion of grouting, all tubes to be cut off flush with
concrete, and deposited in rubbish area.
Page 341 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
4.5 FIT OUT ANFD FINISHING WORKS

The fit out and finishing work of “Downtown Views II” project requires a large scope
of work. All preparation of surfaces for plaster will be done as a preliminary work including
bonding agents, m esh, junction between materials, etc. All design parameters will be complied
and met as per the specifications
The below details will give a brief discussion on the construction methodology that will be
carried out by the Main Contractor as per the scope of work for the finishing works.
The detailed method statement for each and every item will be submitted separately
during construction stage.
A. General Scope of Finishing Works

The general scope for finishing works of the project will be as per the following sequence
of works:
 Masonry block work

 MEP First Fix Installations
 Plastering Works
 Screed Works
 MEP Second Fix Installations
 Wall & Floor Tiling
 Wall Painting / Ceiling Plaster
 MEP Equipment Installations
 Doors and Windows Installations
 Wall and Ceiling Final Painting
 MEP Final Fix and Sanitary Ware Installations
 Joinery / Final Fit out Installations
The same order of works will be applicable from the substructure up to the superstructure
of this project. The below discussion of the detailed method statement will indicate the
comprehensive procedures on how each scope of finishing works will be done for this
project.
B. Detailed Construction Methodology for Finishing Works
Page 342 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
The detailed construction methodology for finishing works will be presented as per below,
however the other scope of finishing work will be done in general.
 Masonry Block Work

The block work that will be used for this project will be as per drawings and
specifications. The block to be used will be selected in accordance with the design
requirements and specifications, which is clean and not polluted. The mortar will be mixed on
site. The block will be cleaned before laying and the exposed face finishes will be also being
checked to ensure it fulfills the requirements. Lay out walls in advance for accurate spacing
of surface bond patterns with uniform joint widths and to accurately locate openings, movement
type joints, returns and offsets. Avoid use of less-than-half-size units at corners, jambs and
wherever possible at other locations. The masonry work will be started from the turning corner
or from the fixed point, and the external and internal block wall will be executed at same
time, the location where the longitudinal wall and the transverse wall interface will be executed
in an alternate lapping way. The masonry will be smooth in the transverse direction and
straight in the vertical direction. The block surface will be clean, and the mortar will be tight and
full of the joint. The vertical joint whose distance is more than 3cm will be filled by small
stone concrete whose strength will be more than C20. The opening, trench, piping and
embedded part will be positioned or executed while performing the block work. The trench
with thoroughly length cannot be chiseled in the finished wall. All ties between masonry and
steel work will be hot dipped galvanized and have a length as per the specifications. The wall
ties will be shot fired to steel columns and fixed as per manufacturer’s recommendation. Wall
ties between concrete blocks will be hot deep galvanized steel with minimum length
200mm×25mm×2.5mm fixed at every 4th layer. Every 2nd layer in between these will be fixed
with bed joint expanded metal lath reinforcement for the whole length of the block layer and
bended up to 200mm and properly fixed to the concrete structure.
 First Fix MEP

Prior to the installation of the First fix of MEP, proper chasing procedure will be done.
Locations of required chases will be set out by MEP contractor and chasing will be carried out
by block-work contractor. All chasing activities will be monitored by the project HSE team to
ensure compliance to relevant health and safety requirements.
Earthing and under-slab piping works will start with reinforced concrete works. After the
completion of RC works at a specific location, cable containment installation, piping and ducting
Page 343 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
works will be carried out simultaneously with masonry works.

Cabling works will follow cable containment installation works. Cabling will cover medium
voltage cable installation, low voltage cable installation and extra low voltage cable installation
works.
 Plastering Works
Once the block work has been completed and first fix carried out, one wall will be used as
a mockup for plastering which will be incorporated into the finished works. Plastering will then
be carried out to walls as design requires. Please note that at these stage plaster board ceilings
/ bulkheads have not been fitted. Carrying out plastering at this stage will allow the bulk of the
plaster to be machine applied.
Plastering work will start from the preparation of surfaces to receive any plaster. The
adjacent work will be protected from soiling, spattering, moisture deterioration, and other harmful
effects caused by plastering.
The solid substrates will be prepared for plaster that are smooth or that do not have the
suction capability to bond with plaster according to the specified specifications.
The plaster mixes will be prepared with respect to the different indicated mixes as per
specifications.
 Screed Works
The screeding works will be carried out after the removal of forms. Once the forms have
been removed, all surfaces will be carefully examined and any irregularities found in the concrete
surface will be immediately rubbed down in a manner which is satisfactory to the Engineer to
produce a smooth, uniform and continuous surface. Blow holes will be filled with a cementitious
mortar. Concrete containing voids, holes, honeycombing or similar depression defects will be
completely removed and replaced to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
Cement mortar for filling holes left by the formwork ties and components will consist of
cement, fine aggregates and water suitable ratio which is as per specifications. Consistency must
be achieved which is suitable for compacting the mortar into the holes; the mix will be adequately
compensated against shrinkage by use of a suitable admixture.
By considering the severe drying conditions, additional applications (if required) may de
done following the completion of the finishing works. For all the concrete sections and surfaces,
CSCEC ME will take precautions to limit the effects of hydration.
Screed must be protected to avoid premature drying and excessive hot and cold
Page 344 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
temperatures. Protection and curing will be done after application of screed.
 Second Fix MEP

The second fix MEP installations will be completed before the suspended ceiling/raised
floor works are finished.
 Wall and Floor Tiling

Proper setting out will be done prior to any start of any tiling works. Mortar bedding walls
and floors mix cementitious bedding materials thoroughly to a uniform consistence in a suitable
forced action mechanical mixer. Minimum amount of water will be used to achieve the required
workability of the mortar.
Tile skirtings will be carried out by ensuring that the joints in skirtings will match and align
with joints in the floor tiling.
Grouting of the tiling works will be done by allowing bedding material to harden
sufficiently before grouting proper will occur. The joints must be ensured and are free from dust
and debris. The grout will be filled completely up to entire depth, tool to an approved profile and
the surface will be cleaned free from any blemishes. Then the tiling will be polished and
will be cleaned accordingly.
For this project, the wall and floor tiling includes dry lining and partition works. While the
floor finishes of this project comprise of the following:
o Glass Mosaic Floor and Wall tile

o Porcelain Floor and Wall tile
o Stone Flooring
o Ceramic Floor and Wall Tile
o Carpet
o Access Flooring system
o Methacrylate reactive resin floor
o Stone Wall
o Wall Covering
o Decorative metal wall finish
The following important construction key points will be applicable for the execution of the
floor finishes of this project which comprise of the following:
o Before leveling the base course, all the rubbish such as concrete debris
Page 345 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
will be cleaned away. Waterproofing layer will be protected during base course
preparation.
o The tiles used in this project will be carefully selected and well matched so that
it has the same color and texture and the size and the thickness will be the
same.
o Selected tiles are immersed in water before using.
o Base course leveling: According to the design standard of floor and wall, the
leveling coat will be 1:4 dry cement mortars.
o The drainage slope is set up in the room with floor drains.
o Make level before leveling. The leveling is placed in accordance with the level.
o Snap the control lines before setting out.
o Tiling will be made according to the design. If there is no design requirement
for such works, the tiling work will start from the door to wall side, and the
fragment will be in the place not remarkable.
 Painting Work
Prior to any start of any painting work, surface examination will be done as per the
substrates conditions and status. The maximum moisture content must be evaluated and will be
approved for compliance.
After examination, then preparation will be carried out by cleaning the substrates of
substances that could impair bond of paints, including dust, dirt, oil, grease and incompatible
paints and encapsulants. For any presence of any primers, this will be removed and will be re
primed substrate with compatible primers or apply tie coat (if required) to produce and achieve
the specified paint system.
Application stage will commence accordingly after completing the above mentioned
procedures. Apply paints according to the manufacturer’s written instructions and
recommendations. Paints will be applied to produce films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays,
laps, brush mark, roller tracking, runs, snags, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines
while painting and color the breaks.
Cleaning and protection must be done after the paint application. CSCEC ME will ensure
to protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Any damage will be
rectified of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing and refinishing. Any damage will not be
left unrepaired or not rectified.
All of the painting works for this project will be executed as per the finishing and painting
Page 346 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
schedule with full compliance of the drawings and project specifications.
 MEP Equipment Installation

The MEP equipment installation works will cover MV switchgears installation, transformers
installation, distribution board installation, generators installation, and other installations for
electrical systems. Power management system installation will accompany medium voltage
equipment installation.
As the technical room reinforced concrete works will be completed and equipment bases
will be installed in-place, MEP equipment installation works in technical areas will start. Temporary
or permanent doors will be installed before MEP equipment installation works to ensure the safety
of equipment against stealth and damage during non-working times.
 Doors and Windows

The general doors and windows installation procedure will be enumerated as per below.
All of the doors and windows installation procedure will be done as per the following with full
compliance of the project drawings and specifications.
o Setting out the V/H control line → setting out the locating line in the wall →
Water plate installation →Locating and temporary fixing → Frame fixing →
Joint sealing → Glass and hardware installation.
o The performance of aluminum window, door & ironmongery will comply with
the design requirement and the relevant standard.
o We will take site dimension prior to manufacture to ensure that the elements
are in accordance with the design drawings. Detailed drawings will be revised
if site dimensions are different to the dimensions shown on those drawings,
allowing for agreed tolerance.
o All windows, doors, and other like frame will be made to allow a 5mm tolerance
all- round the opening in the structure, and the junctions applied an approved
sealant.
o The weather strip will be as per specifications; all corners will be mitered and
bonded so as to form a permanent effectively continuous seal.
o The installation location will strictly comply with the design requirement.
o Any metal fixing used for the primary or secondary supports of the windows
and doors, will be in accordance with all specifications.
o The installation will be strong and reliable. The number of anchoring /anchoring
Page 347 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
position and the fixing method will strictly comply with the design requirement
and the relevant specifications.
o The wind tight standard will be ensured and even outlook connection will also
be obtained.
o A low-tack tape prior to dispatch from the factory will protect the significant
surface of all window and door components. If during fixing or glazing any
such protection is moved, it must be refitted or replaced immediately.
o All glass will be fixed in accordance with the glass manufacturer’s instructions,
all glass panels will have rounded edges to prevent any damage to the gaskets,
and all glass will be cleaned by the Contractor before the completion of the
works.
o Complete ironmongery, right positioning and perfect overall functioning are
essential.
o Clean and clear outlook, free of any damage and stain.
 Wall and Ceiling Final Painting Works

The final painting works for walls and ceilings will be done similarly with the initial method
statement mentioned for the initial painting works indicated at the preceding section of “Painting
work” of this submission. All of the final painting works will be done as per drawings and project
specifications.
 MEP Final Fix and Sanitary Ware Installations

MEP final fix and sanitary ware installations will be performed subsequent to the
completion of slab/wall/ceiling finishing works and facade works. These works will cover lighting
fixture installation, wiring devices installation, ELV systems equipment installation.
Lightning protection works will begin with the completion of roof structure, and will be
completed when the roofing works are finished.
 Joinery / Final Fit Out Installations

The installation of all joineries will be done by first evaluating though visual inspection
any defects of the material and it will be discarded accordingly. The defects that may impair
quality of rough carpentry and that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or
optimum joint arrangement.
Page 348 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
The setting out process will start up to the required levels, with member’s plumb, true to
line, cut and fitted. Then the joinery will be fitted to other construction; scribe and cope as required
for the complete accuracy of the fitting. The location of the furring will be correlated as well as
blocking, grounds and similar supports to allow attachment of other construction. The application
of any field treatment will be done to cit surfaces of preservative-treated lumber and plywood.
Making sure that the joinery work will be securely attached to substrate by anchoring and
fastening as indicated from the drawings. Common wire nails will be used for fastening unless
otherwise indicated from the specifications. The fasteners will be selected that will not fully
penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials.
The above mentioned general installation procedure and key points will be done as per
drawings and project specifications.
Page 349 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
4.6 FACADE WORKS

This section will address the construction methodology for facade works that will be
adopted for the “Downtown Views II” project.
It will further discuss the following items for the necessary procedures that will be
done for the facade works.
A. A Introduction
B. Scope of the Facade Work
C. Design of Facade Work
D. Delivery to Site
E. Assembly Procedure
F. Pre-installation Activity
G. Installation Methodology
H. Appendix
Downtown Views II
Page 350 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
A. INTRODUCTION
CSCEC ME will provide the construction methodology for the unitized curtain wall
system as the majority and general elements of the facade system.
B. SCOPE OF WORK
The tower façade can be described as having the following types:
 FT01 = structurally glazed curtain wall unitized system with metal panels at floor
transitions. Insulated glazing unit, aluminum mullions and transoms, top hung out
swinging operable unit. Finish coating according to architects.
 FT01.1 = Curtain wall stick system at conditions where the tower interfaces with the
podium and doors are provided. Insulated glazing unit, aluminum mullions and transoms.
Finish coating according to architects.
 FT02 = rear ventilated metal façade, formed aluminum sheet with T min = 3mm with
hidden fixing. Finish coating according to architects.
 FT03 = Curtain wall stick system. Insulated glazing units, with aluminum mullions and
transoms, with integrated single leaf doors. Refer to architects door schedule and
drawings for all locations.
 FT03.1 = Curtain wall stick system at larger balconies. Insulated glazing units, with
aluminum mullions and transoms, with integrated single leaf doors. Refer to architects
door schedule and drawings for all locations.
 FT04 = Mechanical louvers, integrated into curtain wall unitized system.
 FT04.1 = Glass Fins System, integrated into curtain wall unitized system.
 FT05 = Curtain wall stick system. Insulated glazing units, with aluminum mullions and
transoms, with integrated double leaf doors. Refer to architects door schedule and
drawings for all locations
The podium façade can be described as having the following types:

 FT06 =Curtain wall stick system, Insulated glazing unit, Aluminum mullions and
transoms. Finish coating according to architects.
 FT06.1 = Curtain wall stick system with integrated double doors, Insulated glazing unit,
Steel mullions and transoms. Finish coating according to architects.
Page 351 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
 FT07 = Folding door system at amenities, insulated glazing units, aluminum door frame
assembly. Finish coating according to architects.
 FT08 = Custom metal panel screen at podium.
 FT08.1 = Integrated louver system at podium.
C. DESIGN
The façade design for all three towers are the same. This is mainly due to the towers footprint
similarity in shape and size. The levels and numbers of mechanical floors with different façade
treatment are the noticeable differences mainly due to towers height.
Page 352 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
D. DELIVERY TO SITE
After the products / materials had arrived at the designated port, the container trailer will
deliver them to the construction site or assembly factory after clearing customs. It will take several
hours from port / assembly factory to site. The qualified supplier or sub-contractor will comply with
the local regulations of UAE with respect to the allowed weight or load and will have a proper
planning and timing of delivery to avoid the traffic congestion during peak hours. The container
trailers will arrive on site according to the planned route. The material deliveries to site will be
scheduled in advance and booked to arrive at a predetermined times. The below figure will
indicate the flow of delivery routes from port to specific area.
At Port location
At Project Site
At Working Area
Page 353 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
The following table will give the general delivery procedures that will be carried out at the
site with the proper allocation of manpower and supervision.
S. No. Illustration Activity
Upon entering the site a

designated banks man will guide
the vehicle to its lay down
position, from where the
1 materials will be unloaded by a
forklift for the distribution.
At the designated storage area,

the cases and pallets with the
facade materials will be unloaded
from the lorry with the help of a
forklift.
2 It is intended that the materials
will be delivered directly to the
site areas adjacent to the hoists
or tower cranes for vertical
distribution.
The vehicle driver will not leave

until the Logistics Team /
Supervisor has checked and
signed for material delivery.
Once the materials have been

3 received, the truck will be loaded
with any empty wooden cases or
rubbish, then the driver will check
with the Project Manager for
permission that the vehicle can
leave.
Page 354 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
E. ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES
The assembly of panels and other facade elements will be done by allocating an
assembly workshop which is to be agreed by the relevant parties. Suitable assembly equipment
will be used along with the proper assembly staff delegated for the project such as assembler,
package and delivery workers, QA/QC, administrator and forklift driver.
The designed facade materials will be strictly tested in its quality after assembly. Then
transport the qualified ones to construction site for erection.
Other relevant information for the assembly process of the facade material will be
presented as per below details.
Panel Assembly Process
Page 355 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
The frame assembly of units

E.1
Screw fastening and sealing

E.2
Frame assembly inspection

E.3
Page 356 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Installation of rock wool

E.4
Sealing the unit back panels

E.5
The product assembly inspection

E.6
Page 357 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
E.7 Injecting structural sealant
E.8 Sticking of protective adhesive

tape
Injecting sealant
E.9
Page 358 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
E.10 Tooling of sealant
Curing of structural sealant

E.11
Finished product inspection.

Inspect whether there is any
omission in the whole course of
production according to the
product labels.
E.12 Compare with the assembly

drawing to find out if there is any
unpacked or missed component,
if there is any screw missed and
if the opening system could work
normally.
Page 359 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Packing and storage of Panels.

E.13
Panel Delivery. Following

completion of the assembly /
production, the unitized panels
E.14 shall be packaged in bespoke
pallets with suitable levels of
protection.
Page 360 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
F. PRE-INSTALLATION ACTIVITY
The pre-installation check and site survey are the main activities that will be involved in the
pre-installation activity.
“Release” and “handover” procedures required ahead of installation activities. The

necessary procedures that will be implemented for the pre-installation activity are as per the
following:
 As soon as CSCEC is satisfied that the required façade installation area on the
building is sufficiently advance, clear, clean and safe for the subcontractor
installation works to commence, CSCEC will “release” the area in writing. Included
with this “release” will be the coordinates and values for the setting out control
points and levels (bench marks) provided on the building in each of the areas
included within the released area.
 Subcontractor will then undertake a visual inspection or “Pre-Installation Check” of

the preceding works in order to identify to CSCEC any items that would prevent the
installation of works. Any items identified will be recorded on a “Pre-installation
checklist” and will be issued to CSCEC.
 Subcontractor will then carry out a dimensional survey check of certain elements of
the structure interfacing with our works.
 Following subcontractor survey checks, CSCEC will rectify any discrepancies that
have been noted. Following completion of the CSCEC’s remedial works, the area
will be handed over accordingly in writing. Please note that the sequence and
timing of the “release” and “handover” of the works areas to Subcontractor is critical
to the timely completion of the works within the specified programme constraints.
 Prepare and deliver to site, access and installation equipment required for the start
of subcontractor’s installation activities.
Page 361 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Adequate survey equipment will

be provided, maintained and
calibrated on a regular basis by
the subcontractor for all survey
activities on the building.
F.1
Calibration reports will be
provided to CSCEC by the
subcontractor for information and
records as required.
Relevant subcontractor will

maintain a clear, clean
and safe environment in
which to carry out
installation activities.
F.2 Subcontractor operatives will

dispose of their rubbish (packing
material etc.) at the rubbish skips
provided by CSCEC, which will
be located at agreed central
areas adjacent to the woks.
A designated hoisting time will be

F.3 pre-arranged.
Page 362 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Materials will be transported to

the range of tower crane utilizing
truck, forklift or pallet trolleys, and
then lifted up.
F.4 If applicable, pallets / wooden
cases will be lifted from the truck
/ trailer directly onto the landing
platforms.
The landing platforms will be

F.5 positioned at agreed locations.
Materials such as insulation,

brackets, fixings even panel
pallet which will be transported at
F.6 the material hoist will be directly
delivered from the lay down area
to material hoisting area.
Page 363 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Materials will be directly

transported from the lay down
F.7 area into the material hoist and
up to respective floors.
Upon arrival on the respective

floor levels, the materials will be
shifted by means of pallet trolleys
out of the hoist and / or loading
platforms. The pallets will be
F.8
distributed to their installation
location during this activity as per
the programmed installation
sequence.
Panels will be lifted into the

F.9 platform.
Page 364 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Transportation on floors by pallet

F.10 truck.
Distribution of panels to
F.11 respective installation area.
After the material has been

transported to the installation
F.12 area, necessary unpacking
procedure will be done.
Page 365 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
G. INSTALLATION METHODOLOGY
The critical factor to achieving a successful high-rise tower project is planning and
executing the installation works with the correct level of expertise and proficiency.
The works are substantially repetitive and therefore dedicated teams must be
allocated to each specific task, where upon these teams can proceed up to the higher and
succeeding floors with ease and skill, at the required pace.
This installation methodology sets out a concept of how the works will be executed in
general for each of the primary facade types.
Detailed work method statements, along with the necessary safety considerations
and risk assessments will be developed and agreed for the specific tasks prior to installation
of each commencing on site.
The other main considerations for the planning of facade work are the site logistics
and the required equipment for the successful completion of the scope of work. Adequate
material lay down area shall be allocated prior to the delivery of all related materials at the
site. The suitable hoisting and installation equipment will also be considered to achieve the
target completion of work. Electric operated floor crane is commonly used and it will be
located on several floors above the floor on which the panels are to be installed. In the use
of floor crane a steel counter weight will be utilized. The counterweight of floor crane shall
be minimized and use of jacks to meet the uniform distribution load of floor slab.
Floor Crane
Page 366 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Distribution of materials at
G.1 the designated areas
Position the launching

trolley close to the
installation area. Wood
G.2 stopper are pulled down
and lanyard are fixed to
protect trolley from moving.
Secure the lifting shackle hooks

and panels ready for lift-off
through floor crane. Do not
G.3 remove shackles until the panel
is completely stacked and bolts
and fully torque into the brackets.
Page 367 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Launch the panel for lift-off

G.4 and installation will be done.
Fix the unitized panel into

G.5 the brackets.
Slip the connector sleeve to
join the two unitized panel.

G.6
Seal the sleeves with silicone.
Page 368 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
4.7 MEP WORKS

This section will provide CSCEC ME construction methodology for the project MEP works.
It will discuss the comprehensive construction methodology for the Mechanical, Electrical and
Plumbing works that will be carried out for “Downtown Views II” project.
A. SCOPE OF WORK
The MEP scope of works of this project includes all items required for a full functioning
of the Building’s part that includes the following:
 Mechanical Heating, ventilation and Cooling works (HVAC).

 Plumbing and Drainage services involving Potable Water Supply, Foul and Waste
 Water Drainage Systems and storm water system.
 Fire Protection, Fire Alarm and Fire Suppression System.
 Electrical Services, Supply and distribution (MV/LV), Lighting Installations, Utility
 System, Earth Bonding and Lightning Protection.
 Telephone, Data communications, IP camera System, Access Control and BMS.
B. WORK PROGRAMME
B.1 General
Work programme will define the baseline plan and updated plans for completing the works
and will identify all intermediate milestones that represent major deliverables. It will allow for
progress reporting and support earned value management to evaluate progress payments. All
interfaces with other disciplines will be clearly identified on work programme.
B.2 Programme Format

Work programme will be produced utilizing Windows-based Oracle Primavera P6 Project
Management tool. Planning, scheduling and reporting of the work will be performed by employing
the Critical Path Method (CPM).
The following items will form the main WBS Structure of the programme. The level of detail
in the programme will support a further breakdown of each item below:
 Key Dates & Milestones

 Mobilization
Page 369 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
 Design & Engineering

 Procurement
 Construction
 Test & Commissioning
The time for all submissions, reviews and approvals will be clearly indicated in the
B.3 Work Programme

The description of work by activity and activity code will contain the specific type of work
to be done and the physical area of the work to which it pertains. Activity boundaries will be
easily measurable and descriptions will be clear.
In addition to and separate from WBS coding, each activity will be coded to show the phase
of the work (design, procurement, installation, etc.), the party responsible for the work (contractor,
sub-contractor, employer, engineer, etc.) and the physical location of the work (area, level, etc.).
Each activity will be resource and cost loaded. Resource and cost dictionaries will be
provided prior to the preparation of the programme. Resources will include manpower, equipment
and material availability, as appropriate.
B.4 Programme Submissions and Review

Work programme submissions will comprise Preliminary Programme, Baseline
Programme, Progress Programme, Look-ahead Programme and Recovery Programme
submissions. A narrative will accompany all programme submissions.
Preliminary programme will be submitted within 15 days after the execution of the contract
agreement and will cover the entire duration of contract. This programme will be used for progress
monitoring while the baseline programme for the entire contract is developed.
The baseline programme will be a detailed programme including a narrative, cost-
curve and man-loading curve developed using the critical path method (CPM). It will represent
the execution plan for the work from the date of award onward. The baseline programme will be
submitted within 60 days after the execution of contract agreement.
Following the approved baseline programme, progress programmes will be updated
and submitted once a month. The progress programme will be used to confirm the physical
percent completed, to analyze delays and impacts using Time Impact Analysis (TIA). Progress
programmes will help in determining whether a Recovery programme will be required.
A detailed look-ahead programme showing specific activities scheduled for the 3 weeks
from the preparation date and activities in the previous week will be prepared for presentation at
Page 370 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
weekly progress meetings. In addition, a 90-day rolling window programme will be updated and
presented weekly to highlight milestones, submittals and critical path activities.
In case certain activities shown on the progress programme fail behind schedule to
the extent that any of the mandatory critical dates or milestone completion dates are at risk of
being delayed, a supplementary recovery programme will be prepared to regain compliance with
the last previously approved progress programme.
All programmes will be reviewed and approved by the Engineer. The Engineer is allowed
14 days for initial submission review and 7 days for re-submittal reviews of the preliminary
programme and progress programmes, and 21 days for initial submission review and 14 days for
re-submittal reviews of the baseline programme.
B.5 Narratives
The narratives provided with programmes will include planned and actual progress,
critical path progress and concerns, potential delays, submittal status, earned value and variances.
These will be stand-alone documents and will not require their corresponding programmes to be
attached in order to understand the narrative.
C. MOBILIZATION & ORGANIZATION

The following items will be presented under this section will be completed for mobilization
and organization of all related works of MEP.
C.1 Mobilization
Mobilization activities should be initiated following the execution of sub-contract
agreement with the Contractor and should be performed according to the instructions and Site
Logistics Plan of the Contractor. A mobilization plan should be prepared and mobilization
activities should be executed accordingly.
C.2 Site Facilities

First phase of mobilization should be site facilities establishment. The space requirements
for site offices, field offices, canteens, worker accommodations, tanks, sanitation facilities,
warehouses and workshops should be determined and locations of these facilities should be fixed
and allocated according to site logistics plan. These facilities should be procured and
installed/constructed in specified locations.
Page 371 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
C.3 Temporary Services/Installations

Following facility establishment, temporary installations should be constructed. These
installations will cover water supply, sanitary installations, electrical services & lighting,
Temperature control, telephone & data communication and fire prevention.
Under the scope of water supply works, potable water should be made available to
site facilities and to specific areas on site to allow easy access for workers. Sufficient quantity of
water should be supplied for construction works to meet peak site demands and fire fighting
requirements.
Sufficient number of site sanitary facilities should be made readily available by conserving
the ratio of 1 facility for 25 workers. A temporary sewer drainage system should be constructed
for site offices, site toilets, washrooms, labour welfare facilities and other waste generating
facilities. Sewer drainage system should be connected either to main sewer system, or septic
tanks should be installed.
Temporary electrical service network should be constructed to serve site facilities and
construction works. Power requirements should be calculated prior to the start of works, and power
distribution equipment and materials should be determined, procured and installed to meet peak
power demands of site facilities and construction works. Sufficient lighting should be provided to
illuminate site facilities and work site to allow for work at night, as required.
Site facilities and work site should be supplied with temporary HVAC equipment to
maintain interior conditions at optimum temperature and humidity levels to maintain specified
conditions for office works, construction operations and to protect materials from damage due
to temperature and humidity.
Direct telephone and data communication service should be provided to site facilities.
Hydrants, hoses and extinguishers should be made available in specified locations to minimize
and mitigate the possibility of fire.
C.4 Fit-Out Works

Once the installations of site facilities and temporary services are completed, fit-out works
for site facilities should be performed. A fit-out plan should be prepared for each facility. Furniture,
equipment, fittings, devices, etc. requirements should be listed. These materials should be
procured and installed in place in line with the mobilization plan. Facility fit-out will allow for a
suitable working environment to execute office works. Office environment should be designed to
provide easy access of staff to relevant persons and devices. Meeting rooms of different size
should be established and should be equipped with necessary devices.
Page 372 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Sufficient number of electronic devices such as computers, plotters, scanners, copiers,

etc. will be provided to carry out office works. Storage areas will be equipped in a way that the
stored materials would be easily identified and accessed.
C.5 Organization
Project management team will be composed of members with the necessary skills and
will be in sufficient number to carry out the works as defined in the tender scope of works
documents. Special attention will be given to the responsibility for coordination, scheduling,
engineering, design review & shop drawing production, timely preparation of submittals, method
statements and other technical work, inspection & testing, health safety and environmental
performance, procurement, commissioning, take-over and closeout. The management team
will have the full authority necessary to execute the works to a satisfactory completion.
The management team will have sufficient experience in the satisfactory completion of
similar works of similar magnitude. The ratio of general labor to skilled labor, of skilled labor to
supervisors, and of supervisors to management will be such that the pass down effect of
knowledge, experience, policies and procedures would result in an effective work force that can
perform the work on time with a level of required quality.
Following the execution of sub-contract agreement with the Contractor, an initial
organization chart will be submitted to the Contractor. This chart will be updated as the project
progresses.
The project management team will have the following capabilities:
 Prepare and maintain a work programme and resolve project related issues
 Establish HSE policies, procedures and activities and provide a safe and healthy
project working environment
 Prepare and provide samples, presentations and mock-ups for review and approval
in a satisfactory, professional and timely manner according to the programme
 Prepare and submit all submittals in a timely manner according to the programme to
ensure timely completion of project
 Prepare and perform procurement in a satisfactory, professional and timely manner
according to the programme
 Coordinate activities of suppliers to ensure timely deliveries for installation
 Coordinate MEP construction activities to ensure the availability of required
supervisory, skilled manpower and adequate construction labor to maintain the project
Page 373 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
programme
 Coordinate necessary inspections with relevant parties as required for the progress of
works
 Participate in project meetings to review the progress of construction, and identify and
resolve outstanding construction related issues
 Prepare and submit weekly, monthly progress reports and other progress, status and
technical reports and submit these to the Contractor, as required
 Coordinate and/or perform all required inspection and testing for quality control,
pre-commissioning and other performance of work, and maintain a record of tests
and inspections
 Maintain an accurate and up-to-date record of as-built documentation
 Observe the work for compliance with technical specifications, maintain a list of
observed deficiencies and report corrective measures to the Contractor
 Assemble as-built and record documents and submit these to the Contractor
 Prepare a written report upon systems and sub-systems and submit to the Contractor
 Participate in system inspections, testing, pre-functional preparation and start-up
sessions and make corrections listed in the punch list prepared by the Contractor
 Cooperate with the commissioning team and provide all labor, materials, equipment
and personnel expertise in compliance with specifications
D. SUBMITTALS
D.1 Submittal Register
Subsequent to the execution of sub-contract agreement with the Contractor, a submittal
register identifying submittal number and description of each submittal required for the project
will be prepared and submitted to the Contractor. This register will support the necessary
dates of work programme and will indicate date of submission, review time, approximate date of
return and type of submission.
The following main submittal groups will comprise the submittal register:
 Quality Assurance & Quality Control Plans
 Health and Safety Plan
 Engineering Calculations and Shop Drawings
 Material Approval Requests
Page 374 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
 Work Method Statements
 Inspection and Test Plans
D.2 Submittal Classification

Submittals will be classified as action submittals and information submittals. Action
submittals will be those submittals for which the approval of the Engineer will be required. These
submittals will be the submittals listed in submittal register.
Engineer’s approval will not be required for information submittals. The Engineer may
respond to these with comments or may request additional information. Information submittals
will include, but will not limited to, the following: Design data, manufacturer’s data/instructions,
certificates, test and inspection records, logs (correspondence log, RFI log, etc.), quality and HSE
records, material procurement status reports, weekly-monthly reports, and other specific
information requested by the Contractor and the Engineer.
D.3 Submittal, Review & Approval

All submittals will be transmitted to the Engineer according to the approved work
programme and in the format indicated in specifications.
Each submittal will be packaged separately. Hard copies and soft copies of each submittal
will be transmitted using the specified transmittal form/letter. The Engineer will review the initial
submission within 14 days. The Engineer’s response will include one of the following marks
described below:
 No Exception Taken: The work covered by the submittal may proceed.

 Exceptions as Noted Revise and Re-Submit: The submittal is approved only
with minor comments that need to be incorporated into the document and
issued for work to proceed. The document is re-submitted for record.
 Revise and Re-Submit: Work covered by the submittal shall not proceed. The
 Submittal is revised and re-submitted according to the Engineer’s notations

and corrections.
 Rejected: A new submittal complying with the specifications is prepared.
Page 375 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
In case of revise and re-submit, all revised content will be clearly marked and identified
in re-submittals. The review time will be 14 days first re-submittals and 7 days for second re-
submittals.
E. HEALTH AND SAFETY

E.1 Safety Organization
An organizational structure of safety staff will be provided and maintained on site to
effectively implement and manage occupational health and safety. These staff will be engaged
solely in safety assurance. Responsibilities and tasks of safety staff will be clearly identified in
site specific safety plan.
A safety manager, whose full-time duty will be connected with health and safety aspects
of the project, will be appointed. Safety manager and supervisory safety staff will be authorized
to take urgent appropriate action to make the site safe and to prevent unsafe working practices.
E.2 Risk Assessment

In order to formulate a site specific and competent safety plan, a detailed risk assessment
will be carried out against the scope and nature of the project and the Particular site conditions.
Risk assessment will be conducted by a qualified and experienced team led by the safety
manager.
Risk assessment documentation will contain a comprehensive schedule of all perceived
risks and the proposed elimination and mitigation measures to reduce the risk to a minimum.
E.3 Safety Plan

The site specific safety plan will contain the following elements:
 A policy statement declaring that occupational health and safety will be given the
highest practical priority.
 An organization chart identifying full-time safety personnel and site staff with
particular responsibilities for safety.
 Details of authority given to safety manager and safety staff which would enable
them to implement safety procedures on site.
 Details of communication facilities necessary to enable safety staff to communicate
efficiently on safety matters with the Contractor’s safety personnel.
 Emergency procedures to deal with emergency situations on site.
Page 376 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
 Arrangements for training of site staff to enable them to undertake properly their
health and safety responsibilities.
 Arrangements for job specific health and safety training of all workers.
 Arrangement to ensure that, at least once a week, all workers will receive a toolbox
talk with their supervisor.
 Details of quantity and specification of all necessary safe condition monitoring
equipment.
 The means and frequency by which safety facilities shall be inspected tested and
maintained.
 Details of the proposed first aid provisions.
 Details of how, where and by whom the auditable health and safety records will be
kept and maintained.
 Details of the arrangements and frequency of site safety inspections.
 A comprehensive health and safety inspection checklist to be used during site
safety inspections.
 Details of int er n a l safety audit schem e to b e i m p l e m e n t e d regarding
safety management system and the physical site conditions.
The safety plan and procedures will be internally reviewed on a continuous basis, will be
revised if activities and experiences on site necessitate. Procedures will be revised and/or
new procedures will be issued whenever the character or extent of an activity is changed or
a new activity of different nature is introduced. Such procedure revisions will be aimed at
enhancing the standards of safety being implemented on site.
E.4 Safety Trainings and Meetings

Entire site staff will be given safety health and training to communicate them their health
and safety responsibilities. Established health and safety procedures will be explained during
these meetings. All workers/visitors will receive a job specific health and safety training before
they are allowed to work/visit on site. The records of these training will be kept for audit purposes.
At least once a week, a toolbox meeting will be given to workers by safety supervisors.
The names of attendants will be noted on the toolbox talk form and will be initialed by all
attendants. The records of toolbox meetings will be kept for audit purposes.
Senior safety and site staff will participate in site safety meetings established by the
Contractor, to be held at least once a month. Necessary actions will be taken according to
the instructions of the Contractor recorded on minutes of this meeting.
Page 377 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
E.5 Safety Documentation

Safety related documentation will cover records of training, meetings, inspections, audits,
injuries, dangerous occurrences, safety violations, stop orders, notices of non-compliance. All
safety documentation will be kept at site office in a readily accessible location.
Safety staff will maintain a site safety diary to comprehensively record all matters
pertaining to safety. In case of safety violations, non-compliance notices will be issued and
procedures for rectifying these violations will be established.
A comprehensive safety report will be prepared each month. This report will address
all relevant aspects of occupational health and safety.
F. QUALITY ASSURANCE
F.1 Quality Assurance Plan

Following the execution of sub-contract agreement with the Contractor, a site specific
quality assurance plan will be prepared and submitted to the Contractor. This quality assurance
plan will represent the means by which the execution of the works in compliance with the project
specifications is assured.
The quality management system defined in quality assurance plan will cover all
construction operations including all on-site and off-site fabrication and installation works, and
will include the controls to be implemented to meet the project specifications in compliance with
the requirements of ISO 9001. Quality management organization chart will be prepared to
identify project organization responsible for managing, performing and verifying the project works.
The quality assurance plan will:
 Cover the relevant phases of the contract (design, procurement, construction,
test and commissioning)
 Identify the hierarchy of quality management system documentation
 Describe the relationships with the Contractor, suppliers and other sub-contractors
 Include and activity, responsibility and procedure matrix
 Conform to the requirements of ISO 9001
 List procedures for activities relevant to the project
 Allow for external audits by the Contractor and/or Engineer
 Identify quality system audit procedures
 Include internal and external audit plans and schedules
Page 378 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
 Specify procedures to rectify non-conformances raised

 Allow for regular management reviews of the quality assurance program
 Identify quality related key performance indicators and how they will be measured
F.2 Quality Procedures and Processes

The project quality management system will be supported by quality procedures, method
statements and inspection and test plans and generated records.
The primary activities addressed by the quality procedures to be implemented will be:
 Preparation of quality plan for design, procurement, manufacturing and quality
control
 Preparation of quality plans for special purposes in accordance with the relevant
standards
 Document control
 Design control including verification and approval
 Material requisitions and purchase orders in accordance with approved
specifications
 Quality verification reviews
 Control and calibration of measuring test and equipment
 Monitoring the activities of staff and suppliers to ensure their compliance
with specifications
 Administrating non-conformances and reporting them to the Contractor
 Preparation of daily, weekly and monthly reports of quality issues
Quality assurance plan and quality procedures will be issued to the Contractor
for review and approval before the relevant works will start.
F.3 Audits
A schedule of internal and external audits to be conducted will be submitted with quality
assurance plan. The scope and the method of the audits will allow verifying that all aspects of
the work are conducted according to the project specifications. The Contractor will have the right
to conduct audits and inspections of all works that are being executed.
All internal audits will be communicated to the Contractor after the completion of the audit.
Non compliances found during the audits will be recorded as non-conformance records.
Page 379 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
F.4 Organization & Resources

An organization chart identifying all personnel responsible for the key quality assurance
activities will be prepared and submitted to the Contractor. This chart will also show the reporting
structure of the key personnel.
Adequate resources will be provided to fulfill the requirements of quality management
system. The personnel will possess the qualifications and competencies to carry out the specified
tasks.
Regular and appropriate training will be given to all personnel involved in the operation
of quality management system to ensure their competence to do their work. The records of
these training will be maintained for audit purposes.
F.5 Quality Assurance Documentation

Appropriate records will be prepared to demonstrate compliance with project specifications.
These records will include the implementation of effective controls to ensure that checking, review,
inspection and testing of the works.
G. DESIGN WORKS
G.1 Design Review
The first phase of design works will be review of tender calculations and drawings. During
this phase, tender design documents will be examined thoroughly. After review is completed, the
issues of concern regarding design, if any, will be communicated to Contractor for information.
Queries will also be communicated to Contractor via RFI (request for information) before
proceeding with shop drawing production.
G.2 Shop Drawing Production

The list of engineering calculations and shop drawings will be submitted by submittal
register at the beginning of the project, as described in Section 4.1 – Submittal Register.
The shop drawings to be submitted will cover the following main groups:
a. Electrical Systems
 Schematic Diagrams
 Equipment Schedules
 Single Line Diagrams
Page 380 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
 Earthing & Bonding System Plans

 Cable Containment System Plans
 MV Power Distribution Network Plans
 LV Power Distribution Network Plans
 Lighting System Plans
 Small Power System Plans
 Extra Low Voltage System Plans
 Lightning Protection System Plans
 Electrical Technical Room Layouts
 Electrical Detail Drawings
b. Plumbing Systems
 Waste Water Plans
 Sewage Water Plans
 Rain Water Plans
 Hot/Cold Water Plans
 Plumbing Technical Room Layouts
 Plumbing Detail Drawings
c. HVAC Systems
 Heating and Cooling Plans
 Ventilation and Air Conditioning Plans
 Exhaust Air Network Plans
 HVAC Technical Room Layouts
 HVAC Detail Drawings
d. Fire Protection System

 Schematic Diagram
 Sprinkler Network Plans
 Gaseous Fire Suppressions System Plans
Page 381 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
 Fire Protection Technical Room Layout

 Fire Protection Details Drawings
G.3 Shop Drawing Format

All design drawings will be prepared using AutoCAD 2015 software or newer release, and
will conform to the CADD standards of the project.
The shop drawings will be prepared on a scale designated in project specifications. The
legends, symbology and abbreviations will conform to the common conventions specified for the
project. Specification instructions for line styles, layering, layer colors and line weights will be
honored.
Drawings will be named according to the file naming conventions, with the appropriate
discipline code, drawing type code, sheet type code and revision numbering.
G.4 Shop Drawing Submissions

Shop drawings will be produced and submitted for coordination to the Contractor in
compliance with the work programme. Hard copies will be on A1 size format, electronic copies will
be submitted on CD in original and PDF format.
If the Contractor requests revisions/corrections after coordination review, the design
drawings will be revised and re-submitted to the contractor before the Contractor’s submittal to
the Engineer.
After review of the Engineer, shop drawings returned as “Revise and Resubmit” or
“Rejected” will be revised according to the instructions of the Contractor. These drawings will
be re-submitted to the contractor within the specified period of revision. Only approved shop
drawings will be copied and will be distributed to site staff.
H. MATERIAL APPROVAL REQUESTS

Following the execution of sub-contract agreement with the Contractor, the list of materials,
for which CSCEC ME LLC, MEP Division will be responsible to procure, will be prepared. This
list will be submitted to the Contractor in submittal register.
H.1 Compliance Matrix

The technical specifications for each material listed in submittal register will be examined
thoroughly and a compliance matrix table will be prepared for each material. The compliance
Page 382 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
matrix table will provide a paragraph by paragraph comparison between the specification and
the proposed equipment. The Compliance matrix will state the compliance conditions as “Noted
(N)”, “Full Compliance (C)”, “Partial Compliance with Remarks (PC)” and “Non-Compliance (NC)”.
Substantiating documentation will be referenced in the compliance matrix table.
H.2 Material/Supplier Selection

Using the compliance matrix, different brands satisfying the technical specifications of the
material will be searched by technical staff. The selected brands will have the indicated qualities
related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance and
other characteristics that are equal to or that exceed the requirements of specifications. A list of
brands fulfilling the technical requirements will be prepared and communicated to procurement
staff.
Procurement staff will review the brand list and will search for suppliers providing the
materials of determined brand. During this process, the supplier list approved by the Employer
will be taken into account. Commercial offers of the suppliers will be collected. The most
economically advantageous and compliant offers will be selected for submittal.
H.3 Material Submissions

Material submissions will be made according to the approved work programme and
submittal register. The documents required for material submittal will be collected from the
selected suppliers, and material submittal file will be prepared.
Material submittal files will contain a material approval request form and the necessary
documentation showing compliance with the specifications. In case sample submission is
requested by the Engineer, samples of proposed materials will accompany the submittal files.
The following documents will be included in submittal files:
 Product Data Sheet

 Compliance Matrix Table
 Statement of Compliance with Specified Standards
 Material Test Reports (certified third party tests)
 Management System Certificates
 Manufacturer’s/Supplier’s References
After review of the Engineer, material approval requests returned as “ Revise a n d

Resubmit” or “Rejected” will be revised according to the instructions of the Contractor. This
Page 383 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Material submittal will be re-submitted to the contractor within the specified period of revision.
I. MATERIAL PROCUREMENT & STORAGE
I.1 Procurement Planning

Material procurement works will be executed according to approved work programme.
The work programme will reveal the dates of purchase order, material fabrication,
transportation & customs and onsite delivery for each material group. These dates will be
extracted from the work programme and will be communicated to procurement staff as
procurement plan.
The material resources loaded on the work programme will be the basis in determination
of monthly material requirements. A material requirement plan for each material group will be
prepared and procurement staff will use this plan as a reference in establishing long term
procurement agreements.
The procurement plan and the material requirement plan will be updated monthly, so that
the procurement staff will be able to arrange their agreements to ensure that the materials will
be available on site according to the work programme and in required quantities.
I.2 Material Requests

Material requests will be placed by technical office staff in accordance with the work
programme. The quantities of materials will be calculated from approved shop drawings, and
a material request form will be arranged. The time of delivery will be indicated on material request
form. Any kind of relevant drawings, schemes, specifications, etc. will accompany material
requests.
Material requests will be subject to approval of site office management staff. Construction
manager and project manager will check the requested materials in terms of quality, quantity and
time of delivery. Only after confirmation by them, procurement staff will proceed with the material
request.
I.3 Supplier Selection and Purchase Orders

Having received the material requests, Head office procurement staff will search for l
purchase alternatives other than the local ones.
The most economic alternatives satisfying the technical specifications will be determined
Page 384 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
and communicated to head office management for approval. After review of the alternatives,
management will decide on the supplier/manufacturer to proceed with.
Following the approval, procurement staff will make final negotiations with the
supplier/manufacturer and a purchase agreement will be made. This agreement will
ensure that:
 The production will meet the project specifications
 The materials will be produced in accordance with the work programme
 The necessary technical documents of the final product will be prepared
 The packing of the product will conform to the project specifications
I.4 Material Fabrication

Following the confirmation of purchase order, material fabrication process will be
monitored by the procurement staff. The status of fabrication process will be reported to the
Contractor periodically. In case, additional technical information is requested by the manufacturer,
this information will be supplied as soon as possible to ensure the timely production of the
materials.
I.5 Transportation & Customs

Generally, the Supplier/Manufacturer will be responsible to handle the transportation and
customs clearance works. Once the material is ready the manufacturer/Supplier will complete all
necessary transactions and the materials will be shipped. The shipment documents will be
submitted to the Contractor for information. As the material arrives at the port, local customs
procedures will be handled and delivery of materials to site will be arranged. At each stage, the
Contractor will be informed on the status of materials.
I.6 Delivery
The following issues will be taken into account in delivery arrangements:
 Minimizing long-term storage and preventing over-crowding of construction spaces
 Coordinating delivery with the installation time to ensure minimum
holding time for sensitive items
The Contractor will be notified of the arranged delivery in advance. The estimated time of
delivery, quantity and volume of delivery, packing conditions and other specific details of the
materials will be communicated to the Contractor to allow for making necessary arrangements
according to the site logistics plan before materials are delivered.
Page 385 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
As the materials are delivered on-site, a request for inspection will be submitted to
the Contractor for inspection of the delivered materials. The Contractor’s representatives will
check the material and the compliance of the delivered materials with project specifications will
be verified. Any damages on materials will be inspected. An inspection & test record will be
prepared for the delivered materials.
I.7 Storage
Following the acceptance of materials by the Contractor, the materials will be unloaded,
handled and stored at locations specified in site logistics plan. The storage locations will be of
two types: enclosed warehouses and exterior storage areas.
Warehouses will be utilized to store sensitive equipment and materials. The temperature
and humidity conditions within the stated range in the manufacturer’s instructions will be
maintained in warehouses.
Materials subject to damage will be stored in their original enclosures, loose products
will be stored on shelves or in bins or in neat groups of similar items.
Exterior storage areas will be assigned to store materials & equipment which are robust
or difficult to handle. Substantial platforms will be provided to support materials above ground
to avoid possible damages on exterior storages. Surface drainage will be adequate to prevent
flooding of water along equipment bases. Loose materials will be stored on clean solid surface.
The storage locations will be arranged and maintained in such a way that the:
 Stored materials will be easily identifiable

 Access areas for inspection and handling of stored materials will be available
 Storage conditions will meet the instructions of the manufacturer
 Stored materials will be safe against fire and stealth
 Warning signs for hazardous and flammable materials will be provided
 Stored materials will not endanger the permanent works
J. FACTORY ACCEPTANCE TESTING

Factory acceptance tests will be arranged and conducted for the systems specified in
subcontract agreement. The Contractor and the Subcontractor will fulfill their responsibilities
related with factory acceptance testing according to the sub-contract agreement. Specified
features and performance criteria of the equipment will be demonstrated during these tests. The
Page 386 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
tests will be conducted at manufacturer’s production facilities.

After sufficient quantity of equipment is produced to demonstrate and test the system,
factory acceptance test will be scheduled. Items to be tested will be set-up and performance of
the system will be verified prior to testing.
The following information will be submitted to the Contractor prior to testing:
 Models and quantities of equipment to be tested

 Block diagrams of configuration
 Plan for simulation of installed conditions
 Forms to be used to record data during testing
Equipment will be actual materials/equipment or identical models of materials/equipment

to those designated to be delivered and installed on site.
Test setup equipment will include:
 Operator equipment associated with the system

 Software associated with the system
 Console equipment
 Sufficient signal transmission media and accessories to provide a
fully integrated model
 Field processors required for the system
Complete computer software package and equipment of the system will be tested and
performance of the system will be verified. The performance criteria will be functionality, system
capacity, hardware interaction, hardware and software interaction and report generation.
Systems will be accepted by testing parties if the performance of the system equals
or exceeds the criteria stated in specifications. After completion of the test, all equipment will be
re- packed to be delivered to site for installation.
K. MOCKUP WORKS
Mockup areas will be designed, constructed and populated with mockups to demonstrate:
 The physical nature of the material and systems

 Construction methods and techniques
Page 387 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
 Quality of the work
Mockups will be of three types: Prototype mockups, visual mockups and in-place
(technical) mockups. Prototype mockups will be located in manufacturer’s production facilities
and will be used for testing purposes. Visual mockups will allow for verifying material, color
and interface details between elements. These mockups will be located within specified mockup
facility or within a staging area on building site. In place mockups will be used for verification of
workmanship of installation. Approved in-place mockups will be part of the permanent works.
The execution and workmanship of the following points will be checked during mockup
inspection:
 Interface between different materials

 Interface between different trade packages
 Interface at the corners and joints
 Materials fixed to substrate materials
The performance of MEP mockups in the mockup facility will be checked by Interior fire
suppression system, fire extinguishers and cabinets for fire protection system; waste water piping,
water distribution piping and sanitary fixtures for plumbing systems; cooling units, exhaust fans
for HVAC system; electrical outlets, lighting fixtures, power supply to equipment for electrical
systems.
L. WORK METHOD STATEMENTS

For each specific type of work, method statements will be prepared according to technical
specifications and specific conditions of project. The method statements will clarify the following
points:
 The materials to be installed

 Site team organization
 Equipment and tools - The steps of the installation works
 Quality control procedures of materials and completed works
The below listed method statements will be prepared to define the method of installation
Page 388 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
for the works mentioned in Section under Scope of Works.
L.1 Mechanical Installations

 Chilled Water Pipe work
 Chilled Water Pipe Insulation
 Air Duct Installation
 Air Duct Insulation
 Air Handling Units Installation
 Fans Installation
 Fan coil & Blower Coil Installation
 CRAC Units Installation
 Grilles & Diffusers Installation
 Building Management System Installation
 Leak Detection System Installation
L.2 Electrical Installations

 Earthing & Bonding
 Cable Containment Installation
 MV-LV Cabling
 MV Switchgears Installation
 Transformers Installation
 Distribution Boards Installation
 Generators Installation
 UPS Installation
 Power Management System Installation
 SCADA System Installation
 Lighting Fixtures Installation
 Lighting Control System Installation
 Wiring Devices Installation
 Lightning Protection System Installation
Page 389 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
L.3 Plumbing Installations

 Waste/Sewage Water Piping
 Hot/Cold Water Piping
 Hot/Cold Water Pipe Insulation
 Rainwater Piping
 Sewage/Sump Pumps Installation
 Cold Water Tanks & Pumps Installation
 Electric Water Heaters Installation
 Sanitary Equipment Installation
L.4 Fire Protection Installations

 Fire Protection Piping
 Sprinkler Installation
 Fire Pumps Installation
 Gaseous Fire Suppression System Installation
L.5 Extra Low Voltage System Installations

 CCTV System Installation
 Fire Detection System Installation
 Access Control System Installation
As the case for design documents and materials, method statements will be
subject to submittal procedure as explained in Section under Submittals.
M. CONSTRUCTION WORKS
M.1 General
MEP construction works will cover the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, fire protection and
ELV system works stated in the Tender and Scope of Works Documents.
Prior to the start of construction works, approval of relevant method statements and
inspection & test plans will be ensured.
All safety measures will be taken to allow for safe working conditions on site. Periodic
Page 390 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
toolbox meetings will be held at site to inform the workers on safety issues. HSE manuals will be
available to all workers. Safety conditions will be monitored on-site daily. Any adverse condition
that may involve risk to workers will be communicated to the Contractor, and necessary actions
will be taken according to the Contractor’s instructions.
M.2 Direct Manpower Employment

Construction works will be executed with company’s own labor resources, sub-
contractors will be employed for the works as and when needed.
A direct manpower plan will be prepared according to work programme, and the workers
will be employed in conformance with this plan. Procedures for bringing direct manpower on site
will be handled in a way to assure that the required number of workers with required qualifications
will be available on site prior to the construction works.
As the human resources procedures are initiated, the Contractor will be provided any
required information on the workers to be employed.
M.3 Site Team Organization

Construction managers will be assigned for electrical and mechanical works. Under
the supervision of construction manager, site managers will be employed for medium/high
voltage systems and extra low voltage systems. Construction Manager will also be responsible
for the supervision and coordination of mechanical, plumbing and fire protection sub-disciplines.
A site manager will be employed for each of these sub-disciplines. Site engineers, site
supervisors and foreman and workers will constitute the site teams working under the supervision
of site managers.
M.4 First Fix MEP Installations

Earthing and under-slab piping works will start with reinforced concrete works. After
the completion of R/C works at a specific location, cable containment installation, piping and
ducting works will be carried out simultaneously with masonry works.
Cabling works will follow cable containment installation works. Cabling will cover medium
voltage cable installation, low voltage cable installation and extra low voltage cable installation
works. Chilled water pipe installation works for HVAC system, waste/sewage water pipe
installation, hot/cold water pipe installation and rainwater pipe installation works for plumbing
system and sprinkler piping works for firefighting system will be executed under piping works.
As the pipes and ducts are installed in-place and successfully tested for leakage, pipe
and duct insulation works will follow.
Page 391 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Fan Coil Unit /Blower units, electric water heaters installation, Piping and ducting ancillary
installation such as valves, dampers, etc. and fan installation works will also be executed during
the first fix MEP installation phase.
M.5 Second Fix MEP Installations

Suspended ceiling, raised floor and wall/ceiling finishing works will follow the first fix MEP
installations. As the framework of suspended ceiling is constructed, drop connections for piping
networks and flexible duct connections for ventilation system will be installed in place. Building
management system field equipment installations will be completed before the suspended
ceiling/raised floor works are finished.
M.6 Final Fix MEP Installations

Final Fix MEP installations will be performed subsequent to the completion of
slab/wall/ceiling finishing works and facade works. These works will cover lighting fixture
installation, wiring devices installation, ELV systems equipment installation, CRAC unit installation,
Grilles & Diffusers installation, sanitary fixtures /accessories installation and fire sprinkler
installation.
Lightning protection works will begin with the completion of roof structure, and will be
completed when the roofing works are finished.
Building management system control equipment installation will be completed after the
completion of all MEP construction works.
M.7 MEP Equipment Installations

As the technical room reinforced concrete works will be completed and equipment bases
will be installed in-place, MEP equipment installation works in technical areas will start. Temporary
or permanent doors will be installed before MEP equipment installation works to ensure the safety
of equipment against theft and damage during non-working times.
The installation works within technical areas will cover MV switchgears installation,
transformers installation, distribution board installation, generators installation, UPS installation
for electrical systems. Power management system installation will accompany medium voltage
equipment installation.
HVAC system technical area works will cover Air handling unit installation; Leak detection
system as indicated on the drawings will be installed. Cold water tanks and pumps installation,
sewage/sump pumps installation works will be carried out in technical areas reserved for plumbing
Page 392 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
works. Fire protection rooms will be fitted with fire pumps, and gaseous fire suppression system
equipment.
N. PROGRESS REPORTING & MEETINGS

N.1 Monthly Progress Report
Monthly project progress report will be prepared and submitted to the Contractor within
seven days of the last day in the period being reported. This report will demonstrate mainly the
current status of progress and planning, safety, quality and other components associated with
the project and execution of the works.
Monthly progress reports will cover the following items:
 Progress Overview
 Health, Safety, Environment & Security
 Organization Chart
 Procurement Progress
 Construction Progress
 Meetings and Workshops
 Technical Submittals (Material submittals, shop drawings, method
statement, and other technical submittals)
 RFI Summary
 Variations
 Quality Assurance Data (Deficiency reports, corrective action reports,
non- conformance reports)
 Work Programme Progress
 Construction Manpower and Equipment Data

 Budget Status
 Issues and Solutions
 Testing and Commissioning Activities
 Project Close-Out Data
 Tables, Graphs, Photographs Depicting the Status of Works
N.2 Project Meetings

Upon request of the Contractor, relevant staff will attend the programming meetings,
Page 393 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
progress meetings, HSE meeting and special meetings together with the Contractor staff. The
documentation required for the meetings will be prepared and submitted to the Contractor prior
to the meeting.
O. QUALITY CONTROL & TESTING

O.1 Quality Control Plan
A quality control plan providing detailed description of procedures, instructions and reports,
which will be used to ensure compliance with project specifications, will be prepared. Construction
works will not start before the quality control plan is approved.
The quality control plan will include the following:
 Organization chart identifying all personnel responsible for quality control
 Procedures for reviewing shop drawings, samples, certificates
and other submittals necessary for compliance with project
specifications
 Procedures used to ensure compliance with project specifications, as well
as problem identification, reporting and resolution
 Test and inspection schedule keyed to the construction programme
 Document and submittal control procedures
 Procedures to identify and control of materials
 Sample forms to be used (ITP, NCR, etc.)
Quality control plan will be submitted and approved as described in – Submittals.
O.2 Quality Control Organization

A QA/QC Manager will be appointed to organize and coordinate quality control of MEP
works. Under the supervision and control of QA/QC manager, QA/QC engineers will be employed
for electrical and mechanical works. Site inspectors will monitor the construction activities, and
will assist QA/QC engineers in the execution of quality control activities. The staff inspecting
and testing special operations like welding
Will have the experience, training and certification pertinent to the scope the complexity
and the nature of the activity.
O.3 Inspection & Test Plans

Inspection and test plans will be prepared for each specific work item. Works covered
Page 394 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
within the scope of inspection and test plan will not begin until the plan is approved.
The following will be clearly identified in the ITP:
 All required inspections and tests required by project specifications
 Required testing frequency
 The accept and reject criteria
 Records required for compliance
 Procedures and instructions to be used for control of each activity
 Inspection, witness, hold and test points
Inspection and test plans will be submitted and approved as described in Section.4
Submittals.
O.4 Execution of Inspections & Tests

Inspection and testing works will be performed by designated quality control staff. These
staff will not be those assigned for performing the works. Approved procedures and instructions
will be available to be used by inspection and test personnel at time of inspection or test.
As a representative segment of a particular item is completed, the Contractor will be given
written notice of the occurrence of an assigned hold, inspection or test point 24 hours in advance.
Prior to inspection and testing, project specifications and approved shop drawings will be
reviewed, availability and condition of
Testing equipment will be checked. All inspections and tests will be conducted in
accordance with specified standards. The quality of workmanship will also be checked.
After completion of inspections and tests, results will be reported to the Contractor.
Inspection and test records will identify the following:
 Name and quantity of items inspected/tested
 Inspection/test procedure reference
 Observations
 Specified requirements
 Acceptability
 Deviations and non-conformances
 Corrective action
 Evaluation of results
Page 395 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
O.5 Non-Conformances
The quality control plan will establish a system to identify, document, control and process
of nonconformance. When material, equipment, documentation or performed work does not
comply with the requirements of project specifications, a non-conformance report will be
prepared and submitted to the contractor and non-conformance procedures will be executed.
Prompt action will be taken to identify the causes of each non-conformance and corrective
action necessary to prevent recurrence.
The following information will be provided to the Contractor for non-conformances:
 Identification of non-conformance
 Description of non-conformance
 Evaluation of non-conformance to establish the cause
 Recommended corrective action
 Date non-conformance is identified
 Date corrective action is completed
Each non-conforming item will be clearly identified with a distinguishing status tag. Tagged
items will not be covered until the Contractor’s approval of non-conformance and corrective action.
A non-conformance log will be developed and maintained to track all non-conformances.
Statistical techniques will be employed to identify non-conformance trends. Preventive measures
will be proposed, and their effectiveness will be closely monitored.
O.6 Quality Control Reports and Audits

Monthly quality control reports will be prepared and submitted to the Contractor. These
reports will be comprehensive and it will include all quality control activities for the works.
Regularly scheduled internal audits will be performed to verify quality control procedures
and to ensure compliance with project specifications. The results of audits will be maintained as
quality records and will be available to the Contractor upon request.
P. COMMISSIONING
As the construction works are completed, commissioning works will be performed to
ensure that all equipment and systems perform as individual systems and function interactively
with other systems according to the project specifications.
Page 396 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
P.1 Commissioning Team

MEP commissioning team will consist of Commissioning Authority, the Engineer, the
Designer, the Contractor, and CSCEC ME LLC, MEP Division as the MEP subcontractor, the
suppliers (if required), the Employer and ultimate owners and operators. The commissioning team
will be responsible for witnessing and verifying start-up, pre-functional check-out and functional
performance tests.
The names and curriculum vitae of individuals proposed to participate in the
commissioning team will be submitted to the Contractor for review and approval.
P.2 Commissioning Plan

An MEP commissioning plan detailing the execution of the overall commissioning
objective will be prepared with the Contractor. This plan will include the detailed descriptions of:
 Commissioning process
 Tests and demonstrations
 Acceptance criteria
 Related test forms
 Phased commissioning schedule
 Training process
 Operation and maintenance manuals
 Post commissioning activities
 Required safety measures
P.3 Commissioning Meetings

Commissioning will begin with an initial commissioning meeting conducted by the
Engineer and the Commissioning Authority. The commissioning process will be reviewed by the
commissioning team during this meeting. The Engineer will also schedule progress meetings for
commissioning works. The commissioning plan development, progress of tests, coordination and
planning issues will be reviewed during these meetings.
P.4 Scope of Commissioning

The equipment and systems to be commissioned under the scope of works will be defined
under this Section as per the following items:
 Air Handling Units
 Exhaust Air Systems
Page 397 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
 Supply Air Systems

 Smoke Control System
 Potable Water System
 Sanitary Drainage/Sewer System
 Rainwater Drainage System
 Fire Protection System
 Fire Alarm System
 Emergency Power System
 Lighting System
 MV-LV Power Distribution System
 Lightning Protection System
 Building Management System
 CCTV System
 Access Control System
P.5 Commissioning Preliminaries

Tools and equipment used to inspect, test and commission each operational element of
the work will be provided in sufficient quantities before the commissioning process is initiated.
All testing equipment will be calibrated.
The following documents will be prepared and approved by the Engineer prior to
commissioning:
 Detailed commissioning plan
 Phased commissioning schedule
 Demonstration and training plan
 Draft copies of operation and maintenance manuals
 Checklists and forms for testing
 As-built drawings
P.6 Execution of Commissioning Works

The first phase of commissioning will be pre-functional testing and start-up. Prior to
the start of pre-functional testing, adjusting and balancing works of equipment will be completed.
Pre- functional checklists will be prepared for testing the components of a system. These
checklists will aid in static inspections of equipment and in preparation of equipment for initial
operation.
Pre-functional tests will be carried out according to the procedures documented and
Page 398 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
approved by the Engineer. The test data will be recorded at each step of testing and test results
will be reported to the Engineer. A punch list for pre-functional testing will be prepared according
to the test results. The deficiencies listed in the punch list will be corrected before the start of
functional performance testing.
After successful completion of pre-functional tests and start-up, functional performance
testing will be executed. The proper and integrated operation of systems according to project
specifications will be demonstrated and verified during functional testing. Functional performance
tests will be carried out according to the procedures developed and approved by the Engineer.
Systems will be tested under various modes such as during low cooling loads, high loads,
pressure loads, component failures, unoccupied, varying air temperatures, fire alarm, power
failure, etc. During the testing process, areas of deficient performance will be identified and
recorded in the punch list. Items of non-compliance in material, installation and setup will be
corrected and re-tested.
The commissioning team will provide the Engineer with monthly commissioning reports.
The progress report will contain an update of commissioning schedule, progress of
commissioning activities and the new/outstanding deficiencies to be corrected.
After successful completion of commissioning works, final commissioning report will be
prepared and submitted to the Engineer for approval.
Q. OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS

Draft copies of operation and maintenance manuals will be submitted to the Engineer 90
days before substantial completion. After review of engineer, revisions will be made and final
copies of these manuals will be submitted 15 days before substantial completion or training,
whichever occurs first.
The manuals will be organized into manageable sizes. The contents will be arranged by
division, system, sub-system and equipment.
Q.1 Emergency Manuals

The following items will be included in emergency manuals:
 Types of emergency for each system, sub-system, equipment and
component
 Emergency instructions describing warnings, trouble indications, error
messages
 Emergency procedures including instructions on stopping,
shutdown instructions, operating instructions
Page 399 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Q.2 Operation Manuals

The following items will be included in operation manuals:
 System, sub-system and equipment descriptions
 Safety instructions and related issues
 Operating standards, procedures and logs
 Wiring diagrams, control diagrams, piped system diagrams
 Precautions against improper use
 Material safety data sheets
Q.3 Maintenance Manuals

The following items will be included in maintenance manuals:
 Source information
 Product information
 Maintenance and repair procedures
 Repair materials and sources
 Spare parts list
 Schedule of equipment and locations
 Warranties
R. DEMONSTRATION & TRAINING

An instructional programme of demonstration and testing will be prepared. This
programme will include schedule of dates, times, length of instruction times, course contents and
instructor’s information for each training module. The qualifications, capabilities and experience
of instructors will be submitted together with the instructional programme. Instruction schedule will
be coordinated with participants’ operations.
The instruction programme will include training on each system, sub-system and
equipment. The training modules will mainly cover the following:
 Fire Protection Systems
 Fire Alarm Systems
 Refrigeration Systems
 HVAC Systems
 HVAC Control Systems
 Electrical Service and Distribution
Page 400 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
 Packaged Engine Generators

 Lighting Equipment and Controls
The teaching outline of the training modules will be:

 Basis of System Design, Operational Requirements and Criteria
 Available Documentation (Manuals, Warranties, etc.)
 Emergency Situations
 Operating Procedures
 System/Equipment Adjustments
 Troubleshooting
 Maintenance
 Repairs
S. PROJECT CLOSE-OUT
S.1 Substantial Completion
The following works will be completed prior to substantial completion:
a. Inspection and Declaration: The completed works will be inspected with the Contractor
and the Engineer, deficiencies and defects will be identified. The deficiencies will be
repaired as required to conform to the project specifications. Then, a written certificate
will be submitted to the Engineer to state that the works are complete and ready for
final inspection.
b. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Operation and maintenance manuals will be

delivered to the Engineer. Training sessions will be completed as required.
c. Project Close-Out Manual: A project close-out manual will be prepared. This

manual will include the following items:
 Drawings
 Specifications
 Change orders and modifications to the Contract
 Product data
 Field test records
 Inspection certificates
 Manufacturer’s certificates
 Final site survey certificates, certifying that the completed works are
Page 401 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
in conformance with the project specifications
d. As-Built Drawings: As-built drawings, technical specifications and schedule of

electrical and mechanical equipment will be provided.
e. Close-Out Materials: Spare parts for the installed systems/equipment will be

provided as per the Contract requirements.
f. Final Cleaning: Final cleaning works will be completed prior to substantial

completion. The following cleaning operations will be executed during final
cleaning:
 Site cleaning in areas disturbed by MEP construction activities

 Removal of equipment, tools and surplus material from project site
 Removal of debris and surface dust from limited access spaces such as shafts
 Removal of temporary labels not required to remain
 Cleaning of surfaces of equipment, removal of excess lubrication
 Cleaning of equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition
 Cleaning of lighting fixtures to function with full efficiency
 Cleaning of permanent filters of HVAC equipment
 Cleaning of electrical and mechanical equipment, top of pipes, ducts,
equipment, etc.
As the above explained works are completed as per the Contract requirements, taking
over Certificate will be issued on substantial completion. This certificate will include a snag list of
items to be completed or corrected during the defects liability period.
S.2 Contract Completion

The items listed in snag list will be completed or corrected within the defects liability period.
A written request will be submitted to the Engineer for the final inspection for the Contract
completion. Upon final inspection and approval of the Engineer, the Contract completion will take
place.
T. OPERATIONAL READINESS
Following substantial completion and issue of Taking over Certificate, operational
readiness validation phase will commence to ensure that the Central Utility Buildings will be fully
operational for the planned opening.
Page 402 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
4.8 EXTERNAL WORKS

This section will address the general construction methodology for external works and
related works that will be carried out for “Downtown Views II” project.
A. SCOPE OF WORK
The landscaping works is under Provisional Sum however; CSCEC ME will provide the
construction methodology as part of this submission. This project has external areas that have
been designed to receive Hard and Soft Landscaping elements. The external works will include
the following scope of works:
 Exterior Civil and Structural Works
 Exterior Hard Landscaping
 Exterior Soft Landscaping
 Roads and Parking Areas
B. EXTERIOR CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL WORKS

Excavation, grading and leveling up to final finish levels will be included within this contract
scope of works.
Prior to commencement of works a full survey will be undertaken to identify the types
and earthwork quantities of excavation and filling works to be undertaken. Fill material selection
will be dictated by the specifications and any approvals will be obtained prior to any placement of
suitable fill. Utmost care will be taken to ensure filling and compaction are done well within
specification limits.
All excavated materials will be removed from site as per the requirements of the employer
and will be disposed of in pre-arranged and approved locations.
Structural works will be required to form planter areas and sub bases for the roads and
paved areas. These works will be undertaken from approved shop drawings and method
statements during contract execution.
Specified waterproofing works will be undertaken and will be installed with an approved
waterproofing material to protect the structures from water ingress and any application thereof
will be based on specifications and areas will be offered for inspection before the application of
final finishes to these structures elements – 50mm minimum water depth will be achieved for 48
hours.
Page 403 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
All detailed Method Statements and materials will be submitted for approval, prior to works
execution on site.
C. HARD LANDSCAPE FINISHES

Special attention will be given to this part of the project because of its nature; the project
requires a very high quality standard for finishes. CSCEC ME LLC can draw from an adequate
number of resources to insure the best quality of work. Our track record and previous project
experience shows that CSCEC ME LLC can clearly meet any requirements with this respect.
This section will provide the general methodology of working practices that will be used
to carry out the work of the external landscaping portion of works of this Project. Detailed method
statements will be provided for approval by the consultant on contract award.
Some of the finishing work can be carried out by our own manpower such as level
formation, block work, plastering, finishing etc. Others will be carried out by selected and approved
qualified subcontractors.
Prior to commencing all finishes activity on site, materials, shop drawings and method
statements will be prepared and approved by consultant. Mock-ups will be done for specified
finishing items as per the contract document requirements and will be presented for the
Consultant’s approval before proceeding with their site construction.
Project team will ensure the proper coordination with other trades particularly with the MEP
work and the Facade Finishes works. A quality control system for finishing will be
implemented throughout the works.
C.1 Preliminary Works prior to landscaping works completion

Where all associated landscaping works are to be installed over completed concrete
structures, the Waterproofing and protection thereof needs to be completed by the respective
waterproofing contractor prior to any Landscaping Works. The Areas that receive landscape
finishes needs to be pond tested to ensure there are no water leaks to the structures below
and that the waterproofing is intact.
Special attention needs to be given to the protection of waterproofing during landscaping
installation works.
C.2 Materials and Finishes

Only high quality material finishes will be selected from approved suppliers. Samples
will be provided for verification and approval as stipulated in the contract documentation.
Page 404 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
C.3 Typical Installation Methodology

 Precast Concrete Kerbs
The specified detail for the installation of concrete kerbs are defined as Dowel fixed Kerbs
on slab areas and Ground level kerbs shall be placed with suitable haunching underneath and
set in mortar. Concrete kerbs should be supplied accurately formed and finished as approved by
the consultant with reinforcement and anchors as required.
The main concern for the precast concrete kerbs is to ensure a good quality of the
manufacturing process. Kerbs will be manufactured in straight sections as indicated on the
drawings. Kerbs may be obtained from a manufacturer or alternatively pre-cast on site.
 Exterior Floor Tiles

Exterior wall tiling will be set in place by providing the relevant approved bedding adhesive
on clean and plumb surfaces. Where adhesion is required on smooth concrete or similar surface,
a key coat will be applied beforehand to achieve the required key and successful bedding.
 Setting out of Cladding shall be as per design and approved Shop drawings
 Proper Leveling of Substrate behind or below will be with level edge/s straight
edge in the case of render.
 Tiles will be laid over the bedding substrate as per the approved pattern/design
 Tiles will be leveled with rubber mallet to attain required leveling and bonding
 Uniform joints on all sides will be maintained between the tiles using required
spacers
 Any tile trim and accessories will be installed during the installation phase
and kept clean and stain free at all times
 Joints will be grouted with approved grouting material, colour to be approved
by the consultant
 Tiles to be cleaned and any excess grouting to be removed after installation
 Exterior Render
The render for use externally will be composed of one-part cement and four parts of sand,
and will be applied to the finished indicated thickness externally. Plaster or render will be mixed
in clean buckets and gauge boxes. All tools will be kept clean and fresh plaster or render will
be contaminated with set plaster or render. The ingredients for the plaster or render will be
mixed three times dry and three times while water is added.
The working time permissible after the addition of water to the plaster or render mix will
Page 405 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
be thirty minutes. Mixed plaster or render that has exceeded this limit will be removed from the
site and not re-tempered and used in the Works.
All surfaces to be rendered will be sprayed with water, which to be allowed to dry
out before a key coat of cement slurry is applied. All undercoats are to be scratched to form a key
and have been left in a moist condition for at least three days. All plastering will be executed in a
good quality of workmanship and made good to wood frames, skirting, pipes, fittings and the like.
Plaster work is to be finished with a smooth, trowel face, MRB will make full use of grounds, rules
and angle trowels to ensure that all wall faces finish plane and true to line in all directions and
that all angles are straight, true and plumb. Any tile trim and accessories will be installed during
the installation phase and kept clean and stain free at all times.
Plaster will be cured at least for 3 days after the plaster has developed enough strength,
not to be damaged by water.
 General Concrete Pavers

Concrete paving works will be set in place by providing the relevant build-up underneath
as reflected in design drawings and specifications. Mix design for bedding shall be submitted for
consultant’s approval
 Setting out of paving shall be as per design and approved Shop drawings
 Proper Leveling of Substrate below will be with level edge / straight edge
 Paving will be laid over the bedding substrate as per the approved
pattern/design
 Pavers will be leveled with rubber mallet / hammer to attain required leveling
and bonding
 Uniform joints on all sides will be maintained between the pavers using required
spacers
 Joints will be grouted with approved dune sand materials
 As final leveling, plate compactor will be driven over the pavers
 Stone Works
Stone finishes will be set in place by providing the relevant build-up underneath as
reflected in design drawings and specifications. Mix design for bedding / adhesive shall be
submitted for consultant’s approval.
 Setting out of Stone flooring shall be as per design and approved Shop drawings
Page 406 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
 Proper Leveling of Substrate below will be with level edge / straight edge
 Stone will be laid over the bedding substrate as per the approved pattern/design
 Stone will be leveled with rubber mallet to attain required leveling and bonding
 Uniform joints on all sides will be maintained between the stone using required
spacers
 Joints will be grouted with approved grouting material, color to be approved by
the consultant
 As final finishing if not provided during the manufacturing process, where required
flooring will be polished or honed for perfect leveling.
D. SOFT LANDSCAPE FINISHES

All specified planting species required for this project are to be provided in good health
and condition free from any disease. Planting species as specified are to be selected and
approved with landscape designer in attendance to ensure all supplied species are of good
quality.
Planting soil is to be provided from approved vendor and will be free of any plant
matter and foreign solids. Soil admixtures will be applied on site prior to the placing of
soil in final positions.
Planting of species are to take place during the cooler periods of the day or at night
to avoid dehydration and stress during planting.
Irrigation will be supplied as specified and installed as per approved shop drawings and
specialist subcontractor method statement. Zoning allocations will be as per the design
requirement and irrigation timing will be set as per the water reduction levels required to
comply with the project requirements.
All Planting works will proceed in line with Planting design documentation and care will
be taken during the planting process to avoid any damage to plants and root systems.
E. ROADS AND PARKING AREAS

E.1 Setting out and Sub Base Construction
Prior to commencement of road works, a full survey will be done to identify levels and
the requirement for any repair to concrete structures.
The specified surface finishes will be applied in accordance to the manufacturer’s
specifications.
Page 407 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Road works will only proceed if all relevant approvals of Shop Drawings, materials
and inspections. All works will proceed as per the approved shop drawings. The shop
drawings will include any movement and/or construction joints required in the base and
corresponding finishes.
E.2 Interface with Other Trades

The construction of the roads and parking areas will be executed in tandem along
with landscaping works.
The survey of levels and structures prior to manufacture will aid in the coordination
of trades in and around the roads and all shop drawing information will be distributed to all
parties undertaking works to these areas.
Detailed coordination will also take place with the MEP services contractor to allow
for incoming power and water requirements to the pool plant rooms.
Regular coordination sessions will be executed to ensure that all subcontractors
execute their duties in a well coordinated manner.
Full protection of the final finishes and surrounding finishes will be undertaken until such
time that the areas are handed over to the end user / operator.
All road and works for parking areas will be done as per specifications and drawings.
Page 408 of 736

Section 5
Project Management &

Operation Strategy
Page 409 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
5.1. Project Management
This section will give a brief overview on how the project teams can manage the
implementation of the “Downtown Views II”.
5.1.1 Introduction
CSCEC ME LLC has highly qualified staff with extensive knowledge and experience on
residential “Downtown Views II”.
While creating the suitable organization chart to the project, our main aim is to achieve a
successful construction process and completion in line with the Project and Employer’s
requirements.
The nominated staffs at the time of tender are the staff members with high-end capabilities,
skills and expertise who are highly qualified to render a quality and professional services.
5.1.2 Project Management Structure

CSCEC ME LLC in association with our in-house specialists’ departments, sub consultants,
subcontractors & suppliers will create a project management team that will approach the
Development of the “Downtown Views II” with the same vision as the Client’s team in
delivering this important project.
All the key elements of CSCEC ME LLC Head Office team and our site team’s experience of
successfully delivering prestigious projects in the UAE and the greater GCC Region will be used
to ensure the successful delivery of this project. The team will work closely with the Client’s
Representatives and other parties involved in this project.
From award of Contract we will employ a Project Director who is fully endorsed and
empowered to act on behalf of the company. Throughout the contract period he will receive the
full support of the vast resources from our head & area offices. Each of the related works
disciplines (construction, commercial, health, safety & environment, quality, IT, logistics and
procurement), will all have substantial head office early involvement in assisting the Project
Director with the establishment of management systems that meet the Employer’s requirements
as well as implementing our own ‘tried & tested’ stringent management standards.
The management of the Project can be summarized into three distinct stages, mobilization &
site set up, construction and commissioning & handover. The nature and programme durations
within the contract documents, will require significant overlap and interfaces with other parties
throughout these various stages.
Page 410 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
5.1.3 Project Management - Business Process Model

The below flow chart will show the business process model on how each project will be
materialized and will be executed from sales and tendering to project execution up to the
realization of the project. The ultimate goal of this business model is to fully meet the customer
requirements and may exceed and or beyond the expectations of the customer and or client
through the effective and competent project management team of CSCEC ME LLC.
Business Process Model
5.1.4 Project Management System

The manner in which the CSCEC ME LLC will execute and complete this Project will be
governed by the specific policies, goals and objectives that have proven effective in previous
projects. CSCEC ME LLC’s Management Systems will be utilized by the Project Management
team in the delivery of this project.
The key activities on this project interact in the shape of primary and support activities to
form a business structure, giving a competitive advantage in all operational areas.
A. Policies
The respective CSCEC ME LLC Company Policies provide the framework for the operations
and supporting functions in which The CSCEC ME LLC conduct their activities. The Directors
and employees of all companies have set for themselves standards of conduct in the
relationship with each other, Employers and with all those they deal with in their work as stated
in the Respective Codes of Business Conduct.
As part of the CSCEC ME LLC primary business activities, Design / Engineering,
Page 411 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Construction and Completion are governed by the Operational Philosophy Statement.

Supporting activities like Quality, Safety and Environmental Management are similarly covered
by their individual policy statements.
B. Risk Based Management

The CSCEC ME LLC adopts a risk identification and analysis approach to all aspects of its
business in order to ensure a high degree of compliance in all projects. This is accomplished by
applying in-house templates in the development of management controls over project activities.
In adapting the template documents to each specific project, the Project Manager is guided
by prompts and notes through a logical process that ensures all relevant issues are adequately
identified and addressed, and compliance with specified and statutory requirements is achieved.
C. Primary Project Controls

The controls nominated through the risk process are encapsulated in the Project Specific
Management Plans which are developed immediately prior to the commencement of the subject
activity. They will detail the process to be followed standards to be achieved, records to be
developed etc. Owing to their narrow focus, concise nature and timeliness of development they
will be:
 Specific to the activity (accurate detail / risk assessed / technical detail;
 Developed with those involved when they are planning the activity; and
 Readily disseminated to and accepted by those who use them.
The management plans are supported by project procedures, instructions, inspection and
test plans, checklists and work method statements.
The Project Management Plan will be the lead plan supported by the project-specific plans
for the key disciplines. For the purpose of this submission we have referenced the applicable
plans for the main sections of work and provided the commentary on the key controls applicable.
D. Quality Management Plan

The operations are not only supported by the Construction Plans that describe methodology
but our extensive Quality Management System (QMS) whereby a Site specific Project Quality
Plan (PQP) will be prepared for the purpose of planning and implementing systems which
facilitate the management of quality matters throughout the operations.
The Plan will interface with the other Project Plans to form the overall Project Management
System for this project. This Plan is developed to provide adequate guidelines for all parties
involved to carry out the Works specified in the Contract in a planned and controlled manner that
satisfies contractual and Company requirements.
Page 412 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
The Project Quality Plan also provides a system for managing, monitoring and recording the
performance of the quality system.
The Project Quality Manager is responsible to ensure all planned quality assurance and
control activities are implemented and completed by the relevant Project team members.
Our Quality planning will focus on:
 Identified constraints and risks
 Quality objectives and targets
 Resources required
 Competency and training needs
 Material controls
 Inspection and verification requirements
 Performance assessment of the system
 Continual improvement
Further to the continual improvement, we have successfully used the following evaluation
format at a Steering Group level to indentify underperforming areas of the Project to ensure
continuous improvement. Each Party completes the schedule and brings to the meeting their
respective ratings which are discussed and consensus reached on the rating for the month. For
underperformance, the projects leadership team, set objectives for improvement, which are then
evaluated at the next steering meeting.
E. Responsibility and Authority

The Project Quality Manager is responsible to assign tasks to each member of the Project
Quality Team and the limits of the area to be covered by each member. These may change from
time to time as decided by the Project Quality Manager as the Project progresses. These
assignments are reviewed and handed out to the Team by the Project Quality Manager during
the monthly meetings.
F. Reporting and Meetings

The format and minimum information required for the Quality section of the Monthly Project
Report is provided by the Divisional Quality Manager. However, the Project Quality Manager
may include additional information as he sees fit or required by the Employer. This report is
submitted to the Project Manager with a copy to the Divisional Quality Manager, General
Manager.
G. Material Control
The ordering, receiving, handling, storage, issuing and wastage control of material are
Page 413 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
covered in divisional procedures. The following deals with the matter of material quality:
H. Pre-Award Assessment
Prior to awarding of a supply agreement for high-volume material as per the Procurement
Plan, potential suppliers are short-listed. The Project Commercial Manager
(Subcontracts/Procurement) arranges with the Project Quality Manager to conduct visits to the
potential suppliers' production premises to assess their capability and resources to meet the
required standard of quality.
The Project Quality Manager assigns the appropriate person to conduct the assessment.
Where special technical skill is required, the Project Quality Manager coordinates with the
Project Manager to identify the person.
Reports are completed of the visits and forwarded to the Project Commercial Manager
(Subcontracts/Procurement) for evaluation.
I. Material Certification
For suppliers as required through specification are to provide conformance certificates or test
reports confirming compliance of the material traceable to the batches supplied. Proof of
calibration for equipment used in the certification testing is also to be included.
These certificates or/and test reports are forwarded to the Project Quality Manager for review.
Any corrective and preventive action arising from the review is handled according to approved
company procedure.
J. Visits to Supplier Premises

Periodic visits to the suppliers' production premises are planned and implemented by the
Project Quality Manager. The purpose of these off-site visits to verify the checks and testing are
being carried out correctly the supplier and to provide continuous confidence in the certification
documents supplied.
The frequency of these visits corresponds with the criticality of the material quality at certain
work stages and standard of quality shown by the supplier as assessed by the Project Quality
Manager.
K. Inspection and Verification
In order to deliver the Project successfully, and meeting the Employer's requirements, it is
necessary to map out the process or task and identify the inspection or test point, who is
responsible, and the record to demonstrate compliance we have enclosed a copy of a detailed
ITP.
L. Inspection and Test Plans

Inspection and Test Plans serve as a definitive checklist specifying at what point of the
Page 414 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
process certain inspection or/and tests would be required, the frequency and the person
responsible for the inspection and testing, acceptance criteria and type of records required.
All these planned inspection and testing are derived by correlating requirements from the
Construction Programme, Contract specifications, Work Method Statements, construction
drawings, shop drawings and industrial standards.
Inspection and Test Plans (ITP) are developed and controlled according to approved
Company procedure. It is required that all Supervisors responsible for the activities on the ITP to
sign on the ITP to indicate having read and understood the requirements.
Appointed subcontractors are requested to submit their own ITP or QA Plan for review by the
Project Manager, relevant Section Manager and the Project Quality Manager.
Where the subcontractor is unable to produce ITP or where submitted ITP does not meet the
requirements, the Project Quality Manager decides whether to assist the subcontractor in
amending the ITP or issue CSCEC ME LLC produced ITP for their use.
Any interfaces with the Employer or Employer's representatives with regard to joint
acceptance inspection must be included in the ITP to ensure these are carried out. HOLD points
are included into the ITP only when it is required contractually. Additional hold points requested
by Employer must be agreed with the Project Manager.
A briefing is held whenever an ITP is issued for all engineers, supervisors and
subcontractors involved to explain the usage of the ITP as well as to highlight any issues
identified. This briefing is called by the Project Quality Manager and conducted by the originator
of the ITP or other nominated person by the Project Quality Manager.
M. Verifications
To ensure a most robust inspection and testing regime, verification is carried out to ensure
the personnel responsible to carry out the planned inspection and testing have done so
effectively and in a timely manner.
The Project Quality Manager is responsible to identify the area and activity, plan, and assign
personnel to carry out the verification activity. The frequency depends on the criticality of the
activity, but generally, this is carried at least once a month for all critical Packages.
Personnel who are nominated to undertake the verification must be one removed from the
process activity or area. The verifying personnel are also rotated with regards to the assigned
activity or area.
Reports are completed and submitted to the Project Quality Manager for review and
coordinate any further action required.
Page 415 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
N. Non Conformance Control

Non-conformances are identified, reported and rectified according to approved company
procedure. Raising Non Conformance Reports (NCR) is not solely by the Project Quality Team.
The Project Construction Team is also responsible to raise NCR according as per above
corporate procedure.
The Project Quality Manager is responsible to perform the analysis of non-conformances and
include the analysis into his Monthly Project Report.
O. Performance Measurement Auditing

The implementation and effectiveness of the Project Management System is verified by use
of audits.
Audits are planned, carried, reported and subsequent improvement actions are addressed
accordingly. The Project Quality Manager nominates the auditor(s) for those audits that he/she
scheduled for the Project.
Non-compliances identified during audits are handled in accordance with Project Procedure.
For the purposes of that procedure the nominated manager who has authority to determine the
disposition of non-compliance is the Project Manager.
Page 416 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
5.2 Planning Management

This section will give a brief overview on how the planning team can manage the
5.2.1 Introduction
The planning management team for this project will comprise of Planning Manager and
Planning Engineers.
The nominated key personnel at the tender stage are highly qualified managers and
engineers with intensive planning management experience in the field of actual project
implementation.
5.2.2 Planning Management Structure

The planning management structure of CSCEC ME LLC will be lead by planning managers.
He will initiate the team to fully prepare the programme and keep track on the actual project
duration of each construction activity and to monitor the critical path and will be able to identify
the possible risk that the project might encounter prior, during and after the project realization.
The planning team will closely coordinate with the construction and technical management team
to fully understand the current project status, progress and developments.
The planning management team of CSCEC ME LLC will also be responsible for the planning
and scheduling of work packages of this project. There will be a full time monitoring of all critical
path activity performance with respect to the construction programme of the project. A weekly-
based report will be carried out and will be submitted to the client.
5.2.3 Roles and Responsibilities

Duties of the planning team members will be clearly defined and regularly reviewed and updated
within the site specific Planning Management System. In summary, the following identifies the
specific duties and responsibilities of the following key staffs:
A. Planning Manager
To provide up front planning, resource loading and leveling, progress reporting, updated
schedule and cost information and analysis of project trends in schedule and cost, thus enabling
management to make informed decisions. To provide Project Management with analysis and
subsequent recommendations as to potential problem areas, possible work-around, etc.
Support Proposal group with pre-contract proposal schedules (summary or detailed) as TTS
(Tendering Time Schedule). Set up project execution schedules, support site construction
activities with updated construction schedules and analysis, and interface with various project
Page 417 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
subcontractors to coordinate schedule integration. Interface with clients to support their planning
and scheduling requirements. Dynamically and regularly, monitor and control project schedule
during tendering and execution stage.
5.2.4 Planning Team Management Strategy
The below given flowchart for planning management will indicate on how the planning team
will initiate the planning of the project up to the project close out stage in coordination with the
generated and derived programme of the project. This is one way of tracking on the relevant
milestones of the programme taking into consideration the critical path and activities related to
the project.
Flowchart for Planning Management
Page 418 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
5.3 Technical Management
This section will give a brief overview on how the technical teams can manage the
5.3.1 Introduction
The technical team for this project will comprise of Technical Manager, Technical Engineers,
Structural Engineers, Architects, etc. The team will be holding the full responsibility of the
technical aspect of the project for structural and architectural concerns.
The nominated key personnel at the tender stage are highly qualified engineers and
managers with vast array of engineering, construction and architectural experiences that makes
them strong, confident and competent leaders for this project to successfully implement the
project with respect to integrity, safety, structural stability and quality of big scale and mega
project like this “Downtown Views II”.
5.3.2 Technical Management Structure

The technical management structure of CSCEC ME LLC will be lead by Technical managers,
structural managers, lead architects. The subordinates will follow the technical engineers,
structural engineers, junior architects, land surveyors, CAD draftsmen, etc. The team will have a
good rapport, professional and harmonious relationship to clearly establish and set the main
goal of the team and hand in hand will exercise each skills and expertise to render the utmost
and quality services that they can for the successful implementation of the project.

Duties of the technical team members will be clearly defined and regularly reviewed and
updated within the site specific Technical Management System. In summary, the following
identifies the specific duties and responsibilities of the following key staffs:
A. Technical Manager
The Technical / Engineering Manager will be resident on site and report directly to the Project
Manager. He has the overall responsibility to ensure that all engineering related functions are
implemented, managed and executed in line with project requirements. He is responsible for
implementing the Engineering management plan for the project and will also coordinate and
comply with the Sustainability requirements during the engineering delivery of the project. He
will be supported by a Structural Engineer, a team of Architects, Technical Engineers and CAD
Teams. The Engineering manager will attend Progress meetings with the Employer and Project
Teams and also provide a supplementary construction support role.
Page 419 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
5.4 Sub-Contractor Management

This section will show the management with respect to the sub contractor’s work along
with its related activities and concerns for the “Downtown Views II”.
5.4.1 Management Roles & Responsibilities

This chapter describes CSCEC ME LLC management roles and responsibilities for
subcontract management and integration for this “Downtown Views II”.
The purpose is to assure that:
 An equitable business relationship is established in a contract that defines the
work to be done;
 A mutually agreed-to cost is established for the conduct of the effort (if required).
 Necessary resources are brought to bear to accomplish the work in accordance
with the contract.
Subcontract management and integration is therefore an extremely important part of the

activity. The subcontract management concept described here emphasizes the close
coordination of several functional organizations, each responsible for defining parts of what any
given subcontractor will do. The challenge is to integrate these requirements to be consistent
with the strategy, goals and requirements of the project.
5.4.2 Management Strategy

 In-house or out sourcing decision
During the very initial stage after project award, a detailed plan of work packages
assignments will be developed to indicate which of the trades and work packages will be carried
out by CSCEC ME LLC direct labors under CSCEC ME LLC staff supervision and
management , and which of the trades and work packages which will be assigned to the
specialist as a subcontract , the work will be done by the subcontractor specialized skilled
labors and will be jointly supervised and managed by subcontractor staff & CSCEC ME LLC
staff .
Just in case, this “Downtown Views II” will require the large size of some packages
(Like MEP trades), the work packages itself may be divided in a manageable, smaller work
packages and will be assigned to more than one specialist to ensure the availability of enough
resources to complete the project within the schedule, also to mitigate the Risk if a failure
happened to any of the major subcontractors.
Page 420 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
 Source Selection
In selecting sources of supply for any material or service we seek a competent, reliable
supplier with a good competitively priced product solution, who is interested in being a valued
member of the project team, and who shares our values. Usually this objective is best achieved
by comparative shopping in a way that allows CSCEC ME LLC Management to make an
accurate judgment based on these criteria. Sometimes, the choice is obvious, and should be
made outright using negotiations to assure an equitable fit. But usually, particularly in the case of
a new requirement, the most effective approach is to conduct a competition.
It should be assumed that regardless of the selection method used, someone will be
unhappy and will seek to protest. Therefore, unambiguous descriptions of the basis to be used
for selection, and rigorous evaluations with thorough documentation are a must, and will save
lots of grief later.
 Subcontract Management Team Tasks

o Developing the Subcontract Procurement Package
One of the initial functions of the subcontract management team is the development of a
subcontract procurement package. The task of preparing this package and accomplishing all of
the intermediate steps leading to the award of the subcontract requires the combined efforts of
individuals representing the various functional organizations.
This procurement package must provide the Subcontract definition based on and
accurately reflecting all of the applicable prime contract requirements.
Key events pertaining to subcontractor efforts in support of the in-house project master
schedule. These milestones will start from the end-item delivery date that will support the overall
program, working backward using executable durations, based on experience, to the start of
subcontractor production. Compatible in-house milestones will also be established starting with
subcontract placement, working backward through negotiation and receipt of contractor
proposals to subcontractor task definition.
Specifications, schedule, drawing and delivery requirements, as well as business,

programmatic and other requirements for each of the applicable functional disciplines.
The method of selection and the criteria that will be the basis of selection of the
successful subcontractor, as well as the contract form anticipated.
Page 421 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
The expertise to integrate and coordinate the functional inputs with the prime contract
requirements and goals and the program schedule, programmatic and budgetary constraints will
be in the Project Site Office. They will conduct meetings with various subcontractors and will
handle the communications prior and after award of subcontract. In addition, they will
administrate the sub contract up to clearing the final account and successfully close out the
project.
o Subcontractor Selection
The team conducts the source selection process following applicable policies and
procedures, and prepares the results for review and approval by CSCEC ME LLC project
management team, Engineer & Client representative.
o Implementing the Subcontract Effort

The team negotiates the subcontract if required and, prior to award, assures that it is
consistent with the prime contract negotiated requirements and resources.
The subcontractors’ management team will recall the subcontractors who had bid earlier
during the tender to re – quote for the project with a very well defined scope and schedule
requirement, and will ensure that that the submitted bids will be matching and in line with overall
project requirements
o Evaluating Subcontractor Performance

The subcontractors’ management team will be in close coordination design reviews and
shop drawing development, which will be chaired and led by the Engineering manager's
delegate to the team. And they will be included in all the submittals and approval circulations;
the team also monitors the subcontractor's technical, schedule and cost performance against
plans and requirements. The team will coordinate workarounds, recovery schedules, changes,
etc., and assure compatibility with the balance of the program effort.
If the service / material is an off the shelf item requiring no development effort, this effort
is curtailed to monitoring delivery commitments to assure they will be met.
o Functions and Responsibilities

Each functional representative on the CSCEC ME LLC subcontract management team is
considered as CSCEC ME LLC spokesperson for that Function in the subcontract. As a team
Page 422 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
partner, each member is expected to provide the technical and management excellence of his
parent functional organization necessary to assure that the subcontract achieves the results
committed to by the functional organization. Each team member will also be responsible for
monitoring and controlling his scope with the budget allocated to his functional organization for
the subcontract, and will share with all of the team members the responsibility for adherence to
the overall subcontract cost and schedule constraints.
Each team member, along with his or her functional manager, is expected to assume this
"ownership" attitude toward the segment of the product that they have committed to provide.
They are also charged with accomplishing their organization's commitments for the subsystem
or equipment as a whole. This is at once an individual, an organizational, and an integrated
team attitude. These objectives require each team member to establish effective relationships
and work in concert with the other functional team members to assure that all interdependent
program tasks are completed successfully.
Page 423 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
5.5 Material Management
This section will give a brief overview on how the material management team can manage
the implementation of the “Downtown Views II”.
5.5.1 Introduction
The material management team for this project will comprise of Materials Manager, Material
Engineers, etc. The team will be holding the full responsibility of the material technical and
quality aspects of all the materials that will be used for this project. It will also include in how the
materials will be consumed, handled, delivered, loading and unloading procedures, lifting
requirements and storage of materials in coordination with the construction, plant and logistics
team including the testing of materials in compliance with all standard operating procedures of
CSCEC ME LLC and the project.
The nominated key personnel at the tender stage are highly qualified managers and
engineers with high end experience in the field of material engineering.
5.5.2 Material Management Structure

The material management structure of CSCEC ME LLC will be lead by Material managers.
The subordinates will follow the material engineers and other relevant staff for laboratory testing
of materials.

Duties of the material team members will be clearly defined and regularly reviewed and
updated within the site specific Material Management System. In summary, the following
A. Materials Manager
The Material Engineer will be resident on site and will report directly to the Project Controls
Manager on all matters relating to materials. He will lead a team of engineers that will monitor
the condition of all materials that includes visual inspection and material testing at the site. He is
also responsible for the implementing of schedule of testing if materials with respect to the
frequency and type and properties that requires testing. The materials and Logistics manager
will plan prior to the commencement of the project to properly allocate material lay down areas,
material storage areas, lifting equipment, schedule of loading and unloading of materials in
compliance with the delivery schedules and procedures along with the reconciliation of the
procurement and construction activities of the project.
Page 424 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
5.5.4 Material Management Strategy
The material management strategy of CSCEC ME LLC will include the procedures on how
the materials will be delivered to the project site in coordination with the procurement team.
A. Materials and Transport Procedures

Considering the location of the site, extra attention needs to be placed on the delivery of
materials and the management of the associated transport requirements.
Deliveries must be scheduled on a “Just in Time” basis and all delivery vehicles visiting the
site will be booked in via a delivery booking system, these vehicles will be issued with gate
passes to allow entry to site.
Vehicles will not be allowed to enter site until their allocated delivery time. Traffic Marshall’s
will be placed in the relevant locations to ensure there is no congestion on common user roads.
B. Delivering to Site
Deliveries to site will be controlled by implementing and managing a booking-in system. The
system is to be managed by the Logistics Team and coordinated with Construction Team and
site Security Team. All deliveries shall be notified to the Logistics Manager 48 hours in advance
using the Delivery Booking-in Request Form.
All deliveries will be approved by the relevant Project Construction Manager for the specific
area before being finally submitted to the Logistics Manager. Deliveries that arrive unscheduled
may be refused access or have to wait until access is clear.
Vehicles arriving in accordance with the planned schedule will be required to present
documented proof of delivery to the Site Security Team and will be issued a temporary vehicle
pass to allow access to the relevant delivery district. Delivery vehicle drivers will not exit their
vehicles if they do not have the appropriate PPE to wear when outside their vehicle. CSCEC ME
LLC will provide temporary staging areas to allow for material inspection and for temporary
storage. The staging areas will be coordinated with the relevant Construction Manager.
C. Application to Make a Delivery

Bookings are to be made 48 hours in advance and must be approved by the relevant Project
Construction Manager for the building / area. Forms that are submitted incomplete will be
rejected.
The Logistics Manager will issue a daily schedule to the Site Security Team and Site
Construction teams to identify scheduled deliveries. These schedules shall be used to measure
arrival and timing compliance by subcontractors and delivering companies. Subcontractors are
also able to use the delivery booking-in procedure to secure Hoist, Crane and other unloading
Page 425 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
appliances for unloading.

The Delivery Process is diagrammatically explained in the flowchart Overleaf.
Contractor/Supplier requires
delivery to the Project
Contractor/Supplier completes
delivery request form and submits
to Project/Construction Manager
Project / Construction Manager

approves request
After signing off form submitted to

Logistics Manager
Logistics Clerk checks delivery Logistics team contacts

timing and required location for Contractor/Supplier with new
any other conflicting deliveries timing
Upon agreement on timings the

Contractor/Supplier’s request is Delivery conflicts with other
confirmed and LEED Team is delivery timings
notified
Hoist/Crane Schedule updated

and Security informed of all
deliveries and information entered
onto Master Schedule
Delivery arrives on site complying

with procedures ready for
offloading. LEED Engineer
inspects material where applicable
Delivery Process of CSCEC ME LLC
Page 426 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
D. Unloading Areas
There will be areas allocated for materials handling and unloading located adjacent to the
respective works areas. These areas will be clearly identified in the Site Logistics Management
Plan.
Materials are not permitted to be left unattended within these areas and drivers must not
leave vehicles unattended whilst being unloaded. Materials Handling management personnel
and Tower Crane slinger signalers and / or Mobile Crane slinger signalers will control all delivery
vehicle movements and their instructions must be obeyed by all drivers. Delivery vehicle drivers
will not exit their vehicles if they do not have the appropriate PPE to wear when outside their
vehicle.
E. Lifting Equipment for Delivery Unloading

Lifting equipment for the unloading of delivery vehicles can be booked using the delivery
booking-in system. Subcontractors and suppliers can request certain timings with the
construction teams for cranes, hoists or other appliances at their request. Subcontractors or
suppliers who find it necessary to cancel their delivery(s) must inform the Logistics Team
immediately with 24-hour prior notice.
E.1 Site Rules for Drivers

 All drivers must obey the site rules as stated in the Project HSE and
Security plan.
 All drivers must have a valid license for the vehicle being driven including
mobile cranes, plant, equipment and other machinery.
 All vehicles must be registered and licensed in accordance with local
regulations.
 Drivers must obey all signage and instructions from Site Traffic Marshalls.
 Drivers must not park on Pedestrian access routes or walkways.
 Pedestrians have the right of way at all times.
 Audible reversing beacons must be fitted to all vehicles.
 Site traffic speed limit applicable to all vehicles is maximum 20 Km/hr or as
directed by the relevant project requirements.
 Delivery vehicle drivers will not exit their vehicles if they do not have the
appropriate PPE to wear when outside their vehicle.
Page 427 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
F. Storage on site
CSCEC ME LLC shall establish a lay down / storage yard for the main stores during
execution of the works. The location of the lay down storage are shall be agreed with the
Contractor on Project award. Other localized on-site storage areas are all subject to approval
from the Project Logistics Manager and the Project Construction Managers.
Materials are to be stored in onsite areas on a short term basis and are to be delivered to
site “just in time”. This area will be controlled by the storekeepers under the Project Logistics
Managers supervision.
Due to the phasing of the construction, areas will be available for temporary storage of
shuttering and formwork during the construction period, these areas will change as the project
progresses.
Areas allocated for storage will be available for short term storage only and subcontractors
will only be allowed to store materials for periods that ensure no damage is likely to occur from
the heat and humidity from the summer months and likewise for the winter months if materials
could be subject to damage from water. All materials stored will be palletized for ease of
relocation.
G. Lay down area

As noted above a portion of land directly adjacent to the work area will be suitable to
establish a lay down area for materials during the execution of the works.
Subcontractor lay down areas will be provided only on application and these areas will be
inspected by the CSCEC ME LLC’s HSE teams for compliance to housekeeping and safety
requirements, the areas for lay down will be adjusted as work progresses.
Typical lay down Areas to include:
 Steel deliveries of straight bar
 Steel column and beam fabrication
 Shutter/Formwork Fabrication
 Block work and Masonry storage
 Dry Material store
 MEP Equipment storage
 Plant Storage
As the project develops, materials storage areas will be changed to suit the requirements of
specific materials being delivered as required, Storage plans will be distributed to all parties.
Subcontractors will need to control deliveries in such a manner that minimal stock would be
stored on site, and deliveries of as needed materials will have to be carefully scheduled.
Page 428 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
5.6 Labor Management

This section will give a brief overview on how the labor teams can manage the
5.6.1 Introduction
The labour management team for this project will comprise of Labour Manager and or the
Logistics Manager and its subordinates. The team will be holding the full responsibility of looking
into the labour welfare of all the site workers who will be engaged for this project. The labour
manager will work closely with the Logistics manager especially when working during the
construction duration of the project to monitor and identify the requirements of the project as the
project progresses up to completion. If the labour manager will not be available, then the
Logistics manager can take charge in lieu of the labour manager.
5.6.2 Labour Management Structure

The labor management structure of CSCEC ME LLC will be lead by the Labour manager
and or Logistics manager. Then another foreman/lead man or person in charge will be assigned
to stay at the site and at the labor accommodation to monitor on hand the actual conditions of
the workers during working hours including rest day while at the labour camp. The labour camp
will have one person in charge to be ready anytime in case of emergency cases of the labor
workforce.

Duties of the Labor manager and or Logistics manager and its team member will be clearly
identified prior to the start of the project with full awareness of the location of the labour camp,
number of workers and the specific facilities along with the labour management plan and
strategy that will be provided and implemented to the workforce of this project.
A. Labour Manager / Logistics Manager

The Labour manager and or Logistics manager will be based on site and will report directly
to the Project Manager. He has the responsibility of managing all project related labour and
logistics requirements during the execution of the contract; this will also include the labour
welfare and its facilities. The labour and or logistics manager will be assisted by a team of
suitably qualified assistants. The Labour and or Logistics manager will prepare and implement
the project labour management plan. The Labour and or Logistics manager will work closely with
the project HSE team to ensure all logistics requirements are implemented in line with the
project HSE standards and welfare requirements with respect to the manpower/workforce
Page 429 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
requirements of this project.
5.6.4 Labour Management Strategy

Currently, CSCEC ME LLC has more than 5,000 skilled workers (in-house under each
particular company of CSCEC ME LLC’s visas, including structure, fit-out, MEP), and is able to
provide extra workers from our many long-term subcontractors if required. The complete details
of the manpower for this project can be referred to our labour histogram that can be referred to
the “Section 3.6: Labour Histogram” of this submission to this project for ensuring complete
the project within required construction programme.
All of these labours will be accommodated in rented labour camp which is approved by UAE
authorities. CSCEC ME LLC will rent labour camps within Dubai which is accessible from the
accommodation to the construction site. The labour camp also provided with all necessary living
facilities (kitchen, toilet, shower, first-aid, etc.) to fully comply with local authority’s HSE and
Welfare requirements. CSCEC ME LLC will rent a number of buses with capacity of 50-60
persons each to transport those labours from the labour camp to the jobsite.
The photos given will show the labour facilities of our workers which is to be provided at the
camp.
CSCEC ME LLC’s Labour Welfare and Facilities
Part of the labour management strategy is the education on skills and regulations for all
construction staff will be given before mobilization into jobsite, to improve their working skills and
adjust mentality.
Education will be given to strengthen quality-consciousness, by organizing workers to study
local codes, standards and regulations, explaining detailed technical requirements of working
organization to construction staff so as to make them understand the characteristics of the works,
so that they can finish the rated tasks with skilled operations to achieve high quality, and the
Page 430 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
planned manpower can meet the real demand during construction.

A plan of direction concerning the labour composition, quantity and mobilization and
demobilization time of various construction teams shall be proposed according to the actual
progress of the works to avoid any waste of manpower.
The manpower of various construction teams will be reallocated within the project to
wherever necessary, to achieve a dynamic management and rational flow of workforce, to obtain
optimum working efficiency.
Technical position training shall be given to workers according to the special requirements of
the works to improve their working skills.
A reasonable stimulus system shall be established to sufficiently activate the enthusiasm and
creativeness of workers.
Page 431 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
5.7 Site Logistic Management

This section will give a brief overview on how the logistics team can manage the
5.7.1 Introduction
The approach and strategy for the development of a site logistic team is to provide a set of
leaders for the implementation of effective and efficient construction support facility for the
construction of the project by the CSCEC ME LLC’s Project Management Team, its
subcontractors and suppliers, this document has been produced at Tender stage and will be
further updated when the project progresses.
The CSCEC ME LLC’s Project Logistics Team will constantly look to update the site logistics
plan and will be supported by detailed drawings to include temporary facilities and services,
temporary use of the internal roads network, logistics management, lay down areas, allocated
storage and external access/egress locations. The document will be distributed to the Client,
Consultants, Project Director and Project Construction Managers and Sub contractors.
5.7.2 Logistics Management Structure

The logistics management team of CSCEC ME LLC for this project will comprise of Logistics
Manager and Logistics Engineer. The team will be holding the full responsibility of the site
logistics aspect of the project from project commencement and completion of the project.
The nominated key personnel at the tender stage are highly qualified engineers and
managers who have hands-on experience for the site logistics management with proper work
interfaces with other parties and activities involved in the project. They will be fully coordinated
with the project and construction team to keep track on the dynamic changes of the site logistics
requirements as the project progresses up to completion.
The logistics team will be led by our suitably experienced Logistics Manager. The core team
will be supported by additional staff with planning, scheduling, procurement liaison and
coordination experience.

Duties of the logistics team members will be clearly defined and regularly reviewed and
updated within the site specific Logistics Management System. In summary the following
A. Logistics Manager
The Logistics manager will be based on site and will report directly to the Project Manager.
He has the responsibility of managing all project related logistics requirements during the
Page 432 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
execution of the contract; this will also include the Plant department and general stores. The
logistics manager will be assisted by a team of suitably qualified superintendants and assistants.
The Logistics manager will prepare and implement the project logistics plan. The Logistics
manager will work closely with the project HSE team to ensure all logistics requirements are
implemented in line with the project HSE standards and requirements.
5.7.4 Logistics Team Management Strategy

The strategy of CSCEC ME LLC for the Site Logistics for each and every project will be
given in general as per the following:
 Provide safe, sufficient and unhindered access to the project
 Provide a comprehensive understanding of the logistical area that will be included
within and addressed by the plan.
 Provide sufficient and adequate detail to the procedures addressed in the plan to
reach quick action to problems that might arise.
 Adapt the procedures of the plan to fulfill the requirements of the project when
needed.
All of the below mentioned items must be properly planned and must be included for the Site
Logistics plan of each project to have a comprehensive planning with respect to the site logistics
of the project.
5.7.5 Logistic Deliverables

The logistics deliverables include both capital works and services in support of the
construction and completion of the project.
5.7.6 Project Site Management

The Logistics Manager reports directly to the Site Wide Project Manager and is responsible
for the day-to-day logistical needs of the site. He is empowered to have the work completed in a
timely manner through any procedurally acceptable means at his disposal.
5.7.7 Client Procured Items Management

The CSCEC ME LLC Logistics Manager, in association with the other Manager will co-
ordinate with the Client for the delivery of items tying in with main contract works. The storage
and handling of these items will be agreed with the Client at later stage.
Page 433 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
5.7.8 Security
Security Services will be provided for the project on a 24/7 basis and the security team will be
responsible for security, emergency response, traffic in and around the project. Their scope will
be increased or reduced as required to meet project needs.
5.7.9 Access Control

The time Keeper office working in collaboration with the Security and Logistics teams will be
responsible for the control, regulation and verification of the labour entering and circulating
around the project.
5.7.10 Contractors
The logistics team will review and approve sub-contractor logistics plans, and coordinate with
adjacent developers to ensure that potential conflicts are avoided. The subject headings
denoted below (logistical Interfaces) should be addressed during the compilation of logistics
plans and may be used as guidance notes.
5.7.11 Logistic Interfaces

Logistics team interface meetings are to be held and chaired by the Senior Project Manager
for the purpose of discussing progress of the logistics elements of the project and to understand
the requirements of the Project Managers, Developers and Contractors and to anticipate
conflicts on site due to particular requirements of all contractors and find solutions to
coordination issues before they arise.
5.7.12 Access Management

In order to ensure complete accountability and transparency of each worker/ contracting
company, an ongoing monitoring system that monitors and controls the movement of all human
resource activities on the project site is implemented. This system will also provide the project
management with the tool to verify the size of labor force at any point of time and facilitate
accurate reporting.
5.7.13 Traffic Access and Management

All project members will be required to comply with the Access control requirements and the
necessary applications for access Identification and Access permits will be facilitated by the
Project HSE / Logistics team. Each project will have a traffic management plan to facilitate the
smooth flow of traffic within the construction area from project commencement up to project
completion.
Page 434 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
5.7.14 Materials Management

Deliveries will be pre-booked prior to delivery to site and on site storage and lay down areas
are subject to pre-approval by the Logistics Manager.
Materials delivered directly to the job site will be managed by the relevant contractor or
project manager in co-ordination with the Logistics team. Materials storage on site will only be
permissible upon the approval of the Logistics Team unless otherwise agreed.
Lay down areas will be a combination of carefully planned “just in time” delivery for direct
installation, use of cast parking decks for temporary storage and restricted storage in the central
site storage areas.
5.7.15 Office Accommodation and Site Facilities

The main site project offices will be located as close to the project as possible and allocation
of space will be pre-approved. Office requirements will be assessed and will comply with client
requirements. All Site offices are compliant with relevant authorities.
The supply of telephone and electronic communication will be provided to suit our own
construction requirements and for those specifically called for in the documents.
Satellite offices for each work zone will be located within the work area together with
associated stores and welfare facilities.
Suitable welfare facilities for staff and labour will be provided recognizing the seasonal
demands of such facilities.
5.7.16 Temporary Site Services

Temporary site services such as water and power will be laid out on an agreed grid.
Temporary generators will be located close to tower cranes and a grid of temporary power
cables based on a 220 / 110-volt system will be laid out through the floors with distribution
boards set at reasonable intervals. These will later be modified to suit power requirements as
the structure progresses and ultimately for our fit out contractors.
A similar arrangement will be made with respect to water. In the period until permanent main
services feeds are made available tanks will be set up at accessible points to allow tanker
deliveries.
Whilst the main ablution facilities are available at the site offices, satellite welfare facilities will
be established at the most practical location(s) to ensure the smooth running of the project.
The requirements for provision of the temporary works, hoarding, diversions and other
protection of the works and the public during the construction period have been reviewed and
allowances made accordingly.
Refer to Section 3.4 of this document for the” Proposed Site Logistic Plan”.
Page 435 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
5.8 Risk Management

This section will give a brief overview on how the project control team can manage the
5.8.1 Introduction
This Risk Management Plan of CSCEC ME LLC will be the guideline for the project Risk
Management Procedures which will include a tentative risk registry and developed and
discussed with all relevant parties at the initial stage when project is awarded. The main
purposes of this procedure are to decrease the probability of negative impact of project
uncertainties basically. Furthermore, the CSCEC ME LLC will try to increase the probability of
positive effects of potential opportunities through this procedure implementation
For the better communication and consequence maximization, all relevant parties will be
invited and facilitated to develop and maintain these procedures during the whole construction
period.
5.8.2 Risk Management Procedure
Risk Management Flowchart
Page 436 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
5.8.3 Risk identification

At the project beginning stage, the CSCEC ME LLC will organize a Risk Management Team
within site organization and the team will be in charge of the management and supervision of all
the matters concerning with the project Risk Management. As the first step of Risk Management,
the team will facilitate all parties to seek and indentify submerged risks regardless of threat or
opportunity. For the risk evaluation in depth, a workshop will be held and all relevant parties will
be invited
A Risk Proforma will be used for risk identification and from this stage all identified risks will
be managed according to this Risk Management Procedure. The below risk information will be
described in Proforma format basically but not limited to the following:
 Risk name
 Risk category
 Risk description
 Risk owner
 Issued date, issue number, issuer etc
For the efficient Risk Management, all identified risks will be categorized as below but not
limited to the following:
 Programme
 Contractual
 Related projects
 Quality
 Resources
 Commercial
 Cultural
 Legal
 Operational
 Financial
 Scope definition
 Safety
 Political
 Communications
 Organizational
 Technical
 Environmental
Page 437 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
5.8.4 Risk Analysis and Risk Evaluation

Before the risk registration on the Risk Registry, all individual risks identified at the previous
stage will be analyzed and evaluated according to the below procedure. Since risk evaluation is
closely related to assessing probability and impact of individual risks, those two (2) will be
treated as most critical indicators for evaluation of the effect of the risks:
- Probability: the likelihood of a particular outcome actually happening
- Impact: the evaluated effect or result of a particular risk outcome actually happening and
will be considered under the element of Time and Cost.
The initial risk evaluation will be carried out during the workshops and all identified risk will
be given a point according to the Risk Probability and Impact Scale below. The chart will be
discussed and developed at the initial risk workshop after giving points on three (3) major
categories; Probability, Cost Impact and Time Impact, all risk item will be positioned on the
Probability and Impact Grid below. The allocated position and the point of each cell will indicate
the level of effect on the project. The risk will be categorized according to the point in each cell
Following tables will explain how Different risks will be evaluated and classified as per the
like hood to happen & the seriousness of the risk.
Rating for Likelihood and Seriousness for each risk
L Rated as Low E Rated as Extreme (Used for Seriousness only)
M Rated as Medium NA Not Assessed
H Rated as High
Grade: Combined effect of Likelihood/Seriousness
Seriousness
low medium high EXTREME
low E D C A
Likelihood
medium D C B A
high C B A A
Risk Table
Page 438 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
5.8.5 Developing Strategy

When a risk got point on the Probability and Impact and positioned on the PIG, the risk will
be categorized for the efficient maintenance the three (3) categorized fields is as below;
o Red: serious, Higher than 15 points
o Yellow: Normal, Between 14 - 6 point
o Green: Ignorable, 5 points or lower
When a risk allocated on the Red field or the Yellow, minimum one countermeasure for each
risk will be prepared and prioritized under the responsibility of the Project Manager and Risk
Owner accordingly. The risks categorized in Green field will be watched and monitored closely
to catch any symptoms and prevent any negative impacts coming up as early as possible
Following table will outline the general action plan for different risk according to Risk rating
and grade:
Recommended actions for grades of risk
Grade Risk mitigation actions
A Mitigation actions to reduce the likelihood and seriousness to be identified and

implemented as soon as the project commences.
B Mitigation actions to reduce the likelihood and seriousness to be identified and

appropriate actions implemented during project execution.
C Mitigation actions to reduce the likelihood and seriousness to be identified and

costed for possible action if funds permit.
D To be noted - no action is needed unless grading increases over time.
E To be noted - no action is needed unless grading increases over time.
5.8.6 Risk Registering

This sequence will be an event that a risk to be put on an official Risk Management Process.
The risks in Red field or Yellow field on PIG will be the first targets to be tackled by the project
team. Risk Registry will be used for the risk registering.
Page 439 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
5.8.7 Implementation
From this stage, individual execution of counter measures will be taken place by the risk
owners according to each Risk Management strategy developed up to the date. Each
implementation will be monitored by the Project Manager and fed back by the risk owner in a
proper manner.
5.8.8 Monitor and Review

The Project Manager will be in charge of monitoring the executions and adjusting the
execution plans in coordination with the risk owner closely. Those works will be progressed step
by step in accordance with the execution phases. When any amendment in execution plans
required in the event of the progress gives indication of any kind of unexpected result coming
out, the risk owner will note the situation to the Project Manager immediately and review,
develop/amend the plans as soon as possible, and then the revised plans will be reregistered on
the Risk Registry.
5.8.9 Closing out

By the issuing of risk closing out report, each risk will be closed out officially. The risk
closing out report will include the below items, but not limited
- Risk name,
- Risk category,
- Risk description,
- Risk owner,
- Issued date, issue number, issuer etc.
- Risk execution plan as executed,
- Risk management effect: cost effect, time effect, etc.
5.8.10 Identification of Responsible Resources

A Risk Management Organization utilized under the commercial team in site organization
and the team will lead the Risk Management works and facilitate the site teams to resolve the
risk matters. The Project Manager will be responsible for the maintenance 01 this procedure and
the Risk Management Process from risk identification. Evaluation, Registering, Registry
management, Feedback, reporting to closing out
During the risk registering, minimum one of risk owner for each risk will be assigned
among team managers. The setting up and execution of action plans will be mainly undertaken
Page 440 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
by the risk owner in coordination with the Risk Management Team
CSCEC ME LLC will have in-house Risk Management Teams in HQ and the teams will
fully support the site Risk Management Organization and monitor the executions being
progressed in site in accordance with the internal Risk Management Procedures.
5.8.11 Details of Formal Risk Management Tool

To achieve the optimum Risk management of this “Downtown Views II”, CSCEC ME
LLC will be willing to develop and use the following formats as a basic system for site Risk
Management:
a. Risk Performa,
b. Risk Registry,
c. Risk Probability and Impact Scale,
d. Probability and Impact Grid
In addition to the above tools, a Risk Calendar will be maintained for the time
management of risk activity control.
 Risk Proforma
The Risk Identification Proforma is used to record all risks, their owners, risk assessment,
Page 441 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
action required and timescales. Details are transferred on the Risk Register. Anyone can raise a
Risk Mitigation Proforma. The CSCEC ME LLC’s Risk Proforma is below:
Risk Proforma
 Risk Registry
The Risk Register is opened during the planning process group. AII risks are recorded
and prioritized The Risk Register is a living document and is formally updated and re-issued at
the end of each phase.
Page 442 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Impact
Risk
Environment
schedule
Quality
Ref Risk Cause control Risk Grade
Safety
cost
measure
Risk Registry Form
Page 443 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
 Risk Probability and Impact Scale

To measure the Risk Probability and Impact, the Scale on Risk Probability and Impact will
be developed and used. Describing both negative and positive effects of the threat /
opportunity, following table will show an example for the risk probability and impact scale.
Level Probability Cost Impact (AED) Time Impact (Weeks)

Critical > 75% 25 m AED > 20 Weeks
High 55% -75% 5 m – 25 m AED 11 - 20 Weeks
Medium 35% - 55% 1.0m - 5 m AED 5 - 10 Weeks
Low 5% - 35% 0.5 m – 1.0m AED 2 - 4 Weeks
Very low <5% < 0.5 m AED < 2 Weeks
Risk Probability and Impact Scale
 Probability and Impact Grid (PIG)

After giving points on three major categories: Probability, Cost Impact and Time Impact,
each risk item will be positioned on the Probability and Impact Grid (PIG) below and the
allocated position will indicate the level of effect on the project.
Probability and Impact Grid
• The above given numbers in cell indicate the point of each position in Probability and impact
Grid chart.
- Red: serious, Higher than 15 points
- Yellow: Normal, Between 14 - 6 point
- Green: Ignorable, 5 points or lower
Page 444 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
5.8.12 Evidence of Business Wide Risk Management Approach

CSCEC ME LLC has been utilizing a construction Risk Management System to make
anticipated risks under control. Considering the huge amount of information related to this
process. it is difficult to describe the whole information herein .If we can introduce our Risk
Management Process briefly , Our Risk Management Process consists of three major steps.
They are ’KOM’ or ‘Kick off meeting’, ‘PRM’ Or ‘Progress Review meeting' and 'Final
completion evaluation’
The Project Director, Deputy Project Director and Senior Construction Manager will
identify the potential risks of the project and solicit ideas before kick off meeting. After that, the
Senior Construction Manager presents each risk to the main Section Managers and discuss how
to mitigate against them. Experts in each field will attend the meeting and advise on realistic and
practical strategies to solve each risk
’PRM’ or 'Progress Review Meeting’ is the CSCEC ME LLC’s own policy that monitors
each risk managing status. In this process, construction manager and field engineers check and
grade current risk managing plan so that all solution plans are practical and achievable. These
activities will be performed before the actual work is commenced so they can minimize any
additional cost and time which are two most important factors in a construction project. There
are two progress review meetings. One is held when 40% of total construction completed, the
other is held 80% completed
CSCEC ME LLC also has an evaluating process named ‘Final completion evaluation'.
This appraising program consists of items which can affect on quality. schedule, safety, cost,
productivity and customer satisfaction. We have utilized this program for more than decade and
now we possess an up-to-date evaluating criterion. Since this evaluating system is closely
connected with our customer satisfaction, every employee in job site relentlessly struggle to get
good grade.
CSCEC ME LLC has the above unique Risk Management Process, the process is
becoming more and more advanced. CSCEC ME LLC will utlize our system on this project to
achieve the best performance.
“'Rather than fighting with risks, we control them. Because we know what they are"
5.8.13 Qualitative Risk Analysis and Risk Register

For this project, a comprehsive risk analysis according to the previously explained Risk
Page 445 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
management plan & procedure will be developed and a complete risk rigster will be generated
with the project initial stage directly after award. The process of generating the risk registry will
involve all the stakeholderes in the project in several brain storming sessions to develop and
identify different threads & opportunities which the project might face and it will remain as a
guide line document which will require to be revised and updated on monthly and regular basis.
Page 446 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
5.9 Testing & Commissioning Management

This section will give a brief overview on how the testing and commissioning strategy will be
implemented for the “Downtown Views II”.
5.9.1 Program and Manage the Testing and Commissioning Process for Project
Close Out Procedures
A. General
CSCEC ME LLC will conduct T&C to check the suitability of the installation and
performance of the system. Partial Acceptance Test (PAT) and System Acceptance Plan (SAT)
will be prepared and submitted for approval from the Engineer, PAT will cover physical
inspection of material/equipment specification, model, etc. while the functional check of the
operation of the system will be covered through SAT. After this, internal T&C of own scope of
works shall follow and integrated testing and commissioning shall be carried out to verify the
functioning of the system with those of the other System-wide Contractors and Civil Contractors.
B. Test & Commissioning of own system

After award of the contract, CSCEC ME LLC will submit a factory acceptance test plan,
site performance test plans and procedures within a limited time. The testing and commissioning
plan will be prepared to verify all the works under the contract as per design requirement and
the schedule with detailed inspection procedures, record format, and check list.
Mechanical inspection and a visual check will verify the installed equipment/material’s
conformity with the approved proposal/specification and the manufacturer’s standard. After
physical inspection, LEW will assess the MCC installation status with a joint inspection before
power on and functional test is conducted. This functional test will consist of Trial Running of
Equipment, Air-System Acceptance Test, Water-System Acceptance Test, Fire Protection
System Acceptance Test and Control System Test.
Page 447 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
C. Integrated Testing and Commissioning (ITC)

CSCEC ME LLC will carry out ITC as Lead Contractor for the following tests.
- Station Smoke Test
- Clean Gas Protection System Test (Station)
- Fire Alarm System (Station)
- Tunnel Smoke Test
- UPS Local Test (Station)
The Participating Contractors are specified in Table 5 of Particular Specification. SCT will
also attend other integrated tests as Participating Contractors for the following tests:
- ISCS (Integrated Supervisory Control System) Point to Point Test
- Service Transformer Failure Mode (Station)
- Congested Train Mode test
These tests will be completed during a period of Integrated Testing and Commissioning
(ITC), which comprises 2 parts: Integrated Testing and Commissioning and Test Running.
CSCEC ME LLC will submit ITC plan inclusive of basic requirement specified in the Particular
Specification.
ITC procedures and method statements will be prepared by the lead contractor and shall
be signed by the participating contractors for submission to the Employer at least three (3)
months before the date of commencement of the ITC. ITC test shall demonstrate to the
satisfaction of the Engineer the operation of all aspects of the various plants and systems
forming all internal and external interfaces, and the functioning of all the works as an integrated
whole. The Employer will provide ITC Program to the Contractor three (3) months before the
completion of Communication Backbone Network in the first station.
D. Test Running
On completion of ITC to the satisfaction of the Engineer, CSCEC ME LLC will confirm in
writing to the Engineer that the Works provided by CSCEC ME LLC under the Contract is
suitable and ready for the purpose of Trial Running.
The Engineer will take the lead in the production of the Test Running Program, which
shows all the tests to be performed within the time allocated.
Towards the end of Test Running, the Engineer shall conduct the System Performance
Test with the participation of the Contractor to demonstrate that the overall system is fully
operational ready for normal and degraded conditions.
Upon completion of the Test Running, the Contractor shall submit a statement confirming
that the system is safe and ready for commencement of Trial Running.
Page 448 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
E. Commissioning Management
Check Point at Each Stage
Page 449 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
E.1 Commissioning Process
 Document Review  TAB verification

- Entire building system - Review of plan, execution
- System by system and the result of TAB
- Component by component - Sample verification (5~15%)
- Control of each system
 Commissioning Tests
 Major systems - Test procedure for major test
- Plant (Boiler, HEX etc.) at factory and on site
- AHU and Ventilation system - Verification checklist for
- Sanitary and Fire-fighting component, system and multi-
- Gas, BMS and etc. disciplinary level
 System start-up  Commissioning Tests

- Well-scheduled start-up - Deferred or seasonal tests
with detailed procedure if required
- Separate start-up by system - P.O.E of indoor area
- Entire building start-up
 O&M support
 O&M Training - Review of energy efficient
- O&M manual due to OPR operation and consultation
- Operation Training with if required
Manufacturer and contractor - Re-commissioning plan and
- Documentation of procedure execution if required
Page 450 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Flowchart of T&C and Handing Over Process
F. Overview
 Abbreviations and Definitions
The following are common abbreviations used in this document.
CxA Commissioning Manager
CON Design Consultant
MC Main Contractor’s Commissioning Team
CO Change Order
EN Engineer/Project Manager
FT Functional Performance Test
CMP Commissioning Management Plan
Mfr Equipment Manufacturers
OP Operator: Client Asset Management
PC Pre-functional Checklist
Subs Subcontractors to MC
RFI Request For Information
 Purpose of the Commissioning Plan
The purpose of the Commissioning Management Plan is to:
Page 451 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
- Provide direction for the development of the commissioning specifications according to

the design intent.
- Provide direction for the commissioning process during construction, particularly
providing resolution for issues and providing details that cannot be, or are not, fully
developed during design, such as scheduling, participation of various parties of this
particular project, actual lines of reporting and approvals, coordination, etc.
This plan does not provide a detailed explanation of the required testing procedures. The
detailed testing requirements and procedures shall be prepared by the MC as separate
documents after the submittals of the related subcontractors are received, reviewed, & approved.
 Commissioning Scope
Commissioning is a systematic process of ensuring, through actual verification of
performance, that all building systems perform interactively according to the design intent and
the Employer’s operational needs.
The Commissioning process is intended to achieve the following specific objectives:
- Ensure that applicable equipment and systems are installed according to the
manufacturer’s recommendation and to industry-acceptable standards and that they
receive adequate operational check-out by the installing contractors.
- Verify and document proper performance of equipment and systems and the inter-
relationship between systems.
- Ensure that complete O&M documentation is delivered to the Employer.
- Ensure that the Employer’s operating personnel are adequately trained.
 Commissioned Systems
The following systems shall be commissioned by MC in this project. All general references
to equipment in this document refer only to equipment, building components, and external
interface elements that are to be commissioned.
1) Building Services
o Security and Screening Systems
o Security and Screening System “Access Control System”
o CCTV System
o Addressable Fire Alarm System
o Water Fire Suppression Systems
o Personnel Security / Explosive Screening Equipment
o Conveying Systems
o Elevators Traction
o Elevators Hydraulic
Page 452 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
o Escalators
o Moving Walks
o Chilled Water System
o Air Conditioning and Ventilation Systems
o Smoke Exhaust System
o HVAC Automatic Control System
o Computer Room Air Conditioning Units
o Potable Water Supply System
o Plumbing Fixtures
o Sanitary Sewerage System
o Storm Water System
o Water Feature
o Electrical Systems
o Static UPS System
o MV Power Supply Systems
o LV Power Supply Systems
o Lightning Protection System
o Lighting System
o Architectural Feature Lighting System
o Architectural Lighting Dimming Control System
o Addressable Fire Alarm System
o Public Address System
o Power Monitoring and Control System
o Stand-by Power Generation
o Telephone PABX System
o Wireless Distribution System
o Fiber Optic Network Distribution System
o Structured Cabling System
o Personnel Identification and Access Control System
2) Building Fabric / Architectural
o Curtain Wall
o Roof Waterproof Membranes
o Building Maintenance Units (BMU)
3) External Interfaces
o Canal
o Roads
Page 453 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
o Landscaping
G. General Building Information

G.1 Building Type:
The project is a serviced apartment. It shall accommodate a range of different uses,
including:
 Entry Lobbies (for respective user groups)
 Commercial Offices
 Business Hotel
 Special Functions
 Retail
 Public Amenities
 Car Parking
 Back of House
 Plant
a. Square meters:
b. Number of stories:
c. Employer / Employer:
d. Engineer / Project Manager:
e. Design Consultant:
f. General Contractor:
g. Const. Completion:
G.2 Commissioning Parties
Party Co. & Contact Names Contact

Information
Engineer:
Engineer’s
Representative
Commissioning Manager
Design Consultant:
Main Contractor:
Project Manager
Deputy Project Manager
Commissioning Team
Page 454 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
H. Roles and Responsibilities
H.1 Commissioning Team

In order to ensure the necessary planning and co-ordination of the integrated
commissioning of the installed systems within the timeframe of the contract, a dedicated team
shall be formed by the MC. In order to fulfill its task, the Commissioning Team shall be enhanced
with an adequate number of qualified personnel as necessary, and as the detailed
commissioning schedule is made, revisions on the capacity and timing of the MC employment
plan shall be made. As a minimum, the MC shall plan to employ three commissioning staff for
the positions of Electrical & Electronics Commissioning Engineer, Mechanical Systems
Commissioning Engineer, IT & ELV Commissioning Engineer, BHS Commissioning Engineer,
and Commissioning Engineer.
H.2 General Management Plan

Commissioning Management forms an integral part of the EN team, and in general, the
CxA coordinates the commissioning activities and reports to the Employer. The MC
responsibilities, along with all other contractors’ commissioning responsibilities are detailed in
the specifications. The Specifications shall take precedence over this Commissioning Plan. All
parties shall work together to fulfill their contractual responsibilities and meet the objectives of
the Contract Documents. Refer to the management protocols section below.
H.3 General Descriptions of Roles

General descriptions of the commissioning roles are as follows:
1)CxA:
Coordinates the commissioning process for MC scope of work, reviews test
procedures written by MC, oversees and documents performance tests manages and
facilitates the integrated commissioning process and approves test plans, performs
construction observation, assists in resolving problems and signs-off on performance,
on the EN’s behalf.
2)MC:
Facilitates the Commissioning process, ensures that the MC Team &
Subcontractors performs their responsibilities and integrates Commissioning into the
construction process and schedule.
Page 455 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
3)Subs:
Demonstrate proper system performance
4)Mfr.:
Equipment manufacturers and vendors provide documentation to facilitate the
factory acceptance test, commissioning work and perform contracted startup.
H.4 Scheduling
The MC Team shall liaise with the CxA to schedule the commissioning activities. The
format for scheduling commissioning activities, Detailed Commissioning Schedule, in Appendix I.
The MC shall integrate all commissioning activities within his project schedule. The CxA shall
provide the initial schedule of primary commissioning events with the estimated start and end
date for each event at the commissioning scope meeting, which shall be held at the start of the
work to coordinate the different commissioning activities.
H.5 Commissioning Process

This section sequentially details the commissioning processes by commissioning task or
activity. These processes shall be developed to suit the final scope and responsibilities of the
MC.
H.6 Commissioning Scope Meeting

A commissioning scope meeting shall be planned and conducted by the CxA. In
attendance shall be the respective representatives of the MC, EMPLOYER, EN, and CON. The
Agenda for the meeting shall include, but not limited to the following:
1) Introduction of the various commissioning parties

2) Review the commissioning processes.
3) Determination of the management and reporting lines
4) Discuss, & agree on the flow of documents, how much submittal data the CxA shall
receive, etc.
5) Review of the Commissioning Management Plan
6) Address the commissioning processed queries,
7) Determination of the lines of communications
8) Discuss the work products list,
9) Define the general scope of each party’s responsibilities
10) Identify who is responsible to develop the startup plan for each piece of equipment
(Commissioning Progress Record) and
11) Preparation of the proposed commissioning schedule.
Page 456 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
12) The outcome of the Commissioning Scope meeting shall notify and increase the
understanding of all parties concerning commissioning management process and
their respective responsibilities. The meeting shall provide the CxA additional
information needed to finalize the Commissioning Plan, including the commissioning
schedule.
Prior to this meeting each CON shall be required to compile all drawings and specifications for
each respective discipline, and the construction schedule by trade for handover to the CxA. The
CxA shall keep minutes of the meeting and distribute them to each participant.
H.7 Final Commissioning Plan

The CxA shall finalize the draft Commissioning Plan using the information gathered from
the scope meeting. The initial commissioning schedule is also to be developed along with a
detailed timeline, Detailed Commissioning Schedule. The timeline shall be fine-tuned by the MC
as per construction progresses. The commissioning plan is then approved by the CxA.
H.8 Site Observation

The CxA shall make periodic visits to the site, as necessary, to witness equipment and
system installations. The CxA shall produce and issue observation notifications (to be posted on
the “Zutec” commissioning log).
Contract Documents
The MC shall provide the CxA with updates of the Contract Documents, including
substitutions, change orders that may affect commissioning equipment, systems or the
commissioning schedule. The CxA may review construction meeting minutes, change orders for
the same purpose.
H.9 Miscellaneous Meetings

The CxA shall attend selected planned and job-site meetings in order to remain informed
on construction progress and to update affected parties involved in commissioning. Other
meetings will be planned and called for by the CxA as construction progresses. These meetings
shall cover coordination, deficiency resolution and planning issues with particular
Subcontractors. The CxA will plan these meetings and shall minimize unnecessary time being
spent by the Subcontractors and suppliers. The frequency of such meetings will be fitted to the
construction progress, until the final 6 months of the phased construction completion when they
shall be held as frequently as one per week or more. Minutes of such meetings shall be
submitted to EN for information. The EN can call meetings upon the above subject if and when
he considers such meetings are required. The representatives of the MC or the subcontractors
Page 457 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
and suppliers invited shall attend as summoned.
H.10 Miscellaneous Management Protocols

The following protocols shall be used on this project.
Issue Protocol
For requests for information The CxA shall approach the subcontractor directly. If the
(RFI) or formal documentation enquiry requires information from an external Contract
requests: Package the EN shall resolve
For minor or verbal information The CXA shall approach the informed party.
and clarifications:
For notifying sub contractors The CxA documents deficiencies through the MC to the
of deficiencies: Sub Contractor. Deficiencies shall be recorded / posted in
the Zutec Commissioning Issues Log and reported to the
EMPLOYER
For scheduling functional tests The CxA provides input to, and coordination of the testing,
or training: and the scheduling through the MC and the affected
subcontractors.
For scheduling commissioning The CxA selects the date and schedules through the MC
meetings: and the subcontractors.
For making small changes in The MC may make small changes in operations
specified sequences of sequences to improve efficiency or control or to correct
operations: deficiencies, through the responsible contractor, but shall
document the change and provide all changes of specified
sequences to the CxA, CO and affected Subcontractors.
Subcontractors disagreeing Try to reach a resolution with the CxA first. Then work
with requests or interpretations through MC who shall work with CxA directly or through
by the CxA shall: the EN to resolve the situation.
H.11 Commissioning Progress Reporting and Logs

At the beginning of construction, the MC through the CxA provides the EN with regular
commissioning progress reports. As the construction progresses the frequency of reporting shall
be increased accordingly, nevertheless the EN may adjust the reporting frequency as needed.
The Commissioning progress reports contain:
Page 458 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
1) An update of the schedule with list of requested schedule changes and new items
added to the schedule.
2) A list of new and outstanding deficiencies.
3) A description of commissioning progress corresponding to the plan etc.
Commissioning Progress Report provides a format for this report.
The MC keeps a log of all commissioning-related issues that require current or future
attention, Commissioning Issues Log.
Commissioning Progress Record provides a means for tracking the status of

documentation and testing for each piece of equipment and system.
The CxA regularly communicates with all members of the commissioning team, keeping
them informed and updated of commissioning progress and scheduling issues through memos,
progress reports, etc. Commissioning Memorandum is an example for the memos.
I. Commissioning and Testing Requirements Specifications

As a supplement to the specifications contained in the Contract Documents, the CxA shall
prepare Commissioning and testing guidelines that define the commissioning scope of work of
the Subcontractors for each system:
1) The general scope of work, including all resources needed to perform commissioning
tests, particularly for but not limited to operators, maintenance staff, test staff, testing
tools, measurement devices, simulation items.
2) The list and specifications of the tests to be done, including testing conditions,
sequence of testing for each system, subsystem and equipment, written work products,
and training.
3) These documents shall use the specifications, respectively
“General System Start up and Testing Procedures
“General Commissioning Requirements”
“General Submittal Requirements” and
“General Operation and Maintenance Data”
As a model format or template, to be developed and adapted for each system or sub-
system.
Page 459 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
J. Initial Submittals and Documentation

J.1 Standard Submittals
The CxA provides all subcontractors responsible for commissioned equipment with
a specific request for the type of submittal documentation the CxA requires, facilitating the
commissioning work. A sample is given (Commissioning Request for Information). These
data requests shall be integrated into the normal submittal process and protocol of the
construction team. As a minimum, the information shall include:
▪ The manufacturer and the model number.

▪ The manufacturer has printed installation and detailed start-up procedures.
▪ Full sequences of operation.
▪ O&M data.
▪ Performance data.
▪ Any performance test procedures.
▪ Control drawings.
▪ Details of Employer contracted tests.
The CxA shall review and approve these submittals with respect to commissioning
issues expressed in the contract documents, primarily to aid in the development of
functional testing procedures and only secondarily to verify compliance with contract
specifications. The CxA shall notify the MC the items missing or areas that are not in
conformance with the Contract Documents and, which require correction and
resubmission.
J.2 Special Submittals, Notifications and Clarifications

The subcontractors or MC shall notify the CxA of any new design intent or operating
parameter changes, new or modified control strategies and sequences of operation, or
other change orders that may affect the commissioning of the systems. These submittals
to the CxA do not constitute compliance for submittals for the O&M manuals.
Documentation requirements for the O&M manuals are discussed in related Section 5.11,
herein. The MC may request additional design narrative in order to obtain additional
clarification on the CO depending on how complete the documentation is which was
provided with the bid documents. The CxA may submit written RFI’s to subcontractors, or
address them for clarifications, as needed.
Page 460 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
K. Off-Site Tests and Inspections

K.1 Factory Acceptance Tests/Source Inspections
Factory Acceptance Tests and Source Inspections shall be planned and scheduled
by the MC, through the CxA, according to the Contract Specifications. For the appropriate
systems, the scope and the methods of off-site Tests and Inspections shall be specified in
the documents to be prepared by MC. Factory Acceptance Tests witnessing and source
inspections shall be performed by the representatives of the Employer, CxA, & CO as
required by the Contract Specifications. The related Subcontractors shall coordinate the
tests and inspections with the Manufacturer(s). The detailed test procedures shall be
prepared by the MC in conjunction with the Manufacturer in accordance with contract
specification for the equipment / system. The Manufacturer shall perform the tests. The
test results shall be recorded by the MC & signed off by the CxA.
K.2 Manufactures’ Test and Certificates

For the Manufacturers’ tests, for which witnessing or inspection is not necessary
according to the Contract Specifications and to the corresponding “General System Start
up and Testing Procedures” and “General Commissioning Requirements, the tests shall
be performed by the manufacturer. Test results shall be sent to the MC, prior to the actual
delivery of the equipment on the site. Certificates of Compliances to industry standards
and conventions shall be submitted to CxA.
L. Start-up and Initial Checkouts

Start-up and Initial Checkouts are important to ensure that the equipment and systems are
hooked up and operational and that functional performance testing may proceed without
unnecessary delays. Each piece of equipment receives full Start-up and Initial Checkout by the
Subcontractor. No sampling strategies are used. The Start-up and Initial Checkout for a given
system must be successfully completed prior to formal functional performance testing of
equipment or subsystems of the given system.
Pre-functional checklists are primarily static inspections and procedures to prepare the
equipment or system for initial operation. However, some Pre-functional checklist items entail
simple testing of the function of a component, a piece of equipment or system.
L.1 Start-up and Initial Checkout Plan

The CxA shall assists the responsible Subcontractor for startup in developing
Page 461 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
detailed Start-up Plans for all equipment. The MC shall ensure that there is written
documentation that each of the manufacturer-recommended procedures has been
completed and that such documentation has been submitted and approved by the CxA
prior to being needed on site, and issue the necessary “Notice to Proceed”.
The CxA shall direct the preparation of the pre-functional checklists and procedures.
Those checklists indicate and define the required procedures to be executed as part of
startup and initial checkout of the systems.
The subcontractor responsible for the purchase and installation of the equipment
shall develop the full Start-up and Initial Checkout Plan by combining the pre-functional
checklists with the manufacturer’s detailed start-up and checkout procedures from the
O&M manual and the normally used field checkout sheets. (Plan and Documentation
Requirements for Start-up) Provides a transmittal document and template for the start-up
plan. The plan shall include checklists and procedures with specific boxes or lines for
recording and documenting the execution of checking and inspection and a summary
statement with a signature block at the end of the plan. The MC shall ensure that all such
checkout sheets are submitted for approval by the CxA in advance of the time that they
shall be needed on site, in order to obtain the CxA’s permit to proceed.
The full Start-up and Initial Checkout Plan shall mainly consist of:
- The pre-functional checklists.
- The manufacturers’ standard written start-up procedures exactly same with the
installation manuals with check boxes by each procedure and signature block
added by hand at the end.
- The manufacturers’ normally used field checkout sheets.
- The Subcontractor submits the full Start-up and Initial Checkout Plan to the CxA
for review and approval.
The MC reviews the plans and format for documenting them, noting any procedures
that need to be added and then submits the Start-up and Initial Checkout Plan to the CxA
for approval.
L.2 Execution of Start-up and Initial Checkout

 Four weeks prior to startup, the MC shall schedule, in coordination with the
Subcontractors and vendors, startup and initial checkout with the CxA and
Page 462 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
MC. The execution of the Start-up and Initial Checkout procedures shall be
directed and executed by the Subcontractor or Vendor. When checking off
pre-functional checklists, signatures may be required of other
Subcontractors for verification of completion of their work or interfaces. The
CxA shall observe the procedures for each piece of primary equipment,
unless there are multiple units, in which case a sampling strategy may be
used as approved by the CxA. In no case should the number of units
witnessed be less than four on any one system, nor less than 20% of the
total number of identical or very similar units. Subcontractors and vendors
shall perform Start-up and Initial Checkout and provide the CxA with a filled,
signed and dated copy of the completed Start-up and Initial Checkout
procedure forms. All original records produced by the said procedures shall
be organized and submitted to the CxA for the records of the project by the
MC. The MC shall, maintain full copies of all such documents as part of the
O&M Manual documentation.
 Sampling Strategy for CxA Observation of Startup and Initial Checkout
The sampling strategy shall be submitted to the CxA’s approval, for each
system in the commissioning scope, together with the Start-up and Initial Checkout
Plan.
 Deficiencies and Non-Conformance
The Subcontractors shall clearly list any outstanding items of the Start-up and
Initial Checkout procedures that were not completed successfully, at the bottom of
the procedures form or on an attached sheet. The procedures form and any
outstanding deficiencies shall be provided to the CxA within one (1) working day of
test completion. The MC shall review and submit, with the procedures form and any
outstanding deficiencies to the CxA. The CxA shall issue a non-compliance report or
an approval form to the MC.
The MC shall work with the Subcontractors and vendors to correct and retest
deficiencies or uncompleted items. In this respect, the MC shall report to the CxA
and others as necessary. The installing Subcontractors or vendors shall correct all
areas that are deficient or incomplete according to the checklists and tests in a
timely manner, and shall notify the MC as soon as the outstanding items have been
corrected and resubmit an updated Start-up and Initial Checkout procedure form
Page 463 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
and a Statement of Correction on the original non-compliance report. When

satisfactorily corrected, the CxA approves the Startup and Initial Checkout of each
system using Commissioning Pre-functional Check List and Start-Up Submittal &
Approval.
M. Development of Functional Test and Verification Procedures
M.1 Overview
The objective of functional performance testing is to demonstrate that each system
is operating according to the documented design intent and Contract Documents.
Functional testing facilitates bringing the systems from a state of substantial completion to
full dynamic operation. Additionally, during the testing process, areas of deficient
performance are identified and corrected, improving the operation and functioning of the
systems. In general, each system should be operated through all modes of operation.
Inter-system integration performance shall further be tested and checked. The CxA in
conjunction with the MC oversees and coordinates the development of the functional test
procedures in a sequential written form; and coordinates, oversees and documents the
actual testing, which shall be performed by the installing subcontractor or vendor.
M.2 Scope of Testing

The CxA shall develop in conjunction with the CON, Testing Requirements that
define the specific functional testing scope and technical program for each system,
subsystem and equipment; including a list and specifications of the tests to be performed
and the general procedures to be followed. The Testing Requirements of each system
shall cover the testing specifications of the integrated performance with the applicable
systems, in a distinct header. These documents shall use the specifications as a minimal
model format, to be developed and adapted for each system.
M.3 Development Process

The CxA shall oversee and coordinate the development of functional performance
test procedures for equipment and systems, with the assistance and review of installing
subcontractors. The CxA shall work with subcontractors until sufficient clarity has been
obtained, in writing, the detailed testing procedures. Individual forms shall be prepared by
the Subcontractors, using the specification “General System Start-up and Testing
Page 464 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Procedures, “General Commissioning Requirements”, “General Submittal Requirements”

and “General Operation and Maintenance Data” as a model format, provided by the CxA.
These procedures will verify and document proper operations of each piece of equipment
and system and shall take into account issues of feasibility, safety, equipment and
warranty protection.
Prior to execution, the Functional Test Procedures shall be reviewed by the MC and
Subcontractors for conformance with the Testing Requirements and with regard to
feasibility, safety, equipment and warranty protection. The MC shall then submit the
respective test forms to the CxA for review and approval. Functional testing and
verification may be achieved by manual testing (persons manipulate the equipment and
observe performance) or by monitoring the performance and analyzing the results using
the control system’s trend or activity log capabilities or by stand-alone data-loggers.
The purpose of any given specific test is to verify document compliance with the
stated criteria of acceptance given in the test form.
The Functional Test Procedures shall include the following information:
▪ Project name
▪ Name or Type of Test
▪ Unique test ID number, and reference to unique pre-functional checklist and
start-up documentation ID numbers for the piece of equipment
▪ Trade or Supplier Contractor
▪ System and Equipment or Component Name(s)
▪ Equipment Location and ID number
▪ Original Test or Re-test
▪ Test Date
▪ Participating Parties
▪ Weather Conditions (if applicable)
▪ Test Location
▪ Time of Test
▪ Expected Test Duration
▪ Witness and Sign-off Project name
Page 465 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
N. Execution of Functional Testing Procedures
N.1 Coordination and Scheduling

The subcontractors shall provide sufficient notice to the CxA regarding their
completion schedule for the Start-up and Initial Checkout of all equipment and systems.
The MC shall schedule Functional Performance Tests through the CxA, and the affected
subcontractors.
For any given system, prior to performing functional testing, the MC waits until the
Start-up and Initial Checkout form has been submitted with the necessary signatures,
confirming that the system is ready for functional testing. The CxA shall, witness, and
document the functional testing of all equipment and systems according to the
Specifications and the Commissioning Management Plan. The subcontractors shall
execute the tests. The control system is tested before it is used to verify performance of
other components or systems.
Testing proceeds from components to assemblies to subsystems to systems. When

the proper performance of all interacting individual systems has been achieved, the
interface or coordinated responses between systems are checked and verified.
N.2 Documentation, Non-Conformance and Test Approval

▪ Documentation:
The CxA along with the EN, witnessed results shall be documented for all
functional performance tests using the specific procedural forms developed for that
purpose. Prior to testing, these forms are provided to the CxA for review and approval
and to the subcontractors for review. The filled out and approved forms shall be posted
on the O&M manuals system.
▪ Non-Conformance:
- The MC shall record the results of the tests on the procedure or test form. All
deficiencies or non-conformance issues shall be noted and reported to the CxA
on Form–6 (Commissioning Non-Compliance / Corrective Action Report).
- Corrections of minor deficiencies identified, may be made during the tests at the
discretion of the Test Engineer. In such cases, the deficiency and the resolution
shall be documented on the Functional Test Procedure form.
- The MC records the results of the test on the Functional Test Procedure form.
Deficiencies or non-conformance issues are noted to the CxA on Form–6. The
Page 466 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
MC discusses the issues with the executing subcontractor, and advises the CxA
of the conclusions reached. Subcontractors then correct the deficiencies, notify
the CxA and return Form–6 certifying the corrections. The MC shall schedule
retesting through the CxA
- When there are no disputes on the deficiencies and the subcontractor accepts
the responsibility to correct them:
 The MC document’s deficiencies and the subcontractor intention response

shall be made in order to conduct another test or sequence. After the day’s
work (tests), the MC submits the non-compliance reports to the CxA. A copy
is provided to the subcontractor. The subcontractor shall correct the
deficiency, signs the statement of correction at the bottom of the non-
compliance form, certifying that the equipment is ready to be retested and
send it back to the MC who shall copy to the CxA.
 The MC shall accordingly reschedule the test in conjunction with the CxA and
the test shall be repeated.
- If there is a dispute about a deficiency, regarding whether it is a deficiency

or who is responsible:
 The deficiency shall be documented on the non-compliance form with

the subcontractor’s response and a copy given to the CxA and to the
subcontractor’s representative assumed to be responsible.
 Resolutions shall be normally made at the lowest management level
possible. Other parties are brought into the discussions as needed.
Final interpretive authority is with the CxA. Final acceptance authority is
likewise the CxA.
 The MC shall document the resolution process and shall copy all such
documentation to the CxA.
 Once the interpretation and resolution have been decided, the
appropriate party shall correct the deficiency, sign the statement of
correction on the non-compliance form and provide it to the MC. The
MC shall reschedule the test and the test shall be repeated in the
presence of the CxA until satisfactory performance is achieved.
- The MC shall report to the CxA in writing, at least as often as commissioning

meetings are being rescheduled, concerning the status of each apparent
Page 467 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
outstanding discrepancy identified during commissioning. Discussions

shall cover explanations of any disagreements and proposals for their
resolution.
Approval of Tests:
The MC shall note each satisfactorily function on the test form. Formal approval
of the test shall be made later after review by the CxA. The final decision as to
acceptance rests with the CxA. The CXA shall give final approval on each test using
the same form, providing a signed copy to the MC.
N.3 Participation by Employer and Operator

The Employer and Operator are encouraged to attend and participate in the testing
process. The Facility Staff Participation shall be prepared to summarize the planning of
their involvement. This form does not describe their involvement in formal training. The
CxA shall notify the Employer and Operator staff when the commissioning events will
occur.
O. O&M Manuals and Warranties

The system specific requirements for the O&M Manuals and the Warranties shall be
specified in the corresponding section of the System specification. The MC reviews the O&M
manuals, documentation and red-line as-built for systems that were commissioned to verify
compliance with the System Specifications. The MC recommends approval and acceptance of
these sections of the O&M manuals to the CxA. The MC also reviews each equipment warranty
and verifies that all requirements to keep the warranty valid are clearly stated.
P. Final Commissioning Report

A final commissioning report by the MC shall be provided to the CxA for his approval. The
report shall include an executive summary, list of participants and roles, brief systems
description, overview of commissioning and testing scope and a general description of testing
and verification methods.
For each piece of commissioned equipment or system, the report should contain the
disposition of the commissioning team regarding the adequacy of the equipment and
Page 468 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
documentation according to the contract documents in the following areas:

1) Equipment / System meeting its specifications,
2) Equipment / System installation,
3) Functional performance
4) Equipment / System documentation and design intent.
Each non-compliance issue shall be referenced to the specific functional test, inspection,
trend log, etc. where the deficiency is documented. The functional performance and efficiency
section for each piece of equipment shall include a brief description of the verification method
used and include observations and conclusions from the testing.
Appendices shall contain acquired sequence documentation, logs, meeting minutes,

progress reports, deficiency lists, site visit reports, findings, unresolved issues, communications,
etc. For each group of integrated systems, a final similar report shall also be provided by
the MC. The report of each group shall mainly include:
1)System Integration documentation / design intent.

2)Functional integration performance of all systems.
5.9.2 Written Work Products

The written work products of the commissioning process are summarized in the table
below at the next page of this section.
Page 469 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Product Description Approved

Product Created By Received By
and Form By
Final All
Final version
Commissioning CxA Commissioning Employer
Commissioning Plan
Plan parties
All
Minutes and notes of the
Meeting Minutes CxA Commissioning Employer
scope meeting
parties
All
Commissioning CXA /MC & Initial summary schedule
Commissioning Employer
Schedules EN and detailed version
parties
Detailed data on all
Equipment Subcon /
commissioned equip. & CxA/MC CxA
submittals MC
systems
List by equipment pre-
Pre-functional CxA
MC/Subcon functional checklists and CxA
checklists /Subcontractors
pre-functional tests
Specific listing of
Start-up and procedures for combining
Subcon/ CxA,
initial checkout pre-functional checklists CXA
MC Subcontractors
plans with Sub’s startup and
checkout.
Start-up and Filled out pre-functional
Subcon /
initial checkout checklists, tests, startup CxA, MC CxA
MC
forms filled out and initial checkout
Issues MC and Record / track of all issues
CxA CxA
Log(deficiencies) CxA and deficiencies.
Record / track of all
Commissioning
MC submittals, checklists, tests, CxA CxA
Progress Record
etc.
Deficiency
MC and EN EN, CxA , MC
reports
Full description of test CxA,
Functional test MC /
procedures Subcontractors, CxA
forms Subcon
O&M
Filled out Recorded documentation of
MC CxA, O&M CxA
functional test the test on the form
Documentation of design,
O&M manuals Subcon/
equipment, operations and CxA CxA
MC
maintenance, as-built, etc.
Commissioning Documentation of
MC and EN CxA CxA
Record Book commissioning process
Specific
Subcontract
commissioning CxA
ors / MC
report
Final
Summary report with
Commissioning MC and EN EN, MC, CXA CxA
important findings, etc.
Report
Miscellaneous All approval communication CxA, CXA , MC,
MC CxA
Approvals from EN Subcontractors
Page 470 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
5.10 Handing Over Management

This section will give a brief overview on the hand over strategy of CSCEC ME LLC including
Operator Sign Off and FFE and OSE Management Strategy. These strategies will be applied to
the “Downtown Views II”.
5.10.1 Introduction
The handover strategy of CSCEC ME LLC will include the following general procedures that
will be incorporated and integrated into the final operator sign off, FFE and OSE management
strategy.
After the completion of all the pre requisite activities of this project such as rectification of all
works indicated at the snagging list, an inspection of the concern and related parties will be
done and after all the scope of the inspection has been approved, then all of the area that will be
ready will be handed over to the client with corresponding completion of the below enumerated
procedures of the handing over strategy.
5.10.2 As-built Drawings

CSCEC ME LLC will bring all shop drawings up to 'A' status approval in the duration of the
Contract and prior to completion of the “Downtown Views II”. These drawings will be updated
periodically to maintain a set of "as installed" record drawings. CSCEC ME LLC will submit a
complete set of all record/as-built drawings within an agreed / planned date prior to the
completion date for approval by the Engineer. The approved as-built drawings will be issued to
the Engineer in the form of soft copies and hard copies by CSCEC ME LLC on the completion
date.
5.10.3 Operational and Maintenance Manual

CSCEC ME LLC will prepare fully indexed O&M manual and update periodically to maintain
a set of "as installed" record documents. The content of O&M manual includes the following:
 Recommended cleaning methods, agents and detergents
 Recommended operational procedures
 Recommended maintenance requirements
 Recommended list of spare parts for a 12 months’ maintenance period including a
list of ex-factory costs
CSCEC ME LLC will submit all the O&M manuals 60 days prior to the completion date for
approval by the Engineer.
Page 471 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
5.10.4 Training Sessions
CSCEC ME LLC will arrange training sessions at dates to be notified by the Engineer before
the date of the issue of Taking-Over Certificate, attended by sub CSCEC ME LLCs, suppliers,
manufacturer's representatives, for induction and training of the Employer's long-term
maintenance personnel in the operation, cleaning and maintenance of various parts of the
Works.
5.10.5 Spare Parts

CSCEC ME LLC will provide and deliver the list of spares indicated in the Specifications to
site within an agreed and planned duration prior to the completion date and keep these safe until
the day the work is to be handed over to the Employer. Spare parts are to be new and unused,
properly wrapped and packed.
CSCEC ME LLC will submit to the Engineer a detailed list of spares including manufacturer's
product names and numbers and sources of supply.
5.10.6 Civil Defense Clearance

CSCEC ME LLC will finish all fire fighting, fire alarm, sprinkler system and associated works
for inspection of the Civil Defense Authority to obtain the clearance certificate. The Civil Defense
Authority will check all the installations as per their approved drawings, and any
changes/additions/omissions will cause delays as they will ask to revise the drawings and obtain
fresh approval of the drawings and possible fresh/additional site check visits.
5.10.7 DEWA Approval

DEWA will inspect and give an approval for the followings scope of work:
 Civil works for the construction of the sub-station. Mainly the trenches, doors and
exhaust louvered screens for transformer room
 Checking and clearance of all LV panels in the sub-station
 Checking and clearance of all SMDBs and DBs and AC panels
 Main cable connection and installation of transformer must be completed
5.10.8 Dubai Municipality’s Building Completion Certificate

All interior and exterior work of buildings, life-safety systems, exiting components, ventilation,
sanitation, habitability, occupancy and accessibility will be completed including electrical,
plumbing and mechanical systems, roof-mounted equipment and site hook-ups before filing for a
Certificate of Occupancy. Also all specialty work provided by special inspection agencies,
including soils, excavation, fireproofing, steel and concrete and final letters from associated
Page 472 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
agencies will be completed and on file with the Building Permits Directorate office; all deferred
submittal items must be completed and on file with the office, including manufactured roof/floor
trusses, stairs, elevators, etc. The Building Inspector will determine whether all phases of the
building systems are ready to be signed off.
Prior to applying for a Certificate of Occupancy, a final inspection on the Projects will be
passed. Upon successful completion of the final inspection, application for the Building Permits
Directorate for a Certificate of Occupancy is possible.
5.10.9 Warranties
The CSCEC ME LLC will provide a schedule of all the warranties to be provided under the
Contract to the Engineer for review 4 weeks prior to the completion date. Where required in the
Specifications, the CSCEC ME LLC will provide an approved warranty for the warranty period
indicated.
Page 473 of 736

SCHEDULE A8
Proposed Subcontractors
Page 474 of 736

Page 475 of 736
Page 476 of 736
SCHEDULE A9
Health & Safety
Page 477 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
1. HSE Management
This section will give a brief overview of the HSE procedures of CSCEC ME that will be
implemented for this “Downtown Views II” project.
CSCEC ME is a leading engineering and construction company and is committed to the
delivery of infrastructure to enable economic and social development in a sustainable way. We
commit to world class fulfillment in everything we do, through our core business of engineering
and construction and by delivering major projects.
The CSCEC ME values are Integrity, Care, Respect, Commitment and Accountability.
CSCEC ME will aim to achieve the following:
 Strive to achieve Zero incidents in pursuit of our health, safety and environment
quality vision
 Adopt the highest health, safety, and environment and quality standards.
 Establish an effective Zero Harm culture through leadership accountability and
commitment. Training, education, systems and behavior modification.
 Uphold the STOP.THINK Bill of rights
 Enforce adherence to the STOP.THINK Rules
 Comply with all applicable legislation and the health, safety, environment and
quality standards, policies and procedures set by CSCEC and our Clients
 Maintain regular, transparent and effective communication with all employees.
other stakeholders and communities affected by our operations
 Identify, assess and respond in an appropriate manner to all occupational health,
safety, environment and quality risks
 Promote efficient use of resources and reduce or prevent pollution in support of the
global climate change agenda
 Communicate the CSCEC HSE Policy to all employees, suppliers and
subcontractors and make all aware of their individual rights and obligations.
 Continually improve our health, safety, environmental and quality management
performance through taking accountability and responsibility for targets as well as
objectives
 Provide the necessary resources to enable implementation of the HSE policies
The CSCEC ME vision for Health, Safety, Environment and Quality is TOGETHER TO
ZERO HARM. All of the other relevant documents for the HSE procedures are enclosed in this
section such as the Corporate QHSE Manual, HSE Policy, HSE procedures and ISO certificates.
Page 478 of 736

ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY STATEMENT
China State Construction Engineering Corporation Ltd is a professional and environmentally conscious
organisation, which acknowledges that the impact that our operations in the Middle East may potentially have
on the environment. The clear objective of CSCEC is to minimise any impact on the environment by:-
 Preventing pollution, reducing waste and ensuring, wherever practicable, that measures are implemented
to protect and preserve the environment.
 Considering the effects that our operations many have on the local community.
 Taking action to eliminate or reduce, as far as practicable, any potentially adverse environmental impacts.
 Promoting environmental awareness amongst our suppliers, contractors and partners by implementation
of operational procedures
 Seeking to work in partnership with the community by behaving in a considerate and socially responsible
manner.
 Ensuring effective and expedient incident control, investigation and reporting.
 Publicising this environment policy and other relevant environmental information
Managerial and supervisory staffs have individual responsibilities for the implementation of this policy and
must ensure that environmental issues are given adequate consideration in the planning and day-to-day
supervision of all work.
CSCEC will fully comply with the duties placed upon it within the requirements of all applicable UAE legislation
whilst at all times complying with, as a matter of best practice, the requirements and duties set out within
Approved Guidance as issued by regulatory authorities and other organizations. As part of the company’s
commitment to maintaining the highest levels of environmental management, it is the intention that the
company will operate systems and procedures in line with the requirements of ISO 14001:2015.
All employees, sub-contractors and suppliers are expected to co-operate and assist in the implementation of
this policy, whilst ensuring that their own works, so far as is reasonably practicable, are carried out without risk
to themselves, others or the environment. This includes co-operating with management on any environment
related matter.
CSCEC will take all practical steps to ensure that potential hazards and risks to the environment are identified
and that suitable and effective preventive control measures are implemented. All employees will be provided
with the necessary resources, equipment, information, instruction and training to fulfill the requirements of
this policy.
The directors have overall responsibility for all environmental matters. The operation of this policy and the
associated procedures will be monitored and reviewed on a regular basis to ensure that they remain current
and applicable to the company’s activities

Mr Yu Tao
CEO
CSCEC (ME LLC)
Page 479 of 736

HEALTH AND SAFETY POLICY STATEMENT
China State Construction Engineering Corporation Ltd recognises its responsibilities as an employer to provide
all employees with a safe and healthy place of work in accordance with the regulations of the UAE and other
requirements, and to ensure that its activities do not create hazards for other people who may be affected.
To this end the Company has a continuing programme for the systematic development of standards and
procedures to satisfy the legislative, and moral, requirements of Health and Safety Management.
In particular, the Company aims to:
 Provide a safe working environment that is without risk to health and welfare of employees,
subcontractors and the general public.
 Provide necessary training for all employees.
 Provide each employee with a copy of the Company Safety Policy.
 Publicise the Company Safety Policy.
 Monitor or Audit the performance of all activities against this Safety Policy.
 Regularly review the safety policy and institute appropriate improvements.
 Continually strive to improve the overall safety, health and performance of the Company.
 Ensure that safety is an integral part of the management of the Company, and
 Comply in all respects with current legislation.
 To a management system in line with the requirements of OHSAS 18001:2007
All employees, sub-contractors and subcontractors are expected to co-operate and assist in the
implementation of this policy, whilst ensuring that their own works, so far as is reasonably practicable, are
carried out without risk to themselves or others. This includes co-operating with management on any health
and safety related matter.
CSCEC will take all practical steps to ensure that potential hazards and risks to the safety and wellbeing of all
persons involved in their operations are identified and that suitable and effective preventive control measures
are implemented. All employees will be provided with the necessary resources, equipment, information,
instruction and training to fulfil the requirements of this policy.
The directors have overall responsibility for all health and safety matters. The operation of this policy and the
associated procedures will be monitored and reviewed on a regular basis to ensure that they remain current
and applicable to the company’s activities.

Mr Yu Tao
CEO
CSCEC (ME LLC)
Page 480 of 736

Page 481 of 736
Page 482 of 736
IMS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENTAL PLAN
TEMPLATE ONLY
NOTES FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF THIS TEMPLATE:
This template requires the items in red italics to be considered and replaced with
Project specific details in BLACK non italic text or deleted if not applicable.
On completion of the template there should be no red italic text remaining (including
these notes).
Document Title Project Health, Safety & Environmental Plan Page 1 of 67

Project:
Revision No B Date 10/04/2014
AG/2014
Page 483 of 736

ISSUE AND REVISION CONTROL
This Project Health, Safety & Environmental Plan is distributed to registered copy holders both within
and outside the Company. A list of registered holders is retained by the Project Director who will
ensure that revisions are issued to registered copy holders.
Where the need arises, unregistered copies of the Plan may be distributed, provided approval is
obtained from the Project Director.
This copy of the Project Health, Safety & Environmental Plan is issued to:
Mr/Miss/Ms/Mrs
Company
Date
This copy is registered as Copy No and is subject to updating {  }

Project:
AG/2014
Page 484 of 736

This copy is unregistered and will not be updated {  }
REVISION HISTORY:
Prepared by: Date

1. Pre-tender
Approved by: Date
Prepared by: Date

A. First Issue Construction Plan
Approved by: Date
Prepared by: Date

B
Approved by: Date
Prepared by: Date

C
Approved by: Date
Prepared by: Date

D
Approved by: Date
Prepared by: Date

E
Approved by: Date
Prepared by: Date
F Date
Approved by:
Date
Prepared by:
G
Date
Approved by:

Project:
AG/2014
Page 485 of 736

INTRODUCTION
Health & Safety Principles and Objectives.
This H e a l t h S a f e t y a n d E n v i r o n m e n t ( H S E ) M a n a g e m e n t P l a n detail the
specific risk-based approaches that are aimed to control, eliminate the Health and Safety
hazards/ Environmental aspects or mitigate risks/ impacts associated with the execution of
the project works undertaken by China State Construction Engineering Corporation Ltd (CSCEC)
CSCEC having reviewed the hazard and risk studies conducted for the design of the Project
verified and implemented the output in the detailed engineering design. This HSE Plan is a
step forward, for physically implementing those already agreed management controls that
apply to this phase of the project, to eliminate or reduce to As Low As Reasonably
Practicable (ALARP), the HSE risks inherent with the activities that are carried out for the
construction project.
This HSE Plan is a structured guide for all workers, visitors and sub-contractors to help them
perform all assigned project tasks, without injuries to people, damage to asset or the
environment.
Reading, understanding, implementation and compliance to this plan are compulsory for all
workers and sub-contractors of CSCEC involved in the execution of the Project.
This plan is also intended to:
 Assure the client of CSCEC’s preparedness to respect and comply with

Health, Safety and Environmental management system as required f o r the
Project.
 Provides assurance of CSCEC’s commitment to respect and comply with
UAE Laws and acceptable industry practice.
 Be a live document and may be updated on need-to-be-basis to maximize its
usefulness.
CSCEC shall STOP any task that cannot be carried out such that there are no injuries to
people, damage to asset and the environment.

Project:
AG/2014
Page 486 of 736

Pre tender information has been taken into account in the developing this Construction Phase
Plan. It will be maintained and developed throughout the project to ensure it constantly reflects
the management of specific risks to health, safety & environment arising from the project.
This Plan describes how we manage Health, Safety and Environment on this Project. I
expect everyone working on the project to comply with its requirements and work to
maintain the standards it has set.
Name: (print) (Project Director)
Signed:
Date:

Project:
AG/2014
Page 487 of 736


CONTENTS
1 DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT
1.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION & PROGRAMME DETAILS
1.1.1 Project Description

1.1.2 Programme Details
1.1.3 Project Schedule and Milestones
1.2 CLIENT, DESIGNERS,
PRINCIPAL CONTRACTOR & OTHER CONSULTANTS DETAILS
1.2.1 Details of Client
1.2.2 Details of Principal Contractor
1.2.3 Details of Designers (Including Key Contractors)
1.2.4 Details of Other Consultants
1.3 EXTENT AND LOCATION OF EXISTING RECORDS, PLANS
AND RESTRICTIONS THAT MAY AFFECT THE WORK
1.3.1 Pre-Tender & Associated Information

1.3.2 Existing Issues or Restrictions That May Affect The Work
1.3.3 Security
1.3.4 Welfare
1.4 HSE POLICY AND MANAGEMENT
1.4.1 Policies
1.4.2 Dissemination
1.4.3 Leadership & Commitment
1.5 MANAGEMENT STRUCTURE AND APPOINTMENTS
1.5.1 Management Structure
1.5.2 Management Responsibilities / Health, Safety and Environmental
Appointments
1.5.3 Supervision Standards
1.6 ARRANGEMENTS FOR COMMUNICATION
1.6.1 The Project Team
1.6.2 The Client
1.6.3 Designers
1.6.4 Contractors
1.6.5 Site Workforce
1.6.6 Others that may be affected
Contents (Cont’d):

Project:
AG/2014
Page 488 of 736

1.7 HEALTH & SAFETY GOALS FOR THE PROJECT

1.7.1 Goal Setting
1.7.2 Informed Involvement
2.0 HEALTH & SAFETY MANAGEMENT STRATEGY

2.1 HSE LEGISLATIONS, CLIENT REQUIREMENTS AND RELEVANT STANDARDS
2.1.1 HSE legislation
2.1.2 Client Requirements and Standards
2.2 ARRANGEMENTS FOR CONTROLLING SIGNIFICANT SITE RISKS
2.2.1 Production of Method Statements
2.2.2 Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment
2.2.3 Risk Assessment Procedures
2.2.4 Project Risk Register
2.2.5 Sub Contractor Risk Assessments- Review & Approval

2.2.5 Hazard Reporting
2.3 ARRANGEMENTS FOR MONITORING HS&E PERFORMANCE

2.3.1 Routine Inspections
2.3.2 Workplace Safety Inspections
2.3.3 Compliance Monitoring
2.3.4 HSE Performance score
2.3.5 CEO/VPs/ Director / Manager Tour
2.3.6 HS&E Inspections and Audits
2.3.6.1 Daily Safety Walk
2.3.6.2 Weekly Safety Walk
2.3.6.3 Monthly HSE Inspection
2.3.6.3 Workplace/Work equipment Inspections
2.3.7 HSE Audits
Contents (Cont’d):
Project:
AG/2014
Page 489 of 736

2.3.8 Non Conformance and Corrective Action
2.3.9 HSE Awards/Incentives Program
2.3.10 Disciplinary Actions
2.4 CONSULTATION AND TRAINING FOR PEOPLE ON SITE

2.3.1 Inductions
2.3.2 CSCEC Project Rules
2.3.3 CSCEC Competency Standards
2.3.4 Training Registration Schemes Recognized by CSCEC
2.3.5 Safety Suggestion Scheme
2.3.6 HSE Meetings
2.5 FIRE AND EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
2.6 SELECTION & MANAGEMENT OF CONTRACTORS

2.6.1 Selection of Contractors/Designers
2.6.2 Selection of Subcontractors
2.6.3 Subcontractor involvement & Continual Improvement
2.6.4 Suppliers of Materials
2.6.5 Selection of Plant
2.6.6 Operator Training, Competency & Experience
2.7 FIRST AID
2.8 ACCIDENT & INCIDENT REPORTING
2.81 Immediate Reporting of All Incidents
2.8.2 Investigation of Accident or Incident
2.8.3 Reporting of Reportable Serious Injuries & Incidents
2.8.4 Arrangements for Others to Inform CSCEC

Project:
AG/2014
Page 490 of 736


2.8.5 Corrective and Preventive action
2.8.6 Monitor and Review of Closed out actions.
2.9. PROJECT SPECIFIC RISKS
2.9.1 Excavation
2.9.2 Working over or near water
2.9.3 Electricity/Electrical Equipment
2.9.4 Manual Handling
2.9.5 Diving Operations
2.9.6 Exposure to UV radiations
2.9.7 Working at Height
2.9.8 Confined Spaces
2.10 THE HEALTH AND SAFETY FILE
2.10.1 Information for Inclusion
2.10.2 Method of Providing Information
3.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT STRATEGY

3.1 CSCEC ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY
3.2 ENVIRONMENTAL APPOINTMENTS
3.3 INITIAL PROJECT ASSESSMENT
3.4 ASPECTS & IMPACTS CONTROL REGISTER
3.5 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLANNING
3.6 OBJECTIVES & TARGETS
3.7 ENVIRONMENTAL EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLANS
3.8 CONSULTATION RECORDS
3.9 INDUCTION, TOOLBOX TALKS & TRAINING

Project:
AG/2014
Page 491 of 736

3.10 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING, MEASUREMENT,

INSPECTION & AUDIT
3.11 ENVIRONMENTAL INCIDENT & INVESTIGATION REPORTING
3.12 ENVIRONMENTAL RECORDS
APPENDICES:
1. HEALTH & SAFETY GENERIC RISK ASSESSMENTS
2. RISK ASSESSMENTS
3. LIFTING PLAN
4. TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PLAN
5. FIRE & EMERGENCY PLAN

Project:
AG/2014
Page 492 of 736


1.0 DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT
1.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION & PROGRAMME DETAILS
1.1.1 Project Description

 Full title of project
 Details of completed project
 Address, contact telephone numbers and location of project, including map
 Summary of main construction tasks and trades
1.1.2 Programme Details

 Details of works programme, add copy of overall programme
 Time scales
 Hold points
1.1.3 Project Schedule and Milestones
 The proposed schedule of the Project and respective milestones shall be inserted
here.
 (Only the major milestones may be required)
1.2 APPOINTMENT & OTHER KEY CONSULTANT DETAILS
1.2.1 Details of Client

 Contact names
 Contact telephone numbers

Project:
AG/2014
Page 493 of 736


 Contact address
1.2.2 Details of Principal Contractor

 Contact names
 Contact address
1.2.3 Details of Designers (including key sub contractors)

 Contact Names
 Contact address
1.2.4 Details of Other Consultants

 Contact Names
 Contact address

Project:
AG/2014
Page 494 of 736


1.3 EXTENT & LOCATION OF EXISTING RECORDS, PLANS OR RESTRICTIONS
THAT MAY AFFECT THE WORK
1.3.1 Pre-tender H&S and associated information

 Relevant issues and risks from pre - tender information
 Previous H&S Files
 Service location Drawings
 Designers Risk Assessments (Usually in appendix 2 of this Plan
1.3.2 Existing Issues or Restrictions that may affect the Work

 Client / neighbour’s activities.
 Specific client rules and requirements.
 Planning restrictions.
 Restrictions on working hours by the Client, Environment Agency or others.
 Restricted construction traffic routes to site.
 Parking restrictions.
 Noise restrictions.
 Vibration restrictions.
 Regular adverse weather conditions (e.g. high winds, etc.)
1.3.3 Security
Detail the site security arrangements derived from the Risk Assessment and consider:
 Vehicle parking restrictions
 Site entrance control points
 Identity card system
 Vehicle barrier types
 Visitors to site procedures
 Delivery vehicle procedures
 Need for 24hr cover etc

Project:
AG/2014
Page 495 of 736


1.3.4 Welfare
CSCEC will ensure that appropriate welfare facilities are provided and maintained
according to the size of the workforce and nature of the work.
An assessment must be carried out to determine specific welfare requirements and

arrangements throughout the project, from day one to the last day persons are on site.
Consideration must be given to any requirements for male / female changing, showers
or disabled facilities, etc. Ref. EHSMS Section 19
Details to be included:
 What type and size of facilities are required,
 When they will be operational,
 State what the initial set up is and what the subsequent set up will be
 Where they are located. Produce clear layout drawing
 Who provides and maintains each facility.
 Expected standards and monitoring requirements.
1.4 HSE POLICY AND MANAGEMENT
1.4.1 Policies:
The directors have overall responsibility for all health and safety matters. The operation
of this policy and the associated procedures shall be monitored and reviewed on a
regular basis to ensure that they remain current and applicable to the company’s
activities.
Insert HSE Policies here
1.4.2 Dissemination
HSE policies shall be communicated to workforce in a way that they can relate the Policy
requirements to their work.
CSCEC Project Director WILL:

 Make current versions of written, signed and dated policies to all workers and sub-
contractor workers.
Project:
AG/2014
Page 496 of 736


 Ensure that policies cover the right of worker to STOP WORK and intervene
with unsafe acts and conditions.
 Liaise with the corporate HSE department to implement, where and when
necessary, additional HSE procedures and arrangements specific to various
project sites and special activities not captured in all existing policies.
 Ensure current versions of HSE policies readily available to all workers on the Project.
 Ensure prominent display of HSE policies in offices and project sites.
 Ensure that HSE policies are explained to new workers during induction sessions.
 Discuss changes to HSE policies at various levels of meetings.
 Ensure that the overall goal is to identify HSE risks such that they can be managed to
tolerable and ALARP levels over the lifetime of the project.
 Ensure that the Project team shall strive for continual improvement in HSE Management.
1.4.3 Leadership and Commitment

CSCEC Project Director and other senior management staff shall provide strong
and visible leadership and commitment, take full account of CSCEC's HSE policies'
requirements and provide necessary support for the implementation of an effective
HSE-MS throughout the life cycle of the project.
This shall be demonstrated through:
 Provision of the necessary resources for HSE matters.

 Setting practical personal examples in day-to-day work
 Putting HSE matters high on business agenda, and fostering top-down
commitment
 Active involvement in HSE activities and reviews
CSCEC and sub-contractors staff shall be made to believe in the determination of the
project team to achieve an excellent HSE performance, through motivation, ownership
of individual responsibility, full participation and commitment.
CSCEC shall obtain approval for this HSE Management Plan and issue a clear
directive on how the plan shall be maintained and implemented, and thereby agree
to provide sufficient resources to perform all HSE critical activities to the right quality
within the agreed schedule.
CSCEC Project Director shall attend and chair monthly meetings which include HSE
performance review, committee meetings, and shall act promptly on HSE reports and
issues.

Project:
AG/2014
Page 497 of 736


CSCEC Project Director shall participate actively and play leadership roles in the
execution of this HSE Management Plan, HSE promotion, performance review, audit,
scheduled site HSE inspections and accident investigations.
Sub-contractors senior management shall demonstrate the same level of leadership

and commitment in HSE issues.
1.4.3 Visibility
The Management of CSCEC at all levels will provide strong, visible leadership,
commitment and personal involvement in all aspect of HSE:
CSCEC Project Director will

 Make HSE the first priority on personal and collective agenda.
 Proactively lead and support HSE by showing good example - e.g.
Correct PPE, obeying HSE instruction, attendance at HSE meetings,
personal instigation of HSE inspections and audits, active participation in
HSE matters, etc.
 Treat HSE as a business critical activity
 Promote and lead compliant HSE Culture and initiatives covering the Project.
 Chair Bi-annual Management HSE review Meetings.
 Actively participate in project HSE meetings.
 Participate in HSE visits, walkthroughs inspections and audits.
 Attend HSE workshops.
 Make regular HSE presentations and briefings to Project workforce
 Carry out management introduction and close out for HSE training and
awareness sessions.
CSCEC Project Managers, Site Managers, Construction Managers,

Supervisors will:
 Implement the above CSCEC PROJECT DIRECTOR’S actions within their
roles at site, and in addition:
 Take the lead on key site HSE issues, including decision-making.
 Proactively monitor HSE compliance on site through daily site supervision,
inspections and audits.
 Act as On-the-scene emergency response facilitator’s and enforce
informed HSE compliance and interventions.

Project:
AG/2014
Page 498 of 736


 Actively lead on-the-scene hazard assessments, Safe Work Practices and
lead pre-job demos.
 Chair weekly, monthly HSE meetings
1.5 COMMUNICATION AND MANAGEMENT OF THE WORK
1.5.1 Management Structure
Senior off-site personnel responsible for the project include:
(Add relevant name) Divisional Vice President (contact number)
(Add relevant name) Engineering Vice President (contact number)
(Add relevant name) QHSE Director (contact number)
(Add relevant name) Visiting Corporate HSE Manager (contact number)
On-site Personnel and off-site support:
Prompt box:

Project:
AG/2014
Page 499 of 736


Detail an organisational chart with lines of responsibility, for example: -
Divisional VP Project Director Off Site Supports

Operations Manager- Name
Managing QA/QS- Name
Managing HSE- Name

Project Manager
Managing Planning Name
Planning Manager Construction

Manager
Quality Manager Administration

Manager
HSE Manager External Works

Manager
Project Organization Chart
Attach Project Organization Chart here

Project:
AG/2014
Page 500 of 736


1.5.2 Management Responsibilities / Safety Appointments
The key CSCEC HS&E appointments and deputies have been made by the Project Director. (HSE
staff not to be appointed other than their responsible task.)
Appointment Name Deputy
HS&E Manager
Site Environmental Co-ordinator
Crane Supervisor
(For Slinger/Signallers refer to Lifting Plan)
Lead First Aider
First Aiders
Fire Safety Co-ordinator
Emergency Co-ordinator
Welfare & Compound Co-ordinator
Access & Egress Co-ordinator
Logistics Co-ordinator
Temp Electrics, Lighting & Hand Tools Co-

ordinator
Hazardous Chemicals Co-ordinator

Project:
AG/2014
Page 501 of 736


1.5.2 Management Responsibilities / Safety Appointments (Cont.)
Appointed Permit Issuer: Name Photo
EXCAVATE/ DIG
WORK IN CONFINED SPACES
ISOLATION OF SERVICES
WORK ON OR NEAR LIVE SERVICES
PRESSURE TEST WORK
HOTWORKS
ACCESS TO RESTRICTED AREAS
1.5.3 Supervision Standards:
Standards of supervision levels on projects will be determined according to the level of

risk involved in the specific tasks and the competence of those undertaking the task.
The CSCEC Project Director will determine the levels of supervision required by on-
site personnel and record these on the project organogram.
For subcontracted work, the Project Director and the subcontractor will agree
supervision levels prior to award of subcontract and these will be recorded.

Project:
AG/2014
Page 502 of 736


1.6 ARRANGEMENTS FOR COMMUNICATION
1.6.1 With the Project Team.

Detail the specific methods for communication of health and safety issues with the
CSCEC Construction project team, For example:
 Project Health & Safety Launch
 Regular team meeting.
 Early morning meetings with key personnel.
 Lunchtime briefing.
 Formal correspondence (e.g. Appointment Letters).
 Circulation of day files.
 Management by Walking About (MBWA)
1.6.2 With the Client

Detail specific methods for communication of HS&E issues to the client. For example:
 Monthly meeting.
 Monthly report.
 Formal correspondence. (Document transmittal, RFI’s, Etc.)
1.6.3 With Designers

For example:
 Appointment of a Design manager.
 Design co-ordination meetings.
 Weekly meetings.
 Formal correspondence. (Document transmittal, RFI’s, Etc.)

Project:
AG/2014
Page 503 of 736


1.6 ARRANGEMENTS FOR COMMUNICATION (CONT’D)
1.6.4 With Contractors
Method Frequency By whom?
Site manager
Minimum once prior to
Pre-start meetings Manager with direct
commencement
control
Progress meetings Project /Construction

(inc. Once per week (minimum) Manager with direct
Health, Safety Env) control
Project Director and

Safety meetings Once per month (minimum)
Manager
Project /Administration
Welfare Committee
At least monthly Manager and workforce
Meetings
representation
Manager with direct

Emergency meetings As required by CSCEC
control
Manager with direct

Written instructions As necessary
control
Manager with direct

Verbal instructions As necessary
control
Manager with direct

Walk about Daily
control
Once per day - High risk

Manager with direct
Co-ordination meetings Once per week - Medium risk
control
Once per month - Low risk

Project:
AG/2014
Page 504 of 736


1.6.5 With Site Workers
Detail specific methods for communication of HS&E issues to site workers, for
example:
 safety induction;
 safety induction booklet;
 Daily Activity Briefing at site;
 Tool box talks;
 The designated project safety notice board(s) is located (add locations)
 Signs & posters;
 Safety Committee meetings.
1.6.6 With Others Who May Be Affected

Detail the specific methods for communication of health and safety issues to others
that may be affected by the project. For example:
 Public -, neighbours, drivers, pedestrians, etc.
 Health and Safety Executive.
 Police.
 Emergency Services.
 Environment Agency, Local Authorities, etc.
1.7 HEALTH & SAFETY GOALS FOR THE PROJECT

 To reduce numbers of accidents
 Project or Business Specific KPIs

Project:
AG/2014
Page 505 of 736


1.7.1 Goal Setting & Involvement
CSCEC Project Director in conjunction with the Corporate QHSE Manager will
Assign HSE tasks, set SMART (specific, measurable, achievable, realistic & timely),
proactive targets and ensure that all staff, Sub-contractors and workers know and
understand what is expected from them.
CSCEC Project Director will:
 Define overall HSE tasks and targets for the entire workforce and Sub-
contractors.
 Assist Regional Managers, Site Managers, Engineers, Crew leaders,
officers and task supervisors for the Project in developing their own tasks
and targets.
 Monitor performance against tasks and targets
CSCEC Project Manager, Site Managers, Engineers, & Supervisors will:
 Assist in defining HSE tasks and targets for workers, which they lead.
 Monitor and report performance against targets.
 Disseminate performance appraisal reports of workers, which they lead.
2.0 HEALTH & SAFETY MANAGEMENT STRATEGY
2.1 HSE LEGISLATIONS, CLIENT REQUIREMENTS AND RELEVANT STANDARDS
2.1.1 HSE Legislation

CSCEC Project team will abide by all known international, Regional, company and
local (UAE HSE legislations and laws) requirements. A register of relevant legislation
shall be maintained for the duration of the project. A list of the Codes of Practices as
promulgated above are provided as part of the list in Appendix
2.1.2 Client Requirements and Standards

In addition to the above, the Contractual Agreement with the Client regarding HSE
matters shall prevail and shall be complied during the execution of the Project.
In carrying out the work for the Project, CSCEC shall refer to Company codes,
standards, procedures and guidelines applying which ever are more stringent.

Project:
AG/2014
Page 506 of 736


CSCEC management, supervision and workforce, inclusive of Subcontractors, shall be
informed of, and shall cooperate with, the Client right to stop any operation, activity or
erection of plant/equipment, etc., if it is considered that there is a hazard to the safely
or health of site personnel or others or the possibility of environmental or ecological
damage.
CSCEC its employees and Subcontractor’s shall obey any reasonable written or verbal
instruction given by the Client in respect of health, safety and environmental controls.
2.2 ARRANGEMENTS FOR RISK EVALUATION AND MANAGEMENT
2.2.1 Production of Method Statements

High risk operations must always have method statements. The need for these and
other specific method statements are identified on Risk Assessment sheets contained
in Appendix 1.
2.2.2 Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment

The hazard identification and risk assessment process will form the keystone of the
safe system of works. Major focus will be placed on the risk assessments and its
effective implementation at worksites. CSCEC will conduct HSE risk, evaluation and
assessments of all work and services within its area of responsibility on the Project,
and develop / implement management Plans to minimize these effects to the lowest
extent practicable.
2.2.3 Risk Assessment Procedure

The EHS risks will be a s s e s s e d in accordance with the CSCEC Risk
Assessment Procedure HSE-P-01.
Risk Assessment shall be carried out for the activities which are dangerous and non-
routine and shall be submitted with the Method statements for approval to Client /
Consultant.
The responsibility for conducting the risk assessment lies with the Construction
Manager and he will be assisted by Safety Department for preparing and reviewing the
same. Implementation of the Method Statement and Risk Assessment will be the
responsibility of the Section Engineer.
Prior to the commencement of any activity, the approved method statements and Risk
Assessments will be briefed to all operatives; staff involved in the task and a counter
signature will be taken as a mark for their approval.

Project:
AG/2014
Page 507 of 736


The EHS risk assessment needs to be reviewed on the following condition
emerge during the construction stages.
1. When Planning or making a change to a work procedure, activity and/or practices.
2. When introducing new Plant, equipment, materials or substances into the
workplace.
3. After an EHS incident (including a significant near misses).
4. Presence of a high level of risk associated with a specific work activity (confined
space, excavation, lifting operation and hot work).
5. At regular or scheduled intervals appropriate to the nature of the workplace and the
hazards present.
6. When legislative obligations change (including regulations).
2.2.4 Project Risk Register:
All Risk Assessments generated during the project construction period shall be
recorded in the project risk register. The purpose of a risk register is to collate and
monitor risk within in the project, and also to priorities and target high-risk areas and
subsequent actions to be taken to reduce the risk in the workplace. The aim is to
decrease the incidence of lost time injuries and reduce associated costs to the project.
A risk register may also identify areas for additional staff training required within an
organization.
2.2.5 Sub Contractor Risk Assessments- Review & Approval

All Sub Contractors shall be obliged to prepare and submit a Method Statement and
Risk Assessment for their respective activities. CSCEC shall review the work method
statement and Risk Assessment for compliance with the Project requirement and this
HSE Plan Only after having it verified shall this be submitted for the Approval process
from the Client and Consultant.
Formats of the Risk Assessments that shall be implemented in this Project is Placed at
Appendix –
2.2.6 HAZARD Reporting.
CSCEC Management must organize necessary hazard awareness section to

workforce in identifying workplace hazards. Workforce must be involved effectively
in the Daily Activity Briefing, and they must be encouraged to report hazards from
their work places. Suitable appreciation /awards scheme shall be organised at
project levels to encourage workforce appreciation in hazard spotting /reporting. All
hazards reported in the month must be recorded in the Hazard Reporting register and
a trend analysis to be developed /discussed with project management and
necessary control measures to be instituted to reduce the workplace injuries.

Project:
AG/2014
Page 508 of 736


2.3 ARRANGEMENTS FOR MONITORING H,S & E PERFORMANCE
The following techniques in this section will be used for monitoring compliance with:
 requirements
 The health and safety rules contained within the plan
 The procedures for contractor selection and management of trades
 Special requirements for public interfaces
2.3.1 Routine Inspections
A routine inspection of every workplace will be carried out at least once a week and
report will be generated in the below mentioned form ../../../Documents and
Settings/hmeakin/Local Settings/Temporary Internet Files/Content.Outlook/Local
Settings/11 Inspect audit/11 App/11_B Directors Tour Dec05.doc to record the
observations made and the remedial actions to be taken.
The following persons are responsible for carrying out routine inspections on a weekly
basis:
Area to be Inspected by Whom By When Template

Inspected form
Location / level Project Director/Manager

1. Monthly HSE-F- 08
details required. (Name)
Project HSE Manager Weekly/

2. Level/Area….. HSE- F-11
(Name) Monthly
Construction Manager
3. Level Area Bi- monthly HSE-F- 09
(Name)
Welfare Area Administration/Welfare

4. HSE -F- 72
Manager(Name) Monthly
Daily/
5. All Area HSE Officer HSE- F-10
Weekly
6 All Area Environmental Coordinator Monthly HSE-F-25

Project:
AG/2014
Page 509 of 736


2.3.2 Work Place Safety Inspections- Subcontractors.
Workplace inspections will be carried out by the person in control of the specific
workplace, whether CSCEC or sub-contractor. Where subcontractors are required to
carry out such inspections, the responsible CSCEC manager must have a system of
ensuring the adequacy of the inspection process. Inspections carried out by CSCEC
will be recorded on the Inspection Form HSE-F -35 .
Inspections on the below mentioned areas will be carried out and recorded as
described in the company procedure /salutatory inspection format. HSE F 37
 Inspections of any Working platform (or part thereof) or Personal
Suspension Equipment
 Excavations
 Confined Space
 Cofferdams and Caissons
2.3.3 HSE Compliance Monthly Monitoring
HSE Compliance monthly monitoring will be carried out to verify that agreed
procedures and methods are being implemented and are producing the required
results.
Compliance monitoring will be carried out by:
a. The Project HSE manager/supervisor controlling the area in which work takes
place.
b. Visiting HSE Manager .
CSCEC projects will effectively use the monthly HSE Monthly monitoring Sheet HSE-
F- 13. Project Director/Manager, HSE Manager and Construction Management will
discuss the activities action dates, and it will be highlighted in the HSE Monitoring
Sheet for necessary compliance by the concern. The filled monitoring sheet will be
circulated to all concerns for necessary compliance, and a copy will be displayed at
Main Notice Boards.
2.3.4 HSE Performance Score.
Monthly HSE Compliance Monitoring sheet will be reviewed at the end of the month by
the Project HSE /Project Manager. HSE Monitoring compliance sheet and its
supportive documents will be verified and project HSE compliance performance score
shall be prepared by using the project HSE score evaluation sheet.HSE F-68/69
Project HSE performance score will be discussed in the project HSE meeting
and adequate attention shall be given to lacking areas and non compliances.

Project:
AG/2014
Page 510 of 736


2.3.5 CEO/VPs/Director / Manager Tour
The CSCEC CEO/VPs/ Director / Manager will carry out a health and safety Tour at
least quarterly, in accordance with the EHSMS. The HSE performance of the project
shall be addressed by inspecting the workplaces, welfare areas and documentations
and a report of the same shall be prepared in HSE –F- 07 for record and exhibiting
the good practices.
Any significant findings from the reviews will be included in this HSP as an amendment
and distributed to the relevant parties.
2.3.6. Health Safety and Environment Inspection and Audits
2.3.6.1 Daily Site Walks.
HSE Officers will conduct daily site walks, and site conditions will be assessed and
communicate with construction management/immediate supervisors for necessary
rectification works. Any significant issues, which need project management
attention and action may be recorded in the Daily workplace inspection report- HSE –
F 15 and circulated to concern for necessary action. All closed out action of the
reports to be maintained at the project safety file.
2.3.6.2 Weekly Site Walkabout.
This is a regular Site safety walkthrough that is arranged to spot any major deficiencies
management of HSE concerns on site. Any non-compliance shall be rectified
immediately or within the stipulated time given. All concerned site HSE representatives
and construction key personnel shall be presented in this weekly site walkabout. The
report of HSE walkabout shall be prepared in HSE Format F- 10 and circulated to all
concern for necessary closed out action.
2.3.6.3 Monthly HSE Inspection/Tours
Project Safety Manager/Safety Team must conduct monthly HSE inspections/Tours in

all areas of the project, to identify the unsafe conditions, good /bad practices of the site
and workplace behaviours. A report shall be prepared in the CSCEC format – HSE-F-
F 08 and generated to all for necessary information and rectification.
The generated report shall be substantiated with all necessary documents and photos
and filed properly. The action in the closing report shall be verified by the Safety
Manager/Safety Supervisor on site.
2.3.6.4 Work place and work equipment Inspection

Project:
AG/2014
Page 511 of 736


Inspection on PPE, Harness and lanyard, ladders, hand tools, fire extinguishers, lifting
accessories etc. will be carried out by the appointed persons through the guidance of
Safety department. Compliance and quality of the inspection and inspector
competency to be monitored and any irregularities be informed to Project
Director/Manger for necessary action.
The HSE Inspection Plan for the Project and the Forms and Checklists that will be
used for this Project is placed at Appendix
Service of the external agency may be benefited for carrying out special inspection
requirements as advised by client/local authority.
Inspection Area Inspection by Duration Type of HSE FORM

Inspection REF
Excavation. 1. Task Engineer, Daily. Visual Nil
Supervisor.
2. EHS Representative. Weekly/ after heavy Examination HSE F 38
rain.
Fall Arrest 1. User, Daily. Visual Nil

Equipments. 2. Store In- charge
3. HSE Representative. Monthly Examination HSE F 38
Quarterly
Fire Extinguisher. 1. Fire Warden. Monthly. Checklist HSE F 38.6

rd
2. 3 Party
Every 6 Months Examination
First Aid kits. 1. First Aider. Monthly. Checklist HSE F 38
Hand Tools 1. Operator Daily. Visual

Equipments. 2. Store keeper.
Weekly. Visual
Lifting Appliances. 1. Users, Lifting Supervisor. Daily. Visual HSE F 38,8

2. Crane Supervisor
rd
3. 3 Party. Weekly. Checklist
Every 6 Months. Certificate
Man Lifting Hoist, 1. Operator, Supervision. Daily. Visual HSE F 38.8

Aerial Lift Machine, 2. Plant
Suspended Cradle Supervisor/Foreman. Weekly/after heavy Checklist
Machine. 3. Pant Engineer. rain, winds.
rd
4. 3 party. st
Prior of 1 Use&

Project:
AG/2014
Page 512 of 736


Monthly.
Every 6 months. Examination
Mobile Crane, 1. Operator, Supervision. Daily. Record HSE F 38.8

Crawler Crane. 2. Crane/Lifting Supervisor.
3. Pant Engineer. Weekly. Checklist
rd
4. 3 party. Prior to delivery & Checklist
Monthly.
Examination
Yearly or major
repair.
Plant & Equipments. 1. Plant Dept. Prior Mobilization, Record HSE F 38.8
2. Operator & Supervisor. monthly.
Checklist
3. Plant Engineer.
rd Daily.
4. 3 Party. Visual
Weekly.
Examination
Yearly.
Power Operated 1. Operator & Supervisor. Daily. Visual HSE F 38.9

Tools. 2. Electrician.
3. PAT by Electrician. Weekly. Checklist
Each 3 months. Checklist
Rig Pilling Machine. 1. Operator. Daily. Report to As per

2. Plant engineer/HSE. Checklist approved EHS
3. Subcontractor Eng. Weekly. Forms
rd Checklist
4. 3 party. Monthly.
Yearly.
Scaffolding. 1. Scaffold Supervisor. Weekly/ after rain Examination HSE F 38.2

2. Task Supervisor/HSE winds.
3. Task Supervisor. Checklist HSE F 38.3
Weekly.
Visual
Daily.
Temporary Electrical 1. Electrician. Weekly Checklist

DPs & Cords.
HSE F 38.4
Tower Crane, 1. Operator, Supervision. Daily. Record HSE F 38.8

Overhead Gantry. 2. Plant Engineers./HSE
Weekly/ after heavy

Project:
AG/2014
Page 513 of 736


rd
3. 3 party winds. Record
st
Prior of 1 Use & Record
Monthly.
Certificate
Yearly or major
repair.
2.3.7 HSE Audits
HSE audits are conducted on the Project by the Corporate HSE Audits as per the
approved HSE Audit Plan of the Integrated Management System, Audit Procedure.
All audits will be carried out in compliant to CSCEC HSE-MS Procedure and evaluate
the compliance of this HSE Plan
These audits will determine the level of compliance with HSE goals and procedures
for the project and will note all non-conformances. Corrective actions for all non-
conformances will be given in the audit report. All audits will be recorded in a written
report, HSE –F-12, which shall be available for review.
2.3.8 Non-conformances and Corrective Action.
The CSCEC HSE department shall record and report HSE non-compliances and
corrective actions, and shall order WORK STOPPAGE in non-compliant situations.
A register of non-conformances shall be established and maintained by the HSE
department and communicated.
2.3.9 HSE Reward/Incentive Program
CSCEC team shall reward HSE performance in accordance with CSCEC HSE
Incentive policy and program. The HSE incentive and disciplinary action policy
focused on individuals and group HSE rewards and also disciplinary action measures.
CSCEC Projects shall distribute monthly safety awards to workforce for their active
involvement in HSE progression and management at site and substantial involvement
in the Hazard reporting.
2.3.10 Disciplinary Actions

Project:
AG/2014
Page 514 of 736


The policies, rules, standard and procedure set in this EHSMS Plan are for the
protection of all project participants. If it is discovered that an individual’s action or non-
action results in a violation, injury or accident such a person may be:
 First offence – 1st warning letter. White Card

 Second offence – 2nd warning letter Yellow Card
 Third offence – subjected to the level of violation , Red card
may lead up to termination or removal from the project.
Note: CSCEC shall implement a warning system applicable for all contractor &
sub-contractors in accordance to ministerial order no (28/1) year 1981- Labor
Law
2.4 CONSULTATION AND TRAINING FOR PEOPLE ON SITE
Training subjects will be developed on the basis of activities involved, personal

involvement and skills etc. during the construction period to educate the employees
thereby to develop positive health and safety culture.
Safety Training will be provided to all employees through internal and external
sources. Information on Training Targets is available with project HSE. The Project
Training Matrix will be developed during the project phase.
MS/RA briefing and Tool Box Talks will be provided to all employees prior to the start
of any Activity. The HSE Officers will assist to provide Tool Box Talk information to
Supervisors.
Documents of all training, with the signatures and names of employees who
participated in the training along with evidence photos will be recorded.
2.4.1 Inductions
All personnel including visitors must attend a safety induction training course by the
HSE officer prior to the commencement of works at site.” Team Leaders, Site
Engineers and supervisors have responsibility to assemble their newly join workforce
to attend safety induction course conducting by site safety representative. Records of
the Safety Induction will be preserved in the HSE data base and a safety Induction
sticker will be issued to the attendees on completion for easy identification. Generally
the Safety induction will cover the following topics and other special instructions from
the client/local authorities:
1. CSCEC EHS policy.
Project:
AG/2014
Page 515 of 736


2. CSCEC Company Rules
3. Non-smoking & drags free policy.
4. Mandatory Personal Protection Equipment.
5. Housekeeping.
6. Emergency procedure.
7. Machinery /vehicle operation.
8. Hazard reporting procedure.
9. Waste management.
10. Incident /accident reporting procedure.
11. First Aide & medical procedure.
12. Working near live traffic road/Live electricity
13. Working at Heights requirements.
14. Permit to work system.
15. Lifting & Handling Materials.
16. Manual handling.
17. Procedures around hazardous materials.
18. Safety Signs
19. Welfare Arrangements
2.4.2 CSCEC Project Rules

CSCEC safety rules are designed primarily as training aids to familiarize employees
with potentially hazardous situations and operational errors that can result in injuries.
Rules will be readily developed by observing existing conditions and reviewing
previous accidents. Involvement from supervisors, safety coordinators and employees
leads to cooperation and an understanding of why the rules exist and what hazards
they are designed to control. Involving all parties also helps ensure the rules are
presented in terms the workers understand.
It will be reviewed and revised on ongoing basis and communicate to employees
during new-employee orientation and at daily toolbox talks.
1. Drug & Alcohol Testing
Drug & Alcohol Testing may be carried out at any time; positive results for drugs or
excess alcohol, or refusal to take a test could result in termination of contract or refusal
of entry to site. If you use any medication that could affect your ability to work safely,
notify your direct supervisor.
Project:
AG/2014
Page 516 of 736


2. Persons Working On Site
 Safety Helmets, High Visibility Vests & Safety Footwear are mandatory on
site.
 You must wear additional Personal Protective Equipment where this has been
specified.
 Make sure your Foreman/team leader has briefed you prior to starting work –
if not, stop and ask.
 Strictly follow the details of the agreed method statements, task briefing or
daily activity briefing.
 Stop working if unsafe or unhealthy conditions develop and inform your

supervisor immediately.
 No alcohol, drugs, radios or Walkmans are allowed on site.
 Only eat, drink or smoke in areas designated by management.
 Racial or sexual harassment on site or directed at the public is il and will not be
tolerated.
 Anyone connected with defacing or vandalizing anything on site, will be removed

from site.
 Urinate; spitting must not be taken Place at the working area.

 Always learn and ask about emergency exit in your working area.
 Don’t try to use chemical materials unless trained in use and protection procedure.
 Always you must respect your work and workers, and be honest.
 Your general image is your responsibility of showing good reputation of the
company.
3. Work Areas
 Keep your area tidy by keeping rubbish in piles or in bins.
 Keep all accesses clear of materials, cables or other obstructions.
 Fully comply with all health and safety signs – do not cross barriers or enter
no-go areas.

Project:
AG/2014
Page 517 of 736


 If you notice unsafe areas or uncovered holes, take immediate action and
report them immediately.
 Never pour oil or other pollutants down drains – know your hazardous
materials and use them safely.
4. Unplanned Events
 Report all accidents and near misses to allow us all to learn by our mistakes.
 Know the best means of escape from your wok area and your assembly point.
 Unsafe working will not be tolerated.

5. Rules for Drivers on Site
 All drivers must wear safety helmets, hi-vis & safety footwear when not protected
by their cab.
 Observe Speed limits as low as possible less than 40 km/hr while traveling through
the site.
 You must remain seated, wear safety belt while driving the vehicle.
 Gate pass is must for all vehicle, contact site HSE Manager for further
arrangement.
 Don’t exceed a permitted number of passengers and don’t go behind.
 Don’t make any unauthorized modification on the vehicle body unless you are
permitted to do so.
 Follow all traffic signage’s and others safety instructions.
6. Rules for Visitors
Visitors to the site must be escorted at all times by a fully inducted person and obey
all instructions.
7. CSCEC Disciplinary Actions

The policies, rules, standard and procedure set in this EHS-CPM are for the
protection of all project participants. If it is discovered that an individual’s action or
non-action results in an violation, injury or accident such a person may be:

Project:
AG/2014
Page 518 of 736


 First offence – 1st warning letter.
 Second offence – 2nd warning letter
 Third offence – subjected to termination from the project.
Note: CSCEC shall implement a warning system applicable for all contractor & sub-
contractors in accordance to ministerial order no (28/1) year 1981- Labor Law
2.4.3 Competence Standards

CSCEC ensures that all people working on site are competent to carry out their
particular duties and tasks. Competence will be achieved through a combination of
training and experience.
CSCEC Mandatory Standards
 CSCEC EHS Management System.
 This Project Health, Safety & Environmental Plan, including the site rules.
 Strict compliance to the local regulation in Lifting Operations, Slinging and
Signalling.
 All crane and plant operators to be certificated by a third party registered with the
Local Authority
 All slingers / signallers to be certificated by a third party registered with the UAE
/Local authority
 All MEWP and plant operators must be certificated by a third party registered with
the UAE /Local authority
 Persons, other than scaffolders, erecting mobile towers must hold a certificate
demonstrating they have been trained by a third party registered with the UAE
/Local authority
 All scaffolders to be appropriately certificated by a third party registered with the
UAE /Local authority
 All works at height will be carried out by trained and competent personnel
 Step ladders are only to be used where scaffold platforms or podium steps can not
 All electrical tools must be 110 volt and have a valid Portable Appliance Test
certificate (PAT)
 3rd Party External HSE Trainers must be Certified and Approved by DM & PCFC /
EHS.
2.4.4 Training Registration Schemes Recognised by CSCEC
Operations that require specific third party training

Project:
AG/2014
Page 519 of 736


1. Tower & Mobile Crane operators
2. Crane Riggers & Banks-men
3. Plant Operators (excavators, fork lift trucks & dumpers, Asphalt pavers, INFRA related equipments)
4. Hoist Operators
5. Bore Hole Drillers
6. Manual Elevated Work Platforms (MEWP’s)
7. Confined Space Entry & Rescue
8. Fall Arrest Safety Equipment Training
9. Core Drilling
10. Abrasive Wheels
11. Cartridge Operated Tools
Trades that require trade training
12. Gas Installers
13. Building Engineering Services (Electrics, gas, water, steam etc)
14. Scaffolders
15. Carpenters
16. Masons
17. Plumbers
18. Electricians
19. Steel Erectors
20. Steel fixers
21. Tillers
22. Cladders
Other operations or task training
23. First Aid

Project:
AG/2014
Page 520 of 736


24. Fire Marshal
25. Emergency Co-ordinator
26. Rescue from Height
27. Confined Space Rescue
2.4.5 Staff Suggestion Scheme
The objective of the Scheme is to provide an opportunity to all staff to generate some
good suggestions in regard to the Corporate HSE Management, Risk control, Safe
working practices and Environment and so on. Suitable prizes shall be awarded to
those staff or a team for a suggestion that has merit or that shows special effort
adopted by the Company Management.
2.4.6. HSE Meetings.
In order to communicate the current Health and Safety performance on the site and to
inform and instruct all concerned about future changes, a number of safety meetings shall
be conducted with all key personnel’s. Schedule of meetings is mentioned in HSE Plan
section.1.6.5
The communication is intended to spread the knowledge and information necessary to

facilitate the practice and assure the intended results. The internal and external
communication occurs through the following protocols:
Internal Committee Meeting
The Site Safety Management Committee shall be made up of Project Manager, HSE
Manager, Safety Officers, Project Engineers and Supervisors.
The Project Manager shall establish and maintain a monthly schedule of Site HSE
committee meetings in order to monitor with the assistance of HSE manager
Implementation of policy through the Planning process of hazard identification and risk
assessment, Inspections and audit results, the results of site inspections and
accident/incident reports.
Minutes of the meetings shall detail the actions and responsible arising from the
meeting, be signed and copied to all attendees and are to be dismayed on notice
boards for the information of all the employees.

Project:
AG/2014
Page 521 of 736


Safety Committee Meeting Agenda
Topics for discussion and action at safety meetings shall include:
1. Review accident investigation reports and determine if appropriate corrective action

was taken to prevent similar occurrences in the future. If not, recommendations
will be submitted to management for their consideration and subsequent action.
2. Prepare and review company safety and health rules and procedures for the
purpose of keeping the safety and health program up to date and effective.
3. Review potential hazards that are reported and recommend to management ways
and means to control or eliminate hazards that could lead to accidents or property
damage.
4. Promote safety and health activities.
5. Review the need for employee training and education and make recommendations
to management.
6. Make periodic over-sight jobsite inspections to ensure that hazards are not being
overlooked by the superintendent or foreman, and to ensure that corrective action
is adequate and taken in a timely manner.
2.5 FIRE AND EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
An Emergency Plan is necessary as a moral and obligation of management to protect

the safety of people, property and environment with a detailed and comprehensive
procedure. Though the main emergencies are identified for 24/7 working such as
Traffic Accident, Fire, Sand Strom, Snake bite, Fog, Heavy Rain & Accident at work
site etc. this will be reviewed during the project and a detailed Emergency Plan and
procedures will be developed and communicated for the implementation.
At any time it may be necessary for the safety of the personnel to evacuate the
construction site quickly. Preservation of life and property is only possible if the
evacuation procedure is effectively followed. The emergency exercise will be
conducted once in every 6 months time to educate employees of the procedures to be
followed.
In case of fire emergency the contact person and telephone Nos., actions to be taken
are exhibited in the Appendix Forms no: will be displayed through safety bulletin
boards.
 See more details in Emergency Management Plan - Appendix –

Project:
AG/2014
Page 522 of 736


CSCEC has appointed a central point of contact and emergency controller to develop and
maintain emergency procedures and take control in emergency situations.
Details Name Contact No.
Central Point of contact ( Project Director/Manager)
Emergency Controller Competent Engineer/construction

Manager
Project HSE Manager
Lead First Aider/Male Nurse
Fire Marshal
Security -in- Charge
Local Client/consultant
Fire
Ambulance
Police
Nearest Government Hospital
Location & Route map of Nearest Hospital

Project:
AG/2014
Page 523 of 736


2.6 SELECTION AND MANAGEMENT OF CONTRACTORS/SUBCONTRACTORS
2.6.1 Selection of Contractors and Designers
Procedures for selection of contractors and suppliers who are competent and will
make adequate provision for health and safety are detailed in the CSCEC
Procurement department procedures.
All contractors and suppliers selected to work on this project will be subject to these
procedures, Contractors and suppliers will be made of any changes
 Weekly or daily coordination meetings
 Progress meetings
 Formal correspondence
 Verbal instructions
 Workplace inspections
 Client contractual requirements
2.6.2. Selection of subcontractors
CSCEC aim to continual improve subcontractor health, safety and environmental

performance and to establish a standard for pre-qualification, evaluation/selection and
development of our subcontractors. CSCEC contractor /pre-qualification
questionnaire shall be used to assess for evolution purpose. HSE –F- 45
The selection and control of sub-contractors is an important area of site safety

management; however the selection of competent and adequately resourced sub-
contractors is actually a strict requirement under local requirements. All
subcontractors will be assessed, reviewed under the below mentioned areas
and selected as per CSCEC procedures.
1. Subcontractor EHS statistics for the last five years.
2. Subcontractor Personnel evaluation.
3. Construction experience.
4. Written EHS Plan includes:
 HSE Policy statement signed by management.

 Management Involvement and Commitment.

Project:
AG/2014
Page 524 of 736


 Hazard Identification and Risk Control.
 Rules and Work Procedures.
2.6.3. Subcontractor Involvement & Continual Improvement
Subcontractors will be required to follow the work practices and systems described
below while performing work at CSCEC worksite in order to continually improve safety
performance:
 Attend safety orientation, pre-job meeting or kick-off meeting provided CSCEC prior
to any work beginning.
 Monitor employees for substance abuse and report nonconformities to CSCEC.
 Ensure personnel have the required training and competency for their work.
 Participate in CSCEC safety meetings, regular periodic safety meetings, and job
safety analysis or hazard assessments and on the job safety inspections.
 Perform a pre-job safety inspection that includes equipment.
 Report all injuries, spills, property damage incidents and near misses
 Comply with onsite and DoT safety rules and regulations.
 Implement CSCEC safety practices and processes as applicable.
 Clean up and restore the worksite after the job is over.
 Ensure compliance with regulations at all times.
Post job safety performance reviews will be conducted for subcontractors.

Sub Contractor Kick-Off Safety Meeting Agenda
Prior to project commencement a kick-off safety meeting led and chaired by Project
director and project manager will be held in order to review of following EHS
requirements:
1. Submittal of EHS- CMP.

2. Roles & Responsibilities.
3. Risk Assessment.
4. Accident Reporting Procedure.
5. Safety induction.
6. Mandatory PPE.
7. Mobilization Machineries and Equipments.
8. Emergency Procedure.
9. Non compliance and DISCIPLINARY ACTION.
10. Manpower’s statistics.

Project:
AG/2014
Page 525 of 736


2.6.4 Suppliers of Materials.
The Procurement Department orders will require all suppliers of materials to supply
relevant Health & Safety Information to the project for use in Hazardous chemicals
assessments and the Health and Safety File.
The Hazardous chemicals information will be collated by the store keeper where he
provide a copy of eth MSDS to the safety department and he will be making a
Hazardous chemicals assessments and the information will be passed to the operative
through the site store keepers. .
2.6.5 Selection of Plant

China State Construction Engineering Corporation (CSCEC) Middle East business
plant and equipments are hired, cross hired or purchased through CSCEC Plant
Division. CSCEC Plant division will maintain a range of plant and equipments for
construction and Infra structure works. The controls in this section will also be
applicable to the contractor’s plant and equipments. More information on this regard is
available in EHSMS section 15
Prior to purchasing/hiring the equipment, plant & equipment, the following

points shall be taken into account:
 Managers must ensure that work equipment is suited to the task, properly
maintained and the users are competent to operate it.
 Salutatory examinations, tests and routine inspections will be programmed and all
certification and records are kept available and retrievable.
 Any devices preventing contact with moving parts (e.g. mechanical or electrical
interlocks, guards etc. ) must be in good order and fitted during operation.
 The design of any supporting structure, including existing structures, loading bays,
hoist ties, grillages etc must be checked by a competent person.
 Control devices such as start/stop switches shall satisfactorily perform their
intended function.
 Alarm system shall be provided where appropriate. For instance, to warn people of
an imminent start-up where moving plant may endanger any person.
 Noise and vibration levels shall not be a risk to hearing or health.
2.6.6 Operator Training, Competency & Experience
 Operatives must be competent and trained, with a relevant driving

license/assessment from an approved licensing authority.
 Even where an operative holds a license, the supervisor must consider whether the
operator has sufficient experience in the area or requires additional training or
briefing in use and maintenance.
 Copies of all certification must keep accessible.

Project:
AG/2014
Page 526 of 736

2.7 FIRST AID

Detail the sites First Aid arrangements,
 First aid provisions will meet the requirement of UAE Regulation/Local rules.
 A fully equipped First aid centre / room and trained first aider are located along
side the project offices, these facilities will be available 24 hours per day.
 As a minimum all subcontractors will be required to provide trained first aiders and
first aid equipment.
 All injuries will be dealt by the CSCEC first aider. If required the first aider will refer
the patient to the nearest hospital or clinic.
 The names of the first aid personal will be written and displayed in all site safety
notice boards and all the operatives and staff will be briefed on the site first aid
measures.
 The location of the first aid room will be depicting in site layouts.
 The accident book will be kept and maintained in the site first aid clinic.
2.8 ACCIDENT AND INCIDENT REPORTING

In the event of an accident or incident, where it is safe to do so, staff shall notify Project
Manager/HSE Manager immediately and take appropriate immediate action to
minimize the risk of further injury or damage (for example, isolating the hazard, first
aid, evacuation, containing spills). In a case of injury, depending on the severity of the
injury and the injured worker’s preference, appropriate first aid or medical attention
should be sought from one or more of the following:
a. A First Aider/Male Nurse.
b. An Ambulance.
c. The nearest available hospital or medical facility.
2.8.1 Immediate Reporting of all Incidents

The CSCEC Project Director must be informed of any incidents on site by the quickest
possible means.
The relevant sub contractor or CSCEC supervisor will report all incidents within 24hrs
to the Project Director/Manager using the Preliminary Incident Report form, ref.
HSE- F-39.

Project:
AG/2014
Page 527 of 736


Preliminary Incident Report (PIR) form must be produced for accidents & incidents
listed:
 All Lost Time Injuries where a person does not report for work the next day
 All reportable serious injuries and dangerous occurrences
 All accidents & incidents involving member of the public
 All incidents which result in damages to plant and equipment
 All near misses that could have had serious consequences
 All environmental or pollution incidents in accordance with local environmental
guidelines.
2.8.2. Investigation of Accident or Incident
CSCEC shall ensure that all incidents/accidents and/or dangerous occurrences that
took Place on site are reported and investigated in accordance with our Environmental
Health & Safety Management System procedures. The immediate Supervisor and/or
Manager shall report the accident/incident to the EHS manager and investigate it with
the worker or person who was involved in the accident/incident (where possible) and
render a report to HSE Manager for further advice and actions.
All accidents resulting in lost time shall be investigated by senior HSE personnel where
a thorough accident investigation report is generated highlighting the direct and root
causes, recommending proper corrective and preventive actions and then forwarded to
all concerned parties for their necessary actions.
All incidents/accidents shall be recorded in an accident/incident register that shall be

maintained by CSCEC, updated regularly and circulated to all concerned parties for
reference and necessary action.
All accidents and lessons learnt shall be addressed and published to all concerned by
Safety Manager via all available communication means such as meetings, toolbox
talks, memos, alerts, notice boards, etc.
2.8.3 Reporting of Reportable Serious Injuries/Incidents
After preliminary investigation, the Project Director/Manager/Chief Representative

assisted by the Project HSE manager will determine if an accident is reportable and
how the Sector Regulatory Authority should be contacted (if required). In case of any
doubt, contact Corporate HSE.

Project:
AG/2014
Page 528 of 736


Reporting categories will include the following:
 Fatalities
 Major Injuries/Reportable Serious Injuries
 Accidents to member of the public
 Lost Time Injuries
 Dangerous Occurrences- usually failure of lifting machinery, electrical short
circuit, collapses of structures, false work or scaffolding.
 High Potential Incidents.
2.8.4. Arrangement for others to inform CSCEC
Contractors are required to inform the CSCEC Project Director/HSE Manager of any
incidents on site by the quickest possible means. Formal notification will be made to
the CSCEC Project Director within 24 hrs using the Accident Incident Report sheet.
The employing contractor will be reported to the Health & Safety Manager and
Preliminary Incident Report form, ref. HSE- F-39 to be submitted within 48 hours.
Contractors are also required to keep CSCEC informed of the subsequent

developments of long term injuries, diseases and dangerous occurrences, e.g. claims,
etc.
2.8.5 Corrective and Preventative Action
The immediate supervisor / Construction Manager along with HSE manager will look
into the underlying reasons for the accident, and necessary corrective and preventive
action shall be initiated to avoid such recurrences. The controls shall be selected as
per the Hierarchy of Controls in accordance with Risk Management Procedure. The
findings shall demonstrate that any risks to health and safety are eliminated.
2.8.6. Monitor and Review Actions for Effectiveness
The immediate supervisor and/or Manager shall:
1. Track and monitor the implementation of agreed corrective and/or preventative

actions
2. Discuss, monitor and evaluate controls for effectiveness in consultation with

workers in the affected area.

Project:
AG/2014
Page 529 of 736


3. Commence the risk assessment process if a new hazard is identified
4. Include a review of any controls implemented into workplace inspections.
5. Close out any outstanding corrective and preventative actions.
2.9 Project Specific Risks
Many high risk activities will be supported by additional documentation or individual

plans or permits; these will include but not be restricted to:
2.9.1 Excavations
Prior to commencing any excavation works a survey will be carried out to identify if
there are any buried services in the area, if services are identified the excavation will
be carried out with a banks-man digging trial holes or by conducting a hand dig.
Depending on the size and depth of the excavation will determine the method of
support i.e, shoring, stepping or sloping.
A physical barrier and warning signs will be placed around all excavation regardless of
depth. If spoil is to remain adjacent to the excavation then the 1m method will be used,
(4m depth spoil will be placed a minimum of 4m away from the excavation edge).
All excavations will be carried out under the control of a “Permit to Dig”
2.9.2 Working Above or Near Water
When any works are being carried out which involves personnel working at heights
above water the following precautions are to be taken. Any works over water are to be
subject to the company "Permit to Work" system.
A fence or barrier and warning signs must be provided to any structure or scaffold
where there is a risk of persons falling from such structures into water. Where possible
systems to prevent falls in to water will be adopted first, such as physical barriers or
restraint systems. A buoyancy aid of a tested and approved pattern are to be worn by
all personnel working over water
Suitable rescue equipment, for example a boat, boathook, lifebelt or lifeline is to be in

position and checked as serviceable before works are permitted to commence. All
personnel are to be instructed as to means of raising alarm and rescue drills

Project:
AG/2014
Page 530 of 736


The Site Supervisor, or a nominated person, is to make regular and frequent checks
on numbers of personnel working. Any works over water are to be carried out by a
minimum of two persons, no lone workers are permitted. Special care must be taken
in fog or rain, when extra checks are to be made by the site supervisor.
Adequate lighting for the whole of the period of work is to be provided. Lighting must
be adequate for night work and must illuminate the immediate surrounding water
surface.
2.9.3 Electrical Equipment
All electrical equipment will be subject to third party testing and inspection, Temporary
Electrical supplies from generators will be positioned on suitable hard standing with a
bund or drip-tray; this will be located way from the water’s edge.
All generators will be fitted with earth rods. All distribution boards will be fitted with
automatic trip devices.
Where practicable all electrical tools will be 110v, where possible cables will be
arranged off ground to prevent damage and trip hazards. A Risk Assessment is to be
carried out and appropriate measures to be instituted to reduce the risks.
2.9.4 Manual Handling
Where practicable all lifting will be carried out by mechanical means to reduce the risk
of manual handling injuries. Where manual handling of materials cannot be avoided
then task specific manual handling assessments will be carried out and the relevant
training will be given to those carrying out the tasks.
2.9.5 Diving Operations
The Dredging contractor will carry out any diving related activities; the contractor will
provide safe diving procedures to include in this plan. All divers must hold a valid
medical certificate and be a registered industrial diver.
2.9.6 Exposure to UV radiation
Due to the local climate and works been carried out under direct sunlight, it is
mandatory that operatives are covered at all times. The wearing of shorts and vest
without sleeves are not permitted on site. All operatives on site will wear full coveralls

Project:
AG/2014
Page 531 of 736


to protect the skin from direct exposure to UV radiation. Information will be provided to
the workforce on site advising them methods of UV protection.
2.9.7 Working at Heights
Fall control shall be required for personnel exposed to heights greater than
1. 8m or more and at lower heights if potentially hazardous situation
Exists. All employees must take a three-step systematic approach to protect
them from fall.
The first step is to assess the workplace and the work itself. Fall hazard shall be
eliminated wherever possible by changing the sequence of the job, by working from
ground level or by the use of special tools, equipments.
The second step also requires assessing the workplace and work processes. If fall
hazard cannot be completely eliminated during the first step, project management
must take a proactive approach to the prevention of fall by improving the workplace
(collective protection). Early installation of stairs, guardrails, scaffolds, and travel
restriction systems can ensure a safe work environment.
The third step is to use fall arresting equipment. Use fall arresting equipment, however,
only after determining that potential fall cannot be eliminated by changing work
procedures or workplace or collective protection cannot be used. Equipment such
harnesses, lanyards, shock absorbers, fall arresters, lifelines, anchorages and safety
nets can reduce the risk of injury if a fall occurs.
Scaffolds
Personal working on tubular or other scaffolds shall use a fall arrest system unless the
scaffold complies with the fall prevention system requirements described in the
Local/CSCEC Scaffolding standard.
Scaffolds shall be erected and used in compliance with the local scaffolding standard
and under the supervision of a competent person in scaffold erection.
Before use the scaffold, the user must check the scafftag to verify that the scaffold was
inspected and the scafftag signed by a competent scaffold inspector within seven days
before the day of use.
A scaffold visual inspection shall be conducted by the user before each use. If for any
reason a user considers a scaffold to be unsafe he shall immediately contact his
supervisor. The supervisor shall immediately remove the Scafftag and place barrier

Project:
AG/2014
Page 532 of 736


tape through the lower rungs of the 1st access ladder. The supervisor shall then notify
the Scaffolding Supervisor
Fall Arrest Equipment
The full body harness will meet ANSI (American National Standards Institute) or
EN (European Norms) standards. Safety belts are prohibited.
A visual inspection shall be conducted by the user before each use of fall arrest
equipment.
Every quarter, a document inspection by a competent person shall be performed

on fall arrest equipment. Health and Safety Department will nominate the
competent persons for fall arrest equipment inspection.
Fall arrest equipment inspected and rejected for further use shall be destroyed to
prevent further use and inspection record shall be updated to include the method
of disposition.
2.9.8 Confined Space
Means a space that:
 is large enough and so configured that an employee can bodily enter and perform
assigned work; and
 Has limited or restricted means for entry or exit (for example, tanks, vessels, silos,
storage bins, hoppers, vaults, and pits are spaces that may have limited means of
entry.); and
 Is not designed for continuous employee occupancy.
A Confined Spaced Entry Permit shall be required to entry in any Confined

Space.
Confined spaces shall be classified Class A or Class B confined spaces. All the
confined spaces entrances shall be identified with a sign reading DANGER- PERMIT
Project:
AG/2014
Page 533 of 736


REQUIRED CONFINED SPACE, DO NOT ENTER
The confined space entry permit is described EHSMS. HSE –F-06 Confined space
entry permit) and shall include:
 All personnel deployed for confined space works must be trained through an
approved trainer and must be competent enough to carry out the task.
 All personnel in confined spaces and attendant will carry portable lighting. 
 at least one attendant outside the permit space into which entry is authorized for
the duration of entry operations
 If hot works are done inside a confined space this one must be reclassified as
Class A confined Space. Hot work permit will also be necessary and CSCEC Hot
Work standard shall be followed. 
 Either double insulated or ground fault circuit interrupter protected electrical tools
and low current, low voltage (24 volt maximum) lighting systems shall be used in
damp or metallic hazardous confined spaces. 
 Electrical and pneumatic tools shall be selected to eliminate sparks and other
hazards as required by the conditions of the confined space. 
 Gas cylinders should not be used with in a confined space. Should there be
condition arises where gas cylinders have to be used inside the confined spaces,
special precautions are to be taken and it shall be approved by H & S Department.
At no circumstances, CO2 fire extinguisher shall be taken into the confined space. 
 Internal combustion engines should never be used inside confined space. 

Project:
AG/2014
Page 534 of 736

2.10 HEALTH AND SAFETY FILE
2.10.1. Information for inclusion in the HSF
CSCEC must agree the information required for inclusion in the HS file with the
planning engineer at the earliest opportunity.
The CSCEC team will collate information. This will normally include:
1. Brief description of the work carried out
2. Any residual hazards which remain and how they have been dealt with (for
example, surveys, or other information on asbestos, contaminated land, water
bearing strata, buried services etc)
3. Key structural principles (e.g. bracing, post tensioned units), safe working loads for
floors and roofs etc.
4. Hazardous materials such as paints, special coatings etc.
5. Information regarding removal or dismantling of plant or equipment
6. Health and Safety equipment for cleaning or planned maintenance
7. Nature, location and markings of significant services including underground cables,

gas supplies, fire fighting or emergency services etc
8. Information and ‘As Built’ Drawings including safe access to and from service
voids, fire doors and compartmentalization, fire pumps, wet risers, hose reels etc.
Individual contractors will be notified by CSCEC of the specific type of information

required for inclusion in the HSF, at the pre-let stage.
2.10.2. Method of Providing Information
Contractors will provide information for inclusion in the HSF to CSCEC. The CSCEC
Project Director will ensure that all the HSF information is provided to the planning.
2.10.3. Supervision at the End of the Project
The operating and maintenance manuals will be collected from the Sub Contractors/
Suppliers on completion of their work and handed over to the client by Project Director
at the time of phased handover/completion of contract.
Project:
AG/2014
Page 535 of 736


3.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT STRATEGY
The Project Director/ Management responsible for Environmental, Health and Safety is responsible
for initiating the company environmental policies and ensuring that the project use the support of
Environmental Support team and operate within the Company
Environmental policies.
3.1 COMPANY ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY:

The CSCEC Environmental Policy will be displayed where appropriate and
communicated through the site induction and briefings.
3.2 ENVIRONMENTAL APPOINTMENTS:
Environmental Representative:
A suitable and competent project staff will be appointed by the Project Director to act as
Environmental Coordinator of the project. He will ensures that all necessary care must
be given to all project activities from preventing environmental impacts arising from
various project operations. If this role is not formally delegated, it remains with the
Project Director. More guidance on environmental issues is available in EHSMS
section 8. Protecting the Environment
For Environmental representatives, the memo or letter would normally be issued
by the Project Director.
Visiting Environmental Coordinator:

The Environmental Coordinator is the allocated Safety and Environmental Officer/
coordinator who would carry out inspection and audit, offering advice and support on
environmental matters. Environmental Inspection report format HSE –F-25
3.3 INITIAL PROJECT ASSESSMENT.
The Initial Project Assessment classifies all Environmental Aspects taking into account
anticipated site operations and both the workplace and surrounding environment. The
Initial Project Assessment is maintained within the construction Environmental
Management Plan (CEMP).
3.4 ASPECTS & IMPACTS CONTROL REGISTER

The Aspects and Impacts Control Register Template ../../../Documents and
Settings/hmeakin/Local Settings/Temporary Internet Files/Content.Outlook/Local
Settings/forms/envosf02.doc identifies all environmental aspects and impacts and
identifies mitigation measures will be delivered e.g. Toolbox Talks, Progress Meetings,
Inductions, Subcontractor training, etc. This Register will also identify specific

Project:
AG/2014
Page 536 of 736


responsibilities for individual mitigation measures. Aspect/Impact register is included in
the in the CEMP
3.5 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLANNING

The Project Site Waste Management Plan WMP will detail the Project waste types and
quantities including waste management actions and responsibilities for waste disposal.
All records of waste movements should be recorded by the project responsible person
and records to be maintained at all times.
3.6 OBJECTIVES AND TARGETS
Project Objectives and targets will be considered and formally agreed at the start of all
new projects including any associated KPI’s and client requirements. These should be
aligned, where appropriate, to the Objectives and Targets set out in the project
objectives. Minimum wastage of material by reuse and recycling and through waste
disposal management will also be insured
3.7 ENVIRONMENTAL EMERGENCY RESPONSE / ACTION PLANS

For each project, potential environmental emergency situations or accidents will be
identified with appropriate action plans prepared, communicated and periodically tested,
reviewed and modified as appropriate. Environmental emergency Plans will be prepared
as part of the overall project / location emergency plan.
3.8 CONSULTATION RECORDS

The Consultation Record Sheet is used for recording consultations, formal, informal
discussions and meetings. Records of consultations may be recorded in other formats
as agreed at project level.
3.9 INDUCTION, TOOLBOX TALKS & TRAINING

The project / site induction will ensure that all relevant Environmental aspects are
included. Regular Toolbox Talks should be given to all site operatives including
subcontractors. A register of all attendees should be maintained within the site Safety
and Environment filing system (see below).
3.10 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING, MEASURING, INSPECTION AND AUDIT

Specific monitoring arrangements, where appropriate, should be identified within the
Environmental Management Plan (e.g. water quality sampling, dust monitoring etc.). A
regular review of all applicable permits / licences e.g. waste carrier / management
licences should be made for compliance.
Weekly inspections should be completed on the standard Health, Safety and
Environmental template forms. These each include a short environmental section which
will allow regular recording of environmental issues.
 Weekly Inspection Report
Project:
AG/2014
Page 537 of 736


 HS&E Officers Report
Audits:
Audits may include system audits or audits at project level. An example checklist is
included within the linked report/checklist standard form. EHSMS Environmental Audit
Check List – F-26
Non-conformance, Corrective & Preventive Actions:
HSE –F- 36 HSE Non compliance Report .This report sheet is used to record non
conformances.
3.11 ENVIRONMENT INCIDENT & INVESTIGATION REPORTING

HSE-F- 21A should be used to record any unplanned event that harmed the
environment, breached environmental legislation / requirement or possessed that
potential.
3.12 ENVIRONMENTAL RECORDS

On each project, an Environmental Management File (EMF) will be established hold all
appropriate environmental records as per EHSMS Filing system – HSE –F-74

Project:
AG/2014
Page 538 of 736

SCHEDULE A10
Trade License
Page 539 of 736

Fo
r
Te
nd
er
Us
e
On
ly
Page 540 of 736

Fo
r
Te
nd
er
Us
e
On
ly
Page 541 of 736

Fo
r
Te
nd
er
Us
e
On
ly
Page 542 of 736

Fo
r
Te
nd
er
Us
e
On
ly
Page 543 of 736

SCHEDULE A11
Confirmation of Site Visit
Page 544 of 736

Page 545 of 736
SCHEDULE A12
Tenderer’s Cover Letter
Page 546 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
SCHEDULE A12:
This section of the Technical Proposal document requirement shall be provided in the
commercial section of the tender submission.
Technical Proposal – Schedule 12
Page 547 of 736

SCHEDULE A13
Tenderer’s Exclusions,
Deviations & Qualifications
Page 548 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
SCHEDULE A13:
This section of the Technical Proposal document requirement shall be provided in the
commercial section of the tender submission.
Page 549 of 736

SCHEDULE A16
Contractor’s Company
Particulars
Page 550 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
1. SPONSOR, REGISTRATION AND LICENSING

This section shall provide details of registration and valid Power of Attorney. Following
this page are copies of relevant documents.
Page 551 of 736

Page 552 of 736
Page 553 of 736
Page 554 of 736
Page 555 of 736
Page 556 of 736
Page 557 of 736
Page 558 of 736
Page 559 of 736
Page 560 of 736
Page 561 of 736
Page 562 of 736
Page 563 of 736
Page 564 of 736
Page 565 of 736
Page 566 of 736
Page 567 of 736
Page 568 of 736
Page 569 of 736
Page 570 of 736
Page 571 of 736
Page 572 of 736
Page 573 of 736
Page 574 of 736
Page 575 of 736
DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
2. COMPANY INFORMATION
2.1 Company Introduction
This section will address the Company Introduction of CSCEC as part of our technical submission
to provide a brief overview of our company profile, experience and capabilities for the construction
of the “Downtown Views II” project.
2.1.1 Introduction and Profile
China State Construction Engineering Corporation Middle East L.L.C. (CSCEC ME LLC) is an
integrated part and one of the major overseas operational entities of China State Construction
Engineering Corporation Ltd. (CSCEC), whose shares are traded on the Shanghai Stock
Exchange. CSCEC as our parent company has more than 26 overseas registered offices
worldwide and with over 5000 projects completed in more than 100 countries. CSCEC is the
world’s largest transnational construction company in developing countries and the No. 1
homebuilder in the world.
Worldwide Project Experience of CSCEC
Page 576 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
China State Construction Engineering Corporation Middle East LLC (CSCEC ME LLC)
commenced operations in the UAE in 2003 and completed its formation on March 26, 2005 in
Dubai. In the Middle East Region, CSCEC ME is one of the region’s largest construction groups
with offices across the GCC. The company’s regional Headquarters are located in Dubai UAE.
2.1.2 Company Honor and Merit
Through the utmost support of our parent company (CSCEC) in mainland China and with
the fast growing expansion of CSCEC ME in the market, we have received numerous company
honors, merit and awards in different aspects of business segments with respect to our overall
active performance worldwide. CSCEC ME hereby present our latest ranking and awards with
high moral and pride as per the following:
Known as Biggest IPO The largest Rated 1 No. 1

CSCEC, in 2009, Construction among Construction
founded in raising the , Building "World's Company in
1952 as part capital of Work Most the Global
of Ministry of US$ 7.3 Contractor Admired Top 500 by
Construction Billion Listed and Real Companies Fortune in
of P. R. on July 29, Estate " by Fortune 2016.
1952 Biggest Largest NO.1 NO.1

IPO
NO.1 NO.14 NO.27 NO.44
No. 1 among No. 14 No. 27 of the No. 44 in 20

Top 250 among Top Fortune as “2016
Global 250 Int’l Global 500 Brand
Contractor Contractor Company in Finance
s by ENR in s by ENR in 2016. Global 500”.
2016. 2016. . .
Recent Honor and Merits of CSCEC
Page 577 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
2.1.3 Corporate Culture
In order to achieve our corporate goals, a strong team of dedicated and experienced staff
and skilled workforce who work from our regional and site offices already established in the region
supports CSCEC.
As we strive to face the future challenges, CSCEC is always in line with its corporate vision
and mission along with its core values and spirit. All of these serves as our driving force to meet
our aim to be one of the most competitive international contractors in the Middle East.
Corporate Corporate Core Corporate

Mission Vision Values Spirit
Growing to be
the most
internationally
Integrity
Expanding a competitive Quality
innovation
happy living Construction assurance and
transcendence
environment and real estate value creation
Win-Win
enterprise
integration
group
CSCEC’s Corporate Culture
Page 578 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
2.1.4 Corporate Business Segments
Since 2003 as the first operations of CSCEC ME, we have rapidly penetrated the UAE
market and became well known in completing landmark and mega projects in GCC including
Qatar and Kuwait.
During these years (2003 - present), CSCEC ME has become a prestigious and respected
Company across the GCC which is fully capable of bringing a wide range of projects into reality,
such as residential and industrial buildings, public works and various infrastructure developments.
We have successfully diversified ourselves from initially being a conventional building contractor
to a comprehensive total and innovative solution provider whose business has reached nearly all
the sectors of the construction industry in the Middle East region. We are now able to offer to our
clients a full range of options from Contracting, Design and Build to Project Financing, across a
range of disciplines. At the same time, we have created a Project Investment/Development
business.
The complete wide spectrum of our line of business will be presented as per the following:
Building Design Infrastructure Real estate International

Construction Services & Investment & Dev’t Contracting
Building Every design It boasts the Investment reaps Every overseas

on solid foundations is sophisticated highest quality substantial returns Project shines
We also Pioneering
The world’s We are one We are one and leading
enjoy the
largest of the largest of the largest international
fastest growth
homebuilder enterprises real estate contracting
of any
& China’s engaged in enterprises services in
infrastructure
largest integrated boasting of China as the
construction
building building the largest first & largest
and
Contractor design land reserves International
investment
Contractor
Overall Business Segments of CSCEC ME
Page 579 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
3. COMPANY SIZE AND STRUCTURE
3.1 Ample and Competent Human Resources
CSCEC has abundant human resources with respect to the professional management
team with labour / workforce from different intercontinental countries worldwide.
3,000,000+
Worldwide Employees
230,000+
Worldwide Management Staff,

Engineers & Technician
Managers
48,387
CSCEC Staff
Ltd. 1,363
Engineers & CSCEC
Technician ME
106,349 LLC
Labor
Other 10,400
staff
75,387
Summary of Human Resources of CSCEC
Page 580 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
In addition, the complete breakdown of CSCEC’s human resources are presented as per
the following:
 1300+ international management staff from 23 countries
 20+ members of Chartered of Building.
 100+ national chartered project managers of China
 400+ Senior Engineers
 500+ Engineers / Technicians
Currently, CSCEC ME has more than 10,400 skilled workers (in-house under each
particular company of CSCEC ME visas, including structure, fit-out, MEP), and is able to provide
extra workers from our many long-term subcontractors if required.
 400+ Experienced Foremen and site charge hand
 10,000+ Skilled labors
CSCEC ME has always stand firm in building its company reputation in the market by
being a Comprehensive Contractor with Professional Resource Supports in various sources as
follows:
 In House Special Division - Building, Infrastructure, MEP, Oil and Gas, Steel
Structure.
 10,400+ Workforce - China, India, Bengal, Thailand, Vietnam, Pakistan.
 Supporting Resources - Engineering Centre, Equipment Center, Batching Plant,

And Logistic Base.
 1,363+ Management Staff - Middle East, China, Europe, Singapore, Malaysia,

India, Pakistan, Philippines.
o 9 Management Staff
o 366 Construction Project Management Staff, Engineers, Quantity

Surveyors, etc.
o 840 Technical Staff
o 148 Administration and Backup Staff
Page 581 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
3.1.1 Advance and Innovative Construction Solutions
CSCEC always pay attention to promotion and exploration of the international leading
construction technology. We make sure to be always updated and aware on the latest innovation
in the market, which is subject for study and investigation, and be implemented in the actual site
construction. One clear evidence of using some of the latest technologies is through the
construction and completion of not only high-rise but also for super high-rise structures with
creative designs.
3.1.2 CSCEC ME’s Organization Chart
CSCEC ME has made the adjustment of the Company Organization Structure to achieve
the strategic objective that is to become the largest international contractor in the Middle East in
the future. According to the principles of department setting for CSCEC ME, all departments are
set up as follows thus to clarify their functions and responsibilities, promote the internal
cooperation of each other and improve the overall operational efficiency.
A. Corporate General Management Department
 Executive General Office
The main responsibilities are preparing corporate planning and strategy, office
management, Party masses work, IT management, etc. The detailed description are discussed
on the succeeding paragraphs.
Corporate planning and management mainly includes preparing the corporate planning
and strategic planning; setting up the corporate organization structure and business procedure;
setting up the operational system; authorization and internal control; important information
disclosure; writing and editing corporate letters, reports and other official documents; corporate
promotion and publication management, etc.
Office management mainly includes setting up the corporate office regulations; corporate-
level meeting management; official documents management; corporate stamps and licenses
management; public relationship management; secretarial work, etc.
IT management mainly includes information work; software system development and

maintenance; hardware purchase and management; application system training and guidance,
etc.
Page 582 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
 General Management Department
General Management Department take its responsibilities for fix asset management;
housing management; vehicle management; headquarters working area management;
connecting work with superior departments; other works such as logistics management,
administrative work and liaison affairs, etc.
B. Corporate Functional Management Department
 Human Resources Department
Human Resources Department is responsible for setting up the corporate HR rules and
regulations; recruitment, employment and personnel assignment; promotion and demotion;
training, education, career development and management; remuneration management; employee
performance appraisal, incentive system implementation; employee welfare and insurance;
employment contracts and personnel archive management; etc.
 Financial and Accounting Department
The responsibilities for Financial and Accounting Department consist of setting up the
corporate financial and accounting rules and regulations; accounting analysis, internal audit and
countercheck; fund management; budget control; etc.
 Legal Affairs Department
Legal Affairs Department is responsible for setting up rules and regulations for the
corporate legal affairs; reviewing or drafting the legal contract documents; drafting the corporate
contract templates; authorization documents and notarization management; legal dispute case
management; daily operation's legal appraisal and consultancy; etc.
 Labour and PRO Department
The responsibilities of Labor and PRO Department include setting up rules and regulations
for labor management; labor recruitment and training; labor archive management; labor
employment management; maintaining and coordinating the public relationship with local
Page 583 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
authorities; etc.
C. Corporate Business Development and Project Management Department
 Business Development Department
Business Development Department is responsible for the market developing plan and
market entry plan in the Middle East region; client relationship and public resources maintenance;
market macro and micro environment analysis; market data collection and analysis; mega projects
tracking and developing; supporting divisions and regional operations in the market development;
providing support and supervising projects construction progress undertaken by all divisions; etc.
 Mega Projects Tender Department
The responsibilities of the Mega Projects Tender Department consist of setting up the
corporate rules and regulations for tender; reviewing and appraising all tender proposals;
tendering for large- scale mega projects; tendering for new business projects; providing support
for divisions and regional operations in tender pricing; etc. Mega projects refer to the projects
valued at more than AED 500 Million.
 Project Financing and Investment Department
Project Financing and Investment Department is responsible for setting up rules and
regulations on the project financing and investment matters; project tracking, project initiation;
feasibility analysis and project appraisal; organizing the making and implementation of financing
proposals; liaising with banks and other financial institution；coordinating with relevant
departments to negotiate with financial institutions; organizing the making and implementation of
financing project initiation proposal, feasibility study, implementation proposal and investment
contract, etc.
 Project Management Department
Project Management Department is responsible for setting up corporate rules and

regulations on project management; standardization in project management; organizing project
management meetings; dynamically monitoring the risk and control of ongoing projects and
Page 584 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
coordination management; project progress appraisal; signing the objective and responsibility
contracts and projects performance appraisal; project completion summary; etc.
 Engineering Department
The main responsibilities for the Engineering Department are setting up corporate
technical management system and engineering database; technology import and training
organization; projects basic information collection; in charge of the internal and external technical
matters on the corporate level; providing technical support to divisions and regional operations;
offering technical support in mega size projects; technical awards application; technical journals
compilation; providing support to divisions and regional regarding design proposals for tenders;
 Planning Department
Planning Department is responsible for projects planning management; setting up the

corporate planning system; providing support to tendering projects planning management; risk
management of project progress; organizing project progress claims, etc.
 QHSE Department
QHSE Department is responsible for the overall quality, health, safety and environment
management on the corporate level and project level; maintenance of QHSE management system;
QHSE training; internal and external management system audit; etc.
D. Divisions
 Building Division
Building Division is fully responsible for the business development, project construction
and management, etc. in the building sector.
 Civil and Infrastructure Division
Civil and Infrastructure Division is fully in charge of business development, project

construction and management, etc. in the civil and infrastructure sector.
Page 585 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
 MEP Division
MEP Division takes full responsibility for business development, project construction and
management, etc. in the MEP sector.
 Steel Structure Division
Steel Structure Division takes charge of business development, project construction and
management, etc. in the steel structure sector.
E. Committees
In compliance with the adjustment of the organization structure, four relevant committees
are set up as follows:
 Executive Committee
The Executive Committee is the corporate top decision making body, which consists of
President and CEO, (Executive) VPs, CFO and President Assistants. The Executive Committee
Meetings are held at regular or irregular intervals mainly focusing on the key and vital issues, such
as the corporate business planning, resources allocation, department management system, key
projects appraisal and investment, major activities in corporate management, etc. The Executive
Committee will supervise the execution of the departments, divisions and regional operations as
well.
 Strategy and Risk Management Committee
The Strategy and Risk Management Committee is comprised of Company Management

members, which is mainly responsible for appraising and deciding the mid-term and long-term
development and planning, key investment decision-making, major management activities related
decision making.
Page 586 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
 Investment Management Committee
The Investment Management Committee consists of Company Management members

and relevant department staff, which is in charge of the financial and investment projects' initiation,
appraisal, approval, feasibility study, etc.
 Project Management and Appraisal Committee
The Project Management and Appraisal Committee consists of Company Management

members and relevant department staff, which is responsible for the supervision and coordination
of the ongoing projects, project progress appraisal, signing the objective and responsibility
contracts and projects performance appraisal; standardization in project management, etc.
Page 587 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
3.2 Organization Chart

This section will address the corporate organization chart of CSCEC ME as part of the technical submission for “Downtown Views II” project.
CSCEC ME LLC Organization Chart

China State Construction Engineering Corporation
(Middle East) (LLC)
Strategy & Risk Management Committee
Executive Committee of CSCEC ME Investment Management Committee
Project Management & Performance Appraisal

Committee
Functional General
Management Management Regional
Business Development & Project Management Center Division Operation
Department Department
Business Project Civil & Human Executive CSCEC Kuwait

Development QHSE Management Building Infra MEP Resources Representative
General
Dept. Dept. Dept. Division Division Division Dept. Office
Office
Project Financial & General

Financing & Engineering Accounting Management CSCEC Saudi
Investment Dept. Dept. Dept. Company
Mega Projects Planning Legal

Tender Dept. Dept. Affairs
Dept.
Labor &
PRO
Dept.
Projects and Joint Venture Projects
Building Projects Civil and Infrastructure Projects MEP Projects Steel Structure Projects Other Projects
Page 588 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
CSCEC ME LLC – Headquarters

Senior Management
President / CEO
Yu Tao
Vice
President Vice Vice Executive Vice Executive Vice President President
President &
Assistant CFO President President President President Chief Engineer Assistant Assistant
Ma Wenlong Li Ye Dong Wei Yang Chunsen Wu Ming Tian Sanchuan Zhu Jianchao Bao Jianguo Lee See Hee
General Financial & Civil & CSCEC Kuwait CSCEC Executive

Management Accounting Infrastructure Representative Saudi General Building MEP Medical Building
Dept. Dept. Division Office Company Office Division Division Team Division
Human Mega Project Human Labor and Project CSCEC

Resources Tender Resources PRO Management Saudi
Dept. Dept. Dept. Dept. Dept. Company
Business Financial &

Development Accounting QHSE
Dept. Dept. Dept.
Project Legal
Financing & Affairs Engineering
Investment Dept. Dept.
Labor and
PRO Planning
Dept. Dept.
Page 589 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
4. FINANCIAL AND BANK DETAILS
4.1.1 Stable Financial Capability
CSCEC has a proven positive record of financial milestone and achievement as presented
as per the following charts.
2016 Contract Value 2016 Revenue 2016 Asset

US$ 285 Billion US$ 143 Billion US$ 208 Billion
4.1.2 High Rise Project experiences in China
As No.1 Construction Company globally, CSCEC has a solid foundation and wide range of project
experience in the field of building construction especially for high-rise structures by using
innovative solutions and methodology. The projects presented below are the completed super
high-rise buildings in China by CSCEC.
Summary of Current and Completed Projects of CSCEC
Page 590 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
4.2.1 Bank Details
This section shall be provide an overview of CSCEC ME’s bank information and
relationship status in compliance to the project document requirements. Further documentations
and reference details apart from the provided list can be arranged and submitted during the tender
adjudication stage.
No. of Years Dealing with

Bank Details Date of Bank Relation
the Bank
Union National Bank

API Tower
December, 2012 6 years
Sheikh Zayed Rd,Near
Fairmont Hotel,Dubai, UAE
First Abu Dhabi Bank
PJSC
Sheikh Zayed Road
Sep, 2007 11 years
Sheikh Zayed Road,
between 3rd & 4th
Interchange, Dubai UAE
Mashreq Bank
DIC Branch
Shaikh Zayed Road,Dic Sep,2003 15 years
Bulding 4 & 4, Near Dubai
Islamic Bank , Opposite Ibm
Page 591 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
4.2.2 Financial Statements

This section shall provide copies of CSCEC ME’s audited financial statements for the past
five years.
Page 592 of 736

Page 593 of 736
Page 594 of 736
Page 595 of 736
Page 596 of 736
Page 597 of 736
Page 598 of 736
Page 599 of 736
Page 600 of 736
Page 601 of 736
Page 602 of 736
Page 603 of 736
Page 604 of 736
Page 605 of 736
Page 606 of 736
Page 607 of 736
Page 608 of 736
Page 609 of 736
Page 610 of 736
Page 611 of 736
Page 612 of 736
Page 613 of 736
Page 614 of 736
Page 615 of 736
Page 616 of 736
Page 617 of 736
Page 618 of 736
Page 619 of 736
Page 620 of 736
Page 621 of 736
Page 622 of 736
Page 623 of 736
Page 624 of 736
Page 625 of 736
Page 626 of 736
Page 627 of 736
Page 628 of 736
Page 629 of 736
Page 630 of 736
Page 631 of 736
Page 632 of 736
Page 633 of 736
Page 634 of 736
Page 635 of 736
Page 636 of 736
Page 637 of 736
Page 638 of 736
Page 639 of 736
Page 640 of 736
Page 641 of 736
Page 642 of 736
Page 643 of 736
Page 644 of 736
Page 645 of 736
Page 646 of 736
Page 647 of 736
Page 648 of 736
Page 649 of 736
Page 650 of 736
Page 651 of 736
Page 652 of 736
Page 653 of 736
Page 654 of 736
Page 655 of 736
Page 656 of 736
Page 657 of 736
Page 658 of 736
Page 659 of 736
Page 660 of 736
Page 661 of 736
Page 662 of 736
Page 663 of 736
Page 664 of 736
Page 665 of 736
Page 666 of 736
Page 667 of 736
Page 668 of 736
Page 669 of 736
Page 670 of 736
Page 671 of 736
Page 672 of 736
Page 673 of 736
Page 674 of 736
Page 675 of 736
Page 676 of 736
Page 677 of 736
Page 678 of 736
Page 679 of 736
Page 680 of 736
Page 681 of 736
Page 682 of 736
Page 683 of 736
Page 684 of 736
Page 685 of 736
Page 686 of 736
Page 687 of 736
Page 688 of 736
Page 689 of 736
Page 690 of 736
Page 691 of 736
Page 692 of 736
Page 693 of 736
Page 694 of 736
DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
5. REFERENCES
Following this document are CSCEC ME’s client references to the company’s past
construction works projects.
Page 695 of 736

Page 696 of 736
Page 697 of 736
Page 698 of 736
DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
6. COMPUTER AND OFFICE EQUIPMENT

This section will provide an overview of the computer hardware and software packages
that are in use in our offices and project sites. Most of CSCEC ME sites computer and hardware
provisions are customized an in line with the client requirement as mentioned in the project
specification. The following is mainly a list of the common computer hardware and software that
CSCEC ME acquires and employ in providing services to the client.
Copier:
 Kyocera TASKalfa 5002i Monochrome Digital Multifunction Copier (Scan, Copy & Print)
Specifications:up to 50 copies ppm
 Kyocera TASKalfa 5052ci Color Digital Multifunction Copier (Scan, Copy & Print)
Specifications:up to 50 copies ppm
Printer:
 HP Color LaserJet Enterprise M750dn
Plotter:
 HP Design jet T2530 36-in Postscript eMFP (Scan, Copy & Print)
Server:
 HP Proliant ML10 Gen9 E3-1225 v3 2x8GB(L) 4x4TB SATA LFF NHP DVD-RW
1x350W
Switches:
 Cisco Catalyst 2960X-48TSL Switch hub
 Backup System:
 WD 16TB Mycloud EX4 Network Storage, EASEUS TODO Backup Advanced Server
LED Monitor:
 HP Pro Display P240VA LED 24" Wide 1920 x 1080 Input Connectors VGA+1 HDMI, Tilt,
Page 699 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Standard Specs for Staff:

 V520S Intel® Core TM i5 Processor, 8 GB, 500GB, 7200 RPM, DVD Recordable,
Built-in Graphics, DOS, 1Year Warranty
For Draftsman Specification:

 V520S Intel Core i7/16GB/1TB,7200 RPM,DVD Recordable NVidia GTX1050 2GB
Graphics, DOS, 1Year Warranty
Laptop
 Lenovo E570 i5-7th Gen, 8GB DDR3, 1TB HDD, DVDRW, 15.6W HD Antiglare
Display, DOS
 Lenovo E570 i7-7th Gen, 16GB DDR3, 1TB HDD, DVDRW, 15.6W HD Antiglare
Display, Windows 10 Pro
Software
 Windows 10 Pro
 Office 365 Plan E3 (Annual Subscription)
 Acrobat DC Professional
 Primavera P6 8.4
 Anti-virus
 Autodesk Design Suite Standard (Annual Subscription)
 Autodesk Building Design Suite Premium (Annual Subscription)
 Autodesk Infrastructure Design Suite Premium (Annual Subscription)
Page 700 of 736

SCHEDULE A17
Construction Plant &
Equipment
Page 701 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
1. Proposed Major Plant and Equipment

CSCEC ME LLC provide below project specific details of the major construction plant and
equipment to be used for “Downtown Views II” project. The list is for the works we intend to
carry out directly. Subcontractor supplied Plant and Equipment is not included within this list. We
have calculated the numbers required for each item of plant and equipment based on the
quantities of the associated materials utilizing standard productivity rates to achieve the required
Programme.
1.1 List of Plant and Equipment

The below table will give the list of proposed plant and equipment that will be allocated for this
project.
Proposed List of Plant & Equipment

#
# Name Capacity Power Qty. Duration Usage
Months
1 Tower Crane (TC#1) (Refer Note below) 72 1 M4-M27 24 RC/Steel/Finishing
RC/Steel
7 Mobile Crane 50T Diesel 1 M2-M6 5 (Substructure Works)
RC/Steel
(Substructure Works)/
8 Mobile Crane 150T Diesel 1 2 weeks erection of TC
Dismantling of
9 Derrick Crane 10T Diesel 1 M24-M28 5 Tower Crane
Dismantling of
10 Roof Crane 2T Diesel 1 M24-M28 5 Tower Crane
11 Backhoe Excavator 0.37 m3 Diesel 3 M2-M5 4 Final Earthworks
12 Backhoe Excavator 0.37 m3 Diesel 2 M4-M11 8 Final Earthworks
13 Dump Truck 18-24 m3 / 3T Diesel 3 M2-M5 4 Final Earthworks
14 Dump Truck 18-24 m3 / 3T Diesel 2 M4-M11 8 Final Earthworks
15 Plate Compactor 3 M2-M5 4 Final Earthworks
16 Plate Compactor 2 M4-M11 8 Final Earthworks
17 Concrete Breakers 11 14 M2-M9 8 Final Trimming Works
18 Generator #1 500 KW Diesel 1 M4-M27 24 Temp. Power Supply
Page 702 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II

28 Generator 500 KW Diesel 1 M1-M32 32 Standby
Generator
29 (Site Office) 150 KW Diesel 1 M1-M32 32 Temp. Power Supply
Concrete Placing
30 Boom (CPB 1) 32 m 11 1 M4-M23 20 RC
Concrete Placing
31 Boom (CPB 2) 32 m 11 1 M4-M22 19 RC
Concrete Placing
32 Boom (CPB 3) 32 m 11 1 M4-M20 17 RC
Stationary Concrete
33 Pump (SCP-1) 40m3/hr. 1 M4-M23 20 RC
Stationary Concrete
34 Pump (SCP-2) 40m3/hr. 1 M4-M22 19 RC
Stationary Concrete
35 Pump (SCP-3) 40m3/hr. 1 M4-M20 17 RC
2x3x18.5kW
36 Double Cage (H-1) (GR~RF, 254m) 1 M4-M27 24 Vert. Transportation
2x3x18.5kW
2x3x18.5kW
2x3x18.5kW
2x3x18.5kW
2x3x18.5kW
42 Circular Saw 10 M2-M27 26 RC/Finishing
43 Hand Saw 10 M2-M27 26 RC/Finishing
44 Flat Planer 4 M2-M27 26 RC/Finishing
Page 703 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Proposed List of Plant & Equipment

#
# Name Capacity Power Qty. Duration Usage
Months
45 Welding Machine 8 M2-M27 26 RC/Finishing
46 Rebar Cutting 4 M2-M24 23 RC/Finishing
47 Bending Machine 4 M2-M24 23 RC/Finishing
Threading
48 Machine 4 M2-M24 23 RC/Finishing
49 Concrete Vibrator Diesel 20 M2-M24 23 RC/Finishing
50 Air Compressor 0.7Mpa, 5m3/min. 1 M2-M23 22 RC

Forced Action
54 Type Mixer 300-500L 4 M2-M27 26 RC/Finishing
Gen.
55 Pickup Truck 4.2T Diesel 4 M2-M32 31 Transportation
Gen.
56 Pickup Truck 4.2T Diesel 2 M5-M30 26 Transportation
57 Forklift 3T Diesel 4 M2-M32 31 General Works
58 Total Station 3 M1-M32 32 Survey
59 Level 5 M1-M32 32 Survey
60 Water Tank 5000 gal. 10 M1-M32 32 Gen. Water Supply
General Works
61 Bob cat Skid Steer Diesel 3 M2-M32 31
General Works
62 Bob cat Skid Steer Diesel 2 M5-M30 26
General Works
63 Boom Loader 3.5T Diesel 3 M2-M32 31
General Works
64 Boom Loader 3.5T Diesel 1 M5-M30 26
Page 704 of 736

DOWNTOWN VIEWS II
Details &
TC#1 TC#2 TC#3 TC#4 TC#5 TC#6
Configuration
Hammer Hammer Hammer Luffing Luffing Luffing
Crane Type Head Crane Head Crane Head Crane Crane Crane Crane
Mast Climbing Climbing Climbing External External External
Support Bracket Bracket Bracket Bracket Bracket Bracket
As per layout As per layout As per layout As per layout As per layout As per layout
Location plan plan plan plan plan plan
Max. Hook
Height 275m 265m 225m 260m 250m 215m
Jib Length 60m 60m 60m 70m 70m 70m
Required
Capacity 8T@20m 8T@20m 8T@20m 2T@70m 2T@70m 2T@70m
*TC erection by mobile crane once raft completion
*TC-4/5/6 dismantling by adjacent TC-1/2/3
*Dismantling of TC-1/2/3 by Derrick & Roof Crane.
The proposed layout of the major equipment that will be allocated for this project will
include the following:
 Tower crane layout

 Hoist Layout
 Placing Boom Layout
The complete details of the above-mentioned major plant and equipment can be referred
to the attached appendix of this section.
Page 705 of 736

KEY PLAN
26.72
PLOT PLOT
LIMIT LIMIT
7.5
T3
MAIN STORAGE
14.99
T1
FUTURE UTILITIES CORRIDOR 7.5 (400 m²) 7.5
22.13
N 2788328.181
E 494779.381 PLOT
LIMIT T2
LABORATORY
WATER TANK
GENERATOR
178.47
(50 m²)
(50 m²)
(70 m²)
PLOT PLOT
LIMIT 6.1 LIMIT
PLOT 6.1 7.00 M WIDE DRIVEWAY 7.00 M WIDE DRIVEWAY TC-1

LIMIT TYPE: HAMMER HEAD
8 8A MAST SUPPORT: CLIMBING BRACKET
8A
8A
3A
P-
P-
P-
P-
PC1 PC1 PC1 PC1
0B
C7 C2
C2
C2
C7
PC1 PC1 PC1 C4
C7
C7
C7
P- P-
C1
P-
P-
P-
8
C1
PC2A TB1 PC2A
8
TB1 TB1
8
TB1
8
TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1
P-
TB1
P-
PC1 PC1 TB1 PC1 TB1 TB1 PC1
MAX. HOOK HEIGHT: 275m
TB1
P-
PC1
C3
5
1
P-
C8
5A
C8
P-
P-
TB1
5
C8
WM-ST-201
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
1
JIB LENGTH: 60m
TB1
TB1
PC1
TB1
TB1
5 TB1
TB1
2A
2A
WM-ST-201
2A
P-
P-
2B
P-
P-
C8
C3
C3
PC1
C1
STR
PC1 PC1 PC1 PC2 PC2
C8
C8
P- PC1
C3
PC1
C8
5
C8
C1
PC1
P-
P-
P-
C8
P-
200 URAL
TB1
C8
0
0
P-
0
P-
TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1
P-
UCT
5 PC1 TB1 TB1
PC1
THK WALL
REQUIRED CAPACITY: 8T @ 20m
TB1
TB1
NON
1
PC1
C8
P-
P-
C3
5A
1
TB
TB1
7 TB1
PC1 WM-ST-201
PC1
PC1
P-
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
C3
TB1
5A
PC1
P-
C8
TB1
TC-2
1
TB
1
TB1
C8
1
TB
P-
4
C8
P-
9A
P-
C2
C8
1A
1A
1A
TB1
P-
2
P-
P-
P-
P-
PC1
C3
2
C1
PC1 PC1 PC1 PC2 C3
C3
PC2
C8
PC1 PC1
C8
PC1
C8
C8
PC1
2B
P-
P-
P-
P-
PC1
0
2
PC1A
2
2
C8
C1
PC1A 1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1
TB1 TB1 PC1 TB1 TB1
P-
P-
C8 RW01
P- 18
2
WM-ST-201
SSL -1.750
PC1 WM-ST-202
PC1
P-
C3
1A TYPE: HAMMER HEAD
400 THK RAFT
TB1
PC1
MAST SUPPORT: CLIMBING BRACKET
1
C3
P-
P-
C2
TB1
9
6
C8
P-
ADJACENT ROVE HOTEL

TB1
PC1
TB
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
PC1A
TB1
TB1
1
TB1
P-
C2
4 9
C8
TB1
P-
TB1 PC1
PC1A
1 TB1
JIB LENGTH: 60m
2
C3
1
C8
0A
P-
2
P-
C8
C3
P-
1
PC1 PC1 PC1 PC1
1
C3
P-
C8
P- PC1 PC1
C3
C3
C3
C8
PC1
C8
PC1 PC1 PC1
C1
P-
C8
TB1
P-
P-
C8
P-
P-
P-
RW01 PC1
P-
P-
P-
2
2
P-
2
TB1 2 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1
C8
TB1
2
TB1
BUILDING REQUIRED CAPACITY: 8T @ 20m

PC1
PC1
PC1
7.0
56.2
4
C8
P-
TB1
TB1
0M
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
RW01
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
RW01
PC1
8
ON PLOT NO. 3370686

PC1
9
C2
WID
TB1
P-
TC-3
C8
P-
TB1
1
1
1
P-
C3
11
P-
P-
C3
P-
C3
1
1
C3
PC1 C3
C8
PC1 PC1 PC1 9A
4
C3
C3
P-
C8
C8
PC1 PC1 PC1
C8
P-
C8
2 P-
P-P-
2
PC1
P-
C1
P-
P-
2
PC1
2
2
C8
P-
PC1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1
C8
P- P-
2
PC1
ED
TB1
2 TB1
4A
PC1 TB1 LL
C1
C8 WA
TYPE: HAMMER HEAD

TB1 PC1 P- PC1 PC1 ING
P-
AIN
RET
THK
RIV
300
TB1
TB1
TB1
4
RW01
C8
TB1
P-
MAST SUPPORT: CLIMBING BRACKET
EW
TB1
RW01
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
PC1
9
C2
P-
4
AY
PC1
C8
7.0
P-
430
2 1 TB1
1
0A
1
TB1
C3
2
P-
P-
C3
1
C8 C3
1
C8
C3
PC1
C3
C2
JIB LENGTH: 60m

PC1 PC1
C3
PC1
C8
C8
PC1
P-
P- PC1 P- PC1
0M
PC1
P-
3A
P-
P-
P-
P-
P-
2
2
C8
C1
TB1 PC1 TB1 PC1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 PC1
P-
P-
1070 THK RAFT TB1
2
TB1
C3
P-
SSL -0.080
TB1
TB1
WID
430
PC1
RW01
PC22
TB1
RW01
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
ED
4
2170 THK RAFT C3
P-
TC-4
TB1
TB1
SSL -0.080
PC1
430
SSL +0.100 SSL +0.350
RIV
1
C3
TB1
P-
TC-4
250 PC1
2
1
1
1
C8
C8
C3
C3
145
1
C3
TB1
C8 PC1 9A
C3
C3
PC1 4A PC1 PC1 PC1 PC1C C3 PC1C PC1 TB1
P-
P-
P-
P-
P-
P-
C1 TB1 P- TB1
P-
P-
TB1 PC1 TB1 TB1 TB1 C1 P- TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1
P-
EW
35
TC-3
WM-ST-204
TB1
TC-6
.19
TB1
TYPE: LUFFING CRANE
TB1
TB1
TB1
AY
TB1
TB1
RW01
2170 THK RAFT
TB1
LOCATION: EXTERNAL
TB1
RW01
TB1
250 2600 THK RAFT
TB1
TB1
SSL +0.350
TB1
430
SSL -0.550 SSL +0.100 250 3000 THK RAFT
250
TB1
3250 THK RAFT
900
1250 THK RAFT
1
C8
C3
1A
5
PC1C
P-
PC1
-C
P-
A
C1
TB1
C5
T3
TB1
JIB LENGTH: 70m
P-
P-
0
565
TB
1
900
565
SSL +0.100 0 PC17
565
3
0
-C
TB1
T1
PC16
900
2350 THK RAFT
2600 THK RAFT
SSL -5.300 T3-PA PC14
430 3250 THK RAFT
1
565
-C
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
0 SSL +0.350
T3
PC12 PC11

0
565
SSL -0.080 SSL +0.350

PC11
TC-1
5650
PC21 TB1 PC11 1500 THK RAFT
1500 THK RAFT
TC-5
PC2
3
C1
SSL +0.350
C1
C2
PC2
C2
PC1 PC1 PC1
C1
C1
PC1
P-
PC1
C1
PC1 PC18
P-
900
470
P-
P-
P-
P-
P-
TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 250 3000 THK RAFT
C1
P-
TB1
PC15 5650
9
TYPE: LUFFING CRANE
2
565
-C
0 WM-ST-201
250
T1
2600 THK RAFT 5650
2600 THK RAFT SSL -0.550 430
SSL +0.100 SSL -0.080 250
SSL +0.350 5650
2350 THK RAFT
2
LOCATION: EXTERNAL
-C
2820 THK RAFT
T3
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
1250 THK RAFT
5650
5650
3
1
-C
3
C1
T3
C2
PC2
C1
C1
C1
P-
C2
C2
PC2 PC1 PC1 ZWME-S-003
WM-ST-205
C8
PC1
C2
PC1 PC1 PC1
P-
PC1
P-
P-
P-
P-
P-
7.0
P-
P-
TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1
8 900
TB1
250
JIB LENGTH: 70m
0M
WM-ST-201 200
TB1
THK
250
UPS
TAN
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
D 3000 THK RAFT
SSL +0.100 1500 THK RAFT
3250 THK RAFT
5
2350 THK RAFT SSL -0.550
-C
C7
C7
C7
C7
C7
PC1B PC1B PC1B PC1B PC1B PC1B
T1
SSL +0.350
P-
P-
P-
P-
C7
WID
P-
P-
TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1
TB1
TB1
650
13
WM-ST-201
PC21
1
TB3
TB3
TB3
TB3
61.2
-C
ED
T1 SSL +0.100
TB1
TB1
PC9
4
250 3000 THK RAFT

-C
T3
1250 THK RAFT

2 SSL -0.080
250
C6
C9
C8
C2
PC1B
C4
PC1 PC2A PC1B 3000 THK RAFT
P-
P-
P-
P-
TB1
4
P-
2820 THK RAFT
C8
TC-6
TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 250
RIV
2
PC2A
P-
P-SW8
C4
430 3000 THK RAFT
9
P-
SSL +0.100
PC1
EW
C3
P-
TB1
TB1
TB3
TB3
TB3
TB3
TYPE: LUFFING CRANE
C7
C7
C7
C7
C7
C7
P-
P-
P-
P-
PC1B PC1
P-
PC1B PC1B PC1B PC1B
TB1
P-
AY
TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
10 LOCATION: EXTERNAL
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
WM-ST-201
1
C1
PC3
P-
5
3
C1
1
3
1
PC2
3
PC4
7
C8
C2
C2
C2
C2
C2
PC2
C8
C8
C3
PC2 PC2
P-
PC2 PC2 PC2 PC2 PC2 C2
P-
P-
P-
P-
P-
P-
P-
P-
P-
P-
TB1
JIB LENGTH: 70m

TB1
6
C3
P-
ADJACENT PLOTS
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
REBAR
1
1
C6
C6
Note:
4
1
P-
2 3 4
C5
C5
C5
C5
C5
C5
C5
P-
P-
C5
C5
PC1 PC1 PC1 PC1 PC1 PC1 PC1 C5 PC1 C5 PC1
P-
P-
P-
P-
P-
P-
P-
PC1
P-
6
TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1 P- TB1 P- TB1 TB1 TB1 PC1
TB1
PC1 PC1
WORKSHOP WORKSHOP AREA

STRUCTURAL WALL
1. Tower crane erection by

200 THK NON
MA REA (5
TB1
TB1
AREA (1000 m²) GE mobile crane.

TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
A
WA EMEN
A
NA
OR
1
1
C6
C6
PC1
P-
P-
(800 m²) T
TB1 P-
G 0 m²)
STE
C5
1
3
1
1 1 1 1 2
C5
C5
C5
R S0 m²)
C5
TB1
1
PC1 PC1 PC1 PC1 PC1 PC1 PC1 6

C5
C5 C5 C5 PC1 C5 PC1 C5
P-
P-
P-
P-
P- P- P- P- P-
P-
PC1
2. Tower crane to be erected
BA
PC1 PC1
RE (45 once raft is completed and
T
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
achieved adequate
TC-5 1 1
IN
AB ²) PLOT strength.
1
1
5
1
PC1 C6 PC1
C5
C5
C5
C6
C5
C5
C5
C5
C5
C5
C5
1
C5
PC1 PC1 P- P-
P-
P-
P-
P-
P-
P-
P-
P-
P-
P-
PC1 PC1 PC1
YC
P-
TB1 TB1
RE 600 m LIMIT
TO =
1-S X25m
EA
TB1
TB1
m
(12 3. TC-4/5/6 to be dismantled
TB1
R
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
EA GH EXIT
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
by adjacent TC.
AR
TB1
ELF
1
PC1 PC1
C6
C6
430
TB1
P-
P-
1 2
C6
1
C5
1
5
TB1
C5
P- PC1 PC1
C5
C5
PC1 PC1 P-
P-
P-
P-
TB1 TB1 TB1
RW
2900 THK RAFT
N K
TA
T2
4. TC-1/2/3 to be dismantled
-C
1
430
TER m²)
BO
2470 THK RAFT
WA
SSL -0.080
430
(50
LA
SSL +0.350
IN
AB ²) by Derrick Crane.
TB1
YC
TB1
R
TB1
TO
TB1
TB1
TB1
RE 600 m
430
RA
1500 THK RAFT
K
7.0
2900 THK RAFT
TO
SSL +0.350
SSL +0.350
NE ²) TA
N =
1500 THK RAFT
GE m 1-S X25m
(40
TER ²)
TC-2
SSL +0.350
0M
WA m
(12
5 1 1 1 5
m
1
C5 C5 C5 C5
C5
C5
(50
PC1 P- PC1 P- PC1 P- PC1 P- PC1 PC1 P-
P-
R
5650
TO
2
C6
RA
P-
WID
NE ²)
T2
GE (40 m
-C
TB1
TB1
2900 THK RAFT

ED
2900 THK RAFT

5
5650
C5
C5
PC1 PC1 SSL +0.350 5650

P-
P-
SSL -5.300
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1
TB1 3
-C
T2
2900 THK RAFT
15
RIV
WM-ST-202
300 THK RETAINING WALL 5650
2
250 5650
5650
EW
5 5 6
6
C5
PC1 C5 PC1 C5 PC1 C5 PC1
P-
P- P- P-
TB1 TB1 TB1 TB1
INIC
AY
2650 THK RAFT

SSL +0.100 250 300 THK RETAINING WALL
CL m²)
5
1500 THK RAFT

-C
T2
SSL +0.350 2900 THK RAFT 2650 THK RAFT

SSL +0.350
2900 THK RAFT
0
(13
SSL +0.350
PURPOSE OF ISSUE
R
TO
4
250
-C
T2
AC ISSUED FOR TENDER

TR
250
250
SSL +0.100
91.4
2650 THK RAFT

2650 THK RAFT
ON ICE
SSL +0.100
14
WM-ST-202
C
4
B F
SU
PROJECT
OF EY CAB00INm² DOWNTOWN VIEWS II

R =6
TO PROPOSED RESIDENTIAL & COMMERCIAL
2-S 25m)2
mX BUILDING (3 TOWERS) ON PLOT NO. 3370587,
(12
CE ZABEEL SECOND, DUBAI.
ADJACENT PLOTS O FFI CLIENT
R EMAAR PROPERTIES
TO OA
D
R AC ABIN
m ² R
CO.P.J.S.C
T YC 00
DE
LAY DOWN AREA ON RE )2=12
WI
IN C
TO
2-S X50m
MA m M. LEAD CONSULTANT
(800 m²) (12 00
39. ARCHGROUP
T/ T
ARCHITECTS.PLANNERS.ENGINEERS.PROJECT MANAGERS
EN
CLI LTAN
P.O.BOX: 38390, DUBAI, UNITED ARAB EMIRATES
TEL: +971 - 4 - 3341449, FAX: +971 - 4 - 3357449
U E MAIN CONTRACTOR
NS
CO FFIECY CAB0INm²
OTOR 2=60
)
2-S X25m
GH m DRAWING
(12 TOWER CRANE LAYOUT
ENTRY
PLOT
LIMIT
10.5
DRAWN BY CHECKED BY DATE NORTH

FEB 2018
SITE SETTING OUT PLAN SCALE (@ A0) PROJECT NUMBER
1 1 : 300
1:300 @A0
DRAWING NUMBER
AG-159
REV
2
R15 002 R0
Page 706 of 736

26.72
PLOT PLOT KEY PLAN
LIMIT LIMIT
7.5
MAIN STORAGE
14.99
FUTURE UTILITIES CORRIDOR 7.5 (400 m²) 7.5 T3
22.13
T1
N 2788328.181
E 494779.381 PLOT
LIMIT
LABORATORY
WATER TANK
GENERATOR
T2
178.47
(50 m²)
(50 m²)
(70 m²)
PLOT PLOT
LIMIT LIMIT
6.1
PLOT 6.1 7.00 M WIDE DRIVEWAY 7.00 M WIDE DRIVEWAY
LIMIT LEGEND:
PLOT LIMIT
TEMPORARY ROAD
ADJACENT ROVE HOTEL TEMPORARY FENCE
BUILDING
7.0
TEMPORARY OFFICES
56.2
0M
8
ON PLOT NO. 3370686
WID
LABOR WELFARE
ED
RIV
EW
AY
7.0
MAIN STORAGE
0M
25
WID
300
WORKSHOP AREAS
ED
T3 G+54+R
THK
. PT.
SLA
B
T1 G+67+R
RIV
25
145
EW
.1
AY
LAY DOWN AREAS &
9
25
T3- T3-
OTHER TEMPORARY
B4 B1
T3-
CB1
B8
T3-
25
200
THK
. RC 25
FACILITIES
25
.SL
AB
25
5 T3- T3-
B4 B5
T3-C 25
25
200 25
THK
25
25
. RC
SSL .SL
+21 AB
.000
25
B9
3
T3-
T3-
AB
-C
3-1
CB4
B3 T1-B13
T1
.SL
WM-ST-T1-201
T3-
T3-
. RC
CB1
25
SSL
CB5
+20
THK
200 .950
T3-
THK
200
. RC
.SL
T3- AB
T3- B6 1
CB2 T3-C
25
T3-
B2
25
300
THK
. PT.
CB4
AB
SLA
25
.SL
T1-CB2
T3-
B11
AB
T1-CB1
. RC
.SL
T3-
THK
. RC
1189 m²
1-1
200
THK
T1-CB9
T3-B13
200
200
THK T1-B3
. RC
T1-CB5
.SL T1-B3 T1-B4
AB
T1-CB6
T1-CB7
T3- T1-B7
2
T3-
-C
300 CB3 B7 T1-CB3
T1
T1-CB8
THK SSL +20.950
25
. PT.
B10
T1-CB7
SLA T3-
CB3
T1-CB6
B
T3-
T1-B2 10 T1-B6
299 m³
T1-CB4
200 T1-B1
T1-B8
THK

Technical Proposal - Downtown Views II R.3 - SECURED

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Technical Proposal - Downtown Views II R.3 - SECURED

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Page 1 of 736

SCHEDULE A2: Organization Charts…………………………………………….……..092

SCHEDULE A3: Key Personnel……………………………………………………..……095

SCHEDULE A4: Relevant Experience…………………………………………..……….124

SCHEDULE A5: QA/QC Manuals………………………………………………..………..137

SCHEDULE A6: Insurance…………………………………………………………..…….217

SCHEDULE A7: Method Statement………………………………………………..…….246

Section 2 – Project Understanding & Analysis

Section 3 – Method of Construction

China State Construction Engineering Corporation (Middle East) (L.L.C.)

Section 5 – Project Management & Operation Strategy

SCHEDULE A8: Proposed Subcontractors………………………………………......474

SCHEDULE A9: Health & Safety…………………………………………………....…..477

SCHEDULE A10: Trade License…………………………………………………….......539

SCHEDULE A11: Confirmation of Site Visit………………………………….…....….544

SCHEDULE A12: Tenderer’s Cover Letter……………………………………….....…546

SCHEDULE A13: Tenderer’s Exclusions, Deviations & Qualifications……....….548

SCHEDULE A14: Joint Venture (Not Applicable)

SCHEDULE A15: Alternative Tender (Not Applicable)

China State Construction Engineering Corporation (Middle East) (L.L.C.)

SCHEDULE A17: Constructional Plant & Equipment……………………….……...701

SCHEDULE A18: Schedule of Equipment……………………………………..…......712

SCHEDULE A19: HSE Pre-qualification Questionnaire………………….…….…..714

China State Construction Engineering Corporation (Middle East) (L.L.C.)

MAIN CONSTRUCTION WORKS

We include herewith a summary and a detailed version of our Outline Programme.

Technical Proposal – Schedule A1

Activity ID Activity Name Original Start Finish 2018 2019 2020

DVCM000100 Project Duration 960 09-May-18 23-Dec-20 P

DVKM000160 Staffing schedule 0 23-May-18* Staffing schedule

918 20-Jun-18 23-Dec-20 2

Substructures 48 20-Jun-18 14-Aug-18 14-Aug-18, Substructures

Remaining Level of Effort Milestone Date Revision Checked Approved

Activity ID Activity Name Original Start Finish 2018 2019 2020

Finishing & MEP Installations 603 24-Nov-18 19-Nov-20 19-Nov-20

Ground Floor 357 22-Apr-19 25-Jun-20 25-Jun-20, Ground Floor

Remaining Level of Effort Milestone Date Revision Checked Approved

Activity ID Activity Name Original Start Finish 2018 2019 2020

Roof Works 114 03-Jun-20 18-Oct-20 18-Oct-20, Roof W

Commissioning, Authority Approvals, Close Out

Tower 2 898 20-Jun-18 03-Dec-20 03-De

Substructures 48 20-Jun-18 14-Aug-18 14-Aug-18, Substructures

Remaining Level of Effort Milestone Date Revision Checked Approved

Activity ID Activity Name Original Start Finish 2018 2019 2020

Finishing & MEP Installations 582 24-Nov-18 25-Oct-20 25-Oct-20, Finis

Ground Floor 332 22-Apr-19 27-May-20 27-May-20, Ground Floor

Remaining Level of Effort Milestone Date Revision Checked Approved

Activity ID Activity Name Original Start Finish 2018 2019 2020

Roof Works 114 02-May-20 19-Sep-20 19-Sep-20, Roof Works

Remaining Level of Effort Milestone Date Revision Checked Approved

Activity ID Activity Name Original Start Finish 2018 2019 2020

Commissioning, Authority Approvals, Close Out

Tower 3 830 20-Jun-18 26-Sep-20 26-Sep-20, Tower 3

Substructures 48 20-Jun-18 14-Aug-18 14-Aug-18, Substructures

Remaining Level of Effort Milestone Date Revision Checked Approved

Activity ID Activity Name Original Start Finish 2018 2019 2020

Ground Floor 282 22-Apr-19 26-Mar-20 26-Mar-20, Ground Floor

Roof Works 114 03-Mar-20 18-Jul-20 18-Jul-20, Roof Works

Commissioning, Authority Approvals, Close Out

Podium 861 15-Aug-18 22-Dec-20 2

Remaining Level of Effort Milestone Date Revision Checked Approved

Activity ID Activity Name Original Start Finish 2018 2019 2020

Basement Floor 335 13-Apr-19 18-May-20 18-May-20, Basement Floor